SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Alcatel Lucent – ‘20-F’ for 12/31/12

On:  Tuesday, 3/12/13, at 4:57pm ET   ·   For:  12/31/12   ·   Accession #:  1193125-13-103311   ·   File #:  1-11130

Previous ‘20-F’:  ‘20-F’ on 3/21/12 for 12/31/11   ·   Next:  ‘20-F’ on 4/1/14 for 12/31/13   ·   Latest:  ‘20-F/A’ on 5/2/16 for 12/31/15

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 3/12/13  Alcatel Lucent                    20-F       12/31/12    9:12M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA

Annual Report by a Foreign Private Issuer   —   Form 20-F
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 20-F        Annual Report by a Foreign Private Issuer           HTML   6.20M 
 2: EX-1.1      Underwriting Agreement                              HTML     68K 
 3: EX-4.5      Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML   1.72M 
 4: EX-10.1     Material Contract                                   HTML     23K 
 5: EX-10.2     Material Contract                                   HTML     22K 
 8: EX-13.1     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      8K 
 9: EX-13.2     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      8K 
 6: EX-12.1     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     13K 
 7: EX-12.2     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     13K 


20-F   —   Annual Report by a Foreign Private Issuer
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Selected Financial Data
"Condensed consolidated income statement and statement of financial position data
"Exchange rate information
"Activity Overview
"Networks Segment
"Software, services and solutions (S3) Segment
"Enterprise Segment
"Risk Factors
"Risks relating to the business
"Legal risks
"Risks relating to ownership of our ADSs
"Information About the Group
"General
"History and development
"Structure of the main consolidated companies as of December 31, 2012
"Real estate and equipment
"Material contracts
"Description of the Group's Activities
"Business organization
"Software, solutions and services (S3) Segment
"Marketing, sales and distribution of our products
"Competition
"Technology, research and development
"Intellectual property
"Sources and availability of materials
"Seasonality
"Our activities in certain countries
"Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
"Overview of 2012
"Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011
"Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011
"Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010
"Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010
"Liquidity and capital resources
"Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments
"Outlook
"Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risks
"Legal matters
"Research and development -- expenditures
"Corporate Governance
"Chairman's corporate governance report
"Compensation and long-term incentives
"Regulated agreements
"Alcatel-Lucent Code of Conduct
"Major differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE requirements
"Environmental Matters; Human Resources
"Environment
"Human resources
"Information Concerning Our Company and Our Capital
"Legal information
"Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law
"Share capital and diluted capital
"Authorizations related to the capital
"Use of authorizations
"Changes in our capital over the last five years
"Purchase of Alcatel Lucent shares by the company
"Outstanding instruments giving right to shares
"American depositary shares, taxation and certain other matters
"Documents on display
"Stock Exchange and Shareholding
"Listing
"Trading over the last five years
"Shareholder profile
"Breakdown of capital and voting rights
"Employees and management's shareholding
"Other information on the share capital
"Trend of dividend per share over five years
"General Shareholders' Meeting
"Controls and Procedures, Statutory Auditors' Fees and Other Matters
"Controls and procedures
"Report of independent registered public accounting firms
"Statutory auditors
"Statutory auditors' fees
"Audit committee financial expert
"Code of ethics
"Financial statements
"Exhibits
"Cross-reference table between Form 20-F and this document
"Signature
"Consolidated Financial Statements of Alcatel-Lucent and Its Subsidiaries
"Consolidated Income Statements
"Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
"Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Summary of Accounting Policies
"Principal Uncertainties Regarding the Use of Estimates
"Changes in Consolidated Companies
"Change in Accounting Policy and Presentation
"Information by Operating Segment and by Geographical Segment
"Revenues
"Impairment Losses Recognized in the Income Statement
"Financial Income (Loss)
"Income Tax
"Discontinued Operations, Assets Held for Sale and Liabilities Related to Disposal Groups Held for Sale
"Earnings Per Share
"Goodwill
"Intangible Assets
"Property, Plant and Equipment
"Finance Leases and Operating Leases
"Investment in Net Assets of Equity Affiliates and Joint Ventures
"Financial Assets
"Cash and Cash Equivalents
"Operating Working Capital
"Inventories and Work in Progress
"Trade Receivables and Related Accounts
"Other Assets and Liabilities
"Allocation of 2012 Net Income (Loss)
"Equity
"Compound Financial Instruments
"Pensions, Retirement Indemnities and Other Post-Retirement Benefits
"Financial Debt
"Financial Assets Transferred
"Provisions
"Market-Related Exposures
"Customers' Deposits and Advances
"Notes to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
"Contractual Obligations and Disclosures Related to Off Balance Sheet Commitments
"Related Party Transactions
"Employee Benefit Expenses and Audit Fees
"Contingencies
"Events After the Statement of Financial Position Date
"Main Consolidated Companies
"Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  Form 20-F  
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 1-11130

 

 

 

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of France

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

3 avenue Octave Gréard

75007 Paris, France

(Address of principal executive offices)

Frank MACCARY

Telephone Number 33 (1) 40 76 10 10

Facsimile Number 33 (1) 40 76 14 05

3 avenue Octave Gréard

75007 Paris, France

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share, nominal value 2 per share*

  New York Stock Exchange

 

* Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

2,326,563,826 ordinary shares, nominal value 2 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

    Yes  ¨    No  x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note — checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    x   Accelerated filer    ¨    Non-accelerated filer    ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

 

Item 17    ¨

  Item 18    ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA      1   
  1.1    Condensed consolidated income statement and statement of financial position data      2   
  1.2    Exchange rate information      3   
2   ACTIVITY OVERVIEW      5   
  2.1    Networks Segment      5   
  2.2    Software, services and solutions
(S3) Segment
     6   
  2.3    Enterprise Segment      7   
3   RISK FACTORS      9   
  3.1    Risks relating to the business      9   
  3.2    Legal risks      15   
  3.3    Risks relating to ownership of our ADSs      16   
4   INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP      17   
  4.1    General      17   
  4.2    History and development      18   
  4.3    Structure of the main consolidated companies as of December 31, 2012      23   
  4.4    Real estate and equipment      24   
  4.5    Material contracts      26   
5   DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES      29   
  5.1    Business organization      29   
  5.2    Networks Segment      30   
  5.3    Software, solutions and services (S3) Segment      35   
  5.4    Enterprise Segment      36   
  5.5    Marketing, sales and distribution of our products      37   
  5.6    Competition      38   
  5.7    Technology, research and development      38   
  5.8    Intellectual property      39   
  5.9    Sources and availability of materials      39   
  5.10    Seasonality      40   
  5.11    Our activities in certain countries      40   
6   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS      41   
  6.1    Overview of 2012      50   
  6.2    Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011      52   
  6.3   Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011      55   
  6.4   Consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010      57   
  6.5   Results of operations by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010      60   
  6.6   Liquidity and capital resources      63   
  6.7   Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments      67   
  6.8   Outlook      71   
  6.9   Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risks      71   
  6.10   Legal matters      73   
  6.11   Research and development – expenditures      75   
7   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      77   
  7.1   Chairman’s corporate governance report      77   
  7.2   Compensation and long-term incentives      111   
  7.3   Regulated agreements      136   
  7.4   Alcatel-Lucent Code of Conduct      138   
  7.5   Major differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE requirements      139   
8   ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES      141   
  8.1   Environment      141   
  8.2   Human resources      142   
9   INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL      145   
  9.1   Legal information      145   
  9.2   Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law      145   
  9.3   Share capital and diluted capital      150   
  9.4   Authorizations related to the capital      151   
  9.5   Use of authorizations      151   
  9.6   Changes in our capital over the last five years      152   
  9.7   Purchase of Alcatel Lucent shares by the company      152   
  9.8   Outstanding instruments giving right to shares      154   
  9.9   American depositary shares, taxation and certain other matters      155   
  9.10   Documents on display      162   
10   STOCK EXCHANGE AND
SHAREHOLDING
     163   
  10.1   Listing      163   
  10.2   Trading over the last five years      163   
  10.3   Shareholder profile      164   
 

 


Table of Contents
  10.4   Breakdown of capital and voting rights      165   
  10.5   Employees and management’s shareholding      167   
  10.6   Other information on the share capital      169   
  10.7   Trend of dividend per share over five years      170   
  10.8   General Shareholders’ Meeting      170   
11   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS      173   
  11.1   Controls and procedures      173   
  11.2   Report of independent registered public accounting firms      174   
  11.3   Statutory auditors      175   
  11.4   Statutory auditors’ fees      175   
  11.5   Audit committee financial expert      176   
  11.6   Code of ethics      176   
  11.7   Financial statements      176   
  11.8   Exhibits      177   
  11.9   Cross-reference table between Form 20-F and this document      177   
  SIGNATURE      180   
12   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ALCATEL-LUCENT AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES      181   
 

 


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

1     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, differs in certain respects from the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. However, our consolidated financial statements presented in this document in accordance with IFRS would be no different if we had applied International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. As permitted by U.S. securities laws, we no longer provide a reconciliation of our net income and shareholders’ equity as reflected in our consolidated financial statements to U.S. GAAP.

On November 30, 2006, historical Alcatel and Lucent Technologies Inc., since renamed Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (“Lucent”), completed a business combination pursuant to which Lucent became a wholly owned subsidiary of Alcatel.

As a result of the purchase accounting treatment of the Lucent business combination required by IFRS, our results for 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 included several negative, non-cash impacts of purchase accounting entries.

On October 19, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent announced that it had received a binding offer of U.S. $ 1.5 billion from a company owned by the Permira funds for the acquisition of its Genesys business. The closing of the deal was completed on February 1, 2012. As a result of this transaction, our 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 financial results pertaining to the Genesys business are treated as discontinued operations.

 

 

1

   1


Table of Contents

1

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.1 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT AND STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

 

1.1     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT AND STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)    2012  (1)      2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Income Statement Data

                                                     
Revenues      U.S.$19,048         14,446         15,327         15,658         14,841         16,636   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets, and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (646)         (490)         251         (70)         (384)         (112)   
Restructuring costs      (646)         (490)         (203)         (371)         (598)         (561)   
Impairment of assets      (1,179)         (894)         -         -         -         (4,725)   
Income (loss) from operating activities      (2,185)         (1,657)         117         (377)         (744)         (5,358)   
Income (loss) from continuing operations      (2,791)         (2,117)         730         (325)         (666)         (5,247)   
Net income (loss)      (1,913)         (1,451)         1,144         (292)         (504)         (5,173)   
Net income (loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent      (1,812)         (1,374)         1,095         (334)         (524)         (5,215)   
Earnings per ordinary share                                                      
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share                                                      
• basic (2)      U.S.$(1.17)         (0.89)         0.30         (0.16)         (0.30)         (2.34)   
• diluted (3)      U.S.$(1.17)         (0.89)         0.28         (0.16)         (0.30)         (2.34)   
Dividend per ordinary share (4)      -         -         -         -         -         -   
Dividend per ADS (4)      -         -         -         -         -         -   
     At December 31,  
(In millions)    2012  (1)      2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
Statement of Financial Position Data                                                      
Total assets      U.S.$28,172         21,365         24,203         24,876         23,896         27,373   
Marketable securities and cash and cash equivalents      6,500         4,929         4,473         5,689         5,570         4,593   
Bonds, notes issued and other debt - long-term part      5,214         3,954         4,290         4,112         4,179         3,998   
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt      1,130         857         329         1,266         576         1,097   
Capital stock      6,135         4,653         4,651         4,637         4,636         4,636   
Equity attributable to the equity owners of the parent after appropriation (5)      2,566         1,946         3,854         3,545         3,740         4,633   
Non-controlling interests      982         745         747         660         569         591   

 

(1) Translated solely for convenience into dollars at the noon buying rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.3186 on December 31, 2012.
(2) Based on the weighted average number of shares issued after deduction of the weighted average number of shares owned by our consolidated subsidiaries at December 31, without adjustment for any share equivalent:

 

  – ordinary shares:2,268,089,691 in 2012, 2,265,024,193 in 2011, 2,259,877,263 in 2010, 2,259,696,863 in 2009 and 2,259,174,970 in 2008.
(3) Diluted earnings per share takes into account share equivalents having a dilutive effect after deduction of the weighted average number of share equivalents owned by our consolidated subsidiaries. Net income is adjusted for after-tax interest expense related to our convertible bonds. The dilutive effect of stock option plans is calculated using the treasury stock method. The number of shares taken into account is as follows:

 

  – ordinary shares: 2,268,089,691 in 2012, 2,865,930,999 in 2011, 2,259,877,263 in 2010, 2,259,696,863 in 2009 and 2,259,174,970 in 2008.

 

(4) Under French company law, payment of annual dividends must be made within nine months following the end of the fiscal year to which they relate. Our Board of Directors has announced that it will propose not to pay a dividend for 2012 at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

 

(5) Amounts presented are net of dividends distributed. Equity attributable to equity owners of the parent before appropriation was 1,946 million, 3,854 million, 3,545 million, 3,740 million and 4,633 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively and dividends proposed or distributed amounted to 0 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

2


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.2 EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

1.2     EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

The table below shows the average noon buying rate of euro for each year from 2008 to 2012. As used in this document, the term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for the euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

 

Year    Average rate  (1)
2012    U.S.$ 1.2909
2011    U.S.$ 1.4002
2010    U.S.$ 1.3209
2009    U.S.$ 1.3955
2008    U.S.$ 1.4695

 

(1) The average of the noon buying rate for euro on the last business day of each month during the year.

The table below shows the high and low noon buying rates expressed in U.S. dollars per euro for the previous six months.

 

Period    High      Low  
March 2013 (through March 8)      U.S.$ 1.3098         U.S.$ 1.2988   
February 2013      U.S.$ 1.3692         U.S.$ 1.3054   
January 2013      U.S.$ 1.3584         U.S.$ 1.3047   
December 2012      U.S.$ 1.3260         U.S.$ 1.2930   
November 2012      U.S.$ 1.3010         U.S.$ 1.2715   
October 2012      U.S.$ 1.3133         U.S.$ 1.2876   
September 2012      U.S.$ 1.3142         U.S.$ 1.2566   

On March 8, 2013, the noon buying rate was 1.00 = U.S. $1.2992.

 

 

3

   1


Table of Contents

1

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

1.2 EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.1 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

2    ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

 

The charts below set forth the three operating segments that comprised our organization in 2012: Networks, S3 (Software, Services and Solutions) and Enterprise. In 2012, our Networks segment was organized into four businesses: IP, Optics, Wireless and Wireline. According to independent industry analysis, in 2012, we were able to maintain or grow our market position in key next generation technologies, such as IP/MPLS service provider edge routers, 100Gbps WDM (Wavelength Division Multiplexing) products and GPON (Gigabit Passive Optical Network) technology. We were also able to maintain our leadership position in areas such as CDMA, submarine optics, VDSL2 (Very High speed Digital Subscriber Line) and Ethernet mobile backhaul.

2.1    NETWORKS SEGMENT

IP

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
We are a world leader and privileged partner of service providers, enterprises and governments in transforming their networks to an all-IP (Internet Protocol) architecture.    Central focus is on the IP intelligent router market. Our technology allows service providers to enrich the end-user experience which creates sustainable value.   

•   #2 in IP/MPLS service provider edge routers with 25% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #1 in Ethernet mobile backhaul with 22% market share based on revenues in the first half of 2012 (1)

 

(1) Industry analysts

OPTICS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
As a leader in optical networking, we help more than 1,000 service providers and large strategic industries to transform their transmission infrastructures in the framework of a High Leverage Network™, ensuring reliable transport of data at the lowest cost per bit and enabling new revenue generating services and applications.    By leveraging Bell Labs innovations, we design, manufacture and market optical networking equipment to transport information over fiber optic connections over long distances on land (terrestrial) or under sea (submarine), as well as for short distances in metropolitan and regional areas. The portfolio also includes microwave wireless transmission equipment.   

•   #2 in total optical networking with 14% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #1 in 100Gbps port shipments lifetime-to-date through 2012 (1)

 

(1) Industry analysts

WIRELESS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
We are one of the world’s leading suppliers of wireless communications infrastructure across a variety of technologies.   

Our activities focus on wireless product offerings for 2G (GSM/GPRS/EDGE, CDMA), 3G (UMTS/HSPA/EV-DO) and 4G networks (LTE).

 

As a key element to our portfolio, lightRadio™ enables operators to add wireless capacity quickly and cost-effectively where it is needed to address increasing demand for mobile broadband data services.

  

•   #1 in CDMA with 37% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #5 in GSM/GPRS/EDGE Radio Access Networks with 6% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #4 in W-CDMA Radio Access Networks with 9% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #3 in LTE with 16% market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   Market leader in small cells with 46 commercial deployments through the end of 2012; #1 in consumer and enterprise contracts for small cells in 2012 (1)

 

(1) Industry analysts

 

5

   2


Table of Contents

2

 

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.1 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

WIRELINE

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
We are one of the worldwide leaders in the fixed broadband access market, supporting the largest deployments of video, voice and data services over broadband. We are the largest global supplier of digital subscriber line (or DSL) technology and the second largest supplier of GPON technology(1). We are also a leading supplier of communications products that deliver innovative voice and multimedia services with quality, reliability, scalability, and security across a variety of devices and fixed, mobile, and converged networks.    Our family of IP-based fixed access products provides support for both DSL and fiber, allowing service providers to extend fiber- and copper-based broadband access to the customer’s premise or to use them in highly optimized combinations. Our IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) activities are focused on the delivery of session control, media gateway control, media gateway, and session border control, integrated into meaningful solutions for service providers.   

•   #1 in broadband access with 36% DSL market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #1 in VDSL2 with 40% market share revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   #2 in GPON technology based on revenues with 31% market share in 2012 (1)

 

•   #3 in IMS core (session control) revenues in the last 4 quarters ending 3Q12 with 17% market share (1)

 

(1) Industry analysts

2.2    SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS (S3) SEGMENT

SERVICES

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
A world leader in supplying services for telecommunications service providers and strategic industries (transportation, energy and public sector), with expertise in consulting, design integration, operations management and maintenance of complex, multi-vendor end-to-end telecommunications networks; includes services to transform networks to next-generation Wireless and converged, all IP platforms, that are efficient, intelligent and optimized to deliver new services, content and applications.    Activities focus on supplying complete offerings for networks’ entire life cycle: consultation, integration, migration and transformation, deployment, outsourcing and maintenance.   

•   #3 in overall Services market based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   Leader in IP Transformation Services, with over 2,300 multivendor network and service migrations globally

 

•   OSS/IT engagements with over 300 customers worldwide and 1,000 OSS/IT and security consultants with delivery capabilities in 20+ countries

 

•   Managed Services deals in 40+ networks covering 200 million subscribers (1)

 

(1) Alcatel-Lucent estimate

 

6


Table of Contents

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.2 SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS (S3) SEGMENT

 

NETWORK APPLICATIONS

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
Our Network applications portfolio provides the software platforms and systems hardware to create network-based Solutions, focused on addressing key customer challenges and opportunities. Solutions include Advanced Communications, Mobile Commerce, Payment and Charging, Customer Experience, Application Enablement and Cloud.    Activities focus on the development and sale of solutions that combine software, services and partnerships to address key service provider market opportunities.   

•   106 IMS customer projects including 43 with live commercial traffic (1)

 

•   200+ Subscriber Data Management deployments with over one billion subscribers (1)

 

•   400M+ Payment subscribers processing over €4.5 billion/month (1)

 

•   Customer Experience solutions for over 180+ of the world’s leading service providers (1)

 

•   Strong presence within Carrier Cloud orchestration and management. Secured trials with several major tier 1 service providers (1)

 

(1) Alcatel-Lucent estimate

2.3     ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

Position    Activities    Market positions
A world leader in communications and network solutions for businesses of all sizes, serving more than 500,000 customers worldwide.    Supply end to end products, solutions and services for small, medium, large and extra-large companies to improve conversations and collaboration across employees, customers and partners.   

•   #3 in enterprise telephony worldwide market share based on revenues in 2012 (1)

 

•   2012 leader in Corporate Telephony Magic Quadrant (1)

 

(1) Industry analysts

 

7

   2


Table of Contents

2

 

ACTIVITY OVERVIEW

2.3 ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

3    RISK FACTORS

 

 

Our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer material adverse effects due to any of the following risks. We have described the specific risks that we consider material to our business but the risks described below are not the only ones we face. We do not discuss risks that would

generally be equally applicable to companies in other industries, due to the general state of the economy or the markets, or other factors. Additional risks not known to us or that we now consider immaterial may also impair our business operations.

 

 

3.1    RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

In 2012, as part of our Performance Program, we have realigned our strategic focus, shifting our resources to support that focus. If our strategic plan is not aligned with the direction our customers take as they invest in the evolution of their networks, customers may not buy our products or use our services.

We have realigned our strategic focus, and, in turn, implemented a realignment of our operations in support of that plan. The transformation included a change in the composition of our spending on research and development over the past few years as we accelerated the shift in our investments from mature technologies that previously generated significant revenue for us toward certain next-generation technologies. Our choices of specific technologies to pursue and those to de-emphasize may prove to be inconsistent with our customers’ investment spending.

The telecommunications industry fluctuates and is affected by many factors, including the economic environment, decisions by service providers and other customers that buy our products and services regarding their deployment of technology and their timing of purchases and roll-out, as well as demand and spending for communications services by businesses and consumers.

Spending trends in the global telecommunications industry were mixed in 2012 where the surge in smartphone penetration, mobile data and all-IP network transformation led to increased spending in IP and certain regional growth in 4G LTE wireless technologies, mainly the United States, while the macroeconomic environment and political unrest in some regions, negatively impacted spending in other technologies. While overall uncertain economic conditions should continue to prevail in 2013, industry conditions should be slightly better in 2013 compared to 2012. Actual market conditions could be very different from what we expect and are planning for due to the uncertainty that exists about the recovery in the global economy. Moreover, market conditions could vary geographically and across different technologies, and are subject to substantial fluctuations. Conditions in the specific industry segments in which we participate may be weaker than in other segments. In that case, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.

If capital investment by service providers and other customers that buy our products and services is weaker than we anticipate, our revenues and profitability may be adversely affected. The level of demand by service providers and other

customers that buy our products and services can change quickly and can vary over short periods of time, including from month to month. As a result of the uncertainty and variations in the telecommunications industry, accurately forecasting revenues, results and cash flow remains difficult.

In addition, our sales volume as well as product and geographic mix will affect our gross margin. Therefore, if reduced demand for our products results in lower than expected sales volume, or if we have an unfavorable product or geographic mix, we may not achieve the expected gross margin, resulting in lower than expected profitability. These factors may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Our business requires a significant amount of cash, and we may require additional sources of funds if our sources of liquidity are unavailable or insufficient to fund our operations.

Our working capital requirements and cash flows have historically been, and they are expected to continue to be, subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Factors which could lead us to suffer cash flow fluctuations include:

 

 

the level of sales and profitability;

 

 

the effectiveness of inventory management;

 

 

the collection of receivables;

 

 

the timing and size of capital expenditures;

 

 

costs associated with potential restructuring actions; and

 

 

customer credit risk.

Over time, we may derive our capital resources from a variety of sources, including the generation of positive cash flow from on-going operations, the issuance of debt and equity in various forms and credit facilities, including our 2 billion Senior Secured Credit Facilities that we entered into in January 2013. Our ability to continue to draw upon these resources (other than the credit facilities, which are fully drawn) is dependent upon a variety of factors, including our customers’ ability to make payments on outstanding accounts receivable; the perception of our credit quality by lenders and investors; the debt and equity market conditions generally, and our compliance with the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our debt indentures. Given current conditions, access to the debt and equity markets may not be

 

 

9

   3


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

relied upon at any given time. Based on our current view of our business and capital resources and the overall market environment, we believe we have sufficient resources to fund our operations for the next twelve months. If, however, the business environment were to materially worsen, or the credit markets were to limit our access to bid and performance bonds, or our customers were to dramatically pull back on their spending plans, our liquidity situation could deteriorate. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet cash requirements in excess of our current expectations, we might be required to obtain supplemental funds through additional operating improvements or through external sources, such as capital market proceeds, asset sales or financing from third parties. We cannot provide any assurance that such funding will be available on terms satisfactory to us. If we were to incur higher levels of debt, this would require a larger portion of our operating cash flow to be used to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness. The increased use of cash to pay indebtedness could leave us with insufficient funds to finance our operating activities, such as Research and Development expenses and capital expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to have access to the capital markets and our financing costs will be, in part, dependent on Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or similar agencies’ ratings with respect to our debt and corporate credit and their outlook with respect to our business. Our current short-term and long-term credit ratings, as well as any possible future lowering of our ratings, may result in higher financing costs and reduced access to the capital markets. We cannot provide any assurance that our credit ratings will be sufficient to give us access to the capital markets on acceptable terms, or that once obtained, such credit ratings will not be reduced by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or similar rating agencies.

Credit and commercial risks and exposures could increase if the financial condition of our customers declines.

A substantial portion of our sales are to customers in the telecommunications industry. Some of these customers require their suppliers to provide extended payment terms, direct loans or other forms of financial support as a condition to obtaining commercial contracts. We have provided and in the future we expect that we will provide or commit to financing where appropriate for our business. Our ability to arrange or provide financing for our customers will depend on a number of factors, including our credit rating; our level of available credit; and our ability to sell off commitments on acceptable terms. More generally, we expect to routinely enter into long-term contracts involving significant amounts to be paid by our customers over time. Pursuant to these contracts, we may deliver products and services representing an important portion of the contract price before receiving any significant payment from the customer. As a result of the financing that may be provided to customers and our commercial risk exposure under long-term contracts, our business could be adversely affected if the financial condition of our customers erodes. Over the past few years, certain of our customers have sought protection under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of the applicable jurisdiction, or have experienced financial difficulties. Continuing the trend of the last two years, in 2012 there appeared to be fewer instances

where our customers experienced such difficulties. We cannot predict how that situation may evolve in 2013, when we expect uncertain economic conditions to continue. Upon the financial failure of a customer, we may experience losses on credit extended and loans made to such customer, losses relating to our commercial risk exposure, and the loss of the customer’s ongoing business. If customers fail to meet their obligations to us, we may experience reduced cash flows and losses in excess of reserves, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.

The Group’s U.S. pension and post-retirement benefit plans are large and have funding requirements that fluctuate based on how their assets are invested, the performance of financial markets worldwide, interest rates, assumptions regarding the life-expectancy of covered employees and retirees, medical price increases, and changes in legal requirements. These plans are costly, and our efforts to fund or control these costs may be ineffective.

Many former and current employees and retirees of the Group in the U.S. participate in one or more of our major defined benefit pension and welfare benefit plans that provide post-retirement pension, healthcare, and group life benefits.

Volatility in discount rates and asset values will affect the funded status of our pension plans.

For purposes of calculating our funding requirements for our U.S. pension plans, the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) provides a number of methods to use for measuring plan assets and for determining the discount rate to be applied. For measuring plan assets, we can choose between the fair market value at the valuation date or a smoothed fair value of assets (based on a prior period of time not to exceed two years, with the valuation date as the last date in the prior period). For determining the discount rate, we can opt for the spot discount rate at the valuation date (effectively, the average yield curve of the daily rates for the month preceding the valuation date) or a 24-month average of the rates for each time segment (any 24-month period as long as the 24-month period ends no later than five months before the valuation date). To measure the 2011 funding valuation, we selected the 2-year asset fair value smoothing method for the U.S. management pension plan and U.S. occupational pension plans, and for the discount rate we selected the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ended September 30, 2010 for the U.S. management pension plan and the 24-month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ended December 31, 2010 for the U.S. occupational pension plans. As a result of these choices, we will not have to make any funding contributions for the 2011 funding valuation (i.e. no contribution contemplated through at least 2013). Starting with the 2012 funding valuation that will occur in September 2013, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP21), enacted in July, 2012, will stabilize the interest rates used to determine our U.S. pension plan funding requirements by establishing “corridors” around a 25-year average rate, which will increase the selected interest rates to be used for funding valuations. According to a preliminary assessment of our U.S. pension plans, the new legislation would suggest that no funding contribution should be required through at least 2016.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

Pension and post-retirement health plan participants may live longer than has been assumed, which would result in an increase in our benefit obligation.

For pension funding purposes, we use the mortality table issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) which includes fifteen years of projected improvements in life span for active and former employees not yet receiving pension payments, and seven years for retirees receiving payments. For accounting purposes, we use the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. These tables determine the period of time over which we assume that benefit payments will be made. The longer the period, the larger the benefit obligation and the amount of assets required to cover that obligation.

To estimate our future U.S. retiree healthcare plan obligations, we use the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. As with pension benefits, longer lives of our participants would likely increase our retiree healthcare benefit obligation. We cannot be certain that the longevity of our participants in our retiree healthcare plans or pension plans will not exceed that indicated by the mortality tables we currently use, or that future updates to these tables will not reflect materially longer life expectancies.

We may not be able to fund the healthcare and group life insurance costs of our formerly represented retirees with excess pension assets in accordance with Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

We expect to fund our current healthcare and group life insurance costs for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers with transfers of excess pension assets from our Occupational – inactive pension plan in which these retirees are participants. Excess assets are defined by Section 420 of the Code as being those assets in excess of either 120% or 125% of the plan’s funding obligation before the application of MAP21, depending on the type of transfer selected. Based on current actuarial assumptions and based on the present level and structure of benefits, we believe that we could continue to fund healthcare and life insurance for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers through Section 420 transfers. However, a deterioration in the funded status of our occupational pension plan could negatively impact our ability to make future Section 420 transfers.

Healthcare cost increases and an increase in the use of services may significantly increase our retiree healthcare costs.

Our current healthcare plans cap the subsidy we provide to those persons who retired after February 1990 and all future retirees, representing almost half of the retiree healthcare obligation, on a per capita basis. We may take steps in the future to reduce the overall cost of our current retiree healthcare plans, and the share of the cost borne by us, consistent with legal requirements and any collective bargaining obligations. However, cost increases may exceed our ability to reduce these costs. In addition, the reduction or

elimination of U.S. retiree healthcare benefits by us has led to lawsuits against us. Any initiatives we undertake to control these costs may lead to additional claims against us.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed if we do not successfully reduce market risks through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Since we conduct operations throughout the world, a substantial portion of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in various currencies other than the euro and the U.S. dollar. Because our financial statements are denominated in euros, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, especially the U.S. dollar, or currencies linked to the U.S. dollar, against the euro, could have a material impact on our reported results.

We also experience other market risks, including changes in interest rates and in prices of marketable securities that we own. We may use derivative financial instruments to reduce certain of these risks. If our strategies to reduce market risks are not successful, our financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

An impairment of other intangible assets or goodwill would adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets, including acquired intangibles, development costs for software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed and internal use software development costs as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the combination between Alcatel and Lucent, a significant amount of additional goodwill and acquired intangible assets were recorded as a result of the purchase price allocation.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more often, if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuances, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be wholly recoverable.

Historically, we have recognized significant impairment charges due to various reasons, including some of those noted above as well as potential restructuring actions or adverse market conditions that are either specific to us or the broader telecommunications industry or more general in nature. For instance, we accounted for an impairment loss of 4.7 billion in 2008 related to a re-assessment of our near-term outlook, our decision to streamline our portfolio and our weaker than expected CDMA business.

In addition, in 2012, we incurred the following impairment charges: €122 million for capitalized development costs, €191 million for other intangible assets and €522 million for goodwill. These impairment charges related to CDMA and GSM market conditions, where LTE technology is replacing GSM and CDMA technology faster than predicted and our revised assumptions about the pace of the Wavelength-Division Multiplexing (or “WDM”) ramp-up and the migration to new technologies in our Optics product division. (See Section 6

 

 

11

   3


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects- Critical Accounting Policies.”)

If any material unfavorable change in any of the key assumptions used to determine the recoverable value of our Product Divisions, as described in our critical accounting policies, were to occur, additional impairment charges may be incurred in the future that could be significant and that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

We operate in a highly competitive industry with many participants. Our failure to compete effectively would harm our business.

We operate in a highly competitive environment in each of our businesses, competing on the basis of product offerings, technical capabilities, quality, service and pricing. Competition for new service provider and enterprise customers as well as for new infrastructure deployments is particularly intense and increasingly focused on price. We offer customers and prospective customers many benefits in addition to competitive pricing, including strong support and integrated services for quality, technologically-advanced products; however, in some situations, we may not be able to compete effectively if purchasing decisions are based solely on the lowest price.

We have a number of competitors, many of which currently compete with us and some of which are very large, with substantial technological and financial resources and established relationships with global service providers. Some of these competitors have very low cost structures, which allow them to be very competitive in terms of pricing. In addition, new competitors may enter the industry as a result of acquisitions or shifts in technology. These new competitors, as well as existing competitors, may include entrants from the telecommunications, computer software, computer services and data networking industries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with these companies. Competitors may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or a more attractive mix of products or services, or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new or emerging technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to customers, prospective customers, employees and strategic partners.

Technology drives our products and services. If we fail to keep pace with technological advances in the industry, or if we pursue technologies that do not become commercially accepted, customers may not buy our products or use our services.

The telecommunications industry uses numerous and varied technologies and large service providers often invest in several and, sometimes, incompatible technologies. The industry also demands frequent and, at times, significant technology upgrades. Furthermore, enhancing our services revenues requires that we develop and maintain leading tools. We will not have the resources to invest in all of these existing and potential technologies. As a result, we concentrate our resources on those technologies that we believe have or will

achieve substantial customer acceptance and in which we will have appropriate technical expertise. However, existing products often have short product life cycles characterized by declining prices over their lives. In addition, our choices for developing technologies may prove incorrect if customers do not adopt the products that we develop or if those technologies ultimately prove to be unviable. Our revenues and operating results will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to maintain a product portfolio and service capability that is attractive to our customers; to enhance our existing products; to continue to introduce new products successfully and on a timely basis and to develop new or enhance existing tools for our services offerings.

The development of new technologies remains a significant risk to us, due to the efforts that we still need to make to achieve technological feasibility; due – as mentioned above – to rapidly changing customer markets; and due to significant competitive threats.

Our failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner could result in a loss of market share or a lost opportunity to capitalize on new markets for emerging technologies, and could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

We depend on a limited number of internal and external manufacturing organizations, distribution centers and suppliers. Their failure to deliver or to perform according to our requirements may adversely affect our ability to deliver our products, services and solutions on time and in sufficient volume, while meeting our quality, safety or security standards.

Our manufacturing strategy is built upon two primary sources of production: internal manufacturing locations and external manufacturing suppliers. The manufacturing equipment and common and custom-made test equipment in our internal manufacturing locations are owned by us. When we resort to external manufacturing, the primary owner of inventory, standard manufacturing equipment and common test equipment is the external manufacturer, but in the vast majority of cases we own the custom-made test equipment, which would allow us to change manufacturing locations more easily if this became necessary.

Our business continuity plans also involve the implementation of a regional sourcing strategy where economically feasible, to ensure there is a supply chain to support and optimize our supply and delivery within the given region. For both our internal and external manufacturing locations such plans include the capability to move to alternate locations for production in case of a disruption at a given facility. In addition, we perform audits in all facilities, internal and external, to identify the actions required to reduce our overall business disruption risk.

However, despite the above measures, we may not be able to mitigate entirely the disruption risks for all of our products and, depending on the nature of the disruptive event, we may be required to prioritize our manufacturing and as a result, the supply of some of our products may be more affected than that of others.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

Sourcing strategies are developed and updated annually to identify primary technologies and supply sources used in the selection of purchased components, finished goods, services and solutions. We multisource a large number of component and material families that are standard for the industry to the largest extent possible. For a number of components and finished goods families, we use multiple, predefined sources which allow us to have access to additional inventories in case of a disruptive event or to satisfy increased end customer demand. On the other hand, supply chain risks may arise with respect to components that are single-sourced or that have a long lead-time for a variety of reasons, such as non-forecasted upside demand, discontinuance by the supplier, quality problems, etc, that may have an adverse impact on our ability to deliver our products. In addition, for certain specific parts, an alternative source may not be technologically feasible.

Despite the steps we have taken with respect to our manufacturing and sourcing strategies, our business continuity plans and our logistics network, we can provide no assurance that such steps will be sufficient to avoid any disruption in the various stages of our supply chain. A disruption in any of those stages may materially adversely affect our ability to deliver our products, services and solutions on time and in sufficient volume, while meeting our quality, safety or security standards.

Information system risks, data protection breaches, cyber-attacks and industrial espionage may result in unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of our intellectual property and confidential information that we own or that has been entrusted to us, as well as interruptions to the availability of our systems or the systems that we manage for third parties.

Valuable intellectual property essential to our business operations and competitiveness, as well as other confidential and proprietary information (our own and that of customers, suppliers and other third parties including our customers’ end customers) are stored in or accessible through our information systems, a large part of which is managed by a third party to whom we have outsourced a significant portion of our IT operations, as well as the network and information systems that we manage for or sell to third parties or for whose security and reliability we may otherwise be accountable. Unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of such information could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Unauthorized third parties have targeted our information systems, using sophisticated attempts, referred to as advanced persistent threats, “phishing” and other attacks. We believe that such attempts to access our information systems have on one or more occasions been successful. We continue to take corrective actions that we believe will substantially mitigate the risk that such attacks will materially impact our business or operations, or that of our customers. We cannot rule out that there may have been other cyber attacks that have been successful and/or that have not been detected. Our business is also vulnerable to theft, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by third parties as well as employees.

We have procedures in place for responding to known or suspected data breaches. In addition, we conduct periodic assessments of our system vulnerabilities and the effectiveness of our security protections and have undertaken and will continue to undertake information security improvement programs ourselves and in coordination with our suppliers and business partners. However, there is no guarantee that our existing procedures or the improvement programs will be sufficient to prevent future security breaches or cyber attacks. In addition, as we have outsourced a significant portion of our information technology operations and other operations, we are also subject to vulnerabilities attributable to such third parties. Information technology is rapidly evolving, the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and the parties behind cyber attacks and other industrial espionage are believed to be sophisticated and well funded, and it is not commercially or technically feasible to mitigate all known vulnerabilities in a timely manner or to eliminate all risk of cyber attacks and data breaches. Unauthorized access to or modification of, misappropriation or loss of our intellectual property and confidential information could result in litigation and potential liability to customers, suppliers and other third parties, harm our competitive position, reduce the value of our investment in research and development and other strategic initiatives or damage our brand and reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further information system protection measures could be significant. We may not be successful in implementing such measures, which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time consuming and resource-intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our business.

We have outsourced a significant portion of our information technology (IT) systems and infrastructure, increasing our dependence on the reliability of external companies. Interruptions in the availability of the IT systems and infrastructure we rely upon could have material adverse effects on our operations.

Our business operations rely on complex IT systems, networks and other related infrastructure. We have outsourced a significant portion of our IT operations, increasing our reliance on the precautions taken by external companies to insure the reliability of those operations. Despite these precautions, IT operations, including those we have outsourced as well as those we manage ourselves, are susceptible to disruption from equipment failure, vandalism, natural disasters, power outages and other events. Although we have selected reputable companies to provide outsourced IT services, and have worked closely with them to identify risks and implement countermeasures and controls, we cannot be sure that interruptions will not occur in the availability of the IT services upon which we rely, with material adverse effects on our operations.

 

 

 

13

   3


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

 

Many of our current and planned products are highly complex and may contain defects or errors that are detected only after deployment in telecommunications networks. If that occurs, our reputation may be harmed.

Our products are highly complex, and we cannot assure you that our extensive product development, manufacturing and integration testing is, or will be, adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could affect customer satisfaction or result in claims against us. As a result, we might have to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects in products that have been shipped.

The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by customers or customers’ end users and other losses to us or to our customers or end users. These occurrences could also result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and loss of sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Rapid changes to existing regulations or technical standards or the implementation of new regulations or technical standards for products and services not previously regulated could be disruptive, time-consuming and costly to us.

We develop many of our products and services based on existing regulations and technical standards, our interpretation of unfinished technical standards or the lack of such regulations and standards. Changes to existing regulations and technical standards, or the implementation of new regulations and technical standards relating to products and services not previously regulated, could adversely affect our development efforts by increasing compliance costs and causing delay. Demand for those products and services could also decline.

Our ten largest customers accounted for 44% of our revenues in 2012 (among which Verizon and AT&T represented 11% and 10% of our revenues, respectively), and most of our revenues come from telecommunications service providers. The loss of one or more key customers or reduced spending by these service providers could significantly reduce our revenues, profitability and cash flow.

Our ten largest customers accounted for 44% of our revenues in 2012 (among which Verizon and AT&T represented 11% and 10% of our revenues, respectively). As service providers increase in size, it is possible that an even greater portion of our revenues will be attributable to a smaller number of large service providers going forward. Our existing customers are typically not obligated to purchase a fixed amount of products or services over any period of time from us and may have the right to reduce, delay or even cancel previous orders. We, therefore, have difficulty projecting future revenues from existing customers with certainty. Although historically our customers have not made sudden supplier changes, our customers could vary their purchases from period to period, even significantly. Combined with our reliance on a small number of large customers, this could have an adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flow. In addition, our concentration of business in the telecommunications service

provider industry makes us extremely vulnerable to a downturn or delays in spending in that industry.

We have long-term sales agreements with a number of our customers. Some of these agreements may prove unprofitable as our costs and product mix shift over the lives of the agreements.

We have entered into long-term sales agreements with a number of our large customers, and we expect that we will continue to enter into long-term sales agreements in the future. Some of these existing sales agreements require us to sell products and services at fixed prices over the lives of the agreements, and some require, or may in the future require us to sell products and services that we would otherwise discontinue, thereby diverting our resources from developing more profitable or strategically important products. Since our strategic plan entails a streamlined set of product offerings, it may increase the likelihood that we may have to sell products that we would otherwise discontinue. The costs incurred in fulfilling some of these sales agreements may vary substantially from our initial cost estimates. Any cost overruns that cannot be passed on to customers could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have significant international operations and a significant amount of our revenues is earned in emerging markets and regions.

In addition to the currency risks described elsewhere in this section, our international operations are subject to a variety of risks arising out of the economy, the political outlook and the language and cultural barriers in countries where we have operations or do business. We expect to continue to focus on expanding business in emerging markets in Asia, Africa, Latin America and Eastern Europe. In many of these emerging markets, we may be faced with several risks that are more significant than in other countries. These risks include economies that may be dependent on only a few products and are therefore subject to significant fluctuations, weak legal systems which may affect our ability to enforce contractual rights, possible exchange controls, unstable governments, privatization actions or other government actions affecting the flow of goods and currency. Also, it is possible that political developments in certain countries, similar to those in the Middle East and North Africa in 2011 and 2012, may have, at least temporarily, a negative impact on our operations in those countries. In 2012, as part of our Performance Program, we have made the decision to exit or restructure our business in unprofitable markets in which we currently do business, to help simplify our operating model and to adapt our go-to-market strategy.

The activities of our Optics division include the installation and maintenance of undersea telecommunications cable networks, and in the course of this activity we may cause damage to existing undersea infrastructure, for which we may ultimately be held responsible.

Our subsidiary Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks is an industry leader in the supply of submarine optical fiber cable networks linking mainland to islands, island to island or several points along a coast, with activities now expanding to the supply of broadband infrastructure to oil and gas platforms, sea wind-farms and other offshore

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

3.1 RISKS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

installations. Although thorough surveys, permit processes and safety procedures are implemented during the planning and deployment phases of all of these activities, there is a risk that previously-laid infrastructure, such as electric cables or oil pipelines, may go undetected despite such precautions, and be damaged during the process of laying the

telecommunications cable, potentially causing business interruption to third parties operating in the same area and/or accidental pollution. While we have in place contractual limitations and maintain insurance coverage to limit our exposure, we can provide no assurance that these protections will be sufficient to cover fully such exposure.

 

 

3.2    LEGAL RISKS

 

We are involved in lawsuits and investigations which, if determined against us, could require us to pay substantial damages, fines and/or penalties.

We are defendants in various lawsuits. These lawsuits against us include such matters as commercial disputes, claims regarding intellectual property, customer financing, product discontinuance, asbestos claims, labor, employment and benefit claims and others. We are also involved in certain investigations by government authorities. For a discussion of some of these legal proceedings and investigations, you should read “Legal Matters” in Section 6.10 of this annual report and Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document. We cannot predict the extent to which any of the pending or future actions will be resolved in our favor, or whether significant monetary judgments will be rendered against us. Any material damages resulting from these lawsuits and investigations could adversely affect our profitability and cash flow.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and prospects may be harmed.

Intellectual property rights, such as patents, are vital to our business and developing new products and technologies that are unique is critical to our success. We have numerous French, U.S. and foreign patents and numerous pending patents. However, we cannot predict whether any patents, issued or pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or whether such patents will be challenged by third parties. Moreover, our competitors may already have applied for patents that, once issued, could prevail over our patent rights or otherwise limit our ability to sell our products. Our competitors also may attempt to design around our patents or copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology. In addition, patent applications currently pending may not be granted. If we do not receive the patents that we seek or if other problems arise with our intellectual property, our competitiveness could be significantly impaired, which would limit our future revenues and harm our prospects.

We are subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling certain products.

From time to time, we receive notices or claims from third parties of potential infringement in connection with products or software. We also may receive such notices or claims when we

attempt to license our intellectual property to others. Intellectual property litigation can be costly and time-consuming and can divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. A successful claim by a third party of patent or other intellectual property infringement by us could compel us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements or force us to pay significant damages and could even require us to stop selling certain products. Further, if one of our important patents or other intellectual property rights is invalidated, we may suffer losses of licensing revenues and be prevented from attempting to block others, including competitors, from using the related technology.

We are involved in significant joint ventures and are exposed to problems inherent to companies under joint management.

We are involved in significant joint venture companies. The related joint venture agreements may require unanimous consent or the affirmative vote of a qualified majority of the shareholders to take certain actions, thereby possibly slowing down the decision-making process. Our largest joint venture, Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd, has this type of requirement. We own 50% plus one share of Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd, the remainder being owned by the Chinese government.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws that restrict our operations.

Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the use, disposal and clean up of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances. In the United States, these laws often require parties to fund remedial action regardless of fault. Although we believe our aggregate reserves are adequate to cover our environmental liabilities, factors such as the discovery of additional contaminants, the extent of required remediation and the imposition of additional cleanup obligations could cause our capital expenditures and other expenses relating to remediation activities to exceed the amount reflected in our environmental reserves and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future liabilities, cause the suspension of production, restrict our ability to utilize facilities or require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment or incur other significant expenses.

 

 

15

   3


Table of Contents

3

 

RISK FACTORS

3.3 RISKS RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR ADSs

 

 

3.3    RISKS RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR ADSs

 

The trading price of our ADSs may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate for converting euro into U.S. dollars.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate for converting euro into U.S. dollars may affect the market price of our ADSs.

If a holder of our ADSs fails to comply with the legal notification requirements upon reaching certain ownership thresholds under French law or our governing documents, the holder could be deprived of some or all of the holder’s voting rights and be subject to a fine.

French law and our governing documents require any person who owns our outstanding shares or voting rights in excess of certain amounts specified in the law or our governing documents to file a report with us upon crossing this threshold percentage and, in certain circumstances, with the French stock exchange regulator (Autorité des Marchés Financiers).

If any shareholder fails to comply with the notification requirements:

 

 

the shares or voting rights in excess of the relevant notification threshold may be deprived of voting power on the demand of any shareholder;

 

 

all or part of the shareholder’s voting rights may be suspended for up to five years by the relevant French commercial court; and

 

 

the shareholder may be subject to a fine.

Holders of our ADSs will have limited recourse if we or the depositary fail to meet obligations under the deposit agreement between us and the depositary.

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and liability and the obligations and liability of the depositary.

Neither we nor the depositary will be liable despite the fact that an ADS holder may have incurred losses if the depositary:

 

 

is prevented or hindered in performing any obligation by circumstances beyond our control;

 

 

exercises or fails to exercise its discretionary rights under the deposit agreement;

 

 

performs its obligations without negligence or bad faith;

 

 

takes any action based upon advice from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting our ordinary shares for deposit, any holder or any other qualified person; or

 

 

relies on any documents it believes in good faith to be genuine and properly executed.

This means that there could be instances where holders of an ADS would not be able to recover losses that you may have suffered by reason of our actions or inactions or the actions or inactions of the depositary pursuant to the deposit agreement.

In addition, the depositary has no obligation to participate in any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of our ADSs unless we provide the depositary with indemnification that it determines to be satisfactory.

We are subject to different corporate disclosure standards that may limit the information available to holders of our ADSs.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with the notice and disclosure requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the solicitation of proxies for shareholder meetings. Although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of non-U.S. issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of U.S. issuers. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about most other public companies in the United States.

Judgments of U.S. courts, including those predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States in French courts, may not be enforceable against us.

An investor located in the United States may find it difficult to:

 

 

effect service of process within the United States against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers;

 

 

enforce U.S. court judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers in both the United States and France; and

 

 

bring an original action in a French court to enforce liabilities based upon the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our non-U.S. resident directors and officers.

Preemptive rights may not be available for U.S. persons.

Under French law, shareholders have preemptive rights to subscribe for cash issuances of new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional shares on a pro rata basis. U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for their shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements imposed by the Securities Act is available.

We may, from time to time, issue new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional shares at a time when no registration statement is in effect and no Securities Act exemption is available. If so, U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares will be unable to exercise their preemptive rights.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.1 GENERAL

 

4    INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.1    GENERAL

 

 

The long-trusted partner of service providers, enterprises and governments around the world, we are a leading innovator in the field of networking and communications technology, products and services. The Group is home to Bell Labs, one of the world’s foremost research centers, responsible for breakthroughs that have shaped the networking and communications industry. Our innovations are regularly recognized by international institutions for their positive impact on society. In 2012 and for the second year running, we were named one of the Thomson Reuters Top 100 Global Innovators, recognition for our continued addition to our world-class patent portfolio, one of the largest in the telecom industry. We have also been recognized for our sustainability performance. In 2012 we were ranked Technology Supersector Leader by the Dow Jones Sustainability Index. Through our innovations, we are making communications more sustainable, more affordable and more accessible as we pursue our mission of Realizing the Potential of a Connected World. With operations throughout the world, we are a local partner with global reach.

Alcatel-Lucent is a French société anonyme, established in 1898, originally as a listed company named Compagnie Générale d’Électricité. Our corporate existence will continue until June 30, 2086, which date may be extended by shareholder vote. We are subject to all laws governing business corporations in France, specifically the provisions of the commercial code and the financial and monetary code.

Our registered office and principal place of business is 3, avenue Octave Gréard, 75007 Paris, France, our telephone number is +33 (0)1 40 76 10 10 and our website address is www.alcatel-lucent.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this document.

The address for Barbara Larsen, our authorized representative in the United States, is Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., 600 Mountain Avenue, Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974.

 

 

17

   4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

4.2    HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

Set forth below is an outline of certain significant events of Alcatel-Lucent from formation until 2009:

 

May 31,

1898

   French engineer Pierre Azaria forms the Compagnie Générale d’Électricité (CGE) with the aim of taking on the likes of AEG, Siemens and General Electric
1925    Acquisition by CGE of Compagnie Générale des Câbles de Lyon
1928    Formation of Alsthom by Société Alsacienne de Constructions Mécaniques and Compagnie Française Thomson-Houston
1946    Formation of Compagnie Industrielle des Téléphones (CIT)
1966    Acquisition by CGE of the Société Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques, de Télécommunications et d’Électronique (Alcatel)
1970    Ambroise Roux becomes CGE’s Chairman. At the end of his term (1982), he remains Honorary Chairman until his death in 1999
1982    Jean-Pierre Brunet becomes CGE’s Chairman
1984   

Georges Pebereau becomes CGE’s Chairman

 

Thomson CSF’s public telecommunication and business communication operations are merged into a holding company Thomson Télécommunications, which is acquired by the CGE group

1985   

Alsthom Atlantique changes its name to Alsthom

Merger between CIT-Alcatel and Thomson Télécommunications. The new entity adopts the name Alcatel

1986   

Formation of Alcatel NV following an agreement with ITT Corporation, which sells its European telecommunications activities to CGE

 

Pierre Suard becomes CGE’s Chairman. CGE acquires an interest in Framatome (40%). Câbles de Lyon becomes a subsidiary of Alcatel NV

1987   

Privatization of CGE

 

Alsthom wins an order to supply equipment for the TGV Atlantique network and leads the consortium of French, Belgian and British companies involved in the building of the northern TGV network

1988   

Alliance of Alsthom and General Electric Company (UK)

 

Merger of Alsthom’s activities and GEC’s Power Systems division into a joint venture

1989   

Agreement between CGE and General Electric Company and setting up of GEC Alsthom

 

GEC acquires an equity interest in CGEE Alsthom (a company of CGE)

 

CGEE-Alsthom changes its name to Cegelec

1990   

CGE-Fiat agreement. Alcatel acquires Telettra (transmission systems activity) and Fiat acquires a majority stake in CEAC

 

Acquisition by Câbles de Lyon of Câbleries de Dour (Belgium) and Ericsson’s U.S. cable operations

 

Agreement on Framatome’s capital structure, with CGE holding a 44.12% stake

1991   

Compagnie Générale d’Électricité changes its name to Alcatel Alsthom

 

Purchase of the transmission systems division of the American group Rockwell Technologies

 

Câbles de Lyon becomes Alcatel Cable and takes over AEG Kabel

1993    Acquisition by Alcatel Alsthom of STC Submarine Systems, a division of Northern Telecom Europe (today Nortel Networks)
1995    Serge Tchuruk becomes chairman and CEO of Alcatel Alsthom. He restructures the company focusing on telecommunications
1998   

Alcatel Alsthom is renamed Alcatel

 

Acquisition of 16.36% in Thomson-CSF (now Thales)

 

Acquisition of DSC, a U.S. company, which has a solid position in the U.S. access market

 

Initial public offering of GEC ALSTHOM which becomes Alstom. Alcatel retains 24% in the newly-formed company

 

Alcatel sells Cegelec to Alstom

1999   

Acquisition of the American companies Xylan, Packet Engines, Assured Access and Internet Devices, specializing in Internet network and solutions

 

Alcatel raises its ownership in Thomson-CSF (now Thales) to 25.3% and reduces its ownership in Framatome to 8.6%

2000   

Acquisition of Newbridge Networks, a Canadian company and worldwide leader in ATM technology networks

 

Acquisition of the American company Genesys, worldwide leader in contact centers

 

The Cable and Components activities are spun off into a subsidiary and renamed Nexans

 

18


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

2001   

Sale of its 24% share in Alstom

 

IPO of a significant part of Cables & Components business (Nexans activity). Alcatel retains 20% of Nexans shares

 

Acquisition of the remaining 48.83% stake held in Alcatel Space by Thales, bringing Alcatel’s ownership of Alcatel Space to 100%. After this transaction, Alcatel’s stake in Thales decreases to 20%

 

Sale of DSL modems activity to Thomson Multimedia (TMM)

2002   

Sale of its remaining interest in Thomson (formerly TMM)

 

Alcatel acquires control of Alcatel Shanghai Bell

 

Sale of 10.3 million Thales shares (Alcatel’s shareholding in Thales decreases from 15.83% to 9.7%)

2003   

Acquisition of TiMetra Inc., a privately held, U.S.-based company that produces routers

 

Sale of Alcatel’s optical components business to Avanex

 

Sale of SAFT Batteries subsidiary to Doughty Hanson

2004   

Alcatel and TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited form a joint venture mobile handset company. The joint venture company is 55% owned by TCL and 45% owned by Alcatel

 

Alcatel and Draka Holding NV (“Draka”) combine their respective global optical fiber and communication cable businesses. Draka owns 50.1% and Alcatel owns 49.9% of the new company, Draka Comteq BV

 

Acquisition of privately held, U.S.-based eDial Inc., a leading provider of conferencing and collaboration services for businesses and telephone companies

 

Acquisition of privately held, U.S.-based Spatial Communications (known as Spatial Wireless), a leading provider of software-based and multi-standard distributed mobile switching products

2005   

Acquisition of Native Networks, a UK-based company providing of optical Ethernet goods and services

 

Sale of shareholding in Nexans, representing 15.1% of Nexans’ share capital, through a private placement

 

Merger of Alcatel space activities with those of Finmeccanica, S.p.A completed through the creation of Alcatel Alenia Space (Alcatel owned 67%, and Alenia Spazio, a unit of Finmeccanica, owned 33%) and Telespazio Holding (Finmeccanica owned 67%, and Alcatel owned 33%).

 

Exchange of Alcatel 45% interest in joint venture with TCL Communication for TCL Communication Shares (TCL owning all of the joint venture company and Alcatel owning 141,375,000 shares of TCL).

2006   

Acquisition of UMTS radio access business from Nortel

 

Business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent Technologies Inc., completed on November 30, 2006

 

Acquisition of VoiceGenie, a leader in voice self-service solutions development by both enterprises and carriers

 

Acquisition of a 27.5% interest in 2Wire, a pioneer in home broadband network product offerings

 

Buy-out of Fujitsu’s interest in Evolium 3G our wireless infrastructure joint venture

2007   

Acquisition of Informiam, pioneer in software that optimizes customer service operations through real-time business performance management (now a business unit within Genesys)

 

Acquisition of NetDevices (enterprise networking technology designed to facilitate the management of branch office networks)

 

Acquisition of Tropic Networks (regional and metro-area optical networking equipment for use in telephony, data, and cable applications)

 

Sale of our 49.9 % interest in Draka Comteq to Draka Holding NV, our joint venture partner in this company

 

Sale of our 12.4 % interest in Avanex to Pirelli, and supply agreements with both Pirelli and Avanex for related components

 

Sale of our 67% interest in the capital of Alcatel Alenia Space and our 33% interest in the capital of Telespazio (a worldwide leader in satellite services) to Thales. Completion of the contribution to Thales of our railway signaling business and our integration and services activities for mission-critical systems not dedicated to operators or suppliers of telecommunications services

2008   

Acquisition of Motive Networks, a U.S-based company developing and selling remote management software solutions for automating the deployment, configuration and support of advanced home networking devices called residential gateways

 

Agreement with Dassault Aviation regarding the sale of our 20.8% interest in Thales

2009   

Sale of our 20.8% stake in Thales to Dassault Aviation

 

Sale of Dunkermotoren GmbH, our electrical fractional horsepower motors and drives subsidiary, to Triton

 

Joint announcement with Hewlett-Packard (HP) of a 10-year co-sourcing agreement expected to help improve the efficiency of IS/IT infrastructure and create a joint go-to-market approach

 

Joint-venture with Bharti Airtel to manage Bharti Airtel’s pan-India broadband and telephone services

 

19

   4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

 

RECENT EVENTS

2012 dividend. Our Board has determined that it is not prudent to pay a dividend on our ordinary shares and ADSs based on 2012 results. Our Board will present this proposal at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013.

Appointment of new CEO and of Vice-Chairman of the Board of directors. On February 22, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the appointment of Mr. Michel Combes as the Group’s new Chief Executive Officer, effective April 1, 2013. Mr. Michel Combes will also join our Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the shareholders at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013. He will succeed Mr. Ben Verwaayen, who has decided not to seek re-election as a director at such meeting, and who will step down as CEO.

Our Board of Directors also approved the appointment of Mr. Jean C. Monty as Vice-Chairman of the Board, effective immediately.

Completion of multi-year financing commitments. On January 30, 2013, we announced the closing of the financing transaction initiated in December 2012 for an increased amount totalling €2 billion from  1.615 billion (see below, section “Other matters” in “Highlights of transactions in 2012”, Section 4.5 Material Contracts, and Section 6.6 “Liquidity and Capital Resources” – 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities” for a detailed description of the terms of the three Senior Secured Credit Facilities).

In connection with that transaction, the existing unsecured revolving credit facility was terminated.

Changes in credit rating and watch list. On February 18, 2013, Standard & Poor’s affirmed its B long-term credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and removed them from CreditWatch with negative implication. The outlook is negative.

At the same time, the BB- issue rating on the Group’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities closed by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. in January 2013 was affirmed. The other ratings were also affirmed.

End of joint venture with Bharti Airtel. In February 2013, we decided with Bharti Airtel to discontinue the joint venture formed in 2009 for the management of Bharti Airtel’s pan-India broadband and telephone services and to help Bharti Airtel’s transition to a next generation network across India. As a result, the former joint venture’s operations were absorbed into a new business entity set up by Bharti Airtel.

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS DURING 2012

DISPOSITIONS

Disposal of Genesys. On February 1, 2012, we concluded the sale of our Genesys business to a company owned by the Permira funds (Permira is a European private equity firm) and Technology Crossover Ventures (a venture capital firm), for cash proceeds of U.S.$ 1.5 billion, pursuant to a binding offer that we had received on October 19, 2011.

OTHER MATTERS

Multi-year financing commitments. On December 14, 2012, we announced that we had entered into fully-committed 1.615 billion Senior Secured Credit Facilities underwritten by Credit Suisse AG and Goldman Sachs Bank USA. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is the borrower under these Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and Alcatel-Lucent and some of its material subsidiaries are guarantors. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and in euros, and have maturities of three and a half to six years. The three Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by part of the intellectual property portfolio of Alcatel-Lucent, shares of subsidiaries of the Group, certain intercompany loans and certain tangible and intangible personal property of some companies of our Group (all as more detailed in Section 6.6, “Liquidity and Capital Resources – 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities”), and include customary terms and conditions corresponding to this type of financing, but with no financial maintenance covenant (a covenant the calculation of which is usually tested quarterly and which measures the capacity of the borrower to repay debt).

Launch of The Performance Program. On July 26, 2012 we launched The Performance Program, with which we expect to achieve 750 million in cost reductions, in addition to those previously announced in 2011, totaling  1.25 billion of cost savings by the end of 2013 when taking into account our fixed and variable cost savings of close to 650 million in 2012. This program includes reductions of approximately 5,500 global headcount across the Group and of approximately 1,400 contractors, exiting or restructuring unprofitable Managed Services contracts, along with associated headcount reductions, and exiting or restructuring unprofitable markets. (See Section 6.1, “Overview of 2012”).

As a part of The Performance Program, a new organization became effective as of January 1, 2013 (see Section 5.1 “Business organization” and Section 12, Notes 5 and 2k to our consolidated financial statements).

Repurchases of convertible bonds. In February 2012, we repurchased and cancelled a portion of the outstanding Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. 2.875% Series B convertible bonds due June 2025 for U.S.$ 110 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$ 116 million. This represents 13% of the total U.S.$881 million nominal value of such bonds outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Repayment of notes issued in 2010. In February 2012, we repaid the notes that we had issued in July 2010 with maturity in February 2011 (then extended to February 2012) and in October 2010 with maturity in February 2012, for an aggregate 50 million in nominal value. In May 2012, we repaid the notes that we had issued in July 2010 with maturity in May 2011 (then extended to May 2012) for an aggregate 50 million in nominal value.

Change in credit ratings. On December 4, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B2 to B3. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings were downgraded from B3 to Caa1 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from Caa1 to Caa2. The Negative outlook was affirmed.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

On August 3, 2012, Moody’s revised its outlook for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating and debt, as well as of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I debts, from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

On May 8, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B1 to B2 and changed the previously Negative outlook on the ratings to Stable. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings were downgraded from B2 to B3 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., which are guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from B3 to Caa1.

On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently, Moody’s withdrew the ratings for the unguaranteed legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and for the trust preferred securities issued by Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent. The Negative outlooks were affirmed.

On December 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s placed all corporate and issue credit ratings for Alcatel-lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. on Credit Watch with Negative implications. At the same time Standard & Poor’s lowered their issue ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. existing unsecured long-term debt from B to CCC+. The B ratings on Alcatel-Lucent short-term debt were affirmed.

On August 13, 2012, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook for Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

Agreement with RPX concerning our patents. On February 9, 2012 we entered into an agreement with RPX Corporation (“RPX”), a company active in the patent risk solutions business, pursuant to which, for a finite period, RPX will offer access to our worldwide patent portfolio through non-exclusive patent licenses to be entered into between members of the RPX client network and Alcatel-Lucent. License fees will vary depending upon company size, portfolio applicability, technology areas and other relevant factors. On July 26, we announced that this agreement was amended to remove exclusivity, and that we decided to create a dedicated profit center within our Group, to directly address some opportunities related to our patent portfolio.

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS

DURING 2011

New business group. On July 20, 2011, we announced the formation of a new business group, the Software, Services & Solutions group, which combines the Networks Applications division of our former Applications segment with the four divisions – Network & Systems Integration, Managed & Outsourcing Solutions, Multivendor Maintenance, and Product Attached Services – of our former Services segment which were in place within our business organization at June 30, 2011.

Changes in credit ratings. On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook from Stable to Negative.

Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family Rating of Alcatel-Lucent as well as of its ratings of Alcatel Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Negative to Stable. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

Extension and repayment of notes issued in 2010. Regarding the notes we issued in October 2010 and July 2010 for an aggregate of 200 million in nominal value, the maturity dates of the notes due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million and for notes due in May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million were extended until February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million and until May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. The notes due in August and November 2011 for a nominal amount of 100 million were not extended and were repaid. After the extensions and after the repayments, the new maturity dates became February 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million and May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million.

Repayment of convertible bonds. On January 3, 2011 we repaid our 4.75% convertible/exchangeable bonds (which we refer to as OCEANE) issued in June 2003 and due January 2011 that remained outstanding at that date, for their nominal value of 818 million.

Developments in Microsoft case. This matter initiated in 2003 (along with a number of other patent infringement matters involving Microsoft as well as other parties and long since settled) resulted in a District Court finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent owned by us. This decision was followed by numerous appeals. The last jury award, in 2011, amounted to US$ 70 million in damages. In November 2011, the judge lowered the award to US$ 26.3 million. This judgment was appealed by Alcatel-Lucent. On December 29, 2011, we and Microsoft settled this dispute and dismissed the Day Patent litigation.

FCPA investigations. In December 2010 we entered into final settlement agreements with the SEC and the DOJ with regards to alleged violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) in several countries, including but not limited to Costa Rica, Taiwan, and Kenya. Both agreements were approved in 2011 by the U.S. Federal Court, which resulted during that year in the payment of U.S.$45.4 million in disgorgement of profits and prejudgment interest to the SEC, the payment, for an amount of U.S.$25 million, of the first of the three installments of the criminal fine of U.S.$92 million imposed on us by the DOJ and our appointment of a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years. In addition, three of our subsidiaries – Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica – each pleaded guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s antibribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions.

 

 

21

   4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.2 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 

HIGHLIGHTS OF TRANSACTIONS

DURING 2010

DISPOSITIONS

Sale of 2Wire stake. On October 20, 2010 we concluded the sale of our 26.7% shareholding in 2Wire, a U.S.-based provider of advanced residential gateways for the broadband service provider market, to Pace plc, a technology developer for the global pay-TV market, for cash proceeds of 75 million. This transaction was part of the acquisition by Pace of the stock of 2Wire owned by a consortium that included, in addition to Alcatel-Lucent, AT&T, Telmex and Oak Investments Partners.

Sale of vacuum business. On December 31, 2010 we completed the sale of our Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG, a world leader in the vacuum industry. We received preliminary cash proceeds of 197 million. This amount was reduced by a net amount of 1 million in 2011 as a result of various purchase price adjustments.

OTHER MATTERS

Notes issuances. In July 2010 and October 2010, we issued a series of notes for an aggregate 100 million in nominal value upon each issuance (200 million in total). The notes bear interest at a floating rate and are due in several instalments throughout 2011 and in February 2012, with the right to extend their maturity at our option either annually or until 2016.

On December 2, 2010, we closed our private placement of 500 million Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 with an 8.5% coupon, for which we received net proceeds of 487.3 million. We used all of these net proceeds to partially refinance the 4.75% convertible/exchangeable bonds (OCEANE) due on 1 January 2011 mentioned above.

Repurchases of convertible bonds. In February and March 2010, we repurchased and cancelled a portion of the outstanding Alcatel-Lucent Inc. 2.875% Series A convertible bonds due June 2023 for U.S.$74.8 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to a nominal value of U.S.$75.0 million.

Further, on June 15, 2010, many of the remaining holders of the Alcatel-Lucent Inc. Series A bonds exercised their optional redemption right, and as a result we paid the redeeming holders U.S.$360 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, corresponding to the nominal value of the bonds redeemed.

Developments in Microsoft cases. On February 22, 2010, Microsoft filed a Petition for a Writ of Certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking the Supreme Court to review the Federal Circuit’s September 11, 2009 decision to affirm the District Court’s finding that Microsoft’s Outlook, Money and Windows Mobile products infringed the Day patent. On April 23, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent filed its Brief in Opposition and the Supreme Court denied Microsoft’s Petition on May 24, 2010. A trial took place starting on July 19, 2011 in the U.S. District Court in San Diego to determine the amount of compensation owed to us by Microsoft for its infringement of the Day patent.

On March 2, 2010, the United States Patent and Trademark Office issued a Reexamination Certificate confirming the validity of the Day Patent in response to the re-examination request filed by Dell in May of 2007.

FCPA investigations. In December 2010 we entered into final settlement agreements with the SEC and the DOJ. Under the agreement with the SEC, which has been approved by the U.S. Federal Court, we neither admit nor deny the allegations of violations of the antibribery, internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA in the SEC’s complaint, we are permanently restrained and enjoined from future violations of U.S. securities laws, we are liable for U.S.$45.4 million in disgorgement of profits and prejudgment interest, and we agree to engage a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years. Under the agreement with the DOJ, we will enter into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (“DPA”) charging us with violations of the internal controls and books and records provisions of the FCPA, and we will pay a total criminal fine of U.S.$92 million – payable in four installments over the course of three years. If we fully comply with the terms of the DPA, the DOJ will dismiss the charges upon conclusion of the three-year term. In addition, three of our subsidiaries – Alcatel-Lucent France, Alcatel-Lucent Trade International AG and Alcatel Centroamerica – will each plead guilty to conspiracy to violate the FCPA’s antibribery, books and records and internal accounting controls provisions. The DPA also contains provisions relating to engaging a French anticorruption compliance monitor for three years (the settlement agreement with the DOJ was approved by the U.S. Federal Court on June 1, 2011).

 

 

22


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.3 STRUCTURE OF THE MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

4.3    STRUCTURE OF THE MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

The organization chart below reflects the main companies consolidated in the Group as of December 31, 2012, such as listed in note 38 of the consolidated financial statements. Percentages of shares capital’s interest equal 100% unless otherwise specified.

LOGO

 

23

   4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.4 REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

4.4    REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

We occupy, as an owner or tenant, a large number of buildings, production sites, laboratories and service sites around the world. There are two distinct types of sites with the following features:

 

 

production and assembly sites dedicated to our various businesses;

 

 

sites that house research and innovation activities and support functions, which cover a specific region and all businesses.

A significant portion of production, assembly and research activities are carried out in Europe, in the United States and in China for all of our businesses.

At December 31, 2012, our total production capacity was equal to approximately 270,000 sq. meters and the table below shows the breakdown by region for the Networks segment, where our production capacity is concentrated.

We believe that these properties are in good condition and meet the needs and requirements of the Group’s current and future activity and do not present an exposure to major environmental risks that could impact the Group’s earnings.

The environmental issues that could affect how these properties are used are mentioned in Section 8.1 “Environment” of this annual report.

The sites mentioned in the tables below were selected among our portfolio of 558 sites to illustrate the diversity of the real estate we use, applying four main criteria: region, business segment, type of use (production/assembly, research/innovation or support function), and whether the property is owned or leased.

 

 

ALCATEL-LUCENT, PRODUCTION CAPACITY AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

(in thousands of sq. meters)    EMEA      Americas      APAC      Total  
Networks      142         54         74         270   
Total      142         54         74         270   

PRODUCTION/ASSEMBLY SITES

 

Country    Site      Ownership  
China      Shanghai Pudong         Full ownership   
China      Shanghai Songjiang         Full ownership   
France      Calais         Full ownership   
France      Eu         Full ownership   
United Kingdom      Greenwich         Full ownership   
United States      Meriden         Full ownership   

The main features of our production sites are as follows:

 

 

site of Shanghai Pudong (China): 142,000 sq. meters, of which 24,000 sq. meters is used for the production for Wireline and Wireless Access activities, the remainder of the site is used mainly for offices and laboratories;

 

 

site of Shanghai Songjiang (China): 25 000 sq. meters used for the manufacturing of products for RFS (Radio Frequency Systems);

 

 

site of Calais (France): 79,000 sq. meters, of which 61,000 sq. meters is used for the production of submarine cables;

 

 

site of Eu (France): 31,000 sq. meters, of which 16,000 sq. meters is used for the production of boards;

 

 

site of Greenwich (United Kingdom): 34,000 sq. meters, of which 19,500 sq. meters is used for the production of submarine cables;

 

 

site of Meriden (United States): 45,000 sq. meters, used for the manufacturing of products for RFS (Radio Frequency Systems);

 

24


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.4 REAL ESTATE AND EQUIPMENT

 

RESEARCH AND INNOVATION AND SUPPORT SITES

 

Country    Site      Ownership  
Germany      Stuttgart         Lease   
Germany      Nuremberg         Lease   
Austria      Vienna         Full ownership   
Belgium      Anvers         Lease   
Brazil      São Paulo         Full ownership   
Canada      Ottawa         Full ownership   
China      Shanghai Pudong         Full ownership   
Spain      Madrid         Lease   
United States      Plano         Full ownership   
United States      Naperville         Full ownership   
United States      Murray Hill         Full ownership   
France      Villarceaux         Lease   
France      Vélizy         Lease   
France      Colombes         Lease   
France      Lannion         Full ownership   
France     
 
Paris
Headquarters
  
  
     Lease   
France      Orvault         Lease   
India      Bangalore         Lease   
India      Chennai         Lease   
Italy      Vimercate         Lease   
Mexico      Cuautitlan Izcalli         Full ownership   
Netherlands      Hoofddorp         Lease   
Poland      Bydgoszcz         Full ownership   
Romania      Timisoara         Full ownership   
United Kingdom      Swindon         Lease   
Singapore      Singapore         Lease   

The occupation rate of these sites varies between 50 and 100 % (average rate is 78%); the space which is not occupied by Alcatel-Lucent is leased to other companies or remains vacant. The average rate of 78% is based on the global portfolio of Alcatel-Lucent. The facilities presented are the major sites and form a representative sample of our activities.

 

25

   4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.5 MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

 

4.5    MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

NATIONAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND SPECIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

On November 17, 2006, the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), approved our business combination with Lucent. In the final phase of the approval process CFIUS recommended to the President of the United States that he not suspend or prohibit our business combination with Lucent, provided that we execute a National Security Agreement (“NSA”) and Special Security Agreement (“SSA”) with certain U.S. Government agencies within a specified time period. As part of the CFIUS approval process, we entered into a NSA with the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Defense and the Department of Commerce (collectively, the “USG Parties”) effective on November 30, 2006. As of November 20, 2012, the Department of Commerce ceased to be a party to the NSA. The NSA provides for, among other things, certain undertakings with respect to our U.S. businesses relating to the work done by Bell Labs and to the communications infrastructure in the United States. Under the NSA, in the event that we materially fail to comply with any of its terms, and the failure to comply threatens to impair the national

security of the United States, the parties to the NSA have agreed that CFIUS, at the request of the USG Parties at the cabinet level and the Chairman of CFIUS, may reopen review of the business combination with Lucent and revise any recommendations or make new recommendations to the President of the United States, which could lead to new commitments for Alcatel Lucent. In addition, we agreed to establish a separate subsidiary to perform certain work for the U.S. government, and hold government contracts and certain sensitive assets associated with Bell Labs. This separate subsidiary has a Board of Directors including at least three independent Directors who are resident citizens of the United States who have or are eligible to possess personnel security clearances from the Department of Defense. These Directors are former U.S. Secretary of Defense William Perry, former National Security Agency Director Lt. Gen. Kenneth A. Minihan, USAF (Ret.) and former Assistant Secretary of the U.S Navy Dr. H. Lee Buchanan. The SSA, effective December 20, 2006, that governs this subsidiary contains provisions with respect to the separation of certain employees, operations and facilities, as well as limitations on control and influence by the parent company and restrictions on the flow of certain information.

 

 

2013 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES

 

On January 30, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., as borrower, and some major entities of the Group (in particular Alcatel-Lucent) as guarantors of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s obligations, entered into secured credit facilities that were syndicated in January 2013 (the ”Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). Credit Suisse AG acted as Administration Agent and Collateral Agent and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as Syndication Agent.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities comprise:

 

 

An asset sale facility with a total nominal value of U.S.$ 500 million, with a coupon of the lower of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 525 basis points, and the ABR (the greatest of the Credit Suisse Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and one month Libor plus 1% after some adjustments) plus 425 basis points (as the Borrower may choose at certain intervals), maturing in August 2016;

 

 

A credit facility with a total nominal value of U.S.$ 1,750 million, with a coupon of the lower of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 625 basis points, and the ABR plus 525 basis points (as the Borrower may choose at certain intervals), maturing in January 2019; and

 

 

A credit facility with a total nominal value of 300 million, with a coupon of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 650 basis points, also maturing in January 2019.

These facilities are secured by a first-priority pledge of (i) the equity interests held by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc. and the other guarantors in most of their subsidiaries (ii) substantially all patents and other intellectual property rights of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel Lucent and the other guarantors, (iii) substantially all intercompany loans due to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc.

and the other guarantors, and (iv) substantially all other tangible and intangible personal property of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the U.S. guarantors.

The agreement relating to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the ”Credit Agreement”) contains customary representations and warranties as well as customary affirmative and negative covenants. It also contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the lenders may declare the outstanding loans and all other obligations under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable as provided therein.

The Credit Agreement does not include any financial maintenance covenants (that is, a covenant the calculation of which is usually tested quarterly and that measures, for instance, the capacity of the borrower to repay debt) but includes covenants restricting, among other things, our Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock, (ii) create certain liens, (iii) sell assets and monetize patents (iv) pay dividends, buy back equity, make certain investments and (v) dispose or transfer within the Group assets constituting the collateral of the secured financing.

These covenants, which are customary for this type of financing, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. We believe that these qualifications and exceptions generally provide us with the ability to conduct our operations, strategy and finances without any significant impact due to the existence of the covenants. The Credit Agreement provides that the non-compliance with any of the

covenants could trigger an event of default.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.5 MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

The Credit Agreement further provides that the facilities may be voluntarily pre-paid before maturity as follows:

 

 

regarding the asset sale facility, at 101.0% of the total nominal value if repayment takes place on or prior to January 30, 2014;

 

 

regarding the two other facilities, at 102.0% of the total nominal value if repayment takes place on or prior to January 30, 2014 or at 101.0% thereof if it takes place on or prior to January 30, 2015.

In addition, the Credit Agreement provides that the sale of certain assets of our Group may trigger the mandatory pre-payment of some of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The proceeds of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be used for the refinancing of existing near term debt maturities and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

In connection with the signature of the Credit Agreement, we terminated our multi-currency syndicated revolving bank credit facility signed on 5 April 2007 for five years, which had been extended up until 5 April 2013 and under which, since 5 April 2012, 837 million were available for drawing. This revolving bank credit facility was never drawn and as result no borrowings were outstanding under the facility at termination.

The description of the Credit Agreement contained herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Credit Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 4.5 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

27

    4


Table of Contents

4

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE GROUP

4.5 MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

5    DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1    BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

 

Strategic Focus. Our industry continues to experience fast-paced change driven by the massive adoption of new mobile devices and of new applications and services. This situation gives rise to some fundamental issues, which present both challenges and opportunities for the telecommunications industry and our service provider customers:

 

 

How to increase network capacity to meet demand, while keeping power consumption in check;

 

 

How to lower the cost of operations, while managing the complex transformation from multiple legacy networks to a converged all-IP network; and

 

 

How best to monetize their network assets, while delivering the best user experience.

Over the past few years, we have helped the industry address many of these issues with innovative approaches such as:

 

 

The creation of an all-IP High Leverage Network™ (HLN) architecture that has the intelligence to manage traffic while providing quality service at optimum costs as it carries different services over a service provider’s multiple networks;

 

 

The opening of networks via Application Enablement to help service providers develop new business models and improve subscriber loyalty through unique and personalized services, which help generate more revenue and boost brand value; and

 

 

Our creation of the Greentouch initiative, a consortium of information and communication technology (ICT) companies, universities and research labs dedicated to radically reducing energy consumption of devices platforms and networks.

We believe that the industry must quickly adapt to the changes that are occurring, by defining a coherent vision and network platform to facilitate global economic growth.

To this end, we are implementing a three-pronged strategy, making HLN evolve as a platform for innovation, by significantly expanding the definition, capabilities, and role of the network. We intend to:

 

 

Continue to develop the High Leverage NetworkTM into a software-driven, intelligent network that allows advanced controls, orchestration, and decision analytics capabilities;

 

 

Build on the HLN foundation to develop a platform that dramatically simplifies the process by which people can connect with others, or access any content or service, stored in the Cloud, anywhere in the world; and

 

 

Introduce radical, industry-changing innovations in sustainability, privacy, security and digital inclusion.

The achievement of this vision provides the framework for our focus and portfolio. It has also given us the impetus to structure our professional services to aggressively drive this

transformation and to harness the full power of HLN as a platform to transform end-user experience.

A fundamental pillar of our differentiation is the key innovations coming from Bell Labs, our research arm, as well as our development organizations and our collaboration and development with coders, content providers and our customers, in areas including: cloud networking, total experience network analytics, user-optimized networks for ultra-high capacity, total privacy control and experience security. Through the development in these areas, and others, we aim to improve overall end-user experience and simplify the process by which people can connect.

One of the first and clearest examples of the success of our three-pronged strategy is the development of our lightRadio™ portfolio. lightRadio is the initial step towards massive-scale ‘metrocell’ networks that will allow mobile capacity to be delivered quickly, efficiently and with reduced operational cost and energy consumption, leveraging existing wireline assets.

Organization. In July 2012, we announced a strategic initiative, The Performance Program, structured around additional cost savings (in addition to those previously announced in 2011) totaling 1.25 billion by the end of 2013 (when taking into account our fixed and variable cost savings of close to 650 million in 2012). In September 2012, we announced a new operating model focused on core products, a strengthened sales organization and re-shaped corporate functions which became effective January 1, 2013. Benefits of The Performance Program and new operating structure should enable us to:

 

 

Focus on profitable markets and customers around the world

 

 

Optimize tendering and sales in a single global sales organization

 

 

Accelerate pace of transformation

 

 

Maintain a strong innovation engine with continued R&D investment

 

 

Manage our patent portfolio as a dedicated profit center

 

 

Concentrate on higher value-added contracts in Managed Services

 

 

Simplify management layers across our company

The new operating segments are as follows:

 

 

Networks & Platforms – a new single business group will include the former Networks division products and most of the S3 portfolio (excluding Managed Services, which will be managed separately). It is comprised of five global product and services business units, including:

 

   

Core Networks, combining our IP and Optics portfolios

 

   

Fixed Networks, addressing our broadband access portfolio (xDSL and xPON) and its key innovations

 

 

29

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.1 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

 

 

   

Wireless, regrouping all of our mobile radio access products and technologies (LTE, CDMA, W-CDMA, GSM/EDGE, Small Cells and lightRadio)

 

   

Platforms, evolving our High Leverage Network capabilities into unified software platforms for control, optimization and network analytics.

 

   

Non-product attached services

 

 

Focused Businesses – will include our Enterprise and Submarine optics businesses, all which serve non-telecom customers who have very specialized needs and/or operate in different business cycles and have different requirements

In addition, we will organize our business as follows:

 

 

Global Sales & Marketing; we have created a combined Global Sales and Marketing organization to focus on our customers with one set of common systems, sales force and technical sales and marketing capabilities

 

Global Customer Delivery: originally created in 2011, the Global Customer Delivery organization serves as a single interface when we deliver on commitments for our customers. This organization oversees and manages global service delivery centers and defines and supports programs for end-to-end delivery strategies, best practices, knowledge management, delivery tools and systems, responsibilities, each specific to the unique technology or solution

For financial information by operating segment (also called business segment) and geographic market, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements and Chapter 6 –“Operating and financial review and prospects”, included elsewhere in this document.

 

5.2    NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

Profound changes in the telecommunications market are impacting service providers’ networks. Mobile broadband data traffic – particularly video – continues to grow rapidly due to affordable smartphones, tablets and mobile devices, higher-speed wireless connectivity and more compelling services, content and applications. Mobile network operators are also deploying increasing numbers of small cell sites to increase wireless capacity and coverage. In addition, increasing competition and next-generation broadband initiatives continue to place demands on fixed network operators. Together, these factors indicate that service providers must continue to invest in networks infrastructure to keep up with data demands as users expect high speed, high quality connections at any time and from anywhere.

Service providers are investing in next-generation, all-IP (internet protocol) multiservice networks that are fully converged, optimized and scalable to meet these multiple challenges. They are also transforming their networks and operations to deliver richer, more personalized services that generate new revenues and capture the full value of their network investments.

The Networks segment supplies a broad portfolio of network products and offerings used by fixed, wireless and converged service providers to help them address these changing telecommunications market needs, and to enterprises and governments for their business critical communications. In 2012, the Networks segment continued to invest in a next-generation network product portfolio spanning internet protocol (IP), optical, wireless and wireline access products. Our next-generation network product portfolio supports our High Leverage Network™ (HLN) strategy that addresses a key challenge of how to simultaneously deliver innovative, revenue-generating services and provide scalable, low-cost bandwidth.

In 2012, the Networks segment focused its R&D efforts on:

 

 

Next-generation IP platforms for core and edge routing, mobile backhaul and mobile packet core, which converge voice and data over an all-IP core network;

 

Continued focus on multi-dimensional IP platform scale (covering capacity, services and control plane) using our in-house designed 400 gigabit/second (400 Gbps) FP3 network processor which allows for a fourfold improvement in performance and speed compared to current industry benchmarks, while reducing power consumption and space;

 

 

Optical switching and transport systems and technologies, including 100 gigabit/second (100 Gbps) coherent optics and our in-house designed 400 Gbps Photonic Service Engine (PSE);

 

 

lightRadio networks, including Long Term Evolution (LTE), small/femto cell and WiFi technologies, which allow service providers to expand wireless coverage and capacity while transferring voice and data traffic to the larger-scale wireless network;

 

 

High-capacity fiber solutions for large-scale broadband deployments, including Passive Optical Network (PON) trouble-shooting technologies and solutions for mobile backhaul and business services;

 

 

Innovations that increase broadband speeds over existing copper infrastructure, focusing on Very high speed Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) vectoring; and

 

 

Policy control, mobility management, network analytics, control and optimization capabilities that enable service providers to offer richer and more personalized services that enhance the customer experience.

In 2012 our Networks segment revenues were 8,819 million including intersegment revenues and 8,801 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 61% of our total revenues.

INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP)

Our IP division develops a portfolio of service routers and switches that are designed to support IP-based applications and services while helping service providers monetize their

 

 

30


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

network investments and reduce customer churn. These applications and services include broadband triple play (voice, video and data) services for residential customers; business Internet, Ethernet and IP Virtual Private Network (VPN) services for enterprise customers; mobile backhaul, next-generation mobile packet core and wireless Local Area Network (LAN) gateway capabilities for second generation (2G), third generation (3G) and fourth generation (4G)/LTE mobile and Wi-Fi services for mobile customers.

The main product families within the IP portfolio are:

 

 

Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching (or IP/MPLS) core and edge routers. These products direct traffic within and between carriers’ national and international networks to enable delivery of a broad range of IP-based services (including internet access, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), Voice over IP, mobile phone and data and managed business VPNs) on a single common network infrastructure with superior scalability, performance, reliability and application intelligence;

 

 

Carrier Ethernet access and aggregation switch/routers. These platforms and devices enable carriers to deliver advanced residential, business and mobile backhaul services. These products are mainly used in metropolitan area networks, which span across a city or large campus;

 

 

Service Aggregation Routers. These platforms are optimized to facilitate the transition from legacy networking technologies to next generation Carrier Ethernet/packet networking, and are widely deployed for mobile backhauling, business services and fixed network aggregation.

 

 

Service Aware Management. These products help manage all parts of the IP/MPLS network and help service providers with simplified processes to allow new services, proactive troubleshooting, and streamlined integration within their existing networks.

 

 

Multi-service wide-area-network (or MS WAN) switches. These switches enable fixed line and wireless carriers to transition their existing networks to support newer technologies and services; and

 

 

Content Delivery Network (CDN) appliances. These devices distribute and store web and video content. They deliver a wide variety of video and other content to businesses and consumers in cost-effective ways, as well as providing opportunities for new business relationships between service providers and content providers.

The applicability of our service router and switch portfolio continues to expand to meet the needs of service providers. The following are some of our key areas of focus and investment in 2012:

 

 

FP3 network processor – We continued to focus on multi-dimensional IP platform scaling (covering capacity, services and control plane) with our leading-edge silicon innovation, our in-house designed 400 Gbps FP3 network processor. This chipset helps service providers deliver voice, data and video services at the highest speeds without compromising quality of service;

 

 

Core router platform – We launched the 7950 Extensible Routing System (XRS) portfolio, a new generation of core

   

IP routers designed to help service providers address the rapid growth of data traffic on core networks.

 

 

Enhanced IP edge routing features – We continue to develop advanced features for our IP edge routers to further enhance current applications. Such advancements include policy management for residential services, advanced video delivery and transition to the latest internet protocol standard, IPv6. We have aslo delivered integrated advanced threat management onto our routers, leveraging software from Arbor Networks, a leading provider of network security and management solutions for data centers and carrier networks.

 

 

Mobile backhaul – We are extending our broad IP mobile backhaul portfolio to address the specific challenges associated with deploying mobile backhaul for small cell networks, which are networks using femto/small cells to help expand wireless coverage and capacity, while also ensuring seamless backhaul management and operations across the broader 3G or 4G/LTE mobile network.

 

 

Wireless LAN (WLAN) gateway – As part of our lightRadioTM WiFi® solution, we extended the capabilities of our IP service routers to provide WLAN gateway functionality to allow service providers to offer secure and trusted Wi-Fi access to mobile and fixed broadband networks; and

 

 

Wireless packet core – Our Wireless Packet Core supports LTE Evolved Packet Core (EPC) and next-generation 2G/3G/3G+ packet core functionality to seamlessly deliver all mobile traffic across all wireless technologies. In 2012, we improved the performance of our products by leveraging the high-performance service routing capabilities of our IP service router. We also delivered major improvements in scale, performance and quality of service compared to traditional 2G/3G mobile gateway platforms, while supporting advanced features and standards-based charging interfaces for online and offline charging.

Our service routers and carrier Ethernet service switches share a single network management system that provides consistency of features, quality of service, and operations, administration and maintenance capabilities – from the network core to the customer edge. These capabilities are critical as service providers transform their networks to support new types of IP-based services. Our service routers enable service providers to deliver personalized services to business, residential and mobile users, ensuring high capacity, reliability and high performance with enhanced quality of experience.

OPTICS

Our Optics division designs equipment for the long-distance transmission of high-speed data over fiber optic connections. The division focuses on optical equipment for land (terrestrial) and undersea (submarine), for short distances in metropolitan and regional areas, and for traffic aggregation of fixed and mobile multi-service networks. Our leading transport portfolio also includes microwave wireless transmission equipment.

 

 

31

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

Terrestrial optics

Our terrestrial optical products offer a portfolio designed to seamlessly support service growth from the metro access to the network core. With our products, carriers can manage voice, data and video traffic patterns based on different applications or platforms. They can introduce a wide variety of managed data services that include multiple service quality capabilities, variable service rates and traffic congestion management. Most importantly, these products allow carriers to leverage their existing network infrastructure to offer new services and to support third generation (3G) and 4G LTE mobile services.

As a leader in optical networking, we play a key role in the transformation of optical transport networks. Our wavelength-division multiplexing (WDM) products address a variety of markets, from the enterprise to the ultra-long-haul, and meet service provider requirements for cost-effective, scalable networks that can handle their increased data networking needs. Our WDM product portfolio is based on an intelligent photonics approach which eliminates the need for frequent on-site configuration. The 100 Gbps technology available in our WDM products along with 10 Gbps and 40 Gbps high speed rates allow operators to solve bandwidth bottlenecks, while offering the lowest cost per transported bit. This new approach facilitates the design and installation of a more flexible WDM network that is easier to operate, manage and monitor.

In 2012, the Terrestrial optics division focused its R&D efforts on expanding the scalability, agility, versatility and performance features of our photonic networking product portfolio, which allows service providers to more efficiently transport increasing volumes of IP-based traffic. During 2012, the Terrestrial optics division launched:

 

 

400 Gbps Photonic Service Engine (PSE). This chip will deliver fiber capacity with up to 400 Gbps wavelengths in addition to greatly enhanced performance at 100 Gbps, in addition to lower power consumption and reduced footprint.

 

 

10 Gbps and 40 Gbps DWDM uplink cards. These enable cost-effective transferring of data and switching of lower bit rate services into higher bit rate wavelengths for efficient transport networking.

 

 

A flexible-grid-ready wavelength selective switch. Delivered through a software upgrade, this product will enable wavelengths to be packed more densely, enabling more cost-effective transport.

 

 

IP traffic integration. This product leverages our IP hardware and software assets to deliver switched native Ethernet transport directly on our photonic networking platforms in order to eliminate a need for more than one platform at a given site and enabling a reduction in the number of required ports on our photonic networking platforms and inter-connected service platforms.

 

 

Multi-layer control plane. This product organizes traffic so that it can be transported economically in addition to allowing for the monitoring, reporting and enforcement of services.

These optical products and technologies provide cost-effective, managed platforms that support different services and are suitable for many different network configurations.

Submarine

We are an industry leader in the development, manufacturing, installation and maintenance of undersea telecommunications cable networks. Our submarine cable networks connect continents (using optical amplification required over long distances), mainland to islands and between islands or several points along a coast. This market is characterized by relatively few large contracts that often require more than a year to complete. Projects are currently concentrated on links between Europe, Africa, India, Southeast Asia and Latin America. In addition to new cable systems, this market also includes significant activity to upgrade existing submarine networks as our service provider customers add more capacity – moving to 40 Gbps and starting to deploy 100 Gbps – in response to surging broadband traffic volumes.

Wireless transmission

We offer a comprehensive portfolio of microwave radio products meeting both the European Telecommunications Standards (ETSI) and the American standards-based (ANSI) requirements. These products include high, medium and low capacity microwave transmission systems for mobile backhaul applications, fixed broadband access applications, and private applications in markets like digital television broadcasting, defense and security, energy and utilities.

In 2012, the Wireless Transmission unit continued to focus its R&D efforts on:

 

 

The 9500 Microwave Packet Radio (MPR), a next-generation multi-purpose packet microwave radio which allows service providers to quickly and efficiently transform their networks from legacy, or time-division multiplexing (TDM), transport to highly efficient packet transport. Packet transport supports the shift to IP-based services and data traffic and growth;

 

 

IP-enabled microwave for mobile backhaul applications, which combines packet-based wireless transmission with IP networking to help service providers transition from second generation (2G) to third or fourth generation (3G or 4G) mobile networks.

In the wireless transmission market, we maintained a leadership position in both the worldwide packet microwave segment as well as the long haul segment.

WIRELESS

Our wireless products and services portfolio enables mobile network operators to cost effectively satisfy the demand for mobile data capacity. In 2012, we focused our wireless investments in three areas – LTE (4G), small cells and an update to our radio access network (RAN) products. These investment focus areas mirror the evolution plans of major mobile network operators as they respond to the increasing

 

 

32


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

demand for mobile data services and increase the capacity of their wireless networks. lightRadio is our next-generation network architecture for mobile broadband. lightRadio networks provide capacity, performance, and lower cost/bit, which collectively help service providers to optimize costs and enhance the customer experience.

In 2012, we also announced lightRadio Wi-Fi, a product that enables service providers to extend high-speed mobile broadband services across both mobile and Wi-Fi networks. With lightRadio Wi-Fi, subscribers can roam between a mobile network and residential, private and public Wi-Fi networks and hotspots without having to login or create separate billing accounts. lightRadio WiFi helps a service provider retain mobile subscribers on its network and service plan, regardless of how the subscriber is connected.

CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access)

Our CDMA strategy is focused on maintaining our installed base of this technology by delivering quality, capacity and operations, administration and management improvements to our customers. In 2012, we continued to focus on our customers’ total cost of ownership with products that can reduce capital expenditures and operating expenses. Operators are evolving their existing networks to the latest 4G/LTE technology that will work with their existing 3G technology. This allows them to reuse base station and backhaul assets, while at the same time minimizing the network’s footprint and improving its power efficiency. Our multi-technology products accomplish this evolution. Introducing elements from our lightRadio™ program into our CDMA product provides CDMA operators the benefits of the latest wireless advances and reinforces our commitment to eco-sustainability.

Currently, CDMA technology supports circuit switched voice with the CDMA2000® 1X standard and packet data with the 1x EV-DO Revision A standard. We have developed improvements for both standards: 1X Advanced uses improved interference cancelation routines to improve the voice capacity and quality of existing networks and has the potential to triple the current voice capacity with new 1X Advanced handsets. Likewise, 1xEV-DO Revision B has tripled the Revision A user data experience. EV-DO Advanced features are being introduced in phases to improve the system’s overall performance and capacity by maximizing the operational efficiencies of heavily loaded networks.

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications)

We develop mobile radio products for the second generation (or 2G) GSM (or Global System for Mobile communications) standard, including GPRS/EDGE (or General Packet Radio Service / Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution) technology upgrades to that standard. While GSM is a mature technology, operators in emerging markets, such as India, continue to add capacity to accommodate subscriber growth.

In 2012, we continued our focus on our new software defined radio products that support 3G and 4G technologies. This allows fast and cost effective network roll-outs and facilitates upgrading to new wireless technologies by software upgrade.

W-CDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)

Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, referred to as W-CDMA or Universal Mobile Telephone Communications Systems (UMTS), is the 3G wireless technology derived from the GSM standard deployed worldwide. High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) and HSPA+ are evolutions of W-CDMA that provide higher spectral efficiency resulting in higher data rates for subscribers.

We have focused our investments on ensuring that our W-CDMA customers can provide a high quality of experience to the increasing number of subscribers using smartphones and other broadband devices on their networks by managing the network signaling load. We have been successful in doing so in very dense and high traffic environments such as New York City with consistent quality and stability.

Our W-CDMA radio access network portfolio includes multi-technology, multi-carrier components that allow for a smooth technology evolution to LTE.

LTE (Long-Term Evolution)

Fuelled by the proliferation of smartphones, tablets and laptops, the increasing number of multimedia applications and the resulting surge of mobile broadband data traffic, the market for 4G LTE (Long Term Evolution), or fourth-generation wireless, is reaching maturity faster than any previous wireless technology. According to the GSA (GSM Suppliers Association), as of the third quarter of 2012, there were more than 33 million subscribers to LTE services. A majority of these subscribers are in the United States, where we are a major supplier of LTE equipment. LTE offers service providers a highly compelling evolution path from all existing wireless networks (GSM, W-CDMA and CDMA) to 4G wireless by simplifying the radio access network and converging on a common IP base, leading to better network performance and a lower cost per bit. LTE creates an environment in which consumers will be able to use wireless networks to access high-bandwidth content at optimal cost, enabling a new generation of affordable services.

Our high performance LTE offering can be deployed on a very aggressive schedule as a result of the tools and processes developed by our engineering and integration teams. At the end of 2012, we have entered into contracts to deploy commercial LTE networks with over 25 services providers including Verizon Wireless, AT&T and Sprint and have more than 70 LTE trials covering different geographies, frequencies and applications.

We are a leading supplier of an LTE variant known as TD-LTE (Time Division LTE). TD-LTE will be used by mobile network operators who have unpaired spectrum, where data transmissions are sent and received over the same frequency. We are engaged in TD-LTE deployments and trials worldwide, one of which is a major contract win with China Mobile to deploy a portion of their TD-LTE trial network rollout, including in Shanghai.

 

 

33

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

 

Small Cells

Small cells extend wireless network coverage and capacity cost effectively, while simultaneously transferring voice and data traffic from the mobile operator’s larger-scale network. Small cells improve the quality of experience (QoE) for subscribers wherever there are data traffic hotspots. We have a wide portfolio of small cells in different forms, capacities and power levels that can be used in homes, enterprises, public venues, or other metropolitan locations. Bell Labs has developed self-organizing network algorithms that automate the configuration and optimization of small cells to reduce the cost of network deployment and operation.

In June 2012 we announced Metro Cell Express, a managed service that designs, installs, integrates, tests and then transfers operations to mobile network operators. It is the first managed service to be developed and offered specifically for metro cell networks. Metro Cell Express leverages our award-winning lightRadio™ portfolio, market-leading position in small cells, installation experience in large cities such as New York, Paris and Shanghai and our leadership position in fixed and backhaul networks.

RFS (Radio Frequency Systems)

RFS designs and sells cable, antenna, tower systems and their related electronic components, providing an end-to-end suite of radio frequency products. RFS serves original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), distributors, system integrators, network operators and installers in the broadcast, wireless communications, microwave and defense sectors. Specific applications for RFS products include cellular sites, in-tunnel and in-building radio coverage, microwave links, TV and radio.

WIRELINE

Fixed access

Our Wireline division designs and develops fixed access products that allow service providers to offer high speed broadband connectivity over copper and fiber connections. Also known as fiber-to-the-x (FTTx) equipment, these products provide internet access and other services to residential and business customers around the world. These products also help complete the transformation of legacy networks to IP by providing IP connectivity for the last mile.

We are the worldwide leader in the fixed broadband access market supporting the largest mass deployments of voice, video and data services. According to industry analysts, we are the largest global supplier of digital subscriber line (or DSL) technology, with 36% of global DSL market share based on revenues, and the second largest global supplier of Gigabit Passive Optical Networking (or GPON) technology, with 31% of global market share. Our global installed base now includes more than 260 million DSL lines and more than 7.8 million GPON ports shipped. We are present in most major GPON deployments worldwide, including more than 160 fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) projects, of which more than 140 are GPON-based. We are the leader in VDSL2 deployments with more than 90 customer contracts, and already have 11 customer contracts for our new VDSL2 Vectoring technology. We have

become one of the leading suppliers to the Chinese market, which is the fastest growing broadband market in the world. In 2012 we were one of the top two suppliers to all the major Chinese telecom operators.

We have the highest capacity fiber access platform on the market that supports current and next-generation fiber technologies such as 10 Gbps GPON. These innovations in fiber technologies enable service providers to increase their revenue potential and drive down their operational costs while improving the quality and experience for end-user customers.

In 2012, the Wireline division focused its R&D efforts on:

 

 

Fixed access products that support both copper and fiber access. The breadth of products and technologies supported by our fixed access portfolio allows service providers to deploy a mix of both copper and fiber technologies efficiently and in the most cost-effective way to suit whatever deployment model they need.

 

 

VDSL2 vectoring that increases data speeds to 100 megabit/second (100 Mbps) or more over existing copper infrastructure to homes and businesses. Vectoring is a noise cancelling technology that removes the interference, or “crosstalk”, from neighboring copper pairs. It allows the connection to operate at the highest speed possible. We were the first vendor with a working VDSL2 vectoring solution and are the first vendor to deploy this operationally in the field with customers such as Belgacom and Telekom Austria.

 

 

Zero Touch Vectoring that makes it even easier for service providers to deploy VDSL2 vectoring and boost speeds on their existing copper infrastructure. Our announcement of Zero Touch Vectoring confirmed our leading position in vectoring technology.

 

 

Continued investments in FTTH, focusing on technologies that accelerate the return on investment in fiber networks for service providers. We were the first vendor to bring Embedded OTDR (Optical Time Domain Reflectometry) to market. This technology is based on a Bell Labs innovation and provides a new, cost-effective fiber monitoring and troubleshooting solution.

 

 

Small factor pluggable optical network terminal (SFP ONT), a solution that makes it easier for service providers to deploy GPON anywhere. Operators can connect users, wireless cells and legacy networks to a GPON network in a fast, easy and cost-effective way.

IP Multimedia Subsystems/Next-Generation Networking (IMS/NGN)

The IMS/NGN portfolio complements the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) portfolio within the Software, Services and Solutions Group (S3G). The products within Wireline focus on connecting IMS and next generation networks to legacy public switched telephone networks (PTSN), providing interconnection points between IP networks as well as network security for wireline, wireless, and converged networks.

As more networks evolve to all IP, the need for connecting to legacy PSTN networks is reduced and the market size for

 

 

34


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.2 NETWORKS SEGMENT

 

media gateways and media gateway control products in our IMS/NGN portfolio is in a slow decline. This is offset by a robust need for securing next-generation networks and offering service providers security to protect consumers and

businesses from network breaches such as identity theft and cyber attacks, which drive growth in the session border control market.

 

5.3    SOFTWARE, SOLUTIONS AND SERVICES (S3) SEGMENT

 

Overview

Our S3 segment is a software-enabled services business that focuses on bringing innovation to our customers’ networks and enabling them to use their networks as a business platform. S3 supplements and enhances our High Leverage Network™ strategy by helping our customers transform their legacy networks and operations to next generation wireless and converged networks, and by building applications that leverage those next-generation networks. S3 is a world leader in supplying solutions for telecommunications service providers and strategic industries including transportation, energy and the public sector.

The S3 Business portfolio includes:

 

 

Services division that includes: Network and Systems Integration, Managed and Outsourcing Solutions, Multi-vendor Maintenance and Product-Attached Services that design, integrate, manage and maintain networks worldwide.

 

 

Network Applications division that addresses key customer opportunities including: Advanced Communications Solutions, Customer Experience Solutions, Payment and Charging Solutions, Mobile Commerce Solutions, Applications Enablement and Cloud.

In 2012 our S3 segment revenues were 4,564 million including intersegment revenues and 4,558 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 32% of our total revenues.

SERVICES

We have expertise in consulting, planning, design integration and optimization, operations management and maintenance of complex, multi-vendor end-to-end telecommunications networks, as well as in the design, delivery and operation of network-based software solutions. S3 services are designed to provide a full services value chain – from planning to implementation to operations and support needed to create solutions with our customers in collaborative engagements.

Services offerings are organized around the four areas where we believe our customers can most benefit from our multi-vendor IT/telecommunication practices:

 

 

network and system integration

 

 

managed and outsourcing solutions

 

 

multi-vendor maintenance

 

 

product-attached services

Network and Systems Integration includes consulting services and professional services. Consulting services provides customer-specific strategic, business and technology considerations in transforming a customer’s legacy networks into next generation, IP-based platforms.

In 2012 we restructured our professional services business to focus on helping customers transform networks and to create software solutions that fully leverage next generation networks. Specifically, we introduced two network innovation practices: Next Generation Wireless and Fixed Networks, both of which are focused on planning, design, integration, optimization and transformation of wireless and wireline networks. These practices help customers address both the challenges in evolving networks and in the network operating systems and related IT infrastructure supporting them.

Our professional services offers are differentiated in the market by our software-enhanced delivery methodology and our Advanced Integration Methods (AIM), which provide a framework for execution that combines network, telecommunications, IT and migration expertise in a streamlined way to reduce integration time, improve solution quality and ensure meeting customer requirements.

Supporting our product and software development and delivery are a global set of IP Transformation Centers (IPTC). IPTCs located in Antwerp (Belgium), Murray Hill (USA), Chennai (India) and Singapore, allow our customers to robustly test their target network in a live, multi-vendor environment, thereby minimizing risk and shortening time-to-productivity. Our centers for engineering and migration services in Poland, Turkey and India allow the migration of data or subscribers around the globe. Our IP network transformation services also support the evolution of our customers to a High Leverage NetworkTM.

Managed and outsourcing solutions consist of a range of network operations services and hosted or service management solutions tailored to the solutions that S3 delivers. Managed Services practices are aligned with our Professional Services Practices and provide options for simplifying network transformations, reducing the risk of introducing new solutions, and reducing operating expenses. Managed Services, including Outsourcing, use a standard set of tools and other resources (technology and people) to manage our customers’ networks.

We are a global player in the delivery of multi-vendor maintenance services. Multi-vendor maintenance services create operational efficiencies for customers by restructuring and streamlining traditional maintenance functions and delivering improved service levels at a lower total cost. Our global reach, multi-vendor technology skills, integrated

 

 

35

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.3 SOFTWARE, SOLUTIONS AND SERVICES (S3) SEGMENT

 

 

delivery capability, and delivery track record characterize our offerings. Multi-vendor services include technical support to diagnose, restore, and resolve network problems, and spare parts management to improve asset utilization.

We also provide product-attached services, which include network build and implementation (NBI) and maintenance services for our equipment and systems. Our NBI services support networks of all sizes and complexity regardless of whether they are wireless, wireline or converged. These activities are carried out by our own global workforce, supplemented by a network of qualified partners who ensure that our customers’ new networks are delivered cost-effectively and with minimum risk. Our maintenance professionals provide industry leading support as a single point of contact for Alcatel-Lucent and multivendor products. Capabilities include remote and on-site technical support services for both proactive and reactive maintenance needs.

NETWORK APPLICATIONS

Our Network Applications portfolio provides the software platforms and systems hardware to address key customer challenges and opportunities. These Network Applications include:

 

 

Our Customer Experience Solutions which are built around our Motive software, enable communications providers to offer, activate, support and manage a wide range of high-speed Internet, Voice-over-IP (VoIP), video, mobile and converged services. Motive software gives communications providers the tools they need to help customers set up, manage, and meter their home and mobile devices and services. These applications enable communication providers to forge stronger and more valuable customer relationships—and in turn foster brand loyalty. Our Customer Experience Solution investment focus has been on deepening our analytics capabilities to support an end-to-end assessment of network impact on customer experience, and on expanding our presence in mobile networks and applications.

 

 

Our Payment and Charging Solutions include real-time rating, data charging, policy-based charging and payment applications for communication, video and data services. Our portfolio supports the need for our customers to proactively manage the rapid growth in mobile broadband data plans through the implementation of real-time controls for mobile broadband services.

 

 

Mobile Commerce Solutions enable service providers to drive engagement and transactions on the network by

   

securely allowing mobile commerce to capitalize on the immediacy of purchase decisions. Our portfolio addresses the entire lifecycle of user purchases from promotion and discovery, to storefronts and purchase.

 

 

Advanced Communications Applications are comprised of communication products and solutions to transition our customers to next generation voice, video and messaging communications services. Key building blocks include IMS, subscriber data management and messaging/communication enablers.

Building on the successful launch of our 4G communications solution in late 2011, we have successfully integrated a VoLTE (Voice over LTE) solution and have continued to innovate around voice, video, and messaging services.

 

 

Application Enablement Solutions focus on ensuring that service providers can participate in new business models and new distribution channels to transform their business to take advantage of application programming interfaces (API). APIs enable service providers to create new services that are developed and delivered to market faster, at lower cost and at scale.

In 2012 we continued to build on our flagship Open API Platform, which provides communication service providers a way to securely expose, manage, and monetize API usage. In 2012, we launched our API Lifecycle Methodology, a set of consulting and professional services designed to give communications service providers the expertise and technology to better manage interactions with application developers.

 

 

The Alcatel-Lucent CloudBand solution provides the foundation for carrier cloud services, a new class of cloud that combines the power of the telecom network with the computing and storage capabilities of today’s data center driven cloud services. The CloudBand Management System orchestrates and optimizes services between the communications network and the cloud, while the CloudBand Node provides the computing, storage and networking hardware and associated software to host a wide range of cloud services.

In 2012 we extended our leadership position as an innovator in application of cloud technology in the telecommunications sector by expanding our CloudBand key carrier cloud solution portfolio (currently shipping two products) and helping to shape an industry undergoing massive transformation toward the “virtual telco”.

 

5.4    ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

Our Enterprise segment is a world leader in communications and network solutions for businesses of all sizes, serving more than 500,000 customers worldwide. The Enterprise segment delivers solutions that enable businesses to deliver collaborative conversations across Application Fluent Networks, an intelligent network infrastructure capable of automatically adjusting resources according to the nature of applications to transport.

We work with more than 2,900 application and business partners to meet the unique needs of customers and ensure success – from small to medium-sized business to large enterprises and public sector organizations to global companies. Our solutions and services can be based on premises or any cloud-based models, such as private or hybrid by taking advantage of latest virtualization techniques.

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.4 ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

 

Our team of service professionals provides consulting, system integration, education and world-class support services. The Enterprise’s portfolio includes:

 

 

Unified Communication & Collaboration applications include fixed and mobile software and products that provide such services as multi-media conferencing and visual communications, including point-to-point video communications, in-room conferencing equipment and cloud-based video sharing platforms. These applications also include solutions for customer service and communications-enabled business processes.

 

 

Communications Platforms and Telephony solutions provide next generation enterprise communications environments with the ability to deliver multi-media, multi-device, multi-party communications to enterprise employees. Our offering also includes complementary hardware, such as Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)-compliant terminals and smart desk phones.

 

 

Network solutions and services offer a wide portfolio of solutions for WLAN, LAN and WAN networks, for the three parts of a network (edge, access and core) in data center environments. These products and services deliver on our vision for Application Fluent Networks, which focus on providing solutions that meet the demands of rich media applications and virtualization within the enterprise. Products for security and management complement our network product portfolio.

 

 

Comprehensive project management and services include offerings for large enterprises, carriers and customers in a wide range of vertical markets.

Key areas of focus in 2012 included:

 

 

Communications platforms: During 2012, we strengthened our products and capabilities around our next generation suite of communications platforms that we market under the name OpenTouch by releasing OpenTouch Conversation, an integrated application to enable collaborative conversations on the iPad. OpenTouch Conversation was the recipient of the Best of Show Innovation Award in the Collaboration Category at Interop 2012. Global products for small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) and medium to large enterprises (MLEs) were rebranded in 2012 under OpenTouch Suite for SMBs and OpenTouch for MLEs, respectively, to reflect the coherence and evolution capabilities of these platforms from connectivity functions to full fledge multimedia conversations.

 

 

Network infrastructure: In 2012 we released new solutions to further deliver on our Application Fluent Network vision. Our pod/mesh architecture provides organizations with new network infrastructure possibilities leading to significant cost savings compared to architectures proposed by a vast majority of market players. Higher density provided by our last generation equipment also contributed to a very competitive positioning of our offers.

In 2012 our Enterprise segment revenues were 764 million including intersegment revenues and 738 million excluding intersegment revenues, representing 5% of our total revenues.

 

 

5.5    MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION OF OUR PRODUCTS

 

We sell substantially all of our products and services to the world’s largest telecommunications service providers through our direct sales force. In some countries, such as China, our direct sales force may operate in joint ventures with local partners and through indirect channels. For sales to Tier 2 and Tier 3 service providers, we use our direct sales force and value-added resellers. Our three regionally-focused sales organizations have primary responsibility for all customer-focused activities, and share that responsibility with the sales teams at certain integrated units such as submarine systems, radio frequency systems and strategic industries, such as transportation, energy and the public sector. Our enterprise communications products are sold through channel partners and distributors that are supported by our direct sales force. We also jointly market, with HP, our enterprise products and applications with their IT solutions.

Our three regionally focused sales organizations work very closely with our Marketing and Global Customer Delivery organizations. The Marketing team is focused on

understanding customer needs and bringing value propositions to market to meet these needs. The Global Customer Delivery team oversees and manages end-to-end delivery of product to customers, manages global service delivery centers and defines and supports programs for end-to-end delivery strategy, best practices, knowledge management, delivery tools and systems, responsibilities, as well as provides technology or system specific solutions to problems as they arise.

As of January 1, 2013 and as part of our Performance Program, we have created the Global Sales & Marketing organization which combines the previous three regionally focused sales organizations into one global organization that will oversee and manage all customer-facing commercial relationships. More information about our new organization can be found in Chapter 5.1 “Business Organization”.

 

 

37

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.6 COMPETITION

 

 

5.6    COMPETITION

 

We have one of the broadest portfolios of product and services offerings in the telecommunications equipment and related services market, both for the carrier and non-carrier markets. Our addressable market segment is very broad and our competitors include large companies, such as Avaya, Cisco Systems, Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, ZTE and Nokia Siemens Networks (NSN). Some of our competitors, such as Ericsson and Huawei, compete across many of our product lines while others – including a number of smaller companies – compete in one segment or another. In recent years, consolidation has reduced the number of networking equipment vendors, and the list of our competitors may continue to change as the intensely competitive environment drives more consolidation. However, it is too early to predict the changes that may occur.

We believe that technological advancement, product and service quality, reliable on-time delivery, product cost, flexible manufacturing capacities, local field presence and long-standing customer relationships are the main factors that distinguish competitors within each of our segments in their respective markets. In today’s tight-credit environment another factor that may serve to differentiate competitors, particularly in emerging markets, is the ability and willingness to offer some form of financing.

We expect that the level of competition in the global telecommunications networking industry will remain intense

for several reasons. First, although consolidation among vendors results in a smaller set of competitors, it also triggers competitive attacks to increase established positions and market share, pressuring margins.

Consolidation also allows some vendors to enter new markets with acquired technology and capabilities, effectively backed by their size, relationships and resources. In addition, carrier consolidation is continuing in both developed and emerging markets, resulting in fewer customers overall. Elsewhere, some service providers are considering network asset sharing or joint ventures to reduce overall costs. In areas where capital expenditures remain under pressure, the competitive impact of a smaller set of customers may be compounded. Most vendors are also targeting the same set of the world’s largest service providers because they account for the bulk of carrier spending for new equipment. Competition is also accelerating around IP network technologies as carriers continue to shift capital to areas that support the migration to next-generation networks. Furthermore, competitors providing low-priced products and services from Asia have gained significant market share worldwide. They have gained share both in developed markets and in emerging markets, which account for a growing share of the overall market and which are particularly well-suited for those vendors’ low-cost, basic communications offerings. As a result, we continue to operate in an environment of intensely competitive pricing.

 

 

5.7    TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

Our research and development efforts have two primary thrusts: research conducted by Bell Labs to lay the foundation for new and disruptive market opportunities; and product-focused development that transitions concepts to fully viable commercial offerings and enhances existing product lines with unique differentiators that enable us to distinguish our offerings from those of our competitors.

In 2012, our R&D community expanded on our historic record of innovation with achievements that keep us at the technological forefront of key market segments, from fixed broadband networks to wireless to optical communications to ‘green’ technologies to the cloud. Some highlights for 2012 are identified below, both in terms of products that are available to customers today, and research activities that have a longer horizon.

Product Innovations

 

 

In March we introduced the Photonic Service Engine (PSE), the industry’s first 400 gigabits per second (Gbps) chip for fiber-optic networks. The PSE, based on innovations from Bell Labs, offers double the capacity, and four times the speed of the today’s 100G optical networks, giving service providers a powerful tool to address the fast-growing challenge of a network capacity crunch due to the demands of smartphone ownership, growing video traffic and cloud services. This development builds on the development, in 2011, of the 400G FP3 chip, which supports similar capabilities on IP networks.

 

We expanded our leadership in the development and commercialization of vectoring technology with VDSL2, which supports super-fast broadband connections of up to 100 megabits per second over existing copper access networks. We introduced a new technique called ‘Zero Touch Vectoring’, which uses sophisticated signal processing to remove the primary obstacles preventing service providers from adopting VDSL2 on a mass scale.

 

 

In May, we introduced the industry’s most powerful core Internet router, the 7950 XRS, which delivers a five-fold improvement in capacity and performance as well as energy savings of 66% compared with today’s typical IP core routers.

 

 

We developed a prototype neutral host solution that allows four separate service providers to provide wireless small cell coverage from a single lightRadio cube operating in four separate wireless cellular bands simultaneously. Sharing small cell sites reduces deployment costs and eliminates the issue of deploying multiple sites in public locations

Research Activities

 

 

Bell Labs published a number of papers in 2012 that helped to define the future of optical networks, including the achievement of optical transmission rates of 1 Terabit per-second per-wavelength channel, ushering in the potential for widespread use of Terabit interfaces in communications networks. This achievement could signal the era of Petabit-

 

 

38


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.7 TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

   

level data transmissions; a Petabit is equal to 1000 Terabits — roughly the equivalent of 10,000 hour-long, high-definition videos. Other papers highlighted the ability to increase fiber capacities far beyond the capabilities of today’s wavelength-division multiplexed WDM systems through space-division multiplexing (SDM), a revolutionary technique pioneered at Bell Labs.

 

 

Bell Labs researchers are exploring new technologies, architectures, algorithms and protocols that improve the energy efficiency of future core networks. By dynamically adapting the power to real-time traffic fluctuations, the use of resources at all layers in the network - including the optical and the IP layer – should be optimized, which results in substantial overall energy benefits without compromising stability and quality of service.

 

 

Bell Labs researchers are re-thinking key technical components of data centers to improve their cost and performance by orders of magnitude. On-going research programs include:

 

   

High capacity short-reach wired and wireless data links with 100+Gbps channel capacity for intra-data-center applications. Our research groups are creating advanced technologies to establish efficient, high capacity data connections, which can be interconnected through diverse media such as copper traces, mm-wave, single fiber and multi-core fibers.

 

   

Efficient liquid and multi-phase cooling solutions are being explored to complement existing cooling solutions. We believe these results will enable next generation products that are more scalable, cheaper to operate, and more reliable, improving broadband access and wireless networks as well as data centers.

 

 

Bell Labs researchers are developing Virtual Radio Access Networks (VRAN), which is an architecture that will enable consolidation of signal processing for base stations onto a shared pool of computing resources in a central location.

 

 

Bell Labs researchers are developing innovative ways to enable more distributed and diverse cloud systems, allowing them to meet the specialized requirements of performance-sensitive services.

 

 

Bell Labs has engaged with research organizations around the world to advance key areas of technology. For example, under Bell Labs leadership the Smart-RF research project – undertaken by a consortium of companies – achieved a major breakthrough for wireless base station deployment. The group developed the technical foundation for a new reconfigurable radio frequency (RF) transmitter capable of supporting different wireless standards within a single radio frequency band.

 

 

As founder and a key driving force of GreenTouch, an industry-wide research consortium dedicated to improving the energy efficiency of communication networks by a factor of 1,000 compared to 2010 levels, Bell Labs has made significant contributions to a variety of critical projects in 2012, notably the demonstration of Bit-Interleaved Passive Optical Network (Bi-PON) technology. When deployed, Bi-PON will enable a power reduction of 10-30 times over current technologies while improving performance and reducing cost in fiber to the home (FTTH) networks.

STANDARDS

Throughout 2012 representatives of our R&D community played leading roles in telecommunication standards bodies, helping foster and steer the development and advancement of key technologies. Researchers, engineers and developers from Bell Labs and our development teams participated in many dozens of standards organizations and an even greater number of working groups such as the 3GPP, 3GPP2, ATIS, Broadband Forum, CCSA, ETSI, IEEE, IETF, OMA, Open IPTV Forum and TIA.

 

5.8    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

In 2012, we obtained more than 2,900 patents worldwide, resulting in a portfolio of more than 30,700 active patents and approximately 15,000 patent applications totaling approximately 45,000 issued and pending patents worldwide across a vast array of technologies. We also continued to actively pursue a strategy of licensing selected technologies to expand the reach of our technologies and to generate licensing revenues.

We rely on patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws both to protect our proprietary technology and to protect us

against claims from others. We believe that we have direct intellectual property rights or rights under licensing arrangements covering substantially all of our material technologies.

We consider patent protection to be critically important to our businesses due to the emphasis on Research and Development and intense competition in our markets.

 

 

5.9    SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS

 

We make significant purchases of electronic components and other material from many sources. While we have experienced some shortages in components and other commodities used across the industry, we have generally been able to obtain

sufficient materials and components from various sources around the world to meet our needs. We continue to develop and maintain alternative sources of supply for essential materials and components.

 

 

39

   5


Table of Contents

5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP’S ACTIVITIES

5.10 SEASONALITY

 

 

5.10    SEASONALITY

 

The typical quarterly pattern in our revenues – a weak first quarter, a strong fourth quarter and second and third quarter results that fall between those two extremes – generally reflects the traditional seasonal pattern of service providers’

capital expenditures. In 2012, our revenues were in-line with the typical seasonal pattern despite market uncertainty and selective spending from service providers, particularly in Europe.

 

5.11    OUR ACTIVITIES IN CERTAIN COUNTRIES

 

We operate in a large number of countries, some of which have been accused of human rights violations, are subject to economic sanctions and export controls by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or have been identified by the U.S. State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Our net revenues in 2012 attributable to Cuba, Iran, Sudan, and Syria represent less than one percent of our total net revenues. Though we are not aware of any significant shareholder intending to divest the shares it owns in Alcatel Lucent on the basis of our activities in these countries, some U.S.-based pension funds and endowments have in the past announced their intention to divest the securities of companies doing business in these countries and some state and local governments have adopted, or are considering adopting, legislation that would require their state and local pension funds to divest their ownership of securities of companies doing business in these countries.

Disclosure of Activities under Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13 (r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), we are required to disclose whether Alcatel Lucent or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or certain designated individuals or entities. Disclosure is required even when the activities were conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. entities and even when such activities were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

The following information is disclosed pursuant to Section 13(r). None of these activities involved U.S. affiliates of Alcatel Lucent.

 

(1) Alcatel Lucent and our subsidiary, Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks (“ASN”), each have separate arrangements pursuant to which they have provided hardware repair, maintenance and/or testing services directly and indirectly to or for the benefit of Telecom Infrastructure Company (“TIC”). These services were provided in support of telecommunications network equipment that was sold previously to customers in Iran for end-use by TIC. TIC is a government-owned telecommunications infrastructure provider in Iran that serves as Iran’s intercity, interprovincial and international telecom network operator. During 2012, Alcatel Lucent’s gross revenues received from these activities involving TIC were approximately 454,000 and net profits were
  approximately 14,000. ASN’s contract involving TIC has been completed and ASN does not intend to extend or renew that business. We intend to fulfill our remaining contractual service obligations related to the TIC network equipment, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

 

(2) ASN also holds a contract for the supply of hardware repair and related services in support of the South East Asia Middle East Western Europe 3 (“SMW3”) submarine cable network, which is owned and operated by an international consortium of telecommunications companies. Although none of the SMW3 network equipment supported under the ASN contract is located in Iran, the Telecommunication Company of Iran (“TCI”) is a member of the consortium. ASN understands that TCI has ties to the Government of Iran. During 2012, we did not recognize any revenues or net profits attributable to TCI in connection with this contract.

 

(3) Alcatel Lucent has supplied telecommunications network equipment and related services to a private company in Iran call PATSA for end-use by the Shiraz Urban Rail Organization (“SURO”) in support of operations of the Shiraz city metro rail system. We understand that SURO is owned by the government of the city of Shiraz. During 2012, Alcatel Lucent did not recognize any revenues or net profits attributable to SURO in connection with this contract. We have not completed deliveries under our contract with PATSA due to issues related to non-U.S. sanctions against Iran and have therefore suspended activities under this contract.

 

(4) Alcatel Lucent has supplied telecommunications network equipment and related services to an Iranian customer called Elmatco, a privately-held engineering and consulting firm, for end-use by a group of state-owned regional electricity companies, including Esfahan Regional Electric Company (“EREC”), Iran Power Distribution Company (“IPDC”) and Gharb Regional Electric Company (“GHREC”). During 2012, Alcatel Lucent’s gross revenues received in connection with this contract were approximately 57,000, resulting in net profits of 2,000. We intend to fulfill our remaining obligations under our existing contracts with Elmatco, subject to compliance with applicable laws, but we do not plan to renew or extend these contracts.

Two non-U.S. subsidiaries of Alcatel Lucent have branches in Iran. The branch offices maintain bank accounts at Bank Tejarat for purposes of carrying out financial transactions in connection with their general business activities.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

6    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This Form 20-F, including the discussion of our Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, contains forward-looking statements based on beliefs of our management. We use the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “may”, “intend”, “should”, “plan”, “project”, or similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Many factors could cause the actual results to be materially different, including, among others, changes in general economic and business conditions, particularly in Europe with the crisis in the Euro zone. Such factors could negatively impact our ability to achieve the goals of our Performance Program by the end of 2013, including exiting unprofitable contracts and markets at a reasonable cost, and generating the expected savings through our cost and headcount reduction measures. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the forecasts and targets set forth in this Form 20-F, such as the discussion below in this Chapter 6 under the heading “Outlook” of our targets, for: (i) revenues to grow modestly to 15.2 billion by 2015; (ii) gross margin to be in the range of 35% to 37% of 2015 revenues; and (iii) an operating margin before restructuring costs, gain/loss on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments (excluding the negative non-cash impacts of Lucent’s purchase price allocation) of 6% to 9% of 2015 revenues. Such forward-looking statements also include the statements regarding the expected level of restructuring costs and capital expenditures in 2013 that can be found under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and statements regarding the amount we would be required to pay in the future pursuant to our existing contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments that can be found under the heading “Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments”.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes presented elsewhere in this document. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union.

As of December 31, 2012, all IFRSs that the IASB had published and that are mandatory are the same as those endorsed by the EU and mandatory in the EU, with the exception of:

 

IAS 39, which the EU only partially adopted. The part not adopted by the EU has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements.

As a result, our consolidated financial statements for the years presented in this document in accordance with IFRS would be no different if we had applied International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. References to “IFRS” in this Form 20-F refer to IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

As a result of the purchase accounting treatment of the Lucent business combination required by IFRS, our results for 2012, 2011 and 2010 included several negative, non-cash impacts of purchase accounting entries.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AS OF JANUARY 1, 2012

New financial reporting standards and interpretations that the Group applies but which are not yet mandatory

As of December 31, 2012 we had not applied any new International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations as issued by the IASB and that the European Union had published and adopted but which were not yet mandatory.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of January 1, 2012, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 7 “Disclosures – Transfers of Financial Assets” (issued October 2010).

This new IFRS requirement had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of July 1, 2012, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income” (issued June 2011). The Group applied these amendments early and all effects from the application are reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

This new IFRS requirement had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

41

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our Operating and Financial Review and Prospects is based on our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with IFRS as described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. Some of the accounting methods and policies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements under IFRS are based on complex and subjective assessments by our management or on estimates based on past experience and assumptions deemed realistic and reasonable based on the circumstances concerned. The actual value of our assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity and of our earnings could differ from the value derived from these estimates if conditions changed and these changes had an impact on the assumptions adopted.

 

We believe that the accounting methods and policies listed below are the most likely to be affected by these estimates and assessments:

a/ Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Valuation allowances for inventories and work in progress are calculated based on an analysis of foreseeable changes in demand, technology or the market, in order to determine obsolete or excess inventories and work in progress.

 

 

The valuation allowances are accounted for in cost of sales or in restructuring costs depending on the nature of the amounts concerned.

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress on construction contracts      (449)         (455)         (436)   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of changes in valuation allowance on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (171)         (169)         (113)   

 

b/ Impairment of customer receivables

An impairment loss is recorded for customer receivables if the expected present value of the future receipts is lower than the carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss reflects both the customers’ ability to honor their debts and the age of the debts in question. A higher default rate than estimated or

deterioration in our major customers’ creditworthiness could have an adverse impact on our future results. Impairment losses on customer receivables are recorded in cost of sales, or in a specific caption in the income statement relating to the impairment of assets, if such losses correspond to the criteria for separate recognition as specified in Note 1n to our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Accumulated impairment losses on customer receivables      (120)         (123)         (153)   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (5)         3         (14)   

 

c/ Capitalized development costs, other intangible assets and goodwill

Goodwill amounting to 8,051 million and intangible assets amounting to 4,813 million were accounted for in 2006 as a result of the Lucent business combination, using market-related information, estimates (primarily based on risk

adjusted discounted cash flows derived from Lucent’s management) and judgment (in particular in determining the fair values relating to the intangible assets acquired) and subsequently partially amortized or impaired, mostly as a result of impairment tests in 2007, 2008 and 2012 (see below). The remaining outstanding net amounts as of December 31, 2012 are 2,224 million of goodwill and 640 million of intangible assets.

 

 

Capitalized development costs

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Capitalized development costs, net      421         560         569   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (122)         (11)         (3)   

 

42


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

The criteria for capitalizing development costs are set out in Note 1f to our consolidated financial statements. Once capitalized, these costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the products concerned (3 to 10 years).

The Group must therefore evaluate the commercial and technical feasibility of these development projects, for which costs are capitalized, and estimate the useful lives of the products resulting from the projects. Should a product fail to substantiate these evaluations, the Group may be required to impair or write off some of the net capitalized development costs in the future.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012, we identified indications that capitalized development costs related to our offerings for GSM and CDMA technologies (both in our wireless networks product division) may be impaired. The main triggering event was the faster than anticipated replacement of these technologies by the new LTE technology. Impairment tests of these assets were therefore conducted, and as a result, capitalized development costs were subject to impairment losses of 122 million in 2012. As of December 31, 2012, the capitalized development costs for these two technologies were fully impaired or amortized.

Impairment losses of 11 million and 3 million were recorded in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Other intangible assets, net      754         1,214         1,487   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (191)         (4)         (6)   

 

Impairment tests are performed if we have indications of a potential reduction in the value of our intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows or fair values of the assets concerned. Changes in 2012 in the CDMA market conditions, where LTE technology is replacing the CDMA technology faster than predicted with corresponding impacts in the cash flows initially estimated, led to a review of other intangible assets in December 2012.

As a result of this impairment test, triggered by changes in the CDMA market conditions, an impairment loss on other intangible assets of 191 million was accounted for in 2012.

 

These impairment losses were all recorded in the Wireless Networks Product Division, including mainly 136 million of customer relationships and 50 million of CDMA acquired technology, both initially accounted for in the context of the merger with Lucent in 2006, these two assets being fully amortized or impaired as of December 31, 2012.

Impairment losses of 4 million and 6 million were recorded in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

Goodwill

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Goodwill, net      3,820         4,389         4,370   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (522)         -         -   

 

Goodwill, net is allocated, where applicable, to groups of Cash Generating Units that are equivalent to a Product Division. As described in Note 1g to our consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. In assessing whether goodwill should be subject to impairment, the carrying value of each group of Cash Generating Units is compared to its recoverable value. Recoverable value is the greater of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell.

The value in use of each Product Division is calculated using a five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a discounted residual value, corresponding to the capitalization to perpetuity of the normalized cash flows of year 5 (also called the Gordon Shapiro approach).

The fair value less costs to sell of each Product Division is determined based upon the weighted average of the Gordon Shapiro approach described above and the following two approaches:

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a Sales Multiple (Enterprise Value/Sales) to measure discounted residual value; and

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus an Operating Profit Multiple (Enterprise Value/Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization – “EBITDA”) to measure discounted residual value.

The discount rates used for the annual impairment tests are based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 11%, 10% and 10% in 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively. The discount rates used are after-tax rates applied to after-tax cash flows. The use of such rates results in recoverable values that are identical to those that would be obtained by using, as required by IAS 36, pre-tax rates applied to pre-tax cash flows. A single discount rate is used on the basis that risks specific to certain products or markets have been reflected in determining the cash flows.

 

 

43

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

IAS 36, section 96 stipulates: “The annual impairment test for cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated may be performed at any time during an annual period, provided the test is performed at the same date every year”. As we performed an additional impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2011 and as the figures of the budget for the next year are not known in the second quarter but are only determined in the fourth quarter, management considered it would be more efficient and relevant, beginning in 2012, to perform the annual impairment test in the fourth quarter instead of in the second quarter.

As indicated in Note 1g to our consolidated financial statements, in addition to the annual goodwill impairment tests that occur each year, impairment tests are carried out as soon as the Group has indications of a potential reduction in the value of its goodwill or intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows and/or fair values of the net assets concerned. Changes in the market conditions or in the cash flows initially estimated can therefore lead to a review and a change in the impairment losses previously recorded.

2012 Annual impairment test performed in Q4 2012

In accordance with our accounting policy (see Note 1g to our consolidated financial statements), we tested all Product Divisions for impairment as of December 31, 2012. This annual impairment test occurred during the time of a continuing deterioration in the economic environment, the competitive pricing being experienced in certain regions challenging the Group’s profitability, and the deterioration in our adjusted operating income as compared to our budget. We also revised our assumptions about the pace of the Wavelength-Division Multiplexing “WDM” ramp-up and the migration of new technologies in the Optics Division. These evolutions were reflected in our revision of the five-year forecasted cash flows and terminal values used to determine the recoverable values of certain Product Divisions.

As a result of the 2012 annual impairment tests, an impairment loss on goodwill of 522 million was accounted for in 2012 to reduce the carrying values of certain Product Divisions to recoverable value. Of the 522 million, 503 million was recorded in the Networks operating segment (of which, in the various Product Divisions, 431 million was recorded in the Optics Product Division, 64 million in Wireline Networks, and 8 million in Wireless Networks) and 19 million in the Software, Services & Solutions operating segment (of which 11 million in the Advanced Communications Solutions Product Division and 8 million in the Networks Built Division).

The recoverable values of our goodwill are based on key assumptions, which could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Such recoverable values only incorporate certain future benefits that we expect from the Performance Program, as detailed in Note 2k to our consolidated financial statements. The key assumptions used include, among other things, the following elements:

 

Discount rate of 11%;

 

 

Perpetual growth rates ranging from 0% to 2.5%; and

 

 

The Performance Program launched in 2012 that aims to achieve cost savings of 1,250 million by the end of 2013 (see subsection k below).

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2012 recoverable value of all groups of Cash Generating Units that include goodwill and intangible assets by 367 million and 405 million, respectively. An increase of 0.5% in the discount rate would have led to an additional goodwill impairment loss of 60 million as of December 31, 2012.

In arriving at the recoverable value for the Optics Product Division, the following key assumptions were used:

 

 

Discount rate of 11%;

 

 

Perpetual growth rate of 1.5%; and

 

 

Significant development of our WDM revenues in the coming years.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase in the discount rate would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 42 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% decrease in the perpetual growth rate would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 14 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

Holding all other assumptions constant, if the estimated growth of our sales of WDM products were to be delayed by one year, it would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 156 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

No impairment losses due to our annual impairment tests were recorded in 2011 and 2010.

d/ Impairment of property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, when events or changes in market conditions indicate that tangible or intangible assets may be impaired, such assets are reviewed in detail to determine whether their carrying value is higher than their recoverable value (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell), which could lead to recording an impairment loss. Value in use is estimated by calculating the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the most reliable information available (such as market statistics and recent transactions).

When determining recoverable values of property, plant and equipment, assumptions and estimates are made, based

 

 

44


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

primarily on market outlooks, obsolescence and sale or liquidation disposal values. Any change in these assumptions can have a significant effect on the recoverable amount and can lead to a revision of recorded impairment losses.

In prior years, we have considered the planned closings of certain facilities, additional reductions in personnel and unfavorable market conditions as triggering events for the purposes of impairment testing. In 2012, we recorded an impairment loss of 59 million on property, plant and equipment, mainly in the GSM activity of the Wireless Networks Product Division, due to a lower asset utilization than had been previously estimated. No impairment losses on property, plant and equipment were accounted for in 2011 or 2010.

e/ Provision for warranty costs and other product sales reserves

Provisions are recorded for (i) warranties given to customers on our products, (ii) expected losses at contract completion and (iii) penalties incurred in the event of failure to meet contractual obligations. These provisions are calculated based on historical return rates and warranty costs expensed as well as on estimates. These provisions and subsequent changes to the provisions are recorded in cost of sales either when revenue is recognized (provision for customer warranties) or, for construction contracts, when revenue and expenses are recognized by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity. Costs and penalties ultimately paid can differ considerably from the amounts initially reserved and could therefore have a significant impact on future results.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Product sales reserves

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Related to construction contracts (1)      112         98         97   
Related to other contracts      398         439         482   
Total      510         537         579   

 

(1) See Notes 4, 19 and 29 to our consolidated financial statements.

For more information on the impact on the 2012 net result of the change of these provisions, refer to Note 29 to our consolidated financial statements.

f/ Deferred taxes

Deferred tax assets relate primarily to tax loss carry-forwards and to deductible temporary differences between reported amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The assets relating to the tax loss carry-forwards are recognized if it is probable that the Group will generate future taxable profits against which these tax losses can be set off.

 

(In millions of euros)

Deferred tax assets recognized

   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
Related to the disposal of Genesys business (3)      -        363  (3)      -   
Related to the United States      770  (1)      1,294  (2)      277  (4) 
Related to other tax jurisdictions      215        297  (2)      671   
Total      985        1,954        948   

 

(1) Following the performance of the 2012 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2012, resulted in decreasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2011.
(2) Following the goodwill impairment tests performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011, a reassessment of our ability to recover deductible temporary differences between the reported amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the Group’s ability to utilize unused tax losses resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and reducing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2010.
(3) Represents estimated deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward as of December 31, 2011 that were used to offset the taxable capital gains on the disposal of the Genesys business in 2012. The impact of recognizing these deferred tax assets in 2011 was recorded in the income statement in the “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” line item for an amount of 338 million (U.S.$ 470 million). The amount of deferred tax assets accounted for as of December 31, 2011 was based on an estimated allocation of the selling price for Genesys, which could differ in some respects from the definitive allocation. This could have an impact on the Group’s tax losses carried forward. These estimated deferred tax assets were expensed in 2012 (with a negative impact in “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” of 366 million or U.S.$470 million) when the corresponding capital gains were recorded.

 

     On the other hand, deferred tax assets recognized as of December 31, 2010, which had taken into account the future taxable net income of the Genesys business, were reduced in 2011 by 96 million to remove such future taxable net income of Genesys as a result of its anticipated sale, which had a corresponding impact on the income statement in the “income tax (expense) benefit” line item.
(4) Following the performance of the 2010 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2010, resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2009.

 

The evaluation of the Group’s capacity to utilize tax loss carry-forwards relies on significant judgment. The Group analyzes past events and the positive and negative elements of certain economic factors that may affect its business in the foreseeable future to determine the probability of its future

utilization of these tax loss carry-forwards, which also consider the factors indicated in Note 1l to our consolidated financial statements. This analysis is carried out regularly in each tax jurisdiction where significant deferred tax assets are recorded.

 

 

45

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

 

If future taxable results are considerably different from those forecasted that support recording deferred tax assets, the Group will be obliged to revise downwards or upwards the amount of the deferred tax assets, which would have a significant impact on our financial results.

As a result of the business combination with Lucent, 2,395 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2006, resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as acquired technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. These deferred tax liabilities will be reduced in future Group income statements as and when such differences are amortized. The remaining deferred tax liabilities related to the purchase price allocation of Lucent are 329 million as of December 31, 2012 (591 million as of December 31, 2011 and 691 million as of December 31, 2010).

g/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

Actuarial assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s results of operations include the impact of significant pension and post-retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including assumptions about discount rates, expected return on plan assets, healthcare cost trend rates and expected participation rates in retirement healthcare plans. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. In addition, discount rates are updated quarterly for those plans for which changes in these assumptions would have a material impact on our financial results.

 

 

Weighted average rates used to determine the

pension and post-retirement expense

   2012      2011      2010  
Weighted average expected rates of return on pension
and post-retirement plan assets
     6.05%         6.42%         6.57%   
Weighted average discount rates used to determine the pension
and post-retirement expense
     3.67%         4.85%         5.04%   

 

The net effect of pension and post-retirement costs included in “income (loss) before tax and discontinued operations” was a 770 million increase in pre-tax income during 2012 (429 million increase in 2011 and 319 million increase in 2010). Included in the 770 million increase in pre-tax income during 2012 (429 million in 2011 and 319 million in 2010) was 195 million (67 million in 2011 and 30 million in 2010) booked as a result of certain changes to the U.S. retiree pension plan and to the management retiree healthcare benefit plans, and 9 million as a result of certain changes to our Switzerland retiree pension plan as described in Note 26f to our consolidated financial statements.

Discount rates

Discount rates for our U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve, which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted by the discount rate for the applicable year listed in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years beyond the last year presented in the CitiGroup Curve for which we have expected benefit payments, we apply the discount rate of the last year presented in the Curve. After applying the discount rates to all future years’ benefits, we calculate a single discount rate that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Discount rates for our non U.S. plans are determined based on Bloomberg AA Corporate yields.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2012 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately (87) million and 98 million, respectively.

Expected return on plan assets

Expected return on plan assets for our U.S. plans is determined based on recommendations from our external investment advisor and our own historical returns’ experience. Our advisor develops its recommendations by applying the long-term return expectations it develops for each of many classes of investments, to the specific classes and values of investments held by each of our benefit plans. Expected return assumptions are long-term assumptions and are not intended to reflect expectations for the period immediately following their determination. Although these assumptions are reviewed each year, we do not update them for small changes in our advisor’s recommendations. However, the pension expense or credit for our U.S. plans is updated every quarter using the fair value of assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter. The 2012 fourth quarter expected return on plan assets (accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”) for our U.S. plans is based on September 30, 2012 plan asset fair values. However, the expected return on plan assets for our non U.S. plans is based on the fair values of plan assets at December 31, 2011 for each quarter of 2012.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the 2012 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately 145 million.

For our U.S. plans, we recognized a US$33 million (26 million) increase in the net pension credit during the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to the third quarter of 2012, which is accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”. This increase corresponds to an increase in the expected return on plan assets for our U.S. plans due to the increase in plan asset fair values and a lower interest cost due to a decrease in discount rates. On our U.S. plans, we expect a US$270 million

 

 

46


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

(205 million) decrease in the net pension credit to be accounted for in “other financial income (loss)” between the 2012 fourth quarter and the 2013 first quarter. This decrease mainly corresponds to the application of the revised IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” standard. We do not anticipate a material impact outside our U.S. plans.

Healthcare inflation trends

Regarding healthcare inflation trend rates for our U.S. plans, our actuaries annually review expected cost trends from numerous healthcare providers, recent developments in medical treatments, the utilization of medical services, and Medicare future premium rates published by the U.S. Government’s Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) as these premiums are reimbursed for some retirees. They apply these findings to the specific provisions and experience of our U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans in making their recommendations. In determining our assumptions, we review our recent experience together with our actuaries’ recommendations.

Participation assumptions

Our U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans allow participants to opt out of coverage at each annual enrollment period, and for almost all to opt back in at any future annual enrollment. An assumption is developed for the number of eligible retirees who will elect to participate in our plans at each future enrollment period. Our actuaries develop a recommendation based on the expected increases in the cost to be paid to a retiree participating in our plans and recent participation history. We review this recommendation annually after the annual enrollment has been completed and update it if necessary.

Mortality assumptions

As there are less and less experience data, because of smaller employee pools to develop our own experience mortality assumptions, starting December 31, 2011, these assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of our U.S. management pension plan and a U.S.$563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of our U.S. occupational pension plans. These effects were recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Plan assets investment

Pursuant to a decision of our Board of Directors at its meeting on July 29, 2009, the following modifications were made to the asset allocation of our U.S. pension funds: the investments in equity securities were to be reduced from 22.5% to 15% and the investments in bonds were to be increased from 62.5% to 70%, while investments in alternatives (i.e., real estate, private equity and hedge funds) remained unchanged. At the same time, the investments in fixed income were modified to include a larger component of corporate fixed income securities and less government, agency and asset-backed securities. The impact of these changes was reflected in our expected return assumptions beginning with year 2010.

At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s U.S. management pension plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities was reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities was increased from 60% to 70% and the portion invested in alternatives remained unchanged. These changes, as expected initially, allowed the volatility of the funded status and the expected return on plan assets to be reduced by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change was made in the allocation concerning our Group’s U.S. occupational pension plans.

Plan assets are invested in many different asset categories (such as cash, equities, bonds, real estate and private equity). In the quarterly update of plan asset fair values, approximately 84% are based on closing date fair values and 16% have a one to three-month delay, as the fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments are not available in a short period. This is standard practice in the investment management industry. Assuming that the December 31, 2012 actual fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments were 10% lower than the ones used for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2012, and since our U.S. management pension plan has a material investment in these asset classes (and the asset ceiling described below is not applicable to this plan), equity would be negatively impacted by approximately 268 million.

2010 U.S. health care legislation

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was signed into law; and on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA) that amended the PPACA was also signed into law. Under this legislation, the subsidy paid to us by Medicare for continuing to provide prescription drug benefits to the Group’s U.S. employees and retirees that are at least equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D, will no longer be tax free after 2012. This change in law resulted in a write-down of our deferred tax assets, which caused a 76 million charge reflected on our consolidated income statement and a 6 million profit reflected on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010 (refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements). In addition, reductions in the Medicare payments to Medicare Advantage plans, such as our Private Fee For Service plan, which we previously offered to our U.S. management retirees, resulted in the need to change our related cost assumption, with an increase in our benefit obligation of 6 million recognized in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income as an actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements). One additional provision of the PPACA pertaining to the excise tax on high cost employer-sponsored health coverage may affect our post-retirement health care benefit obligations. An attempt was made by our third party actuaries to assess the impact working with the very limited guidance available. Under the various considerations necessary due to the uncertainty associated with the appropriate methodology

 

 

47

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

 

to be utilized, the impact was shown to be immaterial. As additional regulatory guidance is issued, this initial assessment will be revisited.

Asset ceiling

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan. We have used and intend to use in the future eligible excess pension assets applicable to formerly union-represented retirees to fund certain retiree healthcare benefits for such retirees, which use is considered as a refund from the pension plan when setting the asset ceiling.

The impact of expected future economic benefits on the pension plan asset ceiling is a complex matter. For retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, we expect to fund our current retiree healthcare and group life insurance obligations with Section 420 transfers from the U.S. Occupational – inactive pension plan. Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code provides for transfers of certain excess pension plan assets held by a defined benefit pension plan into a retiree health benefits account established to pay retiree health benefits and into a group life insurance account established to pay retiree life insurance benefits.

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (or the PPA), as amended by the U.S. Troop Readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year of assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The PPA also provided for collectively bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period. Using the methodology we selected to value plan assets and obligations for funding purposes (see Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements), we estimate that, as of December 31, 2012, the excess of assets above 120% of the plan obligations is US$ 2.3 billion (1.7 billion), and the excess above 125% of plan obligations was US$ 1.9 billion (1.4 billion).

The PPA, as amended by the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act of 2012, Part II, extends the period during which employers may make transfers of “excess pension assets” to fund retiree health benefits and expands the types of transfers that can be made to include transfers for post-retirement life insurance. We amended our U.S. Occupational – inactive pension plan to reflect the law’s extension for making transfers and also to provide for transfers for retiree life insurance. This amendment, made during the third quarter of 2012, continues a source of funding for healthcare benefits currently provided to the retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers who participate in the pension plan and will now also make available an additional funding source for such participants’

retiree life insurance. The amendment also allows the Group, via a reduction in the asset ceiling effect, to recognize on our statement of financial position additional pension assets of approximately U.S. $576 million (436 million) that will be available to pay this retiree life insurance liability.

h/ Revenue recognition

As indicated in Note 1m to our consolidated financial statements, revenue under IAS 18 accounting is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received when the Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product to the buyer.

For revenues and expenses generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. The determination of the stage of completion and the revenues to be recognized rely on numerous estimations based on costs incurred and acquired experience. Adjustments of initial estimates can, however, occur throughout the life of the contract, which can have significant impacts on our financial condition.

Although estimates inherent in construction contracts are subject to uncertainty, certain situations exist whereby management is unable to reliably estimate the outcome of a construction contract. These situations can occur during the early stages of a contract due to a lack of historical experience or throughout the contract as significant uncertainties develop related to additional costs, claims and performance obligations, particularly with new technologies.

Contracts that are multiple-element arrangements can include hardware products, stand-alone software, installation and/or integration services, extended warranty, and product roadmaps, as examples. Revenue for each unit of accounting is recognized when earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices. If the criteria described in Note 1m to our consolidated financial statements are met, revenue is earned when units of accounting are delivered. If such criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Significant judgment is required to allocate contract consideration to each unit of accounting and determine whether the arrangement is a single unit of accounting or a multiple-element arrangement. Depending upon how such judgment is exercised, the timing and amount of revenue recognized could differ significantly.

For multiple-element arrangements that are based principally on licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions, judgment is required as to whether such arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18 or IAS 11. Software arrangements requiring significant production, modification or customization are accounted for as a construction contract under IAS 11. All other software arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18, in which case the Group requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate the multiple software elements. If VSOE of fair value is not available, revenue is deferred until the final element in the arrangement is delivered or revenue is

 

 

48


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

recognized over the period that services are being performed if services are the last undelivered element. Significant judgment is required to determine the most appropriate accounting model to be applied in this environment and whether VSOE of fair value exists to allow separation of multiple software elements.

For product sales made through distributors, product returns that are estimated according to contractual obligations and past sales statistics are recognized as a reduction of sales. Again, if the actual product returns were considerably different from those estimated, the resulting impact on our financial condition could be significant.

It can be difficult to evaluate the Group’s capacity to recover receivables. Such evaluation is based on the customers’ creditworthiness and on the Group’s capacity to sell such receivables without recourse. If, subsequent to revenue recognition, the recoverability of a receivable that had been initially considered as likely becomes doubtful, a provision for an impairment loss is then recorded (see paragraph b above).

i/ Purchase price allocation of a business combination

In a business combination, the acquirer must allocate the cost of the business combination at the acquisition date by recognizing the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at fair value at that date. The allocation is based upon certain valuations and other studies performed with the assistance of outside valuation specialists. Due to the underlying assumptions made in the valuation process, the determination of those fair values requires estimations of the effects of uncertain future events at the acquisition date and the carrying amounts of some assets, such as fixed assets, acquired through a business combination could therefore differ significantly in the future.

As prescribed by IFRS 3 (revised), if the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of the reporting period in which the combination is effected, the acquirer must account for the business combination using those provisional values and has a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation. Any adjustment of the carrying amount of an identifiable asset or liability made as a result of completing the initial accounting is accounted for as if its fair value at the acquisition date had been recognized from that date. Detailed adjustments accounted for in the allocation period are disclosed in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

Once the initial accounting of a business combination is complete, only errors may be corrected.

j/ Accounting treatment of convertible bonds with optional redemption periods/dates before contractual maturity

Some of our convertible bonds have optional redemption periods/dates occurring before their contractual maturity, as described in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements. All of our convertible bond issues were accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 requirements (paragraphs

28 to 32) as described in Note 1q to our consolidated financial statements. Classification of the liability and equity components of a convertible instrument is not revised when a change occurs in the likelihood that a conversion will be exercised. On the other hand, if optional redemption periods/dates occur before the contractual maturity of a debenture, a change in the likelihood of redemption before the contractual maturity can lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an issuer revises the estimates of payment due to reliable new estimates, it must adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of the remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or loss in the net income (loss).

As described in Notes 8, 25 and 27 to our consolidated financial statements, such a change in estimates occurred during the second quarter of 2012 regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures. Similar changes in estimates could occur later on for all convertible debentures with optional redemption periods/dates. A loss corresponding to the difference between the present value of the revised estimated cash flows and the carrying amount derived from the split accounting, as described in Note 1q to our consolidated financial statements, has been recorded in “other financial income (loss)” as a result of a change in the Group’s estimate of redemption triggers for an amount of U.S.$(229) million or (178.1) million for 2012.

Regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debenture, if all or part of the bond holders do not ask for redemption at the June 15, 2013 optional redemption date, the estimated cash flows related to the remaining debt will then be revised accordingly, if new estimates are considered as reliable, with a corresponding potential positive impact on the financial result. The initial accounting treatment could then be resumed.

k/ Restructuring reserve and impact on goodwill impairment test

On July 26, 2012, we announced the launch of The Performance Program to achieve additional cost reductions to bring total savings to 1.25 billion by the end of 2013. This program includes the elimination of approximately 5,500 jobs across the Group, and provides for exiting or restructuring unprofitable Managed Services contracts, along with associated headcount reductions, and exiting or restructuring unprofitable markets.

On December 6, 2012, during a meeting with the ECID (the European Committee for Information & Dialogue), further details of the Performance Program were provided to the ECID members, representing trade unions across Europe. The meeting focused on reporting and discussing the detailed changes in headcount by country and by function, and explaining the associated rationale of the program for countries within the ECID’s scope: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Switzerland, UK & Ireland. In many European countries, the official consultation process was launched in November or December 2012 and the employees concerned have been informed. Further details will be communicated at a country level in due time, following due

 

 

49

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2012

 

 

process. At year-end, detailed announcements in countries outside the ECID area were waiting for clearance, but were being communicated in January 2013.

The announcement date of a plan may not be the decisive date for determining whether a reserve should be established, because, in some countries, employees’ representatives or works councils must be consulted through a specific process prior to the effectiveness of the termination plan. These processes can take some months to complete, and could make the restructuring decision at the announcement date reversible.

Using the recognition criteria for establishing restructuring reserves (see Note 1k to our consolidated financial statements), as of December 31, 2012, we analyzed our Performance Program on a country by country basis and established a reserve, when possible, for all or a portion of the amount, depending upon where we were in the consultation process with labor unions or work councils.

We estimate total restructuring costs related to the Performance Program at 0.9 billion. This is a preliminary estimate, because the total amount may evolve in the future based on the results of continuing discussions with labor unions and work councils in certain countries and on the outcome of other factors, such as attrition of the workforce. As of December 31, 2012, we had expensed 0.4 billion of restructuring costs. The remaining restructuring costs related to the program will be reserved and expensed in future quarters.

In the context of the impairment test of goodwill, as prescribed by sections 44 and 45 of IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, and with regard to the composition of future cash

flows used to determine the value in use when measuring the recoverable amount of a group of Cash Generating Units: “Estimates of future cash flows shall not include estimated future cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from (a) a future restructuring to which an entity is not yet committed; or (b) improving or enhancing the asset’s performance. Because future cash flows are estimated for the asset in its current condition, value in use does not reflect: (a) future cash outflows or related cost savings (for example in staff costs) or benefits that are expected to arise from a future restructuring to which an entity is not yet committed; or (b) future cash outflows that will improve or enhance the asset’s performance or the related cash inflows that are expected to arise from such outflows.”

In compliance with such requirements and considering that we believe we are not committed to a restructuring action as long as we have not been able to expense it, we excluded future restructuring costs (and corresponding cost savings), if they were not expensed as of December 31, 2012, from the value in use determined for the 2012 annual impairment test of goodwill. On the other hand, we fully took into account these future cash outflows and inflows in assessing the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and in determining the fair value less costs to sell of the group of Cash Generating Units (i.e. our Product Divisions), corresponding to the methodology described in Note 2c to our consolidated financial statements. We arrive at fair value less costs to sell of a Product Division by basing it on a weighted average of three discounted cash flow approaches (two of the three using discounted residual values that are based respectively on a Sales multiple and an Operating Profit multiple), to arrive at a fair value that reflects assumptions that market participants would use when pricing a Product Division.

 

 

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2012

 

The overall state of the global economy impacted the market for telecommunications equipment and related services in 2012, as trends from 2011 continued into this year: western countries showed limited GDP growth on concerns of sovereign debt issues, China focused on leadership change and political unrest continued to impact the Middle East and Africa.

In addition to the regional and economic trends, industry trends also played a significant role in shaping the spending for telecommunications equipment and related services in 2012. The most important of these trends have been dominating this market for some time. They include:

 

 

Surging growth in data traffic volumes, especially mobile broadband data traffic volumes, driven by increased smartphone and tablet penetration and video use. Although this trend has been especially pronounced in the United States, there are increasing signs that it is spreading elsewhere.

 

 

The transformation of service provider networks into a converged, multi-service all-IP architecture. This trend is driven by cost concerns and the superior handling by an all-IP architecture of the ongoing shift in the nature of network traffic – from voice-centric to increasingly video-centric traffic. One aspect of the transition to an all-IP architecture is the shift in carrier investment spending from legacy technologies to IP.

 

An increased focus by service providers on how to “monetize” their investment in new capacity, essentially by cutting operating and capital expenses in legacy technologies and facilitating the development and offering new, profitable services.

This combination of regional, economic and industry trends drove cautious overall spending in the market for telecommunications equipment and related services in 2012. These trends were also a key driver of how our own business performed in 2012:

 

 

Service providers continued to view IP as a major area of investment in 2012, as evidenced by our 24.2% growth in revenues in our IP division compared to 2011. Growth in the market for IP/MPLS service routers continued to be driven by service provider spending to enhance their ability to deliver IP-based business and consumer services, and more recently, by their spending for IP mobile backhaul. We witnessed double-digit growth across both the Americas and Asia Pacific regions in 2012.

 

 

Our Wireless division within our Networks segment declined 17.2% in 2012, compared to 2011. The decline was mainly driven by weakness in both 2G and 3G technologies, primarily CDMA in the United States and GSM in China. Traction continued in 4G LTE as spending on the first

 

 

50


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.1 OVERVIEW OF 2012

 

   

large-scale deployments, primarily in the Americas, helped to partially offset declines in our Wireless business.

 

 

Both our terrestrial and submarine businesses contributed to the 20.3% decrease in our Optics division in 2012. Within terrestrial, spending for legacy SONET/SDH equipment remained in secular decline, while our WDM business stabilized as we ended the year with declines in the Americas regions tempered by some resilience in the Asia Pacific and EMEA regions. Our submarine business declined at a double-digit rate in 2012, but despite a decrease in our revenues, our order flows increased in the second half of 2012.

 

 

Our Wireline division within our Networks segment, which consists largely of fixed broadband access equipment along with our legacy switching business, increased 1.1% in 2012, marking the first year of growth since the merger between Alcatel and Lucent. Growth in our fiber-based access equipment sales was driven by strong interest across all regions, particularly China, but was partially offset by continued declines in our legacy businesses.

 

 

The Software, Services and Solutions (S3) segment increased 2.3% in 2012 over the prior year, reflecting year over year growth in both our Services and Network Applications businesses. Our Services business increased 1.8% in 2012, where growth in our Professional Services and Maintenance businesses more than offset a flat Network Build and Implementation business. As part of our Performance Program, we also began restructuring our Managed Services business in the second half of 2012, negatively impacting overall services growth as the year progressed. Our Network Applications business increased 6.4% in 2012, driven by strength in our Customer Experience Solutions, Subscriber Data Management and Voice over LTE (VoLTE) IMS applications.

 

 

Our Enterprise business revenues declined 7.1% in 2012, driven by weakness in both our voice telephony business as well as our data networking business.

Our industry continues to experience fast-paced change driven by bandwidth demands, the massive adoption of new mobile devices and of new applications and services. This situation presents both challenges and opportunities for our industry and our service provider customers, including increasing needs for more network capacity, lowering the cost of operations and monitoring networks. Over the past few years, we have helped the industry address many of these issues through the development of our High Leverage Network (HLN) architecture and the opening of networks via Application Enablement.

We see a clear imperative for the industry to quickly adapt to this evolving environment, by defining a coherent vision and network platform to facilitate global economic growth.

To this end, we are implementing a three-pronged strategy, making HLN evolve as a platform for innovation, by significantly expanding the definition, capabilities, and role of the network. We intend to:

 

 

Continue to develop the High Leverage Network into a software-driven, self-optimizing, intelligent network that allows advanced controls, orchestration, and decision analytics capabilities;

 

Build on the HLN foundation to develop a platform that dramatically simplifies the process by which people can connect with others, or access any content or service, stored in the Cloud, anywhere in the world; and

 

 

Introduce radical, industry-changing innovations in sustainability, privacy, security and digital inclusion.

We therefore have invested, and continue to invest today significantly in core HLN technologies such as IP, new generation Optics, lightRadio/LTE, fiber access and IMS. This part of our portfolio supports a significant portion of our current revenues and is still in the growth phase of its products’ life cycle. As such, it also concentrates a significant portion of our R&D investment.

We are also expanding and realigning this HLN portfolio into new areas by investing in R&D on selective network applications that are important for the future evolution of the network, such as carrier Cloud, and customer experience management. As these areas are new, they do not yet represent a significant portion of our current revenues. In absolute terms the investment is lower than in the core portfolio, but it is significant as a percent of revenues given the current early stage in these products’ life cycle.

In addition, we are managing the transition of investments away from mature technologies as certain of our products, such as legacy optical networks (SDH/Sonet), legacy ATM switching, 2G networks and ADSL copper access, reach maturity and generate flat or declining revenues. These products are well developed and require minimal R&D investment to support the current installed base and our customers.

Sales of HLN products accounted for 53% of Network sales in 2012 compared to 42% in 2011.

To accelerate our strategic plan, in July 2012, we launched The Performance Program to take aggressive action in aligning our business to market trends. The plan is structured around additional cost savings (in addition to those previously announced in 2011) totaling 1.25 billion by the end of 2013 when taking into account our fixed and variable costs savings of close to 650 million in 2012, through a number of initiatives, including (i) an additional global headcount reduction of around 5,500 employees and approximately 1,400 contractors to align our cost structure with our scale and simplify our organization; (ii) a review of 15 of our Managed Services contracts, where we will focus on higher value-added contracts and exit or restructure unprofitable businesses (with associated headcount reductions in addition to the 5,500 employees and 1,400 contractors). Through 2012, we have successfully addressed seven of the fifteen contracts; (iii) a review of our global operations, where we will exit or restructure unprofitable markets and adapt our go-to-market strategy in specific countries, including operations in 45 countries to be addressed by indirect sales channels; and (iv) the broadening of our monetization strategy of our patent portfolio (to be done in compliance with the 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities) and the creation of a dedicated profit center within our Group. We believe this plan will allow us to improve our agility in the marketplace while remaining fully committed to both our customers and continuing to deliver world-class innovation.

 

 

51

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

 

6.2    CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

Revenues. Revenues totaled 14,446 million in 2012, a decline of 5.7% from 15,327 million in 2011. Approximately 57% of our revenues are denominated in or linked to the U.S. dollar. When we translate our non-euro sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The appreciation in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2012 compared with 2011 had a positive effect on our reported revenues. If there had been constant exchange rates in 2012 as compared to 2011, our consolidated revenues would have decreased by approximately 10.3% instead of the

5.7% decrease actually reported. This is based on applying (i) to our sales made directly in currencies other than the euro effected during 2012, the average exchange rate that applied for 2011, instead of the average exchange rate that applied for 2012, and (ii) to our exports (mainly from Europe) effected during 2012 which are denominated in other currencies and for which we enter into hedging transactions, our average hedging rates that applied for 2011. Our management believes that providing our investors with our revenues for 2012 at a constant exchange rate facilitates the comparison of the evolution of our revenues with that of our competitors in the industry.

 

 

The table below sets forth our revenues as reported, the conversion and hedging impact of the euro/other currencies and our revenues at a constant rate:

 

(In millions of euros)    Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
     % Change  
Revenues as reported      14,446         15,327         (5.7%)   
Conversion impact euro/other currencies      (682)                  (4.7%)   
Hedging impact euro/other currencies      (14)                  (0.1%)   
Revenues at constant rate      13,750         15,327         (10.3%)   

 

Revenues in our Networks segment declined 8.6% in 2012, with declines in Wireless and Optics offsetting growth in our IP and Wireline businesses. Our IP division increased 24.2% in 2012, driven by the continued success of our IP/MPLS service router business as service providers continue to transform their networks to all-IP, with investments in key areas such as 100 Gigabit Ethernet and mobile backhaul. Coming off a strong 2011, our Wireless business declined 17.2% in 2012, where growth in 4G LTE investments was not enough to offset declines in 2G and 3G. Optics revenues declined 20.3% in 2012, as we witnessed declines in both our submarine and

terrestrial segments of this business, the latter of which was heavily impacted by declines in legacy optical equipment. Our Wireline business increased 1.1% in 2012, as copper revitalization and fiber-access equipment outgrew declines in legacy equipment. Revenues in our S3 segment increased 2.3% in 2012, with our Services and Networks Applications businesses increasing 1.8% and 6.4% in 2012, respectively. Revenues in our Enterprise segment declined by 7.1% in 2012, driven by declines in both voice telephony and data networking equipment.

 

 

Revenues in 2012 and in 2011 by geographical market (calculated based upon the location of the customer) are as shown in the table below:

 

(In millions of euros)

Revenues by
geographical market

  France    

Other

Western

Europe

    Rest of
Europe
    China    

Other

Asia
Pacific

    U.S.     Other
Americas
   

Rest of

world

    Consolidated  
2012     833        2,475        496        1,091        1,418        5,406        1,683        1,044        14,446   
2011     1,206        2,728        616        1,295        1,348        5,470        1,563        1,101        15,327   
% Change 2012 vs. 2011     (31%)        (9%)        (19%)        (16%)        5%        (1%)        8%        (5%)        (6%)   

 

In 2012, revenues in the United States declined 1% and accounted for 37.4% of revenues, up from 35.7% in 2011. After two years of growth, the U.S. declined slightly in 2012, where growth in technologies such as LTE and IP was not enough to offset declines in 2G and 3G wireless spending, primarily CDMA products, and other legacy technologies. Europe accounted for 26.3% of revenues in 2012 (5.8% in France, 17.1% in Other Western Europe and 3.4% in Rest of Europe), down from 29.7% in 2011 (7.9% in France, 17.8% in Other Western Europe and 4.0% in Rest of Europe) as economic fears over uncertain macroeconomic conditions and

sovereign debt continued to weigh heavily on these regions. Within Europe, weakness was spread across most businesses as revenues decreased 31% year-over-year in France, declined 9% in Other Western Europe and fell 19% in Rest of Europe. Asia Pacific accounted for 17.4% of revenues in 2012 (7.6% in China and 9.8% in Other Asia Pacific), up from 17.2% of revenues in 2011 (8.4% in China and 8.8% in Other Asia Pacific). The year-over-year decline in Asia Pacific was mainly attributable to decreased spending in China, partially offset by growth in Other Asia Pacific, especially Japan. Revenues in Other Americas grew 8% in 2012 from 2011 and

 

 

52


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

its share of total revenue increased to 11.7% from 10.2%. Rest of World’s share of total revenue was flat at 7.2% in both 2012 and 2011, despite revenues declining 5% in 2012.

Gross Profit. In 2012, gross profit decreased to 30.1% of revenues, or 4,347 million, compared to 35.0% of revenue or 5,360 million in 2011. The decrease in gross profit was mainly driven by unfavorable product and geographic mix despite ongoing initiatives to reduce fixed operations costs. Gross profit in 2012 included the negative impact from a net charge of (172) million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress, as compared to (170) million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress in 2011.

We sell a wide variety of products in many geographic markets. Profitability per product can vary based on a product’s maturity, the required intensity of R&D and our competitive position. In addition, profitability can be impacted by geographic area depending on the local competitive environment, our market share and the procurement policy of our customers. During 2012, we witnessed a decline, compared to 2011, in sales of products and in geographic areas where our profitability has historically been above average.

Administrative and selling expenses. In 2012, administrative and selling expenses were (2,393) million or 16.6% of revenues compared to (2,642) million or 17.2% of revenues in 2011. Included in administrative and selling expenses are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 118 million in 2012 and 116 million in 2011. These non-cash purchase accounting entries primarily relate to the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, such as customer relationships. The 9.4% decline in administrative and selling expenses year-over-year reflects ongoing actions taken to improve operational efficiency through the reduction of administrative expense, Information Systems/Information Technology expenses, real estate expenses and organizational complexity that were accelerated as part of our Performance Program.

Research and development costs. Research and development costs were (2,444) million or 16.9% of revenues in 2012, after a net impact of capitalization of (12) million of development expense, a decrease of 0.9% from (2,467) million or 16.1% of revenues after the net impact of capitalization of 5 million of development expense in 2011. The slight decrease in research and development costs reflects our intention to generally maintain our research and development expenses throughout our Performance Program. Capitalization of R&D expense was negative in 2012, reflecting the fact that the amortization of our capitalized R&D costs was greater than new R&D costs that were capitalized during this period. Included in research and development costs are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 112 million in 2012 and 152 million in 2011 with the decline due mainly to the phasing out of the 5-year amortization of in-process R&D related to the Lucent business combination.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. We recorded a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on

disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (490) million in 2012 compared to income of 251 million in 2011. The loss in 2012 reflects lower revenues and gross profit that were partially offset by lower overall operating expenses. Non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination had a negative, non-cash impact of 230 million in 2012, which was lower than the impact of 268 million in 2011 mainly due to the phasing out of the 5-year amortization of in-process R&D related to the Lucent business combination.

In addition, changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments in 2012 by (408) million, of which (663) million were additional provisions and 255 million were reversals. Additional product sales reserves created during 2012 were (549) million while reversals of product sales reserves were 177 million during the same period. Changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments by (363) million in 2011, of which additional provisions were (617) million and reversals were 254 million. Additional product sales reserves created during 2011 were (528) million while reversals of product sales reserves were 168 million. The negative change between 2012 and 2011 from the impact of provisions on income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/ (loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments was driven by additional provisions resulting from contractual penalties and claims as well as from warranty claims.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs were (490) million in 2012, representing (i) (363) million of new restructuring plans and adjustments to previous plans; (ii) (59) million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves, (iii) (57) million of other monetary costs related to reorganizational projects and related fees payable to third parties and (iv) a valuation allowance or write-off of assets of (11) million in the aggregate. The cost of new restructuring plans increased in 2012 compared to 2011 due the introduction of our Performance Program and primarily relate to severance payments, early retirement payments, costs for notice periods not worked, training costs of terminated employees, costs linked to the closure of facilities or the discontinuance of product lines and any costs arising from plans that materially change the scope of business undertaken by the Group. We will incur additional costs for The Performance Program in the future. Restructuring costs were (203) million in 2011, representing (i) (113) million of new restructuring plans and adjustments to previous plans; (ii) (60) million of other monetary costs related to reorganizational projects and related fees payable to third parties, (iii) (29) million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and a write-off of assets of (1) million in the aggregate. Our restructuring reserves of (456) million at December 31, 2012 increased compared to our (294) million restructuring reserves at December 30, 2011, primarily due to the increase

 

 

53

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

 

in net restructuring costs of (479) million in 2012 compared to (202) million in 2011, due to the recognition of a portion of restructuring costs arising from the announced Performance Program. We will recognize additional restructuring reserves in the future relating to this Program.

Litigations. In 2012, we booked litigation credit of 2 million related to the FCPA and Fox River litigations. In 2011, we booked litigation credit of 4 million related to both the FCPA and Fox River litigations due to the settlement of the FCPA matter with the SEC and the US Department of Justice as well as the reduction in the claim amount made against us in connection with the Fox River matter.

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities. In 2012, we booked a gain on the disposal of consolidated entities of 11 million, mainly related to the liquidation of an Alcatel-Lucent holding company, compared to 2011, when we booked a loss of (2) million, mainly related to the post-closing adjustments paid by us in connection with the sale of our Vacuum business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG in 2010.

Impairment of assets. In 2012, we booked an impairment of assets charge of (894) million mainly related to the Optics and Wireless businesses within our Networks segment. The Optics charge was related to adjusting our assumptions about the pace of the Wavelength-Division Multiplexing (WDM) ramp-up, which was slower than anticipated, and the migration of new technologies in the Optics division, while the Wireless charge was related to the faster-than-anticipated replacement of GSM and CDMA technologies by LTE technologies. Of the (894) million of charges in 2012, (522) million were related to goodwill, of which (431) million pertained to our Optics business, (122) million related to capitalized development costs for our Wireless business, (191) million related to other intangible assets of our Wireless business and (59) million related to property, plant and equipment. There were no impairment of assets charges in 2011.

Post-retirement benefit plan amendments. In 2012, we booked a total of 204 million of credits related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments, including (i) a 60 million credit related to the change in retire healthcare benefits for formerly represented retirees resulting from the extension of benefits until December 31, 2014 and the reduction of the Group’s obligation for formerly represented retirees who are subject to annual dollar caps; (ii) a 135 million credit related to the offer to deferred vested participants in the U.S. management pension and U.S. occupational inactive pension plans to receive a lump sum payment upon retirement; and (iii) a 9 million gain related to several amendments that we made to the Swiss pension plan. In 2011, we booked a 67 million one-time credit related to the change in our U.S. management pension plan, effective April 1, 2011, which provides current active employees who participate in this plan the option to receive a lump sum when they retire.

Income (loss) from operating activities. Income (loss) from operating activities was a loss of (1,657) million in 2012, compared to income of 117 million in 2011. The larger loss from operating activities in 2012 is due to lower revenues and gross profits, an impairment of assets charge, higher restructuring costs and lower credits related to litigations,

partially offset by lower operating expenses, a gain on consolidated entities and a larger credit related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments.

Finance costs. Finance costs were (279) million in 2012, a decrease from (294) million in 2011. The decline in finance costs was primarily driven by higher interest earned, from 59 million in 2011 to 78 million in 2012, partially offset by an increase in interest paid, from (353) million in 2011 to (357) million in 2012. The 2012 increase in interest earned is due primarily to an increase in our ownership of marketable securities in 2012 which provide higher interest than cash.

Other financial income (loss). Other financial income was 347 million in 2012, compared to 359 million in 2011. In 2012, other financial income consisted primarily of (i) income of 617 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs partially offset by (ii) a loss of (178) million related to the change of estimated future cash flows related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures due to the June 15, 2013 optional redemption date and (iii) a loss of (27) million related to the repurchase of $115.5 million of Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures. In 2011, other financial income consisted primarily of (i) income of 417 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs offset by (ii) a loss of (65) million, a majority of which is due to bank charges and discount costs in connection with the sale of certain of our receivables without recourse.

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates. Share in net income of equity affiliates was 2 million during 2012, compared with 4 million in 2011.

Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations. Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations was a loss of (1,587) million in 2012 compared to income of 186 million in 2011.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We had an income tax expense of (530) million in 2012, compared to an income tax benefit of 544 million in 2011. The income tax expense for 2012 resulted from a current income tax charge of (72) million in addition to a net deferred income tax expense of (458) million. The (458) million net deferred income tax expense includes: (i) (560) million of other deferred income tax expenses, net, primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets in the U.S. mainly in connection with the 2012 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the fourth quarter of 2012; (ii) (104) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans; and (iii) (51) million of deferred tax expenses related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendments we implemented in 2012. These expenses were slightly offset by (i) 177 million of deferred income tax benefits related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent and (ii) 80 million related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures. The income tax benefit for 2011 resulted from a current income tax charge of (42) million more than offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 586 million. The 586 million net deferred tax benefit includes: (i) 559 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets

 

 

54


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.2 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

mainly in connection with the 2011 annual impairment tests of goodwill performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 and (ii) 114 million of deferred income tax benefits related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent. These positive effects were slightly offset by (87) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans.

Income (loss) from continuing operations. We had a loss from continuing operations of (2,117) million in 2012 compared to income of 730 million in 2011.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. We had income from discontinued operations of 666 million in 2012 mainly related to the capital gain on the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012, net of tax. Income from discontinued

operations was 414 million in 2011 related to the pending disposal of our Genesys business, including 338 million of deferred tax assets relating to the tax losses carried forward that were used to offset the capital gain on the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012.

Non-controlling Interests. Non-controlling interests accounted for a loss of (77) million in 2012, compared to income of 49 million in 2011. The decrease from 2011 is due largely to losses from our operations in China through Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell, Co. Ltd.

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent. A net loss of (1,374) million was attributable to equity holders of the parent in 2012, compared to income of 1,095 million in 2011.

 

 

6.3    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, with the 2011 results presented to exclude the Genesys business in order to facilitate comparison with 2012.

The table below sets forth certain financial information on a segment basis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Segment operating income (loss) is the measure of operating segment profit or loss that is used by our Chief Executive Officer to perform his chief operating decision making function, to assess performance and to allocate resources. It consists of segment income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations,

gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, excluding the non-cash impacts of the purchase price allocation (PPA) entries relating to the Lucent business combination. Adding “PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)” to segment operating income (loss) reconciles segment operating income (loss) with income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, as shown in the table below and the consolidated financial statements included as part of this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)                                   
Twelve months ended December 31, 2012    Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues (including intra-Group transactions)      8,819         4,564         764         299         14,446   
Segment Operating Income (Loss)      (452)         297         (12)         (93)         (260)   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (230)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs,litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          (490)   

 

55

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.3 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

 

 

(In millions of euros)                                   
Twelve months ended December 31, 2011    Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues (including Genesys)      9,654         4,461         1,213         368         15,696   
Genesys Revenues                        391         (22)         369   
Revenues (as reported in 2012, including intra-Group transactions)      9,654         4,461         822         390         15,327   
Segment Operating Income (Loss) (including Genesys)      263         227         108         12         610   
Genesys Operating Income                        83         8         91   
Operating Income (Loss) (as reported)      263         227         25         4         519   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (268)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs,litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          251   

 

PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets). PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets) decreased in 2012, to (230) million compared with (268) million in 2011. The decrease was mainly due to the phasing out of the 5-year amortization of in-process R&D related to the Lucent business combination.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. In 2012, a segment operating loss of (260) million for the Group, adjusted for (230) million in PPA yielded a loss from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (490) million. In 2011, a segment operating income of 519 million for the Group, adjusted for (268) million in PPA yielded an income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of 251 million.

NETWORKS SEGMENT

Revenues in our Networks segment were 8,819 million in 2012, a decrease of 8.6% from 9,654 million in 2011, using current exchange rates. When we translate the non-euro portion of Network sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The rise in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2012 as compared to 2011 had a positive impact on our reported revenues. At constant exchange rates for 2012 and 2011, our Networks segment revenues would have decreased by approximately 13.4% instead of the 8.6% decrease actually reported.

Revenues in our IP division were 1,968 million in 2012, an increase of 24.2% from 1,585 million in 2011. The strong year-over-year growth was driven by the continued success of our IP/MPLS service router portfolio. Regionally, we experienced double-digit growth in both the Americas and in Asia-Pacific, the latter of which had a record year in terms of total revenues. Growth in the market for IP/MPLS service

routers continues to be driven by service provider spending to enhance their ability to deliver IP-based business and consumer services, including 100 Gigabit Ethernet, as well as their spending for IP mobile backhaul. Helping our customers to meet the growing demand for an all-IP network transformation and an IP mobile-backhaul, our IP routers have been selected by more than 500 customers worldwide.

Revenues in our Optics division were 2,076 million in 2012, a decline of 20.3% from 2,605 million in 2011, with both our terrestrial and submarine businesses contributing to the decrease. Within terrestrial, spending for legacy SONET/SDH equipment remained in secular decline, while our WDM business rebounded in the second half, particularly in Asia Pacific and EMEA regions. Our WDM portfolio slowed down its pace of decline, from (14)% in the first half of 2012 to almost flat in the second half. Due to the change in our assumptions for the ramp-up of this business, we took an impairment charge in 2012. Traction within our WDM business revolves around our flagship product, the 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS), which represented 24% of terrestrial optics revenues, almost double compared to the previous year. Our submarine optics business also contributed to the overall decline in our Optics division, despite increased order flow as we exited 2012.

Revenues in our Wireless division decreased 17.2% in 2012 to 3,415 million, from 4,122 million in 2011. Our Wireless division witnessed declines across all regions in 2012, despite a stabilization in revenues towards the end of the year. The year-over-year declines were mainly driven by weakness in both 2G and 3G technologies, primarily CDMA in the U.S., after strong investments in the first half of 2011, and GSM in China, where delays in the central bidding process impacted spending. Due to these declines we also took an impairment charge for this business in 2012. In 2012 we saw a positive impact from spending on the first large-scale deployments of 4G LTE wireless networks, especially in the Americas, which helped to partially offset declines across other wireless technologies.

Revenues in our Wireline business grew 1.1% to 1,409 million in 2012 from 1,393 million in 2011. The increase in our Wireline business was driven by fiber-rollouts for nationwide broadband initiatives, driving strong growth in our fiber-based access equipment portfolio. Fiber products grew across all regions, with

 

 

56


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.3 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

particular strength in China. This growth was muted by continued declines in our legacy and IP-DSLAM businesses. Service providers also continue to show interest in copper revitalization, through VDSL2 vectoring, which allows speed enhancements over existing copper networks.

Segment operating loss in the Networks group was (452) million or (5.1)% of revenue in 2012, compared with a segment operating income of 263 million in 2011. The decrease segment operating income reflects lower volumes and unfavorable shifts in product and geographic sales mix, especially in Wireless.

S3 SEGMENT

Revenues in our S3 segment were 4,564 million in 2012 compared to 4,461 million in 2011, an increase of 2.3% at current exchange rates. At constant exchange rates for 2012 and 2011, our S3 revenues would have decreased by 1.7% instead of the 2.3% reported increase.

Revenues in our Services business were 4,034 million in 2012, an increase of 1.8% from 3,963 million in 2011. Within Services, revenues in our Managed and Outsourcing solutions business grew at a single-digit rate in 2012, with a slowdown in revenues in the second half of the year, resulting from the renegotiating or exiting out of margin dilutive contracts, which undertaking we had announced as part of our Performance Program initiative. Revenues in the Professional Services business (a division of Network and Systems Integration) grew at a high-single digit rate driven by growth in both the Americas and Asia Pacific regions, partially offset by a decline in EMEA. We also saw moderate growth in our Maintenance business (a division of Product-Attached Services) in 2012, driven by strength in the Americas. Our Network Build and Implementation (NBI) business saw flat revenues in 2012, where 4G LTE wireless rollouts drove second half revenues that offset first half declines.

 

Revenues in our Network Applications business increased 6.4% in 2012, to 530 million from 498 million in 2011. Our Customer Experience Solution (formerly Motive) business continued its traction, increasing at a high single-digit rate in 2012. Both our Subscriber Data Management and Voice Over LTE (VoLTE) IMS businesses, which are both part of our Advanced Communications Applications portfolio, benefitted from the migration to LTE in North America in 2012, driving strong double-digit growth in each of these applications. These growing areas were partially offset in 2012 by declines in our Messaging applications, which are also included in the Advanced Communications Applications portfolio.

Segment operating income in our S3 business was 297 million or 6.5% of revenue in 2012, compared with 227 million or 5.1% of revenue in 2011. The improvement in segment operating income reflected a decrease in our fixed costs structure and overall improvements in our Managed and Outsourcing Solutions activity.

ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

Revenues in our Enterprise segment were 764 million in 2012 compared to 822 million in 2011, a decrease of 7.1% at current exchange rates. At constant exchange rates for 2012 and 2011, our Enterprise revenues would have decreased by 8.9% instead of the 7.1% reported decrease. The year-over-year decline in Enterprise was driven by declines in both our voice telephony and data networking businesses, mainly due to uncertain economic conditions in Europe.

Enterprise segment operating loss was (12) million or (1.6)% of revenue in 2012, compared with 25 million or 3.0% of income in 2011. The decrease in operating income was mainly driven by lower volumes and adverse product mix, both of which offset reductions in fixed costs.

 

 

6.4    CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

Introduction. The following discussion takes into account or results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 on the following basis:

 

 

The 2011 and 2010 results exclude the Genesys business that was sold to Permira on February 1, 2012.

 

 

The 2010 results are presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011. The organization includes three business segments: Networks, S3 (Software, Services & Solutions) and Enterprise

Revenues. Revenues totaled 15,327 million in 2011, a decline of 2.1% from 15,658 million in 2010. Approximately 59% of our revenues are denominated in or linked to the U.S. dollar. When we translate our non-euro sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies,

including the U.S. dollar. The decline in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2011 compared with 2010 had a negative effect on our reported revenues. If there had been constant exchange rates in 2011 as compared to 2010, our consolidated revenues would have decreased by approximately 0.1% instead of the 2.1% decrease actually reported. This is based on applying (i) to our sales made directly in currencies other than the euro effected during 2011, the average exchange rate that applied for 2010, instead of the average exchange rate that applied for 2011, and (ii) to our exports (mainly from Europe) effected during 2011 which are denominated in other currencies and for which we enter into hedging transactions, our average hedging rates that applied for 2010. Our management believes that providing our investors with our revenues for 2011 at a constant exchange rate facilitates the comparison of the evolution of our revenues with that of our competitors in the industry.

 

 

57

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

The table below sets forth our revenues as reported, the conversion and hedging impact of the euro/other currencies and our revenues at a constant rate:

 

(In millions of euros)   

Year ended

December 31,

2011

    

Year ended

December 31,

2010

     % Change  
Revenues as reported      15,327         15,658         (2.1%)   
Conversion impact euro/other currencies      324                  2.1%   
Hedging impact euro/other currencies      (10)                  (0.1%)   
Revenues at constant rate      15,641         15,658         (0.1%)   

 

Revenues in our Networks segment were essentially flat in 2011 compared to 2010, as growth in key areas such as IP and wireless was almost completely offset by declines in optics and wireline. Our IP division increased 8.3% in 2011, driven by the IP/MPLS service router business, which was slightly offset by the secular decline in spending for legacy ATM equipment. Our wireless business grew 1.4% in 2011, on the strength 3G and 4G spending, particularly for CDMA (EV-DO) and LTE in the US. Optics revenues declined 1.9% in 2011, as growth in our submarine activities were more than offset by declines in terrestrial optics. Our wireline business declined 10.0% in 2011, reflecting pronounced weakness in spending for legacy core switching, which was partially offset

by growth in our fixed access business, where we saw strong gains in fiber-based access equipment. Revenues in our S3 segment declined 1.7% in 2011, with our Services and Networks Applications businesses decreasing 1.1% and 6.2% in 2011, respectively. Revenues in our Enterprise segment grew by 2.4% in 2011, led primarily by growth in our data networking business.

Revenues in 2011 and in 2010 by geographical market (calculated based upon the location of the customer) are as shown in the table below. This table differs from the table in our 2011 Annual Report, as it excludes revenues from Genesys which was sold in 2012.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Revenues by
geographical market

                                                              
   France      Other
Western
Europe
     Rest of
Europe
     China      Other
Asia
Pacific
     U.S.      Other
Americas
     Rest of
world
     Consolidated  
2011      1,206         2,728         616         1,295         1,348         5,470         1,563         1,101         15,327   
2010      1,358         2,953         664         1,209         1,672         5,163         1,356         1,283         15,658   
% Change 2011 vs. 2010      (11%)         (8%)         (7%)         7%         (19%)         6%         15%         (14%)         (2%)   

 

In 2011, the United States accounted for 35.7% of revenues, up from 33.0% in 2010 as revenues grew 6%. The U.S continued to show signs of growth in the telecom sector following a strong recovery in 2010, with growth in the telecom sector driven by a surge in spending to accommodate strong growth in mobile data traffic, which led to strong growth in key areas such as IP and wireless in the first half of the year, with tempered spending in the second half. Europe accounted for 29.7% of revenues in 2011 (7.9% in France, 17.8% in Other Western Europe and 4.0% in Rest of Europe), down from 31.8% in 2010 (8.7% in France, 18.9% in Other Western Europe and 4.2% in Rest of Europe) as economic fears over sovereign debt weighed heavily on these regions. Within Europe, revenue decreased 11% year-over-year in France, declined 8% in Other Western Europe and declined 7% in the Rest of Europe. Overall, Europe saw weakness spread across most businesses, with a few pockets of strength like our Managed & Outsourcing Solutions business within the S3 segment. Asia Pacific accounted for 17.2% of revenues in 2011 (8.4% in China and 8.8% in Other Asia Pacific), down from 18.4% of revenues in 2010 (7.7% in China and 10.7% in Other Asia Pacific). The year-over-year decline in Asia Pacific was mainly attributable to an 19% decline in Other Asia Pacific, while our China revenues grew 7% compared to 2010. Revenues in Other Americas grew 15% in 2011 from 2010 and its share of total revenue increased to 10.2% from 8.7%. Rest of World decreased its share of total revenue to 7.2% in 2011, down from 8.2% in 2010, and had a 14% decrease in revenue.

Gross Profit. In 2011, gross profit increased to 35.0% of revenues, or 5,360 million, compared to 33.9% of revenue or

5,302 million in 2010. The increase in gross profit was mainly driven by favorable product and geographic mix as well as ongoing initiatives to reduce fixed operations, procurement and product design costs. Gross profit in 2011 primarily included the negative impact from a net charge of (170) million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress, as compared to (115) million for write-downs of inventory and work in progress in 2010.

We sell a wide variety of products in many geographic markets. Profitability per product can vary based on a product’s maturity, the required intensity of R&D and our competitive position. In addition, profitability can be impacted by geographic area depending on the local competitive environment, our market share and the procurement policy of our customers. During 2011, we witnessed a recovery in sales of products and in geographic areas where our profitability has historically been above average, compared to 2010.

Administrative and selling expenses. In 2011, administrative and selling expenses were (2,642) million or 17.2% of revenues compared to (2,769) million or 17.7% of revenues in 2010. Included in administrative and selling expenses are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 116 million in 2011 and 126 million in 2010. These non-cash purchase accounting entries primarily relate to the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, such as customer relationships and were lower year-over-year due to the impact of the strength of the euro compared to the U.S. dollar. The 4.6% decline in administrative and selling expenses year-over-year reflects the progress we have made to improve operational efficiency through the reduction of administrative expense,

 

 

58


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

Information Systems/Information Technology and real estate expenses and organizational complexity.

Research and development costs. Research and development costs were (2,467) million or 16.1% of revenues in 2011, after a net impact of capitalization of 5 million of development expense, a decrease of 5.2% from (2,603) million or 16.6% of revenues after the net impact of capitalization of (10) million of development expense in 2010. The 5.2% decrease in research and development costs reflects a reduction in spending on legacy technologies in an effort to reduce overall costs. Capitalization of R&D expense was negative in 2010, reflecting the fact that the amortization of our capitalized R&D costs was greater than new R&D costs that were capitalized during this period. Included in research and development costs are non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination of 152 million in 2011 and 159 million in 2010.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. We recorded income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of 251 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (70) million in 2010. The improvement in 2011 reflects the impact of higher gross margins as well as improvements in our operating expenses. Non-cash purchase accounting entries resulting from the Lucent business combination had a negative, non-cash impact of 268 million in 2011, which was lower than the impact of 286 million in 2010 due to the strength of the euro compared to the U.S. dollar.

In addition, changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments in 2011 by (363) million, of which (617) million were additional provisions and 254 million were reversals. Additional product sales reserves created during 2011 were (528) million while reversals of product sales reserves were 168 million during the same period. Of the 168 million in reversals, 56 million related to reversals of reserves made in respect of warranties due to the revision of our original estimates for these reserves regarding warranty period and costs. This revision was due mainly to (i) the earlier than expected replacement of products under warranty by our customers with more recent technologies and (ii) the product’s actual performance leading to fewer warranty claims than anticipated and for which we had made a reserve. In addition, 50 million of the 168 million reversal of product sales reserves was mainly related to reductions in probable penalties due to contract delays or other contractual issues or in estimated amounts based upon statistical and historical evidence. The remaining reversals of €62 million were mainly related to new estimates of losses at completion. Changes in provisions adversely impacted income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments by (397) million in 2010, of which additional provisions were (701) million and reversals were 304 million. Additional product sales reserves created during 2010 were (600) million while reversals of product sales reserves were 199 million.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs were (203) million for 2011, representing (i) (113) million of new restructuring plans and adjustments to previous plans; (ii) (60) million of other monetary costs related to reorganizational projects and related fees payable to third parties, (iii) (29) million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and a write-off of assets of (1) million in the aggregate. Costs for new restructuring plans cover costs related to the elimination of jobs and to product rationalization and facilities closing decisions. Restructuring costs were (371) million in 2010, representing (i) (240) million of new restructuring plans or adjustments to previous plans; (ii) (79) million of other monetary costs related to payables, (iii) (46) million of other monetary costs related to restructuring reserves and (iv) a valuation allowance and write-off of assets of (6) million in the aggregate. Our restructuring reserves of (294) million at December 31, 2011 declined compared to our (413) million restructuring reserves at December 30, 2010, and covered jobs identified for elimination and notified in 2011, jobs eliminated in previous years for which total or partial payment is still due, costs of replacing rationalized products, and other monetary costs linked to decisions to reduce the number of our facilities. Our restructuring reserves declined in 2011 primarily due to the adoption of fewer new restructuring plans in 2011 as well as the completion of older plans.

Litigations. In 2011, we booked litigation credit of 4 million related to both the FCPA and Fox River litigations due to the settlement of the FCPA matter with the SEC and the US Department of Justice as well as the reduction in the claim amount made against us in connection with the Fox River matter. In 2010, we booked litigation charges of (28) million related to: (i) the arbitral award on the collapse of a building in Madrid for an amount of (22) million and (ii) the FCPA litigation for an amount of (10) million, which charges were offset by a 4 million litigation credit pertaining to the Fox River litigation.

Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities. In 2011, we booked a loss on the disposal of consolidated entities of (2) million, mainly related to the post-closing adjustments paid by us in connection with the sale of our Vacuum business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG in 2010, compared to a gain of 62 million in 2010, which was mainly related to the completion of the sale of our Vacuum business that year.

Post-retirement benefit plan amendment. In 2011, we booked a 67 million one-time credit related to the change in our U.S. management pension plan, effective April 1, 2011, which provides current active employees who participate in this plan the option to receive a lump sum payment when they retire. In 2010, we booked a 30 million net credit related to post-retirement benefit plan amendments that arose out of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s amendment of its Medicare Advantage National PPO plan in the third quarter of 2010 with an effective date of January 1, 2011 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependents.

Income (loss) from operating activities. Income (loss) from operating activities was income of 117 million in 2011, compared to a loss of (377) million in 2010. The improvement in income/(loss) from operating activities in 2011 is due in part to higher gross margins, lower operating

 

 

59

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.4 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

expenses, lower restructuring costs, credits related to litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, partially offset by a loss on the disposal of consolidated entities.

Finance costs. Finance costs were (294) million in 2011, a slight decrease from (304) million in 2010. The decrease is due to an increase in interest earned, from 53 million in 2010 to 59 million in 2011, in addition to a decrease in interest paid, from (357) million in 2010 to (353) million in 2011. The 2011 decrease in interest paid is primarily due to lower levels of financial debt whereas the increase in interest earned is due to the increase of interest rates between 2010 and 2011.

Other financial income (loss). Other financial income was 359 million in 2011, compared to 356 million in 2010. In 2011, other financial income consisted primarily of (i) income of 417 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs offset by (ii) a loss of (65) million, a majority of which is due to bank charges and discount costs in connection with the sale of certain of our receivables without recourse. In 2010 other financial income consisted of (i) income of 339 million related to the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs and (ii) income of 82 million from actual and potential gains on financial assets (of which 33 million related to the disposal of 2Wire and 10 million related to the disposal of our Vacuum business), both partially offset by a net loss of (45) million related to foreign exchange transactions.

Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates. Share in net income of equity affiliates was 4 million during 2011, compared with 14 million in 2010. The decline compared to 2010 is largely due to the lack of income from our stake in 2Wire, which was sold in October 2010.

Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations. Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations was 186 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (311) million in 2010.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We had an income tax benefit of 544 million in 2011, compared to an income tax expense of (14) million in 2010. The income tax benefit for 2011 resulted from a current income tax charge of (42) million, which was more than offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 586 million. The 586 million net deferred tax benefit includes: (i) 559 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the

recoverability of certain deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2011 impairment tests of goodwill performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 and (ii) 114 million of deferred income tax benefits related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent. These positive effects were slightly offset by (87) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans. The income tax expense for 2010 resulted from a current income tax charge of (78) million offset by a net deferred income tax benefit of 64 million. The 64 million net deferred tax benefit includes deferred income tax benefits of 124 million related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of the Lucent combination and 97 million of other deferred income tax benefits primarily related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2010 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the second quarter of 2010. These positive effects were slightly offset by: (i) (136) million in deferred tax charges related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans, (ii) (12) million of deferred tax charges related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendment and (iii) (9) million of deferred taxes related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debenture.

Income (loss) from continuing operations. We had income from continuing operations of 730 million in 2011 compared to a loss of (325) million in 2010.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. We had income from discontinued operations of 414 million in 2011 related to the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012, including 338 million of deferred tax assets relating to the tax losses carried forward that will be used to offset the capital gain on the disposal of our Genesys business in 2012. Income from discontinued operations was 33 million in 2010 due to the disposal of our Genesys business partially offset by settlements of litigations related to businesses discontinued in prior periods.

Non-controlling Interests. Non-controlling interests accounted for income of 49 million in 2011, compared to income of 42 million in 2010. The increase from 2010 is due largely to the income from our operations in China through Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell, Co. Ltd.

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent. A net income of 1,095 million was attributable to equity holders of the parent in 2011, compared with a loss of (334) million in 2010.

 

 

6.5    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

The following discussion takes into account our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, with both year’s results presented to exclude the Genesys business in order to facilitate comparison with 2012. Our 2010 results have also been presented according to the organization structure that became effective July 20, 2011.

The table below sets forth certain financial information on a segment basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Segment operating income (loss) is the measure of operating segment profit or loss that is used by our Chief Executive Officer to perform his chief operating decision making function, to assess performance and to allocate resources. It consists of segment income (loss) from

 

 

60


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and postretirement benefit plan amendments, excluding the main non-cash impacts of the purchase price allocation (PPA) entries relating to the Lucent business combination. Adding “PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)” to segment operating income (loss), reconciles segment

operating income (loss) with income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, as shown in the table below and the consolidated financial statements included as part of this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)

Twelve months ended December 31, 2011

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues (including Genesys)      9,654         4,461         1,213         368         15,696   
Genesys Revenues                        391         (22)         369   
Revenues (as reported in 2012)      9,654         4,461         822         390         15,327   

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

(including Genesys)

     263         227         108         12         610   
Genesys Operating Income                        83         8         91   
Operating Income (Loss) (as reported)      263         227         25         4         519   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (268)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          251   

 

(In millions of euros)

Twelve months ended December 31, 2010

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total  
Revenues (including Genesys)      9,643         4,537         1,185         631         15,996   
Genesys Revenues                        361         (23)         338   
Revenues (as reported in 2012)      9,643         4,537         824         654         15,658   
Segment Operating Income (Loss) (including Genesys)      187         30         83         (12)         288   
Genesys Operating Income                        61         11         72   
Operating Income (Loss) (as reported)      187         30         22         (23)         216   
PPA Adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)                                          (286)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments                                          (70)   

 

PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets). PPA adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets) decreased in 2011, to (268) million compared with (286) million in 2010. The decrease was largely due to the appreciation in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar in 2011, as the amortization of purchased intangible assets of Lucent, including long-term customer relationships, acquired technologies and in-process R&D was little changed in 2011 compared with 2010.

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments. In 2011, segment operating income of 519 million for the Group, adjusted for (268) million in PPA yielded income from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of 251 million. In 2010, a segment operating income of 216 million for the Group, adjusted for (286) million in PPA yielded a loss from operating activities

before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments of (70) million. The improvement in 2011 reflects the impact of higher gross margins, improvements in our operating expenses and lower PPA adjustments.

NETWORKS SEGMENT

Revenues in our Networks segment were 9,654 million in 2011, an increase of 0.1% from 9,643 million in 2010, using current exchange rates. When we translate the non-euro portion of Network sales into euros for accounting purposes, there is an exchange rate impact based on the relative value of the euro versus other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. The decline in the value of other currencies, including the U.S. dollar, relative to the euro in 2011 as compared to 2010 had a negative impact on our reported revenues. At constant exchange rates for 2011 and 2010, our Networks segment revenues would have increased by approximately 2.1% instead of the 0.1% increase actually reported.

 

 

61

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

Revenues in our IP division were 1,585 million in 2011, an increase of 8.3% from 1,464 million in 2010. Growth was led by a double digit increase in our IP/MPLS service router. The growth in our service router revenues was particularly strong in the Americas and Asia Pacific regions. Growth in the market for IP/MPLS service routers continues to be driven by service provider spending to enhance their ability to deliver IP-based business and consumer services as well as spending for IP mobile backhaul. The mobile backhaul segment of the IP division has been particularly strong, as service providers take actions to alleviate bottlenecks in the flow of increasing mobile broadband and data traffic. The IP division also includes our ATM multi-service switching business, where 2011 revenues fell at a double-digit rate from their 2010 level. The decline in ATM revenues reflects the continuing market-wide contraction in spending for that legacy technology.

Revenues in our Optics division were 2,605 million in 2011, a decline of 1.9% from 2010. Our optics business saw conflicting trends in 2011, as our submarine business grew at a mid-single digit pace, while terrestrial optics equipment declined at a low-single digit rate. Within the terrestrial business, we saw continued strong growth in our WDM equipment and a smaller increase in our wireless (microwave) transmission business. However, the growth in these two businesses and the submarine business was not enough to offset the strong secular decline of our legacy SONET/SDH equipment. Following a sharp drop in 2010, our submarine business returned to growth in 2011 driven by both new builds and upgrades addressing the need for more connectivity to meet capacity requirements.

Revenues in our Wireless division increased 1.4% in 2011 to 4,122 million, from 4,064 million in 2010. The growth in this division was driven by the growth in mobile broadband traffic, which was caused, in turn, by the increasing penetration of smartphones and tablets. Mobile operators have been responding to these trends over the past two years with increased spending to add capacity and enhance the data capabilities of their networks. We saw a positive impact of spending by mobile operators in our 3G CDMA (EV-DO) business in 2011, where revenues increased at a strong double-digit rate compared to 2010, mainly driven by growth in the Americas region. Mobile operators also started rolling out the first large-scale deployments of 4G LTE wireless networks, which also contributed to the overall growth in the segment in 2011, especially in the Americas. Although the increase in carrier spending on 3G and 4G networks has generally been at the expense of their spending on legacy 2G networks, we did see some growth in our 2G GSM business in the Asia Pacific region, driven by investments in China to enable subscriber growth.

Revenues in our Wireline business fell 10.0% to 1,393 million in 2011 from 1,548 million in 2010. The decline in our wireline business reflects the shift from wireline to wireless spending and was largely due to weakness in both the EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) and Americas regions, partially offset by more than 40% growth in the Asia Pacific region. Declines in our legacy TDM switching and IP-DSLAM businesses continued to drive the overall decline in our

wireline business. We did see strong growth in the fiber access equipment division of our fixed access business across all regions, driven by our GPON equipment in the Americas and Asia Pacific, particularly in China. Service providers are also investing in new copper-based technologies that can enhance the capabilities of existing copper access networks.

Segment operating income in the Networks group was 263 million or 2.7% of revenue in 2011, compared with a segment operating income of 187 million in 2010. The improvement in segment operating income reflects favorable shifts in product and geographic mix, as well as ongoing initiatives to reduce costs and expenses, particularly fixed operations. We saw particularly strong contributions from both the IP and wireless divisions.

S3 SEGMENT

Revenues in our S3 segment were 4,461 million in 2011 compared to 4,537 million in 2010, a decrease of 1.7% at current exchange rates. At constant exchange rates for 2011 and 2010, our S3 revenues would have decreased by 0.1% instead of the 1.7% reported decrease.

Revenues in our Services business were 3,963 million in 2011, a decrease of 1.1% from 4,006 million in 2010. Within Services, revenues in our Managed and Outsourcing solutions business grew at a double digit rate in 2011, driven by increases in both EMEA and the Americas regions. Revenues in the Network and Systems Integration (NSI) business grew at a mid-single digit rate with high growth in the Americas, offset by declines in EMEA and Asia Pacific. The growth in these two businesses was offset by a strong decline in Network Build and Implementation (NBI), a division of our Product-Attached Services business. NBI is focused on civil works usually attached to the sale of equipment, where sales were impacted adversely by political unrest in the Middle East as well as the completion of projects. Our Product-Attached Services business was flat compared in 2010 with growth in the Americas offset by declines in EMEA. Our Multi-Vendor Maintenance business also declined in 2011, driven by weakness in Europe and Asia Pacific, partially offset by growth in the Americas.

Revenues in our Network Applications business decreased 6.2% in 2011, to 498 million from 531 million in 2010. The 6.2% revenue decline in 2011 was mainly driven by the termination of a resale activity that we were previously involved with. This decline was partially offset by strong growth in both our Motive and Advanced Communications businesses. Motive, our remote customer management business, increased at a very strong pace in 2011, with all regions growing more than 20%.

Segment operating income in our S3 business was 227 million or 5.1% of revenue in 2011, compared with 30 million or 0.7% of revenue in 2010. The increase in segment operating income reflected the impacts of ongoing actions to reduce expenses in our Services business especially Managed and Outsourcing Solutions as well as improvements in the profitability of Network Applications.

 

 

62


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.5 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

ENTERPRISE SEGMENT

Revenues in our Enterprise segment were 822 million in 2011 compared to 824 million in 2010, a decrease of 0.2% at current exchange rates. The slight year-over-year decline in Enterprise was mainly driven by high-single digit growth in our data networking business that was more than offset by declines in our enterprise telephony equipment. If there had been constant exchange rates for 2011 as compared to 2010, we believe our Enterprise revenues would have increased at a

low single-digit rate instead of the 0.2% reported decrease. However, we were unable to determine what the increase would have been at constant exchange rates in 2011 due to the restatement of the segment financial information to reflect the sale of our Genesys business to Permira in 2012.

Enterprise segment operating income was 25 million or 3.0% of revenue in 2011, compared with 22 million or 2.7% of revenue in 2010. The slight increase in operating income reflected improved cost control in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

 

6.6    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

LIQUIDITY

Cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

Introductory note : The presentation of exchange rate changes on inter-unit loans and borrowings in the consolidated statements of cash flows was modified in 2012, as explained in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements. All 2011 figures have been re-presented to conform to this new presentation. The impact of this new presentation on the 2011 consolidated statement of cash flows are detailed in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

Overview. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by 141 million in 2012 to 3,402 million at December 31, 2012 (of which 1 million of cash and cash equivalents were classified as assets held for sale). This decrease was mainly due to cash used by investing activities of 1,105 million (mainly, cash expenditure for acquisition of marketable securities of 574 million and capital expenditures of 582 million, somewhat offset by the proceeds from the disposal of tangible and intangible assets and from sale of previously consolidated and non-consolidated entities) and to cash used by operating activities of 97 million, both partially offset by cash provided by discontinued operations for 1,035 million (mainly cash provided by the disposal of Genesys completed in 2012). On the other hand, in 2012 exchange rate changes had a positive net effect of 23 million, and financing activities had a slight positive effect of 2 million.

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities. Net cash used by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes was 1 million in 2012 compared to cash provided by operating activities of 606 million for 2011. This decrease was primarily due to the fact that income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, gain (loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments, represented a loss of 490 million in 2012, compared to a profit of 251 million in 2011.

Net cash used by operating activities was 97 million in 2012 compared to 85 million of net cash provided in 2011. This amount reflects the negative impact of the net cash used in 2012 by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes, as explained in the preceding paragraph, but it also reflects the positive cash impact of 164 million of

net cash provided in 2012 by operating working capital, vendor financing and other current assets and liabilities, compared to 213 million of net cash used by such items in 2011. The change from 213 million of cash used to 164 million of cash provided between the two periods related to the increase in cash provided by working capital, representing an amount of cash provided of 345 million in 2012 compared to an amount of cash used of 200 million in 2011. Customers’ deposits and advances contributed positively to this change, with a 383 million improvement over 2011, due mainly to a 214 million improvement at Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (mostly related to advances received in connection with major contracts in the U.S.) and a 40 million improvement originating in our submarine business and in Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell. Trade payables also contributed positively to the cash provided by working capital in 2012, with a decrease of the cash used from 480 million in 2011 to 180 million in 2012 (the more significant amount of cash used in 2011 being mainly explained by the decrease in inventories resulting from the improvement of the manufacturing cycle time and the outsourcing of our manufacturing activities). Further, trade receivables contributed positively for 159 million, mainly due to the decrease of revenues between 2012 and 2011, the decrease of overdue receivables in both 2012 and 2011, and to increased sale of receivables without recourse representing a 159 million positive impact in 2012 and 176 million in 2011. These three positive elements were partially offset, on one hand by a negative impact of inventories for 298 million in 2012, given that in 2012 there was no positive impact similar to that in 2011 of the decrease in inventories resulting from the outsourcing of our manufacturing activities, and on the other hand by the increase of work in progress in 2012 in connection with a major contract in the U.S. Net interest and taxes paid represented net cash used of 260 million in 2012 compared to 308 million in 2011. Although taxes paid were stable in 2012 compared to 2011, the lower amount of net cash used reflects lower net interest paid in 2012, due essentially to the repayment of one of our convertible bonds maturing in January 2011 (our “Oceane 4.75%” for 818 million), as to which we paid 39 million in interest relating to the year 2010 in January 2011, but had to make no interest payment in 2012.

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities was 1,105 million in 2012 compared to 782 million in 2011. This increase of 323 million was mainly due to the fact that in 2012 the acquisition of marketable securities represented net cash used of 574 million compared to 270 million in 2011. In addition,

 

 

63

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

 

capital expenditures slightly increased from 558 million in 2011 to 582 million in 2012.

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to 2 million in 2012 compared to net cash used of 1,005 million in 2011. The primary factors that explain this change were (i) the decrease in 2012 in the amount of repayment of short-term and long-term debt, for 127 million (of which 100 million related to the floating rate notes due 2012, extendable to 2016), compared to 874 million in 2011 (of which 818 million related to the redemption of the “Oceane 4.75%” mentioned above), (ii) the higher amount of cash provided by capital increases (123 million in 2012, related to the capital increase of Alcatel Shanghai Bell in connection with the contribution to such company of the RFS business by its former shareholders, compared to 15 million in 2011, related to the exercise of stock-options), and (iii) the positive impact of the net effect of exchange rate changes on inter-unit borrowings of 84 million in 2012 compared to a negative impact of 66 million in 2011.

Disposed of or discontinued operations. Cash provided by discontinued operations was 1,035 million in 2012 (of which 1,044 million of net cash provided by the disposal of our Genesys business), compared to 2 million of cash used in 2011.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Resources.    Over time, our capital resources may be derived from a variety of sources, including the generation of positive cash flow from on-going operations, the issuance of debt and equity in various forms, and credit facilities, including our three current Senior Secured Credit Facilities for an aggregate of 2.0 billion, which is comprised of: a U.S.$0.5 billion (0.4 billion) asset sale facility which matures in August 2016, and a U.S.$1.75 billion (1.3 billion) facility and a 0.3 billion facility, both of which mature in January 2019 (see “2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities” below, Section 4.5, Material Contracts and note 27 to our consolidated financial statements). Our ability to draw upon these resources (other than the credit facilities, which have been fully drawn down) at any time is dependent upon a variety of factors, including our customers’ ability to make payments on outstanding accounts receivable, the perception of our credit quality by lenders and investors, the debt and equity market conditions generally, and our compliance with the terms of our senior secured credit facilities and our debt indentures. Given current conditions, we cannot rely on our ability to access the debt and equity markets at any given time. In addition, given our current short-term ratings and the lack of liquidity of the French commercial paper /“billets de trésorerie” market, this market is not, for the time being, a reliable source of financing for us.

Also, no positive cash was generated from on-going operations in 2012, and the amount of positive cash flow so generated in 2011 was not significant. Counterbalancing this, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including short-term investments, aggregating 4,929 million as of December 31, 2012, are sufficient to fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months. Although approximately 1,303 million of our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are held in countries, primarily China, which are subject to exchange control restrictions that may limit the use of such funds by our subsidiaries outside of their local jurisdictions, we do not expect that such restrictions will have an impact on our ability to meet our cash obligations.

We are currently contemplating the divestiture of certain non-core assets, which could result in sales proceeds in the range of 1.0 billion to 1.5 billion and thus improve the liquidity profile of our Group.

2007 Syndicated Bank Credit Facility. On April 5, 2007, we obtained a 1.4 billion multi-currency syndicated five-year revolving bank credit facility (with two one-year extension options). On March 21, 2008, 837 million of availability under the facility was extended until April 5, 2013. The availability of this syndicated credit facility was not dependent upon Alcatel-Lucent’s credit ratings. Alcatel-Lucent’s ability to draw on this facility was conditioned upon its compliance with a financial covenant linked to our capacity to generate sufficient cash to repay our net debt and compliance was tested quarterly when we released our consolidated financial statements. Since the 1.4 billion facility was established, we complied every quarter with the financial covenant that was included in the facility.

The facility was cancelled at the closing of the financing transaction described immediately below.

2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On January 30, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., as borrower, and some major entities of the Group (in particular Alcatel-Lucent) as guarantors of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s obligations, entered into secured credit facilities that were syndicated in January 2013 and which comprise:

 

 

An asset sale facility with a total nominal value of U.S.$ 500 million, with a coupon of the lower of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 525 basis points, and the ABR (the greatest of the Crédit Suisse Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and one month Libor plus 1% after some adjustments) plus 425 basis points (as the Borrower may choose at certain intervals), maturing in August 2016;

 

 

A credit facility with a total nominal value of U.S.$ 1,750 million, with a coupon of the lower of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 625 basis points, and the ABR plus 525 basis points (as the Borrower may choose at certain intervals), maturing in January 2019; and

 

 

A credit facility with a total nominal value of 300 million, with a coupon of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 650 basis points, also maturing in January 2019.

These facilities are secured by a first-priority pledge of (i) the equity interests held by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc. and the other guarantors in most of their subsidiaries (ii) substantially all patents and other intellectual property rights of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel Lucent and the other guarantors, (iii) substantially all intercompany loans due to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc. and the other guarantors, and (iv) substantially all other tangible and intangible personal property of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the U.S. guarantors.

The facilities do not include any financial maintenance covenants (that is, a covenant the calculation of which is usually tested quarterly and that measures, for instance, the capacity of the borrower to repay debt) but include covenants restricting, among other things, the Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock, (ii) create certain liens, (iii) sell assets and monetize patents (iv) pay dividends, buy back equity, make certain investments and (v) dispose or transfer within the Group assets constituting the collateral of the secured financing.

 

 

64


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

These covenants, which are customary for this type of financing, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. We believe that these qualifications and exceptions generally provide us with the ability to conduct our operations, strategy and finances without any significant impact due to the existence of the covenants. The credit agreement provides that the non-compliance with any of the covenants could be deemed an event of default.

The credit facilities provide that the facilities may be voluntarily repaid before maturity as follows:

 

 

regarding the asset sale facility, at 101.0% of the total nominal value if repayment takes place on or prior to January 30, 2014;

 

 

regarding the two other facilities, at 102.0% of the total nominal value if repayment takes place on or prior to January 30, 2014 or at 101.0% thereof if it takes place on or prior to January 30, 2015.

In addition, the credit facilities provide that the sale of certain assets of the Group may trigger the mandatory pre-payment of some of the facilities.

The proceeds of these facilities will be used for the refinancing of existing near term debt maturities and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Senior Notes. In December 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 (the “Senior Notes”) with an 8.5% coupon for a total nominal value of 500 million. We used the net proceeds of this issuance to partially refinance our convertible/exchangeable bonds (OCEANE) 4.75% due on January 1, 2011. The Senior Notes include covenants restricting, among other things, the Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, buy back equity and make investments in minority interests, (iii) create or incur certain liens and (iv) engage in merger, consolidation or asset sales. These covenants, which are customary in the issuance of high yield bonds, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. We believe that these qualifications and exceptions generally provide us with the ability to conduct our operations, strategy and finances without any significant impact due to the existence of the covenants. The Senior Notes also provide that, if certain instances of change of control occur, we are required to offer to repurchase all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Credit ratings.

At March 7, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent credit ratings were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Corporate
Family rating
    

Long-term

debt

    

Short-term

debt

     Outlook      Last update of
the rating
     Last update of
the outlook
 

Moody’s

     B3         Caa1         Not Prime         Negative         December 4, 2012         December 4, 2012   

Standard & Poor’s

     B         CCC+         B         Negative         December 21, 2012         February 18, 2013   

At March 7, 2013, the credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Long-term debt    Short-term debt    Outlook   

Last update of

the rating

   Last update of the
outlook
Moody’s    Caa2 (1)    n.a    Negative    December 4, 2012    December 4, 2012
Standard & Poor’s    CCC+ (2)    n.a    Negative    December 21, 2012    February 18, 2013

 

(1) Ratings were withdrawn on January 20, 2012 for the Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. bonds and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent.
(2) Except for the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are rated CCC.

 

Moody’s: On December 19, 2012, Moody’s assigned a provisional (P) B1 rating to the 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities described above. This rating will be confirmed following the review of the final transaction documentation.

On December 4, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B2 to B3. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings were downgraded from B3 to Caa1 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from Caa1 to Caa2. The Negative outlook was affirmed.

On August 3, 2012, Moody’s revised its outlook for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating and debt, as well as of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I debts, from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

On May 8, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B1 to B2 and changed the previously Negative outlook on the ratings to Stable. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings

were downgraded from B2 to B3 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., which are

guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from B3 to Caa1.

On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently, Moody’s withdrew the ratings for the unguaranteed legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and for the trust preferred securities issued by Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent. The Negative outlooks were affirmed.

On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook to Negative from Stable. Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family rating of Alcatel-Lucent, as well as of its

 

 

65

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

 

ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Stable to Negative. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

The rating grid of Moody’s ranges from AAA, which is the highest rated class, to C, which is the lowest rated class. Alcatel-Lucent B3 rating is in the B category, which also includes B1 and B2 ratings. Moody’s gives the following definition of its B category: “obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk” and the Caa category: “Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor quality and subject to very high risk”.

Standard & Poor’s: On February 18, 2013, Standard & Poor’s affirmed its B long-term credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and removed them from Credit Watch with negative implication. The outlook is negative. At the same time, the BB- issue rating on the Group’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities closed by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. in January 2013 was affirmed. The other ratings were also affirmed.

On December 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s placed all corporate and issue credit ratings for Alcatel-lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. on Credit Watch with Negative implications. At the same time Standard & Poor’s lowered their issue ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. existing unsecured long-term debt from B to CCC+. The B ratings on Alcatel-Lucent short-term debt were affirmed. Concurrently a BB- rating was assigned to the then proposed 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities described above.

On August 13, 2012, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook for Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

The rating grid of Standard & Poor’s ranges from AAA (the strongest rating) to D (the weakest rating). Our B rating is in the B category, which also includes B+ and B- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the B category: “An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to non-payment than obligations rated “BB” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

The CCC+ rating of the senior unsecured debt of Alcatel-Lucent and the CCC rating for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I is in the CCC category, which also includes a CCC- rating. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the CCC category: “An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

Short-term cash requirements. Our short-term cash requirements are primarily related to funding our operations, including our restructuring programs, capital expenditures and short-term debt repayments.

Restructuring Plans. On July 26, 2012, we launched The Performance Program, with which we expect to achieve additional 750 million in cost savings. This program will involve additional global headcount reductions of around 5,500 employees (revised from 5,000 in November 2012), and actions to exit or restructure unprofitable Managed Services contracts with associated headcount reductions, and unprofitable markets. The Performance Program is expected to be completed by the end of 2013. During 2013, the amount of cash outlays pursuant to our previously-announced restructuring programs and potential additional restructuring actions should be approximately 500 million and therefore substantially higher than that in 2012, which amounted to 340 million. The degree by which the 2013 restructuring cash outlays exceed those of 2012 will depend on how The Performance Program announced in 2012 will be deployed.

Capital Expenditures. For 2013 we expect a somewhat lower level of capital expenditures compared to those in 2012, which amounted to 582 million including capitalization of development expenditures.

Short-term debt. At December 31, 2012, we had 857 million of short-term financial debt outstanding, which included 570 million in carrying value (nominal value of 580 million or U.S.$765 million) of Lucent convertible debenture 2.875 % series B due June 2025 that are redeemable as of June 15, 2013 at the option of holders, and 100 million of payable accrued interest, with the remainder representing bank loans and lines of credit and other financial debt.

Cash flow outlook. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including short-term investments, aggregating  4,929 million as of December 31, 2012, are sufficient to fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months and to pursue our capital expenditures program as planned.

However, in light of the deteriorating macro-economic environment and the competitive pricing environment in certain regions, with its corresponding impact on our profitability, and of the amount of cash used by operating activities during 2012 (see “Liquidity,” above), on July 26, 2012, we launched The Performance Program mentioned above (and described in more detail in Section 4.2, “Highlights of transactions during 2012”, and Section 6.1, “Overview of 2012”) with a view to accelerating the transformation contemplated by our strategic plan, and to reducing costs by  1.25 billion by the end of 2013, when taking into account our fixed and variable costs savings of close to 650 million in 2012.

To the extent that the business environment further materially deteriorates or our customers further reduce their spending plans, or if the credit markets were to limit our access to bid and performance bonds, with a resulting deterioration of our liquidity, we will need to re-evaluate our capital expenditure priorities appropriately. We may also be required to engage in additional restructuring efforts and seek additional sources of capital, which may be difficult if there is no improvement in the market environment and given our limited ability to access the equity and fixed income market at this point.

Long-term debt and total financial debt. At December 31, 2012 we had 3,954 million of long-term financial debt outstanding and therefore a total financial debt, gross at that

 

 

66


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.6 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

date of 4,811 million, compared to 4,619 million at December 31, 2011. We may decide to repurchase some of the bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. before their maturity, using the proceeds of the 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities described above.

Rating clauses affecting our debt

Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s outstanding bonds do not contain clauses that could trigger an accelerated repayment in the event of a lowering of their respective credit ratings.

 

 

6.7    CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

We have certain contractual obligations that extend beyond 2013. Among these obligations, we have long-term debt and interest thereon, finance leases, operating leases, commitments to purchase fixed assets and other unconditional purchase obligations. Our total contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2012 for these items are

presented below based upon the minimum payments we will have to make in the future under such contracts and firm commitments. Amounts related to financial debt, finance lease obligations and the equity component of our convertible bonds are fully reflected in our consolidated statement of financial position included in this annual report.

 

 

(In millions of euros)    Payment deadline         
Contractual payment obligations    Before
December 31,
2013
     2014-2015      2016-2017      2018 and
after
     Total  
Financial debt (excluding finance leases)      843         1,645         1,150         1,150         4,788   
Finance lease obligations (1)      14         7         2         -         23   
Equity component of convertible bonds      11         120         63         -         194   
Sub-total - included in statement of financial position      868         1,772         1,215         1,150         5,005   
Finance costs on financial debt (2)      259         421         235         918         1,833   
Operating leases      197         268         178         229         872   
Commitments to purchase fixed assets      34         -         -         -         34   
Unconditional purchase obligations (3)      709         455         267         223         1,654   
Sub total - commitments not included in statement of financial position      1,199         1,144         680         1,370         4,393   

Total contractual obligations (4)

     2,067         2,916         1,895         2,520         9,398   

 

(1) Of which 10 million related to a finance leaseback arrangement concerning IT infrastructure assets sold to Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”). See “Outsourcing Transactions” below.

 

(2) To compute finance costs on financial debt, all put dates have been considered as redemption dates. For debentures with calls but no puts, call dates have not been considered as redemption dates. Further details on put and call dates are given in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements. If all outstanding debentures at December 31, 2012 were not redeemed at their respective put dates, an additional finance cost of approximately 235 million would be incurred until redemption at their respective contractual maturities (of which 77 million would be incurred in 2014-2017 and 139 million in 2018 or later).

 

(3) Of which 1,109 million relate to commitments made to HP pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement and the IT outsourcing transaction entered into with HP, described in “Outsourcing Transactions” below. Other unconditional purchase obligations result mainly from obligations under multi-year supply contracts linked to the sale of businesses to third parties.

 

(4) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table (refer to Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

67

    6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

On December 31, 2012, our off-balance sheet commitments and contingencies amounted to 1,938 million, consisting primarily of 1,217 million in guarantees on long-term contracts for the supply of telecommunications equipment and services by our consolidated and non-consolidated subsidiaries. Generally, we provide these guarantees to back performance bonds issued to customers through financial institutions. These performance bonds and counter-guarantees are standard industry practice and are routinely provided in long-term supply contracts. If certain events occur subsequent to our including these commitments within our off-balance sheet contingencies, such as delays in promised

delivery or claims related to an alleged failure by us to perform on our long-term contracts, or the failure by one of our customers to meet its payment obligations, we reserve the estimated risk on our consolidated statement of financial position under the line items “Provisions” or “Amounts due to/from our customers on construction contracts,” or in inventory reserves. Not included in the 1,938 million is approximately 226 million in customer financing commitment provided by us.

With respect to guarantees given for contract performance, only those issued by us to back guarantees granted by financial institutions are presented in the table below.

 

 

Off-balance sheet contingent commitments given in the normal course of business are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Guarantees given on contracts made by entities within the Group and by non-consolidated subsidiaries      1,217         1,210         1,107   
Discounted notes receivable with recourse (1)      1         1         2   
Other contingent commitments (2)      716         834         1,044   

Sub-total - contingent commitments

     1,934         2,045         2,153   
Secured borrowings (3)      4         11         15   
Cash pooling guarantee (4)      -         -         540   
Total (5)      1,938         2,056         2,708   

 

(1) Amounts reported in this line item are related to discounting of receivables with recourse only. Total amounts of receivables discounted without recourse are disclosed in Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

(2) Excluding the guarantee given to Louis Dreyfus Armateurs described below.

 

(3) Excluding the subordinated guarantees described below on certain bonds.

 

(4) The cash pooling guarantee was granted to the banks operating the Group’s cash pooling until December 31, 2011. This guarantee covered the risk involved in any overdrawn position that could remain outstanding after the many daily transfers between Alcatel-Lucent’s Central Treasury accounts and those of its subsidiaries.

 

(5) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table. Refer to Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of our expected contributions to these plans.

 

The amounts of guarantees given on contracts reflected in the preceding table represent the maximum potential amounts of future payments (undiscounted) we could be required to make under current guarantees granted by us. These amounts do not reflect any amounts that may be recovered under recourse, collateralization provisions in the guarantees or guarantees given by customers for our benefit. In addition, most of the parent company guarantees and performance bonds given to our customers are insured; therefore, the estimated exposure related to the guarantees set forth in the preceding table may be reduced by insurance proceeds that we may receive in case of a claim.

Commitments related to product warranties and pension and post-retirement benefits are not included in the preceding table. These commitments are fully reflected in our 2012 consolidated financial statements.Contingent liabilities arising out of litigation, arbitration or regulatory actions are not included in the preceding table either, with the exception of those linked to the guarantees given on our long-term contracts.

Commitments related to contracts that have been cancelled or interrupted due to the default or bankruptcy of the customer are included in the above-mentioned “Guarantees given on

contracts made by Group entities and by non-consolidated subsidiaries as long as the legal release of the guarantee has not been obtained.

Guarantees given on third-party long-term contracts could require us to make payments to the guaranteed party based on a non-consolidated company’s failure to perform under an agreement. The fair value of these contingent liabilities, corresponding to the premium to be received by the guarantor for issuing the guarantee, was almost 0 million as of December 31, 2012 (1 million as of December 31, 2011).

In connection with our consent solicitation to amend the indenture pursuant to which Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures due 2023 and 2.875% Series B convertible debentures due 2025 were issued, on December 29, 2006, we issued a full and unconditional guaranty of these debentures. The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of our senior debt and is pari passu with our other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations. These subordinated guarantees are not included in the preceding table.

 

 

68


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

Outsourcing transactions

Outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard

On October 29, 2009, we entered into a major IT outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”)., with an effective date of December 1, 2009, and at the same time we entered into a ten-year sales cooperation agreement with HP.

The IT outsourcing transaction provides for HP to transform and manage a large part of our IT infrastructure. As part of an initial 18-month transition and transformation phase (referred to as the “T&T phase”), HP invested its own resources to transform our global IT/IS platforms. As a result, we are committed to restructuring our IT/IS operations, which is estimated to cost 200 million over ten years. These restructuring costs, which include severance costs and the costs of transferring certain legal entities and resources to HP, are recognized as incurred, starting in 2010. 31 million of these restructuring costs were incurred during 2012 (22 million in 2011). In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2011 we signed an amendment with HP relating to a supplemental 42 million of T&T costs to be incurred by us (including 6 million of onerous lease, that is, a lease commitment with no corresponding use of the leased premises or asset). 6 million of these supplemental costs were incurred during 2012 (10 million in 2011).

As part of the transfer of resources, in 2010 we sold to HP IT infrastructure assets under a sale and finance leaseback arrangement, the payment obligations for which are included in “Finance lease obligations” in the contractual payments obligations table above, representing a 10 million finance lease obligation as of December 31, 2012 (13 million as of December 31, 2011).

Also as part of the overall arrangement with HP, we committed to purchase approximately 514 million of HP goods and services (this amount increased by 62 million as of 2011 because the duration of the commitment increased by one year, until 2014). Of the total amount of approximately 514 million in purchase commitment, 311 million represent our commitment to effect annual purchases over the five-year period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014 in an annual amount equal to 62 million, which is the annual amount we spent for HP goods and services from November 1, 2008 through October 31, 2009, and 202 million represent our commitment to effect incremental purchases over the same five-year period of HP goods and services to be used in the context of customer networks. As of December 31, 2012, our remaining total purchase commitment was 226 million (276 million as of December 31, 2011). The finance lease obligations and the unconditional purchase commitments related to the HP outsourcing transaction are included in the contractual payment obligations table presented above, in the lines “Finance lease obligations” and “Unconditional purchase obligations”.

The two following commitments were included in the HP agreement:

 

 

a minimum value commitment regarding the amount of IT managed services to be purchased or procured by us from HP and/or any HP affiliates over ten years, for a total amount of 1,408 million (which amount includes 120 million of the 200 million restructuring costs mentioned above) and with a remaining commitment of

   

778 million as of December 31, 2012 ( 976 million as of December 31, 2011); and

 

 

a commitment to make certain commercial efforts related to the development of sales pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement, including through the establishment of dedicated teams, representing a minimum investment of 298 million over ten years (with a remaining commitment of 105 million as of December 31, 2012 (164 million as of December 31, 2011)).

These two commitments are included in the contractual payment obligations table above in the line “Unconditional purchase obligations” for the remaining balance as of December 31, 2012.

Other Commitments — Contract Manufacturers /Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) providers

We outsource a significant amount of manufacturing activity to a limited number of electronic manufacturing service (EMS) providers. The EMSs manufacture products using Alcatel-Lucent’s design specifications and they test platforms in line with quality assurance programs and standards established by Alcatel-Lucent. EMSs are required to procure components and sub-assemblies that are used to manufacture products based on our demand forecasts from suppliers in our approved supplier lists.

Generally, we do not own the components and sub-assemblies purchased by the EMS and title to the products is generally transferred from the EMS providers to us upon delivery. We record the inventory purchases upon transfer of title from the EMS to us. We establish provisions for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical trends and future expected demand. This analysis includes excess and obsolete inventory owned by EMSs that is manufactured on our behalf, and excess and obsolete inventory that will result from non-cancellable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) component and sub-assembly orders that the EMSs have with their suppliers for parts meant to be integrated into our products. In 2012, we recorded a charge of 25 million for excess inventory commitments with our EMS providers compared to a charge of 6 million in 2011.

We generally do not have minimum purchase obligations in our contract-manufacturing relationships with EMS providers and therefore the contractual payment obligations table presented above under the heading “Contractual Obligations” does not include any commitments related to EMS providers.

Letter of Indemnity in favor of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs

During the first half of 2011, we provided a letter of Indemnity (“LOI”) in favor of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs (“LDA”), our co-venturer in Alda Marine, our jointly-controlled entity, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify LDA in respect of any losses arising out of exposure of crews to radiation from the nuclear power plant at Fukushima, in connection with the repairs conducted by Alcatel-Lucent during the second quarter of 2011 on a submarine cable system, which required the use of vessels managed by LDA.

 

 

69

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

 

Our aggregate potential liability under this LOI may not exceed 50 million, as increased annually by the lower of (i) 5% and (ii) the percentage rate of revaluation of crew salaries awarded by LDA. This LOI expires on April 15, 2081.

As the levels of radiation measured during the repairs were always below the critical level as defined by the IRSN (Institut de Radioprotection et de Sûreté Nucléaire), the risk of payment pursuant to the indemnity is considered remote as of December 31, 2012.

Specific commitments — Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Separation Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to various agreements that were entered into in connection with the separation of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and former affiliates, including AT&T, Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere Systems, before its merger with LSI corporation in April 2007) and NCR Corporation. Pursuant to these agreements, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the former affiliates agreed to allocate certain liabilities related to each other’s business, and have agreed to share liabilities based on certain allocations and thresholds. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has a provision of 15 million as of December 31, 2012 for a claim asserted by NCR Corporation relating to NCR Corporation’s liabilities for the environmental clean-up of the Fox River in Wisconsin, USA. In 2012, a payment of 1 million was made to NCR Corporation and a reversal of this provision in the amount of 1 million was accounted for based upon NCR Corporation’s reduction of the amount of the claim it asserted against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent (a reversal of 3 million was accounted for in 2011). Future developments in connection with the Fox River claim may warrant additional adjustments of existing provisions. We are not aware of any material liabilities to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s former affiliates as a result of the separation agreements that are not otherwise reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Nevertheless, it is possible that potential liabilities for which the former affiliates bear primary responsibility may lead to contributions by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. beyond amounts currently reserved.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Guarantees and Indemnification Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. divested certain businesses and assets through sales to third-party purchasers and spin-offs to the other common shareowners of the businesses spun off. In connection with these transactions, certain direct or indirect indemnifications were provided to the buyers or other third parties doing business with the divested entities. These indemnifications include secondary liability for certain leases of real property and equipment assigned to the divested entity and specific indemnifications for certain legal and environmental contingencies, as well as vendor supply commitments. The durations of such indemnifications vary but are standard for transactions of this nature.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. remains secondarily liable for approximately U.S.$47 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2012 (U.S.$59 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2011), that were assigned to Avaya, LSI Corporation and purchasers of other businesses that were

divested. The remaining terms of these assigned leases and the corresponding guarantees range from one month to eight years. The primary obligor of the assigned leases may terminate or restructure the lease before its original maturity and thereby relieve Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. of its secondary liability. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. generally has the right to receive indemnity or reimbursement from the assignees and we have not reserved for losses on this form of guarantee.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to a tax-sharing agreement to indemnify AT&T and is liable for tax adjustments that are attributable to its lines of business, as well as a portion of certain other shared tax adjustments, during the years prior to its separation from AT&T. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has similar agreements with Avaya and LSI Corporation. Certain proposed or assessed tax adjustments are subject to these tax-sharing agreements. We do not expect that the outcome of these other matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or near-term liquidity.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent public bonds

On March 27, 2007, Alcatel-Lucent Inc. issued a full and unconditional guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent’s 6.375% notes due 2014 (the principal amount of which was 462 million on each of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011). The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s senior debt and is pari passu with Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations.

Customer financing

Based on standard industry practice, from time to time we extend financing to our customers by granting extended payment terms, making direct loans, and providing guarantees to third-party financing sources. More generally, as part of our business, we routinely enter into long-term contracts involving significant amounts to be paid by our customers over time.

As of December 31, 2012, net of reserves, we had an exposure of approximately 154 million under drawn customer-financing arrangements, representing approximately 145 million of deferred payments and loans, and 9 million of guarantees. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had further commitments to provide customer financing for approximately 33 million. It is possible that these further commitments will expire without our having to actually provide the committed financing.

Outstanding customer financing and undrawn commitments are monitored by assessing, among other things, each customer’s short-term and long-term liquidity positions, the customer’s current operating performance versus plan, the execution challenges faced by the customer, changes in the competitive landscape, and the customer’s management experience and depth. When we detect potential problems, we take mitigating actions, which may include the cancellation of undrawn commitments. Although by taking such actions we may be able to limit the total amount of our exposure, we still may suffer losses to the extent of the drawn and guaranteed amounts.

 

 

70


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.7 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

CUSTOMER CREDIT APPROVAL PROCESS AND RISKS

We engage in a thorough credit approval process prior to providing financing to our customers or guarantees to financial institutions, which provide financing to our customers. Any significant undertakings have to be approved by a central Trade and Project Finance group, and in some cases, be assessed by a central Financial Analysis and Risk Assessment Team, each independent from our commercial departments.

We continually monitor and manage the credit we have extended to our customers, and attempt to limit credit risks by, in some cases, obtaining security interests or by securitizing or transferring to banks or export credit agencies a portion of the risk associated with this financing.

Although, as discussed above, we engage in a rigorous credit approval process and have taken actions to limit our exposure to customer credit risks, if economic conditions and conditions in the telecommunications industry in particular were to deteriorate, leading to the financial failure of our customers, we may realize losses on credit we extended and loans we made to our customers, on guarantees provided for our customers and losses relating to our commercial risk exposure

under long-term contracts, as well as the loss of our customer’s ongoing business. In such a context, should customers fail to meet their obligations to us, we may experience reduced cash flows and losses in excess of reserves, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

For 2013, we expect a somewhat lower level of capital expenditures compared to 2012, when such expenditures amounted to 582 million including capitalization of development expenses. We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and funding arrangements, provide us with adequate flexibility to meet our short-term and long-term financial obligations and to pursue our capital expenditure program as planned. To the extent that the business environment materially deteriorates or our customers reduce their spending plans, we will need to re-evaluate our capital expenditure priorities appropriately. We may also be required to engage in additional restructuring efforts and seek additional sources of capital, which may be difficult if there is no continued improvement in the market environment and given our limited ability to access the equity and fixed income market at this point.

 

 

6.8    OUTLOOK

In the lender documentation related to the 2013 senior secured credit facilities (described in Section 6 “Liquidity and capital resources”), we disclosed 2015 targets for: (i) revenues to grow modestly to 15.2 billion by 2015; (ii) gross margin to be in the range of 35% to 37% of 2015 revenues; and (iii) an operating margin before restructuring costs, gain/loss on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets, litigations and postretirement benefit plan amendments (excluding the negative non-cash impacts of Lucent’s purchase price allocation) of 6% to 9% of 2015 revenues. This information was made available to the public by way of a Form 6-K that was furnished to the SEC on January 9, 2013 (the information in such Form 6-K is not being incorporated by reference in this Annual Report), and on our web site.

6.9    QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We enter into derivative financial instruments primarily to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our policy is not to take speculative positions. Our strategies to reduce exchange and interest rate risk have served to mitigate, but not eliminate, the positive or negative impact of exchange and interest rate fluctuations.

Derivative financial instruments held by us at December 31, 2012 were mostly hedges of existing or future financial or commercial transactions or were related to issued debt.

The largest portion of our issued debt is in euro and U.S. dollar. We use interest rate derivatives to convert a part of the fixed rate debt into floating rate in order to cover the interest rate risk.

COUNTERPARTY RISK

For our marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments, we are exposed to credit risk

if a counterparty defaults on its financial commitments to us. This risk is monitored daily, with strict limits based on the counterparties’ rating. All of our counterparties were classified in the investment grade category as of December 31, 2012. The exposure of each market counterparty is calculated taking into account the fair value of the underlying market instruments.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

Since we conduct commercial and industrial operations throughout the world, we are exposed to foreign currency risk. We use derivative financial instruments to protect ourselves against fluctuations of foreign currencies which have an impact on our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Future transactions mainly relate to firm commercial contracts and forecasted transactions. Firm commercial contracts and forecasted transactions are hedged by forward foreign exchange transactions. The duration of future transactions that are not firmly committed does not usually exceed 18 months.

 

 

71

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.9 QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

 

INTEREST RATE RISK ON FINANCIAL DEBT, NET

In the event of an interest rate decrease, the fair value of our fixed-rate debt would increase and it would be more costly for us to repurchase it (not taking into account that an increased credit spread reduces the value of the debt).

In the table below, the potential change in fair value for interest rate sensitive instruments is based on a hypothetical and immediate one percent fall or rise for 2012 and 2011, in interest rates across all maturities and for all currencies. Interest rate sensitive instruments are fixed-rate, long-term debt or swaps and marketable securities.

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
(In millions of euros)  

Booked

value

    Fair
value
    Fair value
variation
if rates fall
by 1% (3)
    Fair value
variation
if rates rise
by 1%
   

Booked

value

    Fair
value
    Fair value
variation
if rates fall
by 1% (3)
    Fair value
variation
if rates rise
by 1%
 

Assets

                                                               

Marketable securities

    1,528        1,528        6        (6)        939        939        6        (6)   

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

    3,401        3,401        -        -        3,534        3,534        -        -   

Liabilities (2)

                                                               

Convertible bonds

    (2,179)        (2,217)        (40)        39        (2,015)        (1,812)        (39)        37   

Non convertible bonds

    (2,118)        (1,943)        (105)        95        (2,236)        (1,874)        (104)        94   

Other financial debt

    (514)        (514)        -        -        (368)        (368)        -        -   

Interest rate derivatives

    33        33        1        (7)        36        36        12        (12)   

Loan to co-venturer -financial asset

    8        8        -        -        18        18        -        -   

Debt/cash position before FX derivatives

    159        296        (144)        127        (92)        473        (125)        113   

Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other

current and non-current assets

    2        2        -        -        57        57        -        -   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt - other current and non-current liabilities     (35)        (35)        -        -        (5)        (5)        -        -   

Debt/cash position

    126        263        (144)        127        (40)        525        (125)        113   

 

(1) For cash and cash equivalents, the booked value is considered as a good estimation of the fair value.

 

(2) Over 98% of our bonds have been issued with fixed rates. At each of year-end 2012 and 2011 the fair value of our long-term debt was lower than its booked value due to our high credit spread, but the difference is lower in 2012 than in 2011 due to the relative decrease of such spread.

 

(3) If the interest rate is negative after the decrease of 1%, the sensitivity is calculated with an interest rate equal to 0%.

 

The fair value of the instruments in the table above is calculated with market standard financial software according to the market parameters prevailing on December 31, 2012.

FAIR VALUE HEDGE AND CASH FLOW HEDGE

The ineffective portion of changes in fair value hedges and cash flow hedges was a profit of 1 million at December 31, 2012 compared to a loss of 1 million at December 31, 2011. We did not have any amount excluded from the measure of effectiveness.

NET INVESTMENT HEDGE

We have stopped using investment hedges in foreign subsidiaries. At each of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no derivatives that qualified as investment hedges.

EQUITY RISKS

We may use derivative instruments to manage the equity investments in listed companies that we hold in our portfolio. We may sell call options on shares held in our portfolio and any profit would be measured by the difference between our book value for such securities and the exercise price of the option, plus the premium received.

We may also use derivative instruments on our shares held in treasury. Such transactions are authorized as part of the stock repurchase program approved at our shareholders’ general meeting held on June 8, 2012.

We do not currently have any derivative instruments in place on investments in listed companies or on our shares held in treasury.

Additional information regarding market and credit risks, including the hedging instruments used, is provided in Note 30 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

72


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

6.10    LEGAL MATTERS

 

In addition to legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business (including employment-related collective actions in France and the United States) which management believes are adequately reserved against in the financial statements (see Note 29c to our consolidated financial statements) or will not result in any significant costs to the Group, Alcatel-Lucent is involved in the following legal proceedings.

ACTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS

a/ Costa Rican Actions

Beginning in early October 2004, Alcatel-Lucent learned that investigations had been launched in Costa Rica by the Costa Rican prosecutors and the National Congress, regarding payments made by consultants allegedly on behalf of Alcatel CIT, a French subsidiary now called Alcatel-Lucent France (“CIT”), or other Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries to various public officials in Costa Rica, two political parties in Costa Rica and representatives of Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (ICE), the state-owned telephone company, in connection with the procurement by CIT of several contracts for network equipment and services from ICE. Upon learning of these allegations, Alcatel commenced an investigation into this matter.

In connection with the Costa Rica allegations, on July 27, 2007, the Costa Rican Prosecutor’s Office indicted eleven individuals, including the former president of Alcatel de Costa Rica, on charges of aggravated corruption, unlawful enrichment, simulation, fraud and others. Three of those individuals have since pled guilty. Shortly thereafter, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office and ICE, acting as victims of this criminal case, each filed amended civil claims against the eleven criminal defendants, as well as five additional civil defendants (one individual and four corporations, including CIT) seeking compensation for damages in the amounts of U.S.$52 million (in the case of the Attorney General’s Office) and U.S.$20 million (in the case of ICE). The Attorney General’s claim supersedes two prior claims, of November 25, 2004 and August 31, 2006. On November 25, 2004, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office commenced a civil lawsuit against CIT to seek pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to the people and the Treasury of Costa Rica, and for the loss of prestige suffered by the Nation of Costa Rica (social damages). The ICE claim, which supersedes its prior claim of February 1, 2005, seeks pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to ICE and its customers, for the harm to the reputation of ICE resulting from these events (moral damages), and for damages resulting from an alleged overpricing it was forced to pay under its contract with CIT. During preliminary court hearings held in San José during September 2008, ICE filed a report in which the damages allegedly caused by CIT are valued at U.S.$71.6 million. The trial of the criminal case, including the related civil claims, started on April 14, 2010. In December 2012, the Court of Appeals in the criminal matter declared all of the defendants not guilty, though Alcatel-Lucent does not know yet under what grounds as it has not yet been served with the

judgment; accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent cannot yet determine what will be the impact of such decision on the claims against CIT.

Alcatel-Lucent settled the Attorney General’s social damages claims in return for a payment by CIT of approximately U.S.$10 million. ICE pretends that their civil claims are not included in the settlement with the Attorney General, and proceeded to take such civil claims to trial with the criminal claims. On April 5, 2011, the trial was closed by the Tribunal. The Tribunal rendered its verdict on April 27, 2011, and declined on procedural grounds to rule on ICE’s related civil claims against Alcatel-Lucent, which were dismissed. The criminal court issued its full written ruling on May 25, 2011. The corresponding reserve previously booked for an amount of 2 million was fully reversed during the second quarter 2011.

Additionally, in August 2007, ICE notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to terminate the 2001 contract for CIT to install 400,000 GSM cellular telephone lines (the “400KL GSM Contract), in connection with which ICE is claiming compensation of U.S.$59.8 million for damages and loss of income. By March 2008, CIT and ICE concluded negotiations of a draft settlement agreement for the implementation of a “Get Well Plan,” in full and final settlement of the above-mentioned claim. This settlement agreement was not approved by ICE’s Board of Directors which resolved, instead, to resume the aforementioned administrative proceedings to terminate the operations and maintenance portion of the 400KL GSM Contract, claim penalties and damages in the amount of U.S.$59.8 million and call the performance bond. CIT was notified of the termination by ICE of this portion of the 400 KL GSM Contract on June 23, 2008. ICE has made additional damages claims and penalty assessments related to the 400KL GSM Contract that bring the overall exposure under the contract to U.S.$78.1 million in the aggregate, of which ICE has collected U.S.$5.9 million.

In June 2008, CIT filed an administrative appeal against the termination mentioned above. ICE called the performance bond in August 2008, and on September 16, 2008 CIT was served notice of ICE’s request for payment of the remainder amount of damages claimed, U.S.$44.7 million. On September 17, 2008, the Costa Rican Supreme Court ruled on the appeal filed by CIT stating that: (i) the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to be reimbursed to CIT and (ii) the U.S.$44.7 million claim is to remain suspended until final resolution by the competent court of the case. Following a clarification request filed by ICE, the Court finally decided that the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to remain deposited in an escrow account held by the Court, until final resolution of the case. On October 8, 2008, CIT filed a claim against ICE requesting the court to overrule ICE’s partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract and claiming compensation for the damages caused to CIT. In January 2009, ICE filed its response to CIT’s claim. At a court hearing on March 25, 2009, ICE ruled out entering into settlement discussions with CIT. On April 20, 2009, CIT filed a petition to the Court to recover the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount and offered the replacement of such bond with a new bond that will guarantee the results of the final decision of the

 

 

73

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

 

Court. CIT appealed the Court’s rejection of such petition and the appeal was resolved on March 18, 2010 in favor of CIT. As a consequence of this decision, CIT will collect the aforementioned U.S.$15.1 million amount upon submission to the Court of a bank guarantee for an equivalent amount. A hearing originally scheduled for June 1, 2009 was suspended due to ICE’s decision not to present to the Court the complete administrative file wherein ICE decided the partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract. The case is expected to be set for trial in 2013.

On October 14, 2008, the Costa Rican authorities notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to ban CIT from government procurement contracts in Costa Rica for up to 5 years. The administrative proceeding was suspended on December 8, 2009 pending the resolution of the criminal case mentioned above. In March 2010, CIT was notified of a new administrative proceeding whereby ICE seeks to ban CIT from procurement contracts, as a consequence of alleged material breaches under the 400KL GSM Contract (in particular, in connection with failures related to road coverage and quality levels).

On May 3, 2012, ICE filed before the Tribunal Contencioso Administrativo y Civil de Hacienda of Costa Rica a new claim against a number of Alcatel-Lucent legal entities with regards to the corruption matter that was investigated by and settled with the Costa Rican and United States authorities. The ICE claim totals 14 million. With regards to this last claim, no reserves have been booked as it is Alcatel-Lucent’s position that this matter has been fully settled with the Costa Rican Prosecution Office in 2010.

If the Costa Rican authorities conclude criminal violations have occurred, CIT may be banned from participating in government procurement contracts within Costa Rica for a certain period. Alcatel-Lucent generated 2.8 million in revenue from Costa Rican contracts in 2012 and expects to generate approximately 2.1 million of revenues in 2013. Based on the amount of revenue expected from these contracts, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe a loss of business in Costa Rica would have a material adverse effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole. However, these events may have a negative impact on the reputation of Alcatel-Lucent in Latin America.

Alcatel-Lucent has recognized a provision in connection with the various ongoing proceedings in Costa Rica when reliable estimates of the probable future outflow were available.

b/ Investigations in France

French authorities carried out or are carrying out investigations into certain conduct by Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries in Costa Rica, Kenya, Nigeria, and French Polynesia.

With respect to Costa Rica, French authorities are investigating CIT’s payments to consultants in the Costa Rica matter described above.

With respect to the investigation to ascertain whether inappropriate payments were made to Kenyan public officials as a result of consultant payments made in 2000 in connection with a supply contract between CIT and a privately-owned company in Kenya, on November 7, 2012,

the French authorities closed their investigation without filing charges.

With respect to Nigeria, French authorities have requested that Alcatel-Lucent produce further documents related to payments made by its subsidiaries to certain consultants in Nigeria. Alcatel-Lucent has responded to the request and is continuing to cooperate with the investigating authorities.

The investigation with respect to French Polynesia concerns the conduct of Alcatel-Lucent’s telecommunication submarine system subsidiary, Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks (“ASN”), and certain former employees of Alcatel-Lucent in relation to a project for a telecommunication submarine cable between Tahiti and Hawaii awarded to ASN in 2007 by the state-owned telecom agency of French Polynesia (“OPT”). On September 23, 2009, four of those former employees were charged (“mis en examen”) with aiding and abetting favoritism in connection with the award by OPT of this public procurement project. On November 23, 2009, ASN was charged with benefitting from favoritism (“recel de favoritisme”) in connection with the same alleged favoritism. Alcatel-Lucent commenced, and is continuing, an investigation into this matter. In March 2011, several current or former public officials of French Polynesia were charged with either favoritism or aiding and abetting favoritism.

Alcatel-Lucent is unable to predict the outcome of these investigations and their potential effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business. In particular, if ASN were convicted of a criminal violation, the French courts could, among other things, fine ASN and/or ban it from participating in French public procurement contracts for a certain period. ASN generated approximately 2.1 million of revenues from French public procurement contracts in 2012 and expects to generate approximately 9.2 million of revenues in 2013. Accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe that a loss of business as a result of such a ban would have a material effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole.

c/ Investigation in Nigeria

On February 21, 2013, we were advised that the Nigerian anticorruption authorities have commenced an investigation regarding the alleged mismanagement of the National Rural Telephony Project and the involvement of Alcatel-Lucent Nigeria Ltd (“ALU Nigeria”) and other vendors in such project. Our Chinese joint venture Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell (“ASB”) entered into a contract with the Nigerian government for Phase I of this project on June 5, 2002. By an amendment dated April 4, 2003 the contract was assigned to a consortium including ASB and a state-owned Chinese engineering company named China National Machinery and Equipment Import and Export Corporation (“CMEC”). ALU Nigeria was not a party to the consortium, but acted as a subcontractor for the project. Phase I of this project was accepted by the Nigerian government. On December 27, 2006, ASB and CMEC entered into a contract with the Nigerian government for Phase II of this project, and our portion of the contract was assigned to CMEC on February 1, 2007. Phase II of the project was never performed due to a lack of financing. At this early stage we do not have any more detail as to the nature of the alleged mismanagement. We are cooperating with this investigation and have launched an internal review into this matter.

 

 

74


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.10 LEGAL MATTERS

 

Effect of the Various Proceedings

Governmental investigations and legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties and the outcomes thereof are difficult to predict. Consequently, Alcatel-Lucent is unable to estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters. Because of the uncertainties of government investigations and legal proceedings, one or more of these matters could ultimately result in material monetary payments by Alcatel-Lucent beyond those to be made by reason of the various settlement agreements described in Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements.

Except for these governmental investigations and legal proceedings and their possible consequences as set forth above, we are not aware, as of the date this document is being published, of any legal proceeding or governmental investigation (including any suspended or threatened proceeding) against Alcatel-Lucent and/or its subsidiaries that could have a material impact on the financial situation or profitability of the Group.

 

 

6.11    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

EXPENDITURES

In 2012, in absolute value, 16.1% of revenues were spent in innovation and in supporting our various product lines. These expenditures amounted to 2.3 billion before capitalization of development expenses and capital gain (loss) on disposal of fixed assets, and excluding the impact of the purchase price allocation entries of the business combination with Lucent, which represents a decrease of 2.5% from the 2.4 billion spent in 2011, but an increase as a percent of revenues, from 15.2% in 2011. The 100 million decrease in R&D expenses reflects a reduction in spending on legacy technologies in an effort to reduce overall costs, while focusing most of our spending on new product development across our portfolio. A majority of our R&D expenses were used to support our High Leverage Network™ portfolio, which includes, but is not limited to, LTE and lightRadio™ within our wireless division, the new 7950 XRS Core router within our IP division, our 400 Gbps Photonic Service Engine (PSE) within our Optics division and VDSL2 vectoring & bonding within our wireline division.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

In accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, research and development expenses are recorded as expenses in the year in which they are incurred, except for development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

 

 

the project is clearly defined, and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

 

 

the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

 

 

the ability to use or sell the products created during the project;

 

 

the intention exists to finish the project and use or sell the products created during the project;

 

 

a potential market for the products created during the project exists or their usefulness, in case of internal use, is demonstrated, leading one to believe that the project will generate probable future economic benefits; and

 

 

adequate resources are available to complete the project.

These development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the projects or the products they are incorporated within. The amortization of capitalized development costs begins as soon as the related product is released.

Specifically for software, useful life is determined as follows:

 

 

in case of internal use: over its probable service lifetime; and

 

 

in case of external use: according to prospects for sale, rental or other forms of distribution.

Capitalized software development costs are those incurred during the programming, codification and testing phases. Costs incurred during the design and planning, product definition and product specification stages are accounted for as expenses.

The amortization of capitalized software costs during a reporting period is the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product and (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the software or the product they are incorporated within.

The amortization of internal use software capitalized development costs is accounted for by function depending on the beneficiary function.

Customer design engineering costs (recoverable amounts disbursed under the terms of contracts with customers), are included in work in progress on construction contracts.

With regard to business combinations, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to in-process research and development projects that may be significant. As part of the process of analyzing these business combinations, Alcatel-Lucent may make the decision to buy technology that has not yet been commercialized rather than develop the technology internally. Decisions of this nature consider existing opportunities for Alcatel-Lucent to stay at the forefront of rapid technological advances in the telecommunications-data networking industry.

 

 

75

   6


Table of Contents

6

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

6.11 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - EXPENDITURES

 

 

The fair value of in-process research and development acquired in business combinations is usually based on present value calculations of income, an analysis of the project’s accomplishments and an evaluation of the overall contribution of the project, and the project’s risks.

The revenue projection used to value in-process research and development is based on estimates of relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by Alcatel-Lucent and its competitors. Future net cash flows from such projects are based on management’s estimates of such projects’ cost of sales, operating expenses and income taxes.

The value assigned to purchase in-process research and development is also adjusted to reflect the stage of completion, the complexity of the work completed to date, the difficulty of completing the remaining development, costs already incurred, and the projected cost to complete the projects.

Such value is determined by discounting the net cash flows to their present value. The selection of the discount rate is based

on Alcatel-Lucent’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted upward to reflect additional risks inherent in the development life cycle.

Capitalized development costs considered as assets (either generated internally and capitalized or reflected in the purchase price of a business combination) are generally amortized over three to ten years.

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets,” whenever events or changes in market conditions indicate a risk of impairment of intangible assets, a detailed review is carried

out in order to determine whether the net carrying amount of such assets remains lower than their recoverable amount, which is defined as the greater of fair value (less costs to sell) and value in use. Value in use is measured by discounting the expected future cash flows from continuing use of the asset and its ultimate disposal.

If the recoverable value is lower than the net carrying value, the difference between the two amounts is recorded as an impairment loss. Impairment losses for intangible assets with finite useful lives can be reversed if the recoverable value becomes higher than the net carrying value (but not exceeding the loss initially recorded).

At the end of 2012 we had indications that capitalized development costs related to GSM and CDMA technologies (both in our wireless division) may be impaired. The main triggering event was the faster than anticipated replacement of these technologies by the new LTE technology. Impairment tests of these assets were therefore conducted, and as a result capitalized development costs were subject to impairment losses of 122 million in 2012 (compared to 11 million in 2011).

An impairment loss on other intangible assets of 191 million was also accounted for in 2012 in the wireless division, including mainly 136 million of customer relationships and 50 million of CDMA acquired technology, both initially accounted for in the context of the merger with Lucent in 2006. Impairment losses of 4 million were recorded in 2011.

APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES TO CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT ACQUISITIONS

We did not make any significant acquisitions in 2011 and 2012.

 

 

76


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

7    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors governed by the provisions of Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, describes the composition of the Board and how it prepares and organizes its work as well as the internal control and risk management procedures which the Company has implemented. The following topics required to be included in the report are dealt with in Chapter 7 “Corporate Governance” or elsewhere, as indicated:

 

 

the composition of the Board of Directors, the limitations of the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and the preparation and organization of the work of the Board of Directors and of the Committees, in Section 7.1 “Chairman’s corporate governance report”;

 

 

the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Chief Executive Officer (“Executive Directors”(1)), in Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives” relating to the compensation policy and commitments concerning retirement for Executive Directors and performance shares and stock option grants to the Executive Directors;

 

 

the procedures of internal control and risk management, see Section 3 “Report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors – Internal control and risk management” of the “2012 Additional Information” available in our website at www.alcatel-lucent.com;

 

 

the attendance of shareholders at the shareholders’ meeting and the information required by Article L. 225-100-3 of the French Commercial Code which may have an effect in the event of a takeover bid, in respectively Section 10.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law”, Section 10.6 “Other information on the share capital”, and Section 10.8 “General Shareholders’ Meeting”.

 

7.1    CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

7.1.1 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION OF OUR COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT

Principles of corporate governance

Alcatel Lucent is compliant with the AFEP-MEDEF Code of corporate governance for listed companies (the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”) (see MEDEF website: www.medef.fr). At its meetings on October 29 and December 11, 2008, our Board of Directors confirmed, and then published, its adherence to these principles, which govern, among other things, the operating rules of our Board of Directors and its Committees, as described in the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules

Our corporate governance policy reflects the principles of the AFEP-MEDEF Code to the extent that those principles are in line with the organization, the situation and the means of the Company. Such is not the case on the two following points:

 

AFEP-MEDEF Code   

 

  Alcatel Lucent’s position
Criterion according to which a director is not independent if his total term of office exceeds 12 years.      The competence and experience of a Director, as well as his good knowledge of the Group, are privileged since these assets do not represent a source of conflict of interest. Moreover, this AFEP-MEDEF independence criterion is not included in the requirements of the NYSE (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”), and is sometimes criticized by scholars.
Criterion according to which the benefit of an additional pension scheme shall be conditioned on the presence of the beneficiary in the company when he claims his rights, and to reasonable requirements of seniority.        In line with what is provided for the other beneficiaries of the additional pension scheme, the benefit of an additional pension scheme for the Chief Executive Officer is not subject to his presence in the Company. However, the Board of Directors has determined both quantitative and qualitative performance criteria to which the rights of the Chief Executive Officer under the pension plan at the end of his functions are conditioned (see Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer”).

In addition, since our securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange the (“NYSE”), we make every effort to reconcile the above-mentioned principles with the applicable NYSE rules on corporate governance, as well as with the provisions of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which came into force in 2002. Where relevant, we have specified throughout Chapter 7 the main ways in which our corporate governance practices comply with, or differ from, the NYSE’s corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. “domestic issuers” listed on that exchange.

 

(1)  For purposes of this document Executive Directors refers to the “dirigeants mandataires sociaux”, i.e., our Chairman of the Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer.

 

77

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Separation of functions and powers

Alcatel Lucent operates according to the “monist” system (meaning that it is managed by a Board of Directors). The duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and those of the CEO have been separated since 2006. Mr. Philippe Camus has been Chairman since October 1, 2008 and Mr. Ben Verwaayen CEO since September 15, 2008. Their terms of office as Board members were renewed for 3 years at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting of 2010.

Following the renewal of their terms of office at the 2010 Shareholders’ Meeting our Board confirmed the principle of separation of functions of Chairman and CEO, and reappointed Mr. Philippe Camus as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Mr. Ben Verwaayen as CEO.

i) Chairman of the Board of Directors

On February 6, 2013, the Board of Directors, decided to propose the renewal of Mr. Philippe Camus’ term of office as Director at the next annual Shareholders’ Meeting of May 7, 2013.

Mr. Philippe Camus, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, organizes and manages the tasks of the Board of Directors and reports on the outcome thereof at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting. He oversees the operation of the Company’s corporate bodies and especially those of the Committees of the Board and, more generally, ensures that Alcatel Lucent complies with best corporate governance practices. The Board of Directors granted Mr. Philippe Camus a delegation of authority enabling him to represent the Group at high-level meetings, in particular with government representatives, on a national and international basis. The Chairman’s authority is detailed in Article 7 of the Operating Rules of the Board of Directors (see Section 7.1.3.1 “Operating Rules of the Board of Directors”).

ii) CEO

On February 6, 2013, the Board of Directors acknowledged Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s decision not to request the renewal of his terms of office as Director and CEO.

Alcatel-Lucent’s Board of Directors appointed Mr. Michel Combes as the company’s new Chief Executive Officer, effective April 1, 2013, for a term of office expiring at the end of the Shareholders’ Meeting approving the financial statements for fiscal year 2015. Mr. Michel Combes will also join the company’s Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the shareholders at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013.

Michel Combes, 51, has more than 20 years of experience in the telecommunications industry on a worldwide basis. He was Chief Executive Officer of Vodafone Europe and a Board member of Vodafone PLC. During his career, he held the positions of Chairman and CEO of TDF as well as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Executive Vice President of France Telecom.

The Board of Directors, at its meeting of March 7, 2013, determined the elements of the compensation of Mr. Michel Combes, as CEO (which are available on our website www.alcatel-lucent.com).

The CEO has wide powers to act in all situations on behalf of our Company, within the limits of the Company’s corporate purpose and subject to any powers that are expressly granted by law to the shareholders and to the Board of Directors. The Operating Rules provide limitations to his powers for certain decisions which are subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors, by reason of their purpose or the amount involved:

 

 

the update of the Group’s annual strategic plans, and any significant strategic operation not envisaged by these plans;

 

 

the Group’s annual budget and annual capital expenditure plan;

 

 

acquisitions or divestitures in an amount higher than 300 million (enterprise value);

 

 

capital expenditures in an amount higher than 300 million;

 

 

offers and commercial contracts of strategic importance in an amount higher than 1 billion;

 

 

any significant strategic alliances and industrial and financial cooperation agreements with annual projected revenues in excess of 200 million, in particular if they imply a significant shareholding by a third party in the capital of the Company;

 

 

financial transactions having a significant impact on the accounts of the Group, in particular the issuance of debt securities in amounts greater than 400 million;

 

 

amendments to the National Security Agreement (“NSA”) between Alcatel, Lucent Technologies, Inc. and certain United States Government parties.

 

78


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

7.1.2 MANAGEMENT BODIES OF THE COMPANY

7.1.2.1 The Board of Directors

Alcatel Lucent has a compact Board of Directors, consisting, on March 7, 2013, of eleven Directors appointed for a maximum of three years, nine of which are independent. Our Board of Directors also includes two Board observers (in French, “Censeurs”).

Philippe Camus

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ben Verwaayen

CEO and Director

Daniel Bernard

Independent Director

Chairman of Provestis

Kim Crawford Goodman

Independent Director

Chairman of American Express Business Travels

Carla Cico

Independent Director

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Independent Director

Chair International Trade & Finance of Covington & Burling

Louis R. Hughes

Independent Director

Chairman of InZero Systems

Lady Sylvia Jay

Independent Director

Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd

Jean C. Monty

Independent Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors

Olivier Piou

Independent Director

Chief Executive Officer of Gemalto

Jean-Cyril Spinetta

Independent Director

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Air France-KLM

 

 

Jean-Pierre Desbois

Board observer

Member of the FCP “Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent”

Bertrand Lapraye

Board observer

Member of the FCP “Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent”

 

 

Yohann Bénard

Secretary General

Nathalie Trolez Mazurier

Deputy Secretary to the Board of Directors

Appointment and outgoing members

Kim C. Goodman was co-opted as Director at the Board meeting held on December 5, 2012, in replacement of W. Frank Blount, who resigned, for the remainder of his term of office

 

79

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

As of March 7, 2013, our Board of Directors consists of 11 Directors, three of whom are women, representing six different nationalities, and the average age of its members is 62. The term of office is three years and, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the renewal of the terms of office of the Directors is staggered. One third of the members of the Board of Directors will be renewed each year starting in 2013 (See Section 7.1.4.2 “Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee”).

 

    The Board of Directors consists of 11 Directors, 3 of whom are women, representing 6 different nationalities

 

Renewal of the Directors’ terms of office

 

                                     Duration of the term of office

Directors

   Office      Age      Independence      Nationality     2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015
Mr. Camus      Chairman         64         No         French                                                   
Mr. Verwaayen      CEO         61         No         Dutch                                                   
Ms. Cico      Director         52         Yes         Italian                                                   
Mr. Monty      Director         65         Yes         Canadian                                                   
Mr. Bernard      Director         67         Yes         French                                                   
Ms. Goodman*      Director         47         Yes         American                                                   
Lady Jay      Director         66         Yes         British                                                   
Mr. Spinetta      Director         69         Yes         French                                                   
Mr. Eizenstat      Director         70         Yes         American                                                   
Mr. Hughes      Director         64         Yes         American                                                   
Mr. Piou      Director         54         Yes         French                                                   

 

* Kim C. Goodman was co-opted as Director at the Board meeting held on December 5, 2012, in replacement of W. Frank Blount for the remainder of his term of office.

The Board of Directors includes two Board observers (“censeurs”). The two Board observers are both employees of Alcatel Lucent, or of an affiliate, and members of an Alcatel Lucent mutual fund (in French, “fonds commun de placement”) (see Section 7.1.3.1 “Operating Rules of the Board of Directors”).

The mutual fund designates, among its members, a number of candidates representing twice the number of board observer seats to be filled in the Board of Directors of the Company. This list is addressed to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, and then, on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Board of Directors submits to the Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment of one or several board observers, as the case may be.

The Board observers participate to the Board meetings on a consultative basis. They have access to the same information as that submitted to the Board of Directors. Their term of office is of three years with a staggered renewal.

Selection criteria and independence of the Directors

The appointment of new Directors must comply with the selection rules applied by our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors began a process to bring itself into compliance with the provisions of French law concerning the balanced representation of men and women at boards of directors, which requires that by the first annual Shareholders’ Meeting held in 2014, 20% of the members of a board of directors be women.

In broad terms, the Board of Directors aims to combine a range of diverse skills capable of bringing to it expertise in the Group’s high-technology businesses, and sufficient financial expertise to enable the Board of Directors to make informed and independent decisions about the financial statements and compliance with accounting standards. Special attention is also paid to the quality and the complementary nature of the careers of the Directors, both in terms of location and of the duties performed and their business sector.

The Board of Directors must also demonstrate that it is independent from our Company’s management as per the criteria referred to below. The independence criteria chosen by the Board of Directors are based on the AFEP-MEDEF Code: “A director is independent when he or she has no relationship of any kind whatsoever with the corporation, its group or the management of either that is such as to color his or her judgment.”

 

    Nine of the eleven Directors are independent

 

The independence criteria selected are based on both the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the requirements of the NYSE. They comply with all of the criteria listed in the AFEP-MEDEF Code, with the exception of the criterion that provides that a director’s total term of office should not exceed 12 years. The Board of Directors favors the Directors’ competence and experience, as well as their good knowledge of the Group, since these assets do not represent a potential conflict of interest. Moreover, this criterion is criticized sometimes by scholars and is not included in the requirements of the NYSE.

 

80


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Our Company also complies with the rules of the NYSE and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act on this issue. These rules stipulate that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of a U.S. listed company must be independent and that the Board of Directors must determine whether the independence criteria are met.

At its meeting of February 6, 2013, our Board of Directors re-examined the situation of each Director with respect to the independence criteria of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules. Based on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Board of Directors determined that (i) Mr. Philippe Camus and Mr. Ben Verwaayen could not be considered to be independent since one of the independence criteria stipulated by the AFEP-MEDEF Code is that a Director “must not be […] an executive director” (“dirigeant mandataire social” in French, i.e., the Chairman and the CEO) of the Company, and that (ii) Lady Sylvia Jay, Ms. Carla Cico, Ms. Kim Crawford Goodman, Mr. Daniel Bernard, Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat, Mr. Louis R. Hughes, Mr. Jean C. Monty, Mr. Olivier Piou and Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta, that is, nine of the eleven Directors, are independent.

Therefore, over half of the members of our Board of Directors are independent Directors. In addition, in compliance with legal requirements and Article 5 of the Board’s Operating Rules, the Board of Directors has at least one independent Director—namely Mr. Jean C. Monty—with recognized financial and accounting expertise.

Ethics

Each Director (and Board observer) undertakes to comply with the rules of conduct set out in the Directors’ Charter, in particular concerning the compliance with any applicable securities laws, as well as with the rules of our “Alcatel Lucent Insider Trading Policy,” designed to prevent insider trading. This policy sets limited periods during which transactions involving our Company’s shares are not authorized, the minimum number of shares that each Director must hold, and an obligation to notify the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the French securities regulator) of any personal transactions involving Alcatel Lucent shares.

Absence of conflicts of interest

To the knowledge of our Board of Directors:

 

 

None of our Directors have any potential conflicts of interest. In accordance with the Directors’ Charter, a Director must notify the Board of Directors of any actual or potential conflict of interest. Lady Sylvia Jay abstained from voting on a Board decision concerning the appointment as financial advisor of a company that is a member of a group of which Lady Sylvia Jay is also director.

 

 

There is no family relationship between the members of our Board of Directors and our Company’s senior management.

 

 

There is no arrangement or agreement with a shareholder, client, supplier, or any third party pursuant to which a member of our Board of Directors or of our Executive Committee was appointed in such capacity or as CEO of our Company.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been convicted of fraud during the last five years.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been charged and/or received an official public sanction pronounced by a statutory or regulatory authority; or has been banned by a court from holding office as a member of an administrative, management or supervisory body of an issuer, or from being involved in the management or conduct of the business of an issuer in the last five years.

 

 

No Director of our Company has been a director or executive director of a company involved in a bankruptcy, court escrow or liquidation in the past five years, with the exception of Mr. Louis R. Hughes, in his capacity as non-executive chairman of the American company Outperformance Inc., which was wound up voluntarily (“Chapter 7” of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code) in November 2008, and Mr. Jean C. Monty, in his capacity as director of the Canadian company Teleglobe Inc., which was liquidated in 2002, (the liquidation of Teleglobe resulted in some legal proceedings that are still in progress).

 

81

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Directors’ fees

The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO do not receive any directors’ fees. The other Directors receive directors’ fees consisting of (i) a fixed portion, for performing their duties on the Board of Directors and, where relevant, on one of the Boards’ Committees, and (ii) a variable portion, for their attendance at the various meetings, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Additional directors’ fees are equally allocated among the Directors, subject to the investment in Alcatel Lucent shares of the amount granted as additional fees after taxes, and to the holding of the acquired shares for the duration of the term of office as Director.

Directors’ fees are paid each semester. The additional portion subject to the condition concerning the investment in shares and the holding of such shares is paid at the time of the second payment of the Directors’ fees.

 

LOGO

The overall amount of directors’ fees paid to Directors for fiscal year 2012 was 990,000.

 

Fixed portion    395,000   
Chairman of the Audit & Finance Committee    25,000   
Chairman of the Compensation Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Technology Committee, each    15,000   
Each Committee member who is a Director    10,000   
Divided equally among the Directors      remainder   
Variable portion depending on attendance at meetings    395,000   
Additional portion    200,000   
TOTAL    990,000   

The total fees paid to the two Board observers for fiscal year 2012 were 100,000.

 

82


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

In application of the rules provided above, the Directors’ fees and other compensation received by each Director and by each Board observer during fiscal year 2012, and their total compensation during fiscal year 2011, were as follows:

 

In euros    2011      2012          
Directors    Total gross      Total gross      Amount received as
member of a Committee*
     Amount received as
Chairman of a Committee*
 
Mr. Bernard      125,051         122,678         15,000         15,000   
Mr. Blount**      125,051         113,655         25,000         -   
Ms. Cico      90,595         96,005         10,000         -   
Mr. Eizenstat      111,477         109,730         20,000         -   
Ms. Goodman***      -         6,193         -         -   
Mr. Hughes      95,595         96,664         -         15,000   
Lady Jay      114,563         106,782         20,000         -   
Mr. Monty      106,083         111,782         -         25,000   
Mr. Piou      111,477         114,070         20,000         -   
Mr. Spinetta      110,108         112,441         15,000         15,000   
Total      990,000         990,000         125,000         70,000   
Observers                                    
Mr. Desbois      50,000         51,786                     
Mr. Lapraye      50,000         48,214                     

 

* This amount is included in “total gross amount” for 2012

 

** Mr. Blount resigned as Director during the Board meeting held on December 5, 2012

 

*** Ms. Goodman was co-opted as Director at the Board meeting held on December 5, 2012, in replacement of Mr. Blount for the remainder of his term of office

The compensation specified in the table above was the only compensation paid to the Directors by Alcatel Lucent and its subsidiaries during fiscal years 2011 and 2012, except for the amounts paid to the Executive Directors described in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers.” No Director, except the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO, holds any stock options, performance shares or other securities giving access to the capital of our Company.

In addition, we have no commitments towards the Directors, except for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the CEO, that constitute compensation, allowances or benefits due or likely to be due as a result of the termination or change of duties.

The Directors also benefit from the Group’s “Directors and Officers” civil liability insurance that covers all the executive officers and members of boards of directors of the Group.

 

83

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

INFORMATION ON THE CURRENT DIRECTORS AND BOARD OBSERVERS

Philippe CAMUS

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director not independent

Born on June 28, 1948, French citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 600 000 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent*, Honorary Chairman of Groupement des Industries Françaises Aéronautiques et Spatiales (GIFAS).

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of the Board of Directors of Aptamir Inc., Chief executive Officer of Keynolt Inc., Senior Advisor of Evercore Partners Inc.*, Director of Cellfish Media LLC.

 

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Co-managing Partner of Lagardère Group*, Member of the Supervisory Board of Lagardère Active, Member of the Supervisory Board of Lagardère Services, Director of Éditions P. Amaury, Accor* and of Crédit Agricole* SA, Permanent Representative of Lagardère SCA to the Board of Directors of Hachette SA, Permanent Representative of Hachette SA to the Board of Directors of Lagardère Services, Permanent Representative of Lagardère Active to the Board of Directors of Lagardère Active BroadCast (Monaco) and Member of the Supervisory Board of Hachette Holding, Vice-Chairman, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Arjil Commanditée—Arco.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman and CEO of Lagardère North America Inc., Director of Schlumberger* and of Lagardère Unlimited Inc.

Career

 

 

Philippe Camus graduated from the École normale supérieure and the Institut d’études politiques of Paris. He began his career in the Finance Department of Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations. In 1982, he joined the General Management team of Lagardère Group and in 1993 was appointed CEO and Chairman of the Finance Committee. He controlled the preparatory work that led to the founding of EADS, where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to 2005. He was co-managing Partner of Lagardère Group from 1998 to 2012 and Senior Managing Director of Evercore Partners Inc. from 2006 to 2012. On October 1, 2008, he was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent.

 

 

Expertise: 41 years in banking, finance, insurance and 14 years in the industrial sector.

Business Address:

Alcatel Lucent

3, avenue Octave Gréard–75007 Paris

France

 

* Listed company

 

84


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Ben VERWAAYEN

CEO

Director not independent

Born on February 11, 1952, Dutch citizen

First appointment: 2008 – End of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 350,000 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: CEO and Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: Member of the Supervisory Board of Akzo Nobel*.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: CEO and Director of BT Group Plc*, Non-executive Director of UPS*.

Career

 

 

Ben Verwaayen graduated from the State University of Utrecht, the Netherlands, where he received a Master’s degree in law and international politics. Ben Verwaayen held several positions in business development, HR and public relations, before being appointed General Manager of ITT Nederland BV where he worked from 1975 to 1988. Ben Verwaayen was then President and General Manager of PTT Telecom, a KPN subsidiary in the Netherlands, from 1988 to 1997. International Vice-President, Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer of Lucent Technologies from 1997 to 2002, Ben Verwaayen was also Vice-Chairman of the Management Board. He was CEO of BT from 2002 to June 2008. In 2006, Ben Verwaayen was made an officer of the Order of Orange-Nassau and an Honorary Knight of the British Empire by the Queen and Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur in France. Ben Verwaayen was appointed CEO of Alcatel Lucent on September 1, 2008, with effect on September 15, 2008.

 

 

Expertise: 37 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Alcatel Lucent

3, avenue Octave Gréard–75007 Paris

France

 

* Listed company

 

85

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Daniel BERNARD

Independent Director

Born on February 18, 1946, French citizen

First appointment: 2006(1) – Term of the mandate: 2014

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 140,625 ordinary shares via SCI Tilia and 25,850 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*, Chairman of Provestis, Director of Cap Gemini*.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of the Board of Directors of Kingfisher Plc.* (UK) and of Majid Al Futtaim Retail (Dubai) and Senior Advisor of Towerbrook Capital Partners.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Deputy Chairman of the Board of Directors of Kingfisher Plc.* (UK).

Career

 

 

A graduate of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales, Mr. Bernard worked with Delcev Industries (1969-1971), Socam Miniprix (1971-1975) and La Ruche Picarde (1975-1980) and was CEO of the Metro France group (1981-1989), member of the Management Board with responsibility for the commercial activities of Metro International AG (1989-1992), Chairman of the Management Board (1992-1998) and later Chairman and CEO of Carrefour (1998-2005). He is currently Chairman of Kingfisher Plc London and Chairman of Provestis. Since 2010, he is also Chairman of Majid Al Futtaim Retail (Dubai) and Senior Advisor of Towerbrook Capital Partners.

 

 

Expertise: 43 years in industry, retail and services.

Business Address:

Provestis

14, rue de Marignan–75008 Paris

France

 

 

* Listed company

 

(1) Originally appointed to the Alcatel Board of Directors in 1997

 

86


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Carla CICO

Independent Director

Born on February 21, 1961, Italian citizen

First appointment: 2010 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 25,514 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: Director of EPTA (Italy).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Chief Executive Officer of Rivoli S.p.A. (Italy), Chief Executive Officer of Ambrosetti Consulting (China).

Career

 

 

Graduate from London Business School (MBA), University of London (MSE) and University of Venice, Italy (Oriental languages), from 1987 to 1992, she led the expansion of Italtel, the Italian telecom equipment provider into China’s market as its Beijing-based Chief Representative and from 1993 to 1994, she was a representative of IRI (Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale) in its Beijing office. From 1995 to 1999, she was an international director of business operations for Stet International. She was cited as one of the Most Powerful Women in International Business, Forbes (1994) and Fortune (1995). From 2001 to 2005, she was CEO of Brazil Telecom. In Reuters Institutional Investor Research (2003), she was selected as the Best Chief Executive Officer in the Telecommunications Sector in Latin America. From 2007 to 2009, she was CEO of the Chinese subsidiary of Ambrosetti Consulting based in Beijing. Carla Cico was from 2010 to 2012, the CEO of Rivoli S.p.A, an infrastructure Company with operations both in Italy and abroad.

 

 

Expertise: 26 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Strada Castellana 30/A 37128 VERONA

Italy

 

* Listed company

 

87

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Stuart E. EIZENSTAT

Independent Director

Born on January 15, 1943, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2015

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 26,115 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: Independent Director of United Parcel Service*, of Globe Specialty Metals*, Trustee of BlackRock Funds, Member of the international Advisory Board of GML Ltd.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Independent Director of Chicago Climate Exchange, Member of the international Advisory Board of The Coca-Cola Company*.

Career

 

 

Stuart E. Eizenstat graduated with honors and Phi Beta Kappa in political science from the University of North Carolina and from Harvard University’s Law School. He holds seven honorary doctorate degrees from various universities and academic institutions and has received the French Legion of Honour and high Awards from German, Austrian, Israeli and U.S. Governments. He has received over 50 awards. Following graduation from law school, he served on the White House Staff of President Lyndon Johnson (1967-1968). He served as Chief Domestic Policy Adviser and Executive Director of the White House Domestic Policy Staff (1977-1981) under President Jimmy Carter. From 1981-1993 he was a Partner and Vice Chairman of the law firm Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy and he was also Adjunct Lecturer at the John F. Kennedy School of Government of Harvard University (1982-1992). Stuart E. Eizenstat was U.S. Ambassador to the European Union (1993-1996). He served as Under Secretary of Commerce for International Trade (1996-1997), Under Secretary of State for Economic, Business and Agricultural Affairs (1997-1999) and Deputy Secretary of the Treasury (1999-2001) while continuing to work as the Special Representative of the President on Holocaust-Era Issues. During the Clinton Administration, he had a prominent role in the development of key international initiatives involving the European Union. He is a Partner and Head of the International Trade and Finance Practice at Covington & Burling LLP law firm. Moreover, he is a member of the Boards of Directors of United Parcel Service, BlackRock Funds, and Globe Specialty Metals. Stuart E. Eizenstat is the author of “Imperfect Justice”, which has been translated into German, French, Czech and Hebrew, and “The Future of the Jews: How Global forces are Impacting on the Jewish People, Israel, and Its Relationship with the United States”. His articles have been published in leading publications such as The Financial Times, the New York Times, the International Herald Tribune, and The Washington Post.

 

 

Expertise: 32 years in law and 16 years in governmental affairs.

Business Address:

Covington & Burling LLP

1201 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 1117C

Washington, DC 20004

USA

 

* Listed company

 

88


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Kim C. GOODMAN

Independent Director

Born on May 1st, 1965, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2012 – Term of the mandate: 2014

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Independent Director of AutoNation*.

Career

 

 

Ms. Kim Crawford Goodman holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and a Masters of Science in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University, and a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School. She started her career in consulting at Bain & Company from 1987 to 2000, before working in the industry sector at Dell Inc. where she held several operating roles from 2000 to 2007 most recently as head of Dell’s software and peripherals business. Then she joined American Express in 2007, where she currently stands as Chairman of American Express Business Travel and is in charge, inter alia, of all online, offline and mobile solutions in the division.

 

 

Expertise: 25 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

American Express

3 World Financial Center,

New York, NY 10285

USA

 

* Listed company

 

89

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Louis R. HUGHES

Independent Director

Born on February 10, 1949, U.S. citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2015

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 25,078 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories) (USA), Independent Director of Akzo Nobel* (The Netherlands) and of ABB* (Switzerland).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Chief Executive Officer of GBS Laboratories (USA), Independent Director of Electrolux* (Sweden), MTU Aero Engines GmbH (Germany) and Sulzer* (Switzerland), Non-executive Chairman of Outperformance (formerly Maxager)(USA), Member of the Advisory Board of Directors of British Telecom Americas (USA).

Career

 

 

Louis R. Hughes graduated from Harvard Business School (MBA, 1973) and from Kettering University (formerly General Motors Institute), B.S. (Mechanical Engineering, 1971). He is Chairman of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories LLC). He was also CEO of GBS from 2005-2010. Louis R. Hughes is an Executive Advisor Partner of Wind Point Partners. Moreover, Mr Hughes has been a member of the Boards of Directors of ABB (Switzerland, since 2003) and Akzo Nobel (The Netherlands, since 2007). He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Lockheed Martin Corp. His prior experiences also include positions of Chief of Staff Afghanistan Reconstruction Group, U.S. Department of State, from 2004 to 2005, Executive Vice President of General Motors Corporation from 1992 to 2000, President of General Motors International Operations from 1994 to 1999, President of General Motors Europe from 1992 to 1994 and Managing Director of Adam Opel AG from 1989 to 1992. He was non-executive Chairman of Maxager (renamed Outperformance in 2008) from 2000 to 2008. He has also served on several Boards, including: Sulzer (Switzerland) from 2001 to 2009, British Telecom (United Kingdom) from 2000 to 2006, Electrolux AB (Sweden) from 1996 to 2008, MTU Aero Engines GmbH (Germany) from 2006 to 2008, Deutsche Bank from 1993 to 2000, Saab Automobile AB from 1992 to 2000 and Adam Opel AG from 1989 to 1992. He was also a member of the BT Americas Advisory Board from 2006 to 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 33 years in the industry sector, 12 in the telecommunications sector and 7 years in computer security sector.

Business Address:

InZero Systems

13755 Sunrise Valley Drive,

Suite 750

Herndon, VA 20171

USA

 

* Listed company

 

90


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Lady Sylvia JAY

Independent Director

Born on November 1, 1946, British citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2014

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 26,100 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent non-executive Director of Alcatel Lucent*, Independent non-executive Director of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain* and Independent non-executive Director of Casino Guichard Perrachon*.

 

 

Abroad: Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd, Independent non-executive Director of Lazard Limited*, Chairman of the Pilgrim Trust, Trustee of the Prison Reform Trust and of the Entente Cordiale Scholarships Scheme.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Vice Chairman of L’Oréal UK Ltd, Chairman of Food From Britain, Trustee of the Bodyshop Foundation.

Career

 

 

Lady Jay, CBE was educated at the University of Nottingham (United Kingdom) and the London School of Economics. She held various positions as a senior civil servant in the British civil service between 1971 and 1995, being involved in particular in financial aid to developing countries. She was seconded to the French Ministry of Co-operation and the French Treasury, and later helped set up the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, before spending again several years in Paris as wife of the British ambassador. She entered the private sector in 2001, as Director General of the UK Food and Drink Federation until 2005, when she became Vice Chairman, later Chairman of L’Oréal UK & Ireland. She was made a Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur in 2008 and awarded an Honorary Doctorate of laws by Nottingham University in 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 7 years in bank, finance, insurance, 12 years in industry and 36 years in public service.

Business Address:

L’Oréal (UK) Ltd.

255 Hammersmith Road

W6 8AZ London

UK

 

 

 

* Listed company

 

91

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Jean C. MONTY

Independent Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors

Born on June 26, 1947, Canadian citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 26,153 ordinary shares and 2,000,000 American Depositary Shares via Libermont Inc.

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Bombardier*, of Centria Inc., of Fiera Capital Inc.*, Member of the International Advisory Board of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

Abroad: Director of Emergis.

Career

 

 

Jean C. Monty holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Collège Sainte-Marie of Montréal, a Master of Arts in economics from the University of Western Ontario, and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago. Jean C. Monty began his career at Bell Canada in 1974 and held numerous positions in the BCE group. He joined Nortel Networks Corporation in October 1992 as President and Chief Operating Officer before being nominated President and Chief Executive Officer in March 1993. On April 24, 2002, Mr. Monty, then Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Canada Enterprises (BCE Inc.), retired after a 28-year career. He is a member of the Board of Directors of Bombardier Inc. since 1998, and a member of the Board of Directors of DJM Capital, Centria Inc., Fiera Capital Inc. He is also a member of the International Advisory Board of the école des Hautes Études Commerciales. He was appointed a member of the Order of Canada for his contribution to business, public interests and community affairs. In recognition of these achievements, he was elected Canada’s Outstanding CEO of the Year for 1997. In addition, he was inducted into the Académie des Grands Montréalais.

 

 

Expertise: 32 years in telecommunications and 8 years in finance.

Business Address:

1485, rue Sherbrooke Ouest, Suite 2B

Montreal (Québec) Canada

 

 

 

* Listed company

 

92


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Olivier PIOU

Independent Director

Born on July 23, 1958, French citizen

First appointment: 2008 – Term of the mandate: 2015

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 75,350 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*.

 

 

Abroad: CEO and Director of Gemalto* (The Netherlands).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Director of INRIA (Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique).

Career

 

 

Olivier Piou graduated in Engineering from École Centrale de Lyon (ECL, 1980). After his military duty in the French alpine division, he joined Schlumberger in 1981 as a production engineer. He held for Schlumberger numerous management positions in the areas of technology, marketing and operations, in France and the United States. In 2004 he successfully introduced to the stock market Axalto, the smart card division of Schlumberger which he managed, through an initial public offering (IPO). He was the CEO of Axalto from 2004 to 2006, and in 2006 he led the commended merger of equals of Axalto and Gemplus which formed Gemalto, the world leader in digital security. Since 2006 he has been the CEO of Gemalto, and a member of its board of directors. M. Piou was also formerly a member of the board of directors of INRIA, the French National Institute for Research in Computer Science and Control, and President of Eurosmart, the international non-for-profit association based in Brussels which represents the smart card industry.

 

 

Expertise: 32 years in the industry sector.

Business Address:

Gemalto

6, rue de la Verrerie–92190 Meudon

France

 

* Listed company

 

93

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Jean-Cyril SPINETTA

Independent Director

Born on October 4, 1943, French citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2014

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 25,850 ordinary shares

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Independent Director of Alcatel Lucent*, Chairman and CEO of the Board of Directors of Air France-KLM*, Director of the Compagnie de Saint-Gobain*, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Areva*, Member of the Advisory Board of Paris Europlace.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Alitalia CAI, Member of the Board of Governors of IATA.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Chairman, CEO and Director of Air France, Director of La Poste and of Gaz de France Suez*, Permanent Representative of Air France-KLM* to the Board of Directors of Le Monde des Entreprises.

 

 

Abroad: Director of Alitalia and of Unilever*.

Career

 

 

A graduate in public law and from the Institut d’études politiques of Paris, Jean-Cyril Spinetta began his career as assistant lecturer and later central administration attaché (1961-70). After moving to the École nationale d’administration (Charles de Gaulle class, 1970-1972), he held a number of positions within the National Education Ministry. He was several times seconded to other Departments, as Auditor of the Conseil d’État (1976-1978), chargé de mission to the General Secretariat of the Government (1978-1981), head of the Information Department of Prime Minister Pierre Mauroy (1981-1983), chief of staff to Michel Delebarre when Minister for Employment, Minister of Social Affairs, Minister of Transport and later Minister of Equipment (1984-1986 and 1988-1990), chargé de mission and industrial advisor to the Office of the President of the Republic (1994-1995), préfet (1995), technical advisor to the cabinet of Édith Cresson, EU Commissioner (1996), and expert for France seconded to the European Commission (1997). After a period as Chairman and CEO of Compagnie Air Inter (1990-1993), he was Chairman and CEO of Air France (1997-2008), as well as Chairman and CEO of Air France-KLM (2004-2008), and then Chairman of the Board of Directors of Air France-KLM and CEO once again since 2011. Mr. Spinetta has also been Chairman of the Board of Governors of the International Association of Air Transport (IATA), a Director of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain since 2005, a Director of Alitalia since 2009 and Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Areva since 2009.

 

 

Expertise: 19 years in air transport and 41 years in public service.

Business Address:

Air France-KLM

45, rue de Paris–95747 Roissy Charles de Gaulle Cedex

France

 

* Listed company

 

94


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Jean-Pierre DESBOIS

Board observer

Born on April 14, 1954, French citizen

First appointment: 2006 – Term of the mandate: 2013

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 100 ordinary shares and 4,811 units in FCP 2AL

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France, Board observer of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent*, member of the Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL).

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL) (1).

Career

 

 

Mr. Desbois has been an engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France since 1986. He began his career in 1974 in the deployment of telephone systems. From 1981 he was in charge of software projects inside Research and Development teams. From 2000 to 2007 he had several “Operations” responsibilities in Applications domain such as contract management or steering of supply chain. Today he is mainly dedicated to Operations support inside Networks & Platforms Group.

 

 

Expertise: 39 years in telecommunications.

Business Address:

Alcatel-Lucent France

Centre de Villarceaux,

Route de Villejust–91620 Nozay

France

 

* Listed company

 

(1)

Term of office expired in 2013

 

95

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Bertrand LAPRAYE

Board observer

Born on December 4, 1963, French citizen

First appointment: 2010 – Term of the mandate: 2015

Alcatel Lucent shareholding: 2 166 units in FCP 2AL

Current Directorships and professional positions

 

 

In France: Engineer with Alcatel-Lucent France, Board observer of the Board of Directors of Alcatel Lucent*, member of the Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL), Director of Humanis Prévoyance.

Directorships over the last 5 years

 

 

In France: member of the board of the Healthcare and Insurance institution La Boétie Prévoyance, member of the Supervisory Board of Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent mutual fund (FCP 2AL) (1).

Career

 

 

Bertrand Lapraye graduated from the French “Institut National Polytechnique de Grenoble (ENSIEG)” as an Electrical Engineer (Remote-control—Signal Processing). He is a former student of the French “Institut d’études Politiques”, LLB (licencié en droit université Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne) based in Paris. Bertrand Lapraye started his career at the Compagnie Générale d’Électricité (CGEE ALSTHOM), from 1988 to 1990. He then joined a software company (SEMA Group) working as a software engineer for various customers (French ministry of Defence, Électricité de France, French Agriculture Ministry, Compagnie Générale de Géophysique), then as a research engineer and then as a software project manager. In 1997, he joined the research center of the Alcatel group as part of a corporate software platform program dedicated to telecommunication equipment and systems, notably in optics and IP. He was an Architecture and System Team manager (1999), then consultant (2001) for distributed development projects (Europe, Canada, India, North America). In 2003 he was a member of a Research Team working on the emerging mobile internet (ad hoc networks, WiMAX, Mobile IP, etc.). He is the author of 7 patents dealing with network management and high capacity IP mobile networks. In 2008, as a member of the CTO team for the Carrier Products Group, he took part in projects aimed at improving R&D efficiency within Alcatel-Lucent. Since February 2010, he is a consultant on an R&D cost and efficiency improvement project for W-CDMA networks by implementing Agile/Lean methods. Since June 2011 Data Protection Officer (Correspondant Informatique et Libertés ) in certain French subsidiaries of the group. He is Director of Humanis Prévoyance.

 

 

Expertise: 25 years in the industry sector, including 16 years in Telecommunications and 5 years in the Healthcare and Insurance sector.

Business Address:

Alcatel-Lucent France

Centre de Villarceaux,

Route de Villejust, 91620 Nozay

France

 

* Listed company

 

(1) Term of office expired in 2013

 

96


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

7.1.2.2 The Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has four specialized Committees which examine matters falling within the competence of the Board and provide their views and proposals to the Board. On March 7, 2013, each Committee was composed as follows:

AUDIT AND FINANCE COMMITTEE

Jean C. Monty, Chairman

Daniel Bernard

Louis. R. Hugues

Jean-Cyril Spinetta

Jean-Pierre Desbois (Board observer)

Bertrand Lapraye (Board observer)

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE

Daniel Bernard, Chairman

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Lady Sylvia Jay

Olivier Piou

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Jean-Cyril Spinetta, Chairman

Stuart E. Eizenstat

Lady Sylvia Jay

Olivier Piou

TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE

Louis R. Hughes, Chairman

Carla Cico

Kim Crawford Goodman

Olivier Piou

Philippe Keryer

Jeong Kim

Ted Leonsis (external member)

Jean-Pierre Desbois (Board observer)

Bertrand Lapraye (Board observer)

Except for the Technology Committee, which is made of Directors, Board observers and members who are not part of the Board of Directors, all of the Board of Directors’ Committees consist of Directors only and, in the case of the Audit and Finance Committee, of Directors and Board observers. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, and the Directors who are not members of a Committee may attend meetings with a consultative vote, except for the meetings of the Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee when dealing with their personal situation.

The Board of Directors determined that the Directors of the Audit and Finance Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Technology Committee are all independent in accordance with the rules that it has adopted. The number of independent Directors within each Committee thus exceeds the recommendation of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

In addition, the NYSE rules stipulate that U.S. listed companies must have an audit committee, a nominations/corporate governance committee and a compensation committee. Each committee must be composed exclusively of independent board members and must have a written charter addressing certain subjects specified in the NYSE rules. For Alcatel Lucent, these three Committees are made up exclusively of independent Directors and each Committee has a charter which defines its powers and covers most of the subjects provided for in the NYSE rules.

Details of the roles of the four Committees are provided in Section 7.1.4. “Powers and activity of the Board of Directors’ Committees.”

 

97

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

7.1.2.3 The Executive Committee*

The implementation of the new organization adopted pursuant to the Performance Program led to a simplification of the Executive Committee and to a reduction of the number of its members from 11 to 6. As of March 7, 2013, our Executive Committee was made up of:

Ben Verwaayen

Chief Executive Officer

Stephen A. Carter

Performance Program & Managed services

Philippe Keryer

Networks & Platforms

Georges Nazi

Global Customer Delivery

Paul Tufano

Operations & Finance

Robert Vrij

Global Sales & Marketing

Outgoing members of the Executive Committee and of the Group

P. Segre was a member until January 31, 2012

T. Burns was a member until February 1, 2012

K. Frank was a member until March 1, 2012

A. Hernandez was a member until December 31, 2012

Outgoing members of the Executive Committee

C. Heydemann (Human Resources), R. Powell (Operations), R. Singh-Molares (Global Sales & Marketing APAC) and R. Dargue (Business & IT Transformation) were members of the Executive Committee up to December 31, 2012, and still occupy the same management positions. J. Kim was a member until February 18, 2013.

7.1.3 POWERS AND ACTIVITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

In addition to matters related to its legal or regulatory function, the Board of Directors regularly decides upon the Group’s strategic orientations and the main decisions affecting its activities. It also analyzes the outlook resulting from the research and development activities of Alcatel Lucent and gives input on the main technology options chosen. Furthermore, the Board of Directors monitors the economic and financial management of the Group and authorizes the financial transactions which have a significant impact on its accounts.

The Operating Rules of the Board of Directors specify the conditions according to which the Directors exercise their functions and, in particular, the thresholds above which the decisions of the CEO are subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors.

7.1.3.1 Operating Rules of the Board of Directors

There follows a full transcription of the Operating Rules of our Board of Directors.

Preamble

The Directors of Alcatel Lucent (hereafter the “Company”) have enacted the following which constitutes the internal regulation of the Board of Directors, in order to define its operating procedures and its role according to the rules of corporate governance in force.

 

* Called Management Committee until December 31, 2012

 

98


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

These rules, approved at the Board of Directors’ meeting held on October 29, 2008, and as amended at the Board of Directors’ meeting held on February 21, 2013, are primarily intended to:

 

 

define the role of the Board vis-à-vis the shareholders’ meeting on the one hand, and of the Chief Executive Officer (“Directeur Général”) on the other hand, by clarifying the existing provisions of the law and of the Company’s bylaws and the position of its members;

 

 

maximize the efficiency of meetings and debates, in particular by specifying the role of the Chairman, and develop the proper procedures of the bodies that oversee the administration of the Company, in the spirit of the Company’s corporate governance policy.

These rules are purely internal and are not intended to be a substitute for the applicable provisions of the law and the Company’s bylaws, but, rather, are intended to implement the bylaws in a practical manner, and consequently may not be held against the Company, third parties and against the shareholders.

These rules will be disclosed to the shareholders as part of the report of the Board at the shareholders’ meeting.

Section I The Board’s role

Article 1 Deliberations of the Board

In addition to matters related to its legal or regulatory function, the Board shall regularly decide upon, among other things, the Group’s strategic orientations and the main decisions affecting its activities. This relates in particular to the projects of important investments of organic growth and the operations of internal reorganizations, major acquisitions and divestitures of shares and assets, transactions or commitments that may significantly affect the financial results of the Group or considerably modify the structure of its balance sheet and the strategic alliances and financial cooperation agreements.

Article 2 Decisions subject to the prior approval of the Board

The Chief Executive Officer must submit to the prior approval of the Board the following decisions:

 

 

the update of the Group’s annual strategic plans, and any significant strategic operation not envisaged by these plans;

 

 

the Group’s annual budget and annual capital expenditure plan;

 

 

acquisitions or divestitures in an amount higher than 300 million euros (enterprise value);

 

 

capital expenditures in an amount higher than 300 million euros;

 

 

offers and commercial contracts of strategic importance in an amount higher than 1 billion euros;

 

 

any significant strategic alliances and industrial and financial cooperation agreements with annual projected revenues in excess of 200 million euros, in particular if they imply a significant shareholding by a third party in the capital of the Company;

 

 

financial transactions having a significant impact on the accounts of the Group, in particular the issuance of debt securities in amounts greater than 400 million euros;

 

 

amendments to the National Security Agreement (“NSA”) between Alcatel, Lucent Technologies Inc. and certain United States Government parties.

Article 3 Information of the Board

The Board of Directors shall be regularly informed, either directly or through its committees, of any significant occurrence in the Company’s operations.

The Board is also entitled at all times, including between meetings focused on the review of the financial statements, to become acquainted with any significant change affecting the Company’s financial condition, cash position and commitments.

Section II The members

Article 4 Independence

The Board of Directors shall define the criteria that a Director must meet in order to be deemed “independent”, this definition to be in accordance with the principles of corporate governance applicable to the Company. The Board of Directors shall ensure that the proportion of “independent” Directors is at all times greater than half the members of the Board and shall take action as soon as possible to replace Directors, if necessary.

 

99

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

By definition, an “independent” Director has no direct or indirect relationships of any nature whatsoever with the Company, its group or its management of a nature that could compromise the free exercise of his or her judgment.

Article 5 Expertise

Board members will be selected so as to bring a diversity of competencies, especially with respect to technology, finance, human resources, the emerging markets, as well as a connection with academia and the government agencies community in view of the Company’s highly classified work. At least one of the “independent” members of the Board of Directors shall have financial expertise.

The members of the Board will participate in training programs regarding the specificities of the Company, its activities and its industry sector, that may be arranged by the Company from time to time.

In order for the Directors to have and dedicate the time and attention necessary to carry out their responsibilities, the Board of Directors shall ensure that none of its members violates the legal restrictions regarding the holding of multiple offices. The number of additional directorships that a Director of the Company may hold in limited liability companies which are part of different groups, in any countries, may not exceed four.

Article 6 Compensation

The Directors will receive attendance fees. The annual amount to be received is determined by the shareholders’ meeting. This amount comprises the following components:

Attendance Fees

(i) Fixed element

The first portion will be a fixed amount and will be divided according to the following rules:

 

 

the chairman of the Audit & Finance Committee will receive an annual amount of 25,000;

 

 

each other member of the Audit & Finance Committee will receive an annual amount of 15,000;

 

 

the chairman of each of the other three committees will receive an annual amount of 15,000;

 

 

each other member of the other three committees will receive an annual amount of 10,000.

 

 

the remainder of this first portion will be divided equally among the Directors.

(ii) Variable element

The second portion is a variable amount and will be divided among the Directors in accordance with their attendance at Board meetings and at any meetings of the committees of which they are member.

Attendance fees tied to a commitment to acquire and hold Company shares

The amount of the additional element is to be divided equally among the Directors and payment is tied to a commitment by each Director to acquire and retain shares in the Company.

Each Director shall use the amount received, after taxes calculated on a flat rate of 40%, to acquire shares in the Company and shall hold the same throughout the term of office of the Director with the Company.

The acquisition of the shares must be accomplished as soon as possible following each payment, subject to the rules of conduct regarding insider trading prevention.

The shares acquired shall be held in a separate account, registered in the name of the Director.

The Secretary shall receive from the holder of the Company’s registered securities a copy of each Director’s execution notice (avis d’opéré) which indicates the conditions of the execution of the order and the payment modalities.

A copy of the declaration of the share transaction is to be sent to the French Financial Market Authority (“AMF”), within the prescribed statutory period. The Secretary then puts said declaration on the Company’s website.

Attendance fees will be paid in two installments, one after the annual shareholders meeting and the second at the end of the year. The attendance fees tied to a commitment to acquire and hold shares in the Company shall be paid at the same time as the payment of the second installment of attendance fees.

The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and any Directors who are executive officers of the Company will not receive any attendance fees.

 

100


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Board Observers

The Board observers will receive a compensation as determined by the annual shareholders meeting, to be divided between them and paid according to the same rules as applicable to the Directors’ fees.

Section III The Chairman

Article 7 Role of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman

The Chairman of the Board (hereafter “the Chairman”) shall organize and manage the tasks of the Board and announce the outcome thereof at the general shareholders’ meeting. He shall watch over the correct operations of the corporate bodies of the Company and especially those of the Board’s committees.

He shall ensure that the directors are able to perform their assignments, in particular those that stem from the committees to which they belong.

He shall take care that the formulation and implementation of the principles of the corporate governance of Company are of the highest standard.

The Chairman is the only person who can act and speak on behalf of the Board of directors.

With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, he may represent the group in high level relationships, in particular with the authorities, in national and international arenas.

The Chairman may be assisted by a Vice-Chairman of the Board of directors, who can exercise the prerogatives stated in this article, within the framework of the missions that may be entrusted to him by the Board of directors.

Article 8 Information of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman – Office of the Chairman

The Chairman shall be regularly informed by the Chief Executive Officer of the significant events and positions regarding the activities of the group; he shall receive all useful information for the performance of the Board’s tasks and those necessary for the establishment of the internal audit’s report.

The Chairman may meet with the auditors.

The Chairman may attend as advisor the meetings of the committees of the Board in which he is not member, and may seek their advice on any question that falls within their jurisdiction.

The General Counsel, in his Board Secretary mission, will report to the Chairman. He or she will assist the Chairman in organizing board meetings, shareholders’ meetings and discharging any other duties associated with governance items linked to the legal incorporation of the Company.

The Vice-Chairman of the Board of directors can exercise the prerogatives stated in this article, within the framework of the missions that may be entrusted to him by the Board of directors.

Section IV Operating procedures of the Board

Article 9 Meetings

The Board of Directors shall meet on notice of the Chairman, at least once during each quarter, at the registered office of the Company or at any other place, in France or abroad, as shall be set forth in the applicable notice of meeting, in order to consider collectively the matters that are submitted to it.

In principle, there will be six main Board meetings, four of them primarily dedicated to the review of financial statements, one to strategy matters and one to the yearly budget. On a regular basis, the Board will meet in “executive sessions” attended by non-executive Directors only.

Article 10 Participation

The Directors may participate in the meetings of the Board by means of telecommunication as authorized by the bylaws. In such event, they will be considered to be present for the purpose of calculating the applicable quorum and majority requirements except with respect to votes regarding the Company’s statutory financial statements, the yearly consolidated financial statements and the annual report.

 

101

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

As prescribed by the applicable legal requirements, Board meetings that are held by video-conference or other telecommunication media must be carried through technical means that ensure the proper identification of the parties, the confidentiality of the discussions and the real-time effective participation of all the Directors present at any such meetings of the Board, and the transmission of the discussions shall be done in a continuous manner.

The secretary of the Board of Directors shall initial the attendance sheet on behalf of the Directors who attend meetings of the Board via video-conference or other telecommunication media (as well as for the Directors for whom they act as proxy).

Article 11 Evaluation of the Board

The Board shall meet once a year to discuss its operating procedures, after each Board member having answered an evaluation questionnaire. It shall also meet once a year to consider the performance of the executive officers of the Company, and no Director who are either officer or employee of the Company shall attend such meetings.

The Board of Directors may, at any time, and at least once every two years, engage an outside consultant to evaluate its performance.

Article 12 Expenses

The members of the Board shall be reimbursed, upon presentation of receipts signed by the Chief Financial Officer for travel expenses as well as for other expenses incurred by them in the interests of the Company.

Section V Information of the Board

Article 13 The Committees

In the course of carrying out its various responsibilities, the Board of Directors may create specialized committees, composed of Directors appointed by the Board, that review matters within the scope of the Board’s responsibilities and submit to the Board their opinions and proposals, in accordance with the internal rules governing such committees. The Board of Directors shall have the following standing committees: the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Audit and Finance Committee and the Technology Committee.

Each committee shall have no less than three Directors, and shall be chaired by such Director among the members of the Committee as shall be appointed by the Board of directors.

Each committee shall submit reports regarding the matters reviewed by it to the Board of Directors, which is the only body that can make any decision regarding such matters.

The Chief Executive Officer may attend as advisor the meetings of the committees of the Board in which he or she is not member (except meetings of the Compensation Committee dealing with his or her compensation).

Article 14 Right to information from the Executive Officers

In order to efficiently oversee the management of the Company, the members of the Board may, through the Chairman or after having informed him, request the opinion of the executive officers of the Group on any matter they deem appropriate. They may, under the same conditions, meet such officers without the presence of any Directors who are executive officers.

The members of the Board shall have the right to require the Chief Executive Officer, through the Chairman or after having informed him, to provide them, within a reasonable period of time, with such information as shall be necessary to permit such members to comply with their assignment.

In order to assist them in the fulfillment of their duties, the members of the Board shall receive all relevant information regarding the Company, including press articles and reports by financial analysts.

Article 15 Transparency

The Board of Directors shall ensure the openness of its activities to the shareholders of the Company by presenting each year, in the annual report, a statement regarding its activities during the fiscal year just ended, and regarding the operation of the Board and its committees.

 

102


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Section VI Role and actions of the committees

Article 16 Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The mission of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee shall be to review matters relating to the composition, organization and operation of the Board of Directors and its committees, to identify and make proposals to the Board regarding individuals qualified to serve as Directors of the Company and on committees of the Board of Directors; to develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the Company; and to oversee the evaluations of the Board of Directors and committees thereof.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will also review succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer as well as other senior executive officers of the Company (Management Team).

Article 17 Compensation Committee

The mission of the Compensation Committee shall be to review matters relating to and make proposals to the Board regarding the compensation of the Directors, the Chairman, the Vice-Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the senior executive officers members of the Executive Committee, to consider the general policies with respect to the grant of options, bonus shares and variable compensation, and to examine any proposal to increase the share capital of the Company by an offering made exclusively to its employees.

Article 18 Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee shall review the accounts to be submitted to the Board, the accounting norms used by the Company and shall ensure the proper and consistent use of accounting methods. It shall verify the internal control mechanisms and shall examine significant risks including off-balance sheet obligations as well as any other matter of a financial or accounting nature that shall be submitted to the Committee by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

The Audit and Finance Committee shall carry out the procedure for the selection of the Company’s auditors and any reappointment of such auditors, and shall decide what engagements may be undertaken by the auditors in addition to auditing the accounts of the Company.

The Audit and Finance Committee shall examine the Company’s debt and equity capitalization and any significant changes related to it.

Article 19 Technology Committee

The mission of the Technology Committee is to review, on behalf of the Board, the major technological options that are the basis of R&D work and the launching of new products. The Technology Committee will be kept informed of the development of Alcatel Lucent’s scientific and technical co-operation projects with the academic and research environment.

7.1.3.2 Organization of Board meetings

Pursuant to the Operating Rules that govern the operation of our Board of Directors, the Board of Directors meets at least once every quarter. However, in practice, the Board of Directors meets more frequently, illustrating the commitment of its Chairman and the Directors vis-à-vis our Company.

To facilitate attendance, the Directors may attend the meetings by video conference or other means of telecommunication, and in such event, they are taken into account in the calculation of the quorum and majority, except where otherwise provided by law.

If a Director considers that he is actually or potentially in a conflict of interest situation, he must notify the Chairman of the Board and refrain from voting the corresponding resolution.

 

103

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings in 2012

 

Board and Committee

meetings in 2012

  Board of
Directors*
    Audit and Finance
Committee*
   

Corporate Governance and

Nominating Committee*

    Compensation
Committee*
    Technology
Committee*
 
Mr. Bernard     11        5        3        -        -   
Mr. Blount**     10        5        3        -        -   
Ms Cico     12        -        -        -        5   
Mr. Camus     12        -        -        -        -   
Mr. Eizenstat     12        -        3        3        -   
Ms. Goodman***     2        -        -        -        -   
Mr. Hughes     10        -        -        -        5   
Lady Jay     11        -        3        3        -   
Mr. Monty     12        5        -        -        -   
Mr. Piou     12        -        -        3        5   
Mr. Spinetta     9        3        -        3        -   
Mr. Verwaayen     12        -        -        -        -   
Mr. Desbois (observer)     12        5        -        -        5   
Mr. Lapraye (observer)     10        -        -        -        -   
Total number of meetings held     12        5        3        3        5   
Overall attendance rate     94%        92%        100%        100%        100%   

 

* The number opposite each Director’s name represents the number of meetings attended

 

** W. Frank Blount resigned as Director during the Board meeting held on December 5, 2012

 

*** Kim C. Goodman was co-opted as Director at the board meeting held on December 5, 2012, in replacement of W. Frank Blount for the remainder of his term of office

Board meetings are usually held at the Group’s head office in Paris, or in the United States, in Murray Hill (New Jersey), at the head office of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. However, meetings can also be held regularly at other sites of the Group with a view of facilitating the dialog between the executives, employees and Directors, and enabling our Directors to better understand the wide range of business activities of the Group, as well as the specific challenges the Group is facing in its main markets.

For the same purpose, the Directors may also seek the opinion of the senior management within the Group on any subject they deem appropriate, and meet with them in an informal way at the meetings held most of the time before the Board of Directors meetings. The Directors also regularly meet with the employees of the Group, in particular with those with strong career potential. To assist them in the performance of their duties, the members of the Board receive all relevant information regarding our Company, in particular, the financial analysis reports. This information is available to the Directors via a secured Intranet site dedicated to the Board members a few days before the meetings of the Board, except in case of emergency.

In addition, the meetings of the Board of Directors are usually preceded by a meeting of one or more of the four specialized Committees. In particular, the quarterly Board meetings that prepare the year-end, half-year and quarterly financial statements are systematically preceded by a review of the financial statements by the Audit and Finance Committee.

At the end of most of the Board of Directors’ meetings the Chairman leads a discussion among the Directors without the attendance of the CEO and of executives and employees invited to attend the meetings. In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, part of some of the Board of Directors’ meetings is also held without the Chairman.

 

    At the end of most of the Board of Directors’ meetings the Chairman leads a discussion without the attendance of the CEO and of executives and employees invited to attend the meetings

In this respect, we also comply with the NYSE rules, which stipulate that the Board of Directors must meet regularly without its executive members. In particular, Article 11 of the Operating Rules provides that the Board of Directors shall meet without the Directors who are also executives or employees of our Company in order to assess the performance of the Executive Directors.

Finally, the Board carries out an annual assessment of its own work, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, as well as of the performance of the Executive Directors. This was the case during the meeting of March 7, 2013. At least once every two years, the Board of Directors’ performance is assessed by an independent consultant.

 

    The Board carries out an annual assessment of its own work in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code

7.1.3.3 Activity of the Board of Directors in 2012 and early 2013

The Board of Directors met twelve times during fiscal year 2012, with an attendance rate of 94% and 4 times in early 2013, with an attendance rate of 94%.

The main topics addressed by the Board of Directors in 2012 and early 2013 were as follows:

 

104


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Group strategy, technology choices and transformation of the Group

The Board of Directors examined on a regular basis Alcatel Lucent’s competitive position in its different geographical markets and conducted a review of the Group’s technology product portfolio and services.

It also assessed the actual implementation of previously defined strategic orientations, and in particular as relates to the High Leverage Network, as well as the implementation of the strategic orientations underlying the Group’s business action plan for 2013.

The Board of Directors also made sure that the Group continued to pursue its transformation strategy and examined the main measures taken to ensure the successful adaptation and streamlining of the Group’s structures, procedures, and production resources. For these purposes, it monitored in particular the implementation of the new organizational model set up within the framework of the Performance Program, and was regularly informed of the objectives and results of the cost reduction policy implemented by the Group.

The Board was regularly informed on the significant contracts concerning the Group, as well as on the current transactions

Financial statements and financial position

Our Board of Directors reviewed and approved the Alcatel Lucent and consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year 2011, which were approved at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012. It also approved the Group’s budget for 2013. Moreover, at the Board meeting of February 6, 2013, in accordance with the Audit and Finance Committee’s recommendations and in the presence of the Statutory Auditors, the Board of Directors approved the Alcatel Lucent and consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year 2012 which will be submitted to shareholder approval at the next Shareholders’ Meeting, scheduled for May 7, 2013. The Board of Directors proposed to allocate the results to the carry-forward account and maintained the suspension of the distribution of dividends for fiscal year 2012.

Moreover, after having been informed thereon by the Audit and Finance Committee, the Board of Directors reviewed the cash flow, pension fund management, and the Group’s overall financial situation, as well as the envisaged evolution of the situation.

It examined the risks that the Group is facing and the measures implemented under the Enterprise Risk Management program, and also approved the Chairman’s corporate governance and internal control and risk management reports produced for the fiscal years 2011 and 2012.

Finally, the Board reviewed in detail and approved the commitment entered into on January 30, 2013 with several international financial institutions for 2 billion euro in senior secured credit facilities.

Corporate governance

The Board of Directors continued to oversee the functioning of our Company’s management bodies and to ensure that our Company complies with best corporate governance practices.

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code and with our Operating Rules, the Board performed an annual assessment of its own work at the beginning of 2012, with the assistance of an external consultant. The results of this assessment were reviewed by the Board in March 2012. They confirmed that the Board and its Committees function in a satisfactory manner, that there is complementarity and cohesion between the Directors, and that the dialogue between the Directors and the management is dense and of quality. It further highlighted improvements that could be made, in particular regarding the distribution of tasks between the Board and the Committees, and the implementation of sessions dedicated to certain strategic questions.

The Board performed an annual assessment of its own work at the beginning of 2013. The results of this assessment were reviewed by the Board on March 7, 2013. They confirmed the conclusions of the in depth evaluation conducted last year, as well as the complementary skills of the Board members, and highlighted the strong dedication of the Directors in the mains steps of the Group’s transformation.

In compliance with the Operating Rules, our Board of Directors also reviewed the independence of the Directors in light of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules. Following the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, it concluded that all of our Directors are independent, except for the Executive Directors. It also confirmed that the Board of Directors does include at least one independent Director with specific financial expertise. Finally, the Board co-opted Ms. Kim Crawford Goodman as Director upon the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, in replacement of Mr. W. Frank Blount, who resigned.

Moreover, as in the previous years, the Board of Directors endeavored to ensure that our Company complies with the strictest principles regarding ethics and professional conduct and abides by the rules and regulations applicable in the countries in which it operates. At the CEO’s initiative, all the employees throughout the Group were asked to acknowledge individually the principles set forth in the Group’s Code of Conduct. The monitor appointed in agreement with the French and U.S. authorities in the context of the settlement agreements entered into by our Company with respect to the U.S. anti-corruption legislation (See Section 4.2 “History and Development”) presented his mission at one of the Board of Directors’ meeting, and met individually with several

 

105

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

Directors, as well as with the CEO and other executives of the Group. On March 9, 2012, the monitor delivered his first annual report from the monitor. This report contained a number of recommendations to improve the Group’s anti-corruption policies and procedures. Many of these recommendations focus on strengthening the Company’s compliance organization, enhancing and expanding the way in which third-parties (such as sales channels and suppliers) are screened, and other modifications to specific policies and procedures. The implementation of these recommendations is substantially completed. The monitor will deliver his second annual report in April 2013, which is expected to contain some additional recommendations for further improvement.

The Board of Directors also ensured that the shareholders were kept properly informed. This included a detailed presentation of the Group’s situation and its governance by the Chairman and the CEO at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 8, 2012. The Board of Directors also ensured that investors and the public were properly informed, as required under French and U.S. stock exchange regulations.

On February 6, 2013, the Board acknowledged Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s decision not to request the renewal of his terms of office as Director and as CEO.

On February 21, 2013, the Board appointed Mr. Michel Combes as CEO as of April 1, 2013 and Mr. Jean Monty as Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Human resources and compensation policy

The Board was regularly informed of the main orientations of the Group’s policy regarding human resources and compensation. In particular, it approved the performance criteria which govern the determination of the variable compensation of employees and key executives, and reviewed the amounts paid as a result.

The Board of Directors determined the variable portion of the CEO’s compensation for fiscal year 2011 paid in 2012, following the proposal of the Compensation Committee, and approved the compensation of the Executive Directors for fiscal year 2012 (see Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers”).

Also, the Board of Directors determined the performance reviews for the employees and Executive Directors’ performance share plans and for the stock option plans for Executive Directors and officers and set the Group’s performance criteria and the targets related to the performance criteria (see Section 7.2 “Compensation and long term incentives”). It also approved the annual performance share and stock option plans for fiscal year 2012 for the employees and Executive Directors. Finally, it decided not to put in place at this point a performance share or a stock option annual plan in favor of employees and management of the Group, for the year 2013, in view in particular of market conditions and of the challenges faced by our Company throughout 2012. In addition, our Board decided not to request the renewal of the two authorizations allowing for the grant of performance shares and stock options at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013. The Board of Directors set the Group’s performance criteria and the targets related to the performance criteria (see Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives”).

The Board was kept informed of the main steps of the implementation or the new organization of the Group announced on September 10, 2012, as well as of the measure taken within the framework of the Performance Program aiming at, in particular, reducing the costs borne by the Company.

In addition, it discussed the policy regarding equal opportunity and compensation for men and women. Moreover, the Board of Directors was informed, in particular, of the Group’s talent management strategy, diversity, and the mobility program.

7.1.4 POWERS AND ACTIVITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ COMMITTEES

Our Board of Directors has four specialized Committees: the Audit and Finance Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Technology Committee. Each Committee has its own operating rules approved by the Board. Each Committee reports to the Board of Directors, which has sole authority to take decisions concerning the subjects presented to it.

7.1.4.1 Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee met five times during fiscal year 2012, with an average attendance rate of 92%, and twice in early 2013, with an average attendance rate of 90%.

Members

This Committee comprises no less than four members, at least one of whom must have recognized financial or accounting expertise.

Beyond the requirements of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Committee’s operating rules provide that all the Directors who serve on the Committee must be “independent.” Therefore, no corporate officer (in French, “mandataire social”) may be a member. Similarly, Directors who hold other executive positions within our Company may not be members of this Committee.

 

106


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Since December 11, 2008, the Committee was comprised of Mr. Jean C. Monty (Chairman), Mr. Daniel Bernard, Mr. W. Frank Blount, and Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta. All members are independent according to the criteria selected by the Board of Directors, which are based on both the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the requirements of the NYSE (See Section 7.1.1 “Principles of organization of our Company’s Management”). Since December 5, 2012, Mr. L. R. Hughes replaces Mr. W. Frank Blount who resigned. Mr. Jean-Pierre Desbois and Mr. Bertrand Lapraye, Board observers, also participate in the work of the Committee.

On February 6, 2013, the Board of Directors confirmed Mr. Jean C. Monty as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.”

Role

The main areas of activity of the Committee concern our Company’s financial statements, internal control and risk management, and its financial situation, as well as the relations with our Statutory Auditors. It keeps the Board of Directors apprised of the performance of its duties and informs it promptly of any issue it may encounter.

The Audit and Finance Committee’s role and method of operation meet the requirements of article L. 823-19 of the French Commercial Code as well as the best practices recommended by various French reports on corporate governance.

The NYSE rules contain detailed requirements with respect to the composition and the operation of the audit committees of U.S. listed companies. For foreign issuers, these requirements are limited to the compliance with the rules relating to audit committees of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Since July 31, 2005, foreign private issuers are required to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Under Rule 10A-3, each member of the audit committee must be independent in accordance with the SEC criteria. The Audit and Finance Committee currently consists of four independent members in compliance with the abovementioned provision. In addition, Rule 10A-3 provides that the audit committee must have direct responsibility for the nomination, compensation and choice of the statutory auditors, as well as control over the performance of their duties, management of complaints made, and selection of consultants. Direct financing of the committee must also be provided. We believe that our Audit and Finance Committee is currently fully compliant with Rule 10A-3. It should be noted that under French law, the appointment of the Statutory Auditors must be decided by the shareholders at our Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. Additionally, French law requires listed companies to appoint two sets of principal Statutory Auditors and two sets of deputy Statutory Auditors. They are appointed for six fiscal years and can only be revoked by a court ruling for professional negligence or incapacity to perform their duties. These rules are compatible with the Exchange Act requirements for foreign private issuers.

While Alcatel Lucent is not subject to the other NYSE rules on audit committees, a number of the requirements in the NYSE rules are similar to Rule 10 A-3, and Alcatel Lucent considers that its practices are substantially in line with the additional requirements of the NYSE rules.

Financial statements

The role of our Audit and Finance Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to review the accounting standards used by the Company, the Company’s risks and significant off-balance sheet commitments, and any financial or accounting matters presented to it by the CEO or the Chief Financial Officer.

The Committee therefore reviews and approves the appropriateness and consistency of the accounting methods used to prepare the consolidated and parent company financial statements, as well as the proper accounting treatment of the significant transactions at the Group level.

The Committee reviews the consolidation scope and, where relevant, the reasons why certain companies should not be included in this scope.

It reviews the accounting standards which are applicable to and applied by our Group, both according to IFRS and French GAAP (the latter with respect to the parent company’s financial statements, as required by French law), as well as their effects and the resulting differences in accounting treatment.

It examines the Alcatel Lucent and the consolidated quarterly, half-year and year-end financial statements and the Group’s budgets.

Internal control and risk management

The Audit and Finance Committee verifies that internal procedures for collecting and reviewing financial information are in place to ensure the reliability of this information. The Committee ensures that a process to identify and analyze risks exists, in particular for risks that are likely to have a material impact on accounting and financial reporting. The head of the Internal Audit Department within the Group periodically reports to the Committee on the results of the work of his/her department. In addition, twice a year the Committee reviews the Group’s internal audit plan and the method of operation and organization of the Internal Audit Department. The Committee is consulted on the selection of the head of the Internal Audit Department and on his/her potential replacement.

 

107

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

The Committee reviews any complaint, alert or other report, including those submitted anonymously, that reveal a potential malfunction in the financial and consolidation process set up within the Group.

Our Audit and Finance Committee meets periodically with our Chief Compliance Officer to check the adequacy of our compliance programs, any potential significant violations of these programs and the corrective measures taken by us.

Financial Information

Our Audit and Finance Committee also reviews our Group’s indebtedness, our capitalization and any possible changes to this capitalization, as well as any financial or accounting matters presented to it by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Financial Officer (such as risk coverage and centralized treasury management).

It also reviews any financial transactions having a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements, such as any issuance of securities in excess of 400 million, which must be approved by the Board of Directors.

Statutory Auditors

Our Audit and Finance Committee oversees the selection process for our Statutory Auditors, in compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, and makes recommendations on the choice of such Auditors to the Board of Directors.

Assignments, if any, that do not pertain to the audit of our accounts, or that are neither incidental nor directly supplemental to such audit, but which are not incompatible with the functions of the Statutory Auditors, must be authorized by the Audit and Finance Committee, regardless of their scope. The Committee ensures that these assignments do not violate, in particular, the provisions of article L. 822-11 of the French Commercial Code.

The Audit and Finance Committee also reviews and determines the independence of the Statutory Auditors and issues an opinion on the fees due for their audit of the financial statements.

Based on the total amount of fees paid for the audit of our financial statements during a given fiscal year, our Committee sets the limit(s) of fees beyond which the Committee must give a specific authorization for previously authorized assignments.

The Committee’s work in 2012 and early 2013

At each meeting, the Committee was briefed by the Chief Financial Officer and the Statutory Auditors and reviewed, in the Statutory Auditors’ presence, the key points discussed with the Chief Financial Officer during the preparation of the financial statements.

The Committee conducted a review of the year-end consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2011 and 2012 and the half-year and quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2012. It also performed a specific review of the notes to the financial statements. To prepare for this review, the Committee relied in particular on the work of the Disclosure Committee created to ensure the disclosure of reliable information about the Group.

On several occasions, the Committee addressed the consequences of the Group’s main agreements and other commitments, and the major elements of its financial position, in particular its capitalization, indebtedness and the situation of its pension funds.

The Committee also reviewed the Group’s budget for 2013 and draft resolutions relating to the financial authorizations to be submitted to the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013. It also reviewed the financial sections of the draft annual report and Form 20-F for 2011 and for 2012, as well as parts of the report of the Chairman of the Board of Directors on internal control and risk management, particularly those related to accounting and financial reporting.

The Committee ensured the effectiveness of internal control procedures in place within our Group. To this effect, at regular intervals, the Committee monitored the progress made regarding the certification required by Article 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. It also received the Internal Audit Department’s annual report for 2011 and for 2012, as well as the internal audit plans for 2012 and 2013. It assessed the internal and external auditors’ report to ensure the effectiveness of internal control systems set up by the Group.

Finally, the Committee reviewed the Statutory Auditors’ reports, participated in the determination of the Statutory Auditors’ fees, and recommended in February 2012, that their term of office be renewed. The Committee was also briefed by the General Counsel, in particular with respect to the developments of the litigations concerning the Group, and by the Chief Compliance Officer on the compliance programs set up for 2011 and 2012 and on the objectives set for 2013.

7.1.4.2 Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee met three times during fiscal year 2012, with an attendance rate of 100%, and twice in early 2013, with an attendance rate of 100%.

 

108


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

Members

Beyond the AFEP-MEDEF Code requirements, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s operating rules provide that the Committee shall consist of no less than three members, at least two-thirds of whom must be independent.

The members of the Committee are Mr. Daniel Bernard (Chairman), Lady Sylvia Jay, Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat and Mr. Olivier Piou since February 6, 2013, in replacement of Mr. W. Frank Blount. All are independent Directors.

Role

The mission of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, shall be to review matters relating to the composition, organization and operation of the Board of Directors and its committees, to identify and make proposals to the Board regarding individuals qualified to serve as Directors of the Company and on committees of the Board of Directors; to develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the Company; and to oversee the evaluations of the Board of Directors and committees thereof. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will also review succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer as well as other senior executive officers of the Company (Management Team).

The Committee’s work in 2012 and early 2013

In 2012, the Committee prepared the annual assessment of the Board’s activities in 2011, and, in particular, recommended the external consultant selected for these purposes as provided in the Operating Rules.

At the beginning of 2013, the Committee prepared the annual assessment of the Board’s activities in 2012, using the tool which had been implemented, in 2012, in the form of a dash-board aiming to enable the Directors to understand in a structured manner, the information made available to them, both in terms of quantity and quality.

Furthermore, it proceeded with a modification of its Operating Rules, in order to formalize the process for the appointment of new Directors and the renewal of Directors.

The Committee also organized the review of the Directors’ independence with respect to the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the NYSE rules and prepared the conclusions of the Board of Directors on this matter. Furthermore, the Committee reviewed the succession plan for the main executives of the Group, and ensured that the policy of staggered renewal of the terms of office is continued. Consequently, the Committee proposed the renewal of five Directors to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012, for 2 or 3 years. Consequently, in 2013, it is proposed the renewal of three Directors (including the Chairman of the Board) for 3 years at the next the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled for May 7, 2013. It also continued the process to bring our Company into compliance with the provisions of the law of January 27, 2011, relating to the balanced representation of men and women within boards of directors, by co-opting Ms. Kim Crawford Goodman as Director and proposing the ratification of her appointment by cooptation as Director at Shareholders’ Meeting of May 7, 2013.

A Search Committee, chaired by Mr. Daniel Bernard, was designated by the Board of Directors, to supervise the selection process and identify potential successors to the position of CEO. This committee presented its report at the Board meeting of February 21, 2013, and proposed Mr. Michel Combes as successor to Mr. Ben Verwaayen as CEO.

7.1.4.3 Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee met three times in the fiscal year 2012 with an attendance rate of 100% and twice in 2013 with an attendance rate of 100%.

Members

The Compensation Committee consists of no less than four members, at least two-thirds of whom must be independent.

The members of the Committee are Mr. Jean-Cyril Spinetta (Chairman), Lady Sylvia Jay, Mr. Stuart E. Eizenstat and Mr. Olivier Piou. All members are independent Directors.

Role

The role of the Compensation Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to review matters relating to and make proposals to the Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of the Directors, the Chairman, the CEO, and the key executives who are members of the Executive Committee. The Compensation Committee also reviews the grant policies concerning stock options, performance shares, and variable compensation. It analyzes any proposal to increase our Company’s capital by an offering made exclusively to the employees.

 

109

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.1 CHAIRMAN’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

 

 

The Committee’s work in 2012 and early 2013

The Committee reviewed all of the elements of variable compensation applicable within the Group, including the performance criteria set for the calculation of the variable compensation under the “Global Annual Incentive Plan” and the targets for fiscal years 2012 and 2013.

The Committee analyzed the elements of the long-term incentive and compensation policy. The Committee recommended the granting of performance shares and stock options to the Group’s employees and executives for 2012 and proposed performance criteria conditioning entirely the definitive grant of performance shares and conditioning in part the definitive grant of stock options to the members of the Management Committee. Moreover, the Committee carried out the annual assessment of the performance criteria of the previous performance share and stock option plans.

The Committee proposed to the Board not to put in place at this point a performance share or a stock option annual plan in favor of employees and management of the Group for 2013, in view in particular of market conditions and of the challenges faced by our Company throughout 2012. In addition, it decided not to request the renewal of the two authorizations allowing for the grant of performance shares and stock options at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

In accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Committee made proposals concerning the Executive Directors’ compensation and the performance criteria conditioning all grants of performance shares to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Committee analyzed certain human resources questions at the Group level, including, in particular, the compensation policy, the development and the retention of key talents and the Company’s policy with respect to equality of opportunity and of remuneration.

In 2013, the Committee also analyzed the information related to the compensation of the Executive Directors and officers prior to the publication of such information in this document (See Section 7.2 “Compensation and long-term incentives”). It also made propositions on the structure of the compensation of Mr. Michel Combes following his appointment as CEO.

7.1.4.4 Technology Committee

The Technology Committee met five times during fiscal year 2012 with an attendance rate of the Directors of 100%.

Members

Our Technology Committee consists of Mr. Louis R. Hughes (Chairman), Ms. Carla Cico, Ms. Kim Crawford Goodman (who joined the Technology Committee on December 5, 2012), Mr. Olivier Piou, Mr. Ted Leonsis, external member, Mr. Phillippe Keryer, President of our “Networks” Segment, Mr. Jeong Kim and Messrs. Jean-Pierre Desbois and Bertrand Lapraye, Board observers.

Role

The role of the Committee, as defined by the Board of Directors’ Operating Rules, is to review the major technological options that are the basis of the R&D work and the launching of new products. The Committee is kept informed of the development of Alcatel Lucent’s scientific and technical cooperation projects with the academic and research environment.

Moreover, it reviews the R&D expenses, the risks associated with the R&D programs and the associated mitigation plans, the technology trends and the disruptive threats or opportunities; and it benchmarks the competition to evaluate the Group’s R&D efficiency and cost.

The Committee’s work in 2012 and early 2013

At these meetings, the Committee discussed the strategic challenges linked to the Group’s technological positioning on the main markets in which it operates. It reviewed the Group’s portfolios of products within the segments, and the main research projects underway at Bell Labs.

The Committee assessed the consequences of the reorganization announced in September 2012 on the structure of R&D activities of the Group. Therefore, it reviewed the organization and strategy of the Networks & Platforms organization, as well as its main divisions. In particular, the Committee examined the perspectives of the Core Networks & Wireless division, as well as the portfolio of the Platforms division.

Finally, the Committee was informed of the work done for the evaluation and the valuation of Alcatel Lucent’s patent portfolio.

 

110


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

7.2    COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.1 LONG-TERM COMPENSATION MECHANISMS

  112

7.2.1.1 General principles

  112

7.2.1.2 Performance shares

  115

7.2.1.3 Performance reviews for the performance share plans

  116

7.2.1.4 Summary table for the performance share plans

  118

7.2.1.5 Stock options

  118

7.2.1.6 Performance reviews for the stock option plans for the members of the Executive Committee

  120

7.2.1.7 Summary tables for the stock option plans

  121

7.2.1.8 Collective profit-sharing agreement and Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO)

  123

7.2.2 STATUS OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

  123

7.2.2.1 Compensation policy for the Executive Directors and officers

  123

7.2.2.2 Chairman of the Board of Directors

  125

7.2.2.3 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chairman of the Board of Directors

  126

7.2.2.4 Tables established in accordance with AMF recommendations on the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

  128

7.2.2.5 Chief Executive Officer

  129

7.2.2.6 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer

  131

7.2.2.7 Tables prepared in accordance with AMF recommendations on the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer

  133

7.2.2.8 Executive Committee

  135

 

111

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2    COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

Section 7.2.1 “Long-term compensation mechanisms’’ deals with the general principles applicable to the long-term benefits for employees and management of the Group. The status of the Directors and Executive Directors, including with respect to their compensation, is more specifically dealt with in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers.”

7.2.1 LONG-TERM COMPENSATION MECHANISMS

7.2.1.1 General principles

The purpose of the compensation and long-term profit-sharing mechanisms in the Company’s capital is to involve employees and managers in the development goals of Alcatel Lucent, in the interest of the Group and its shareholders. The main instruments used in this context until now were the grant of performance shares and stock options, as well as the implementation of profit-sharing agreements and employee savings plans.

In 2013, without putting into question the fundamental principles framing the mechanisms explained in this Chapter 7.2, our Board of Directors decided not to put in place at this point a performance share or a stock option annual plan in favor of employees and management of the Group, taking into account, in particular, market conditions. In addition, our Board decided not to request the renewal of the two authorizations allowing for the grant of performance shares and stock options at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

Grant policy

The grants of long-term incentives are decided each year at the same time by the Board of Directors at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. Their implementation serves several purposes: To involve employees in the Group’s results, to encourage and reward performance and to attract and retain talent in a highly competitive industry, where quality and employee motivation are key factors for success and where recourse to such incentives is widely spread.

Since 2009, the Group has strived to ensure consistency and harmonization of the policy pursued in this area. In the interest of consistency, clarity and fairness, this policy was extended to all divisions of the Group and the countries where it operates. The same objective has led to a rationalization and a significant simplification of the performance criteria used, as well as a harmonization of the vesting period attached to stock options and performance shares, to the extent possible in light of the various applicable tax and labor laws in force.

Furthermore, the instruments used have been diversified in order to follow market practice and better meet the expectations of our employees and our shareholders. Thus, while stock option grants were previously the primary long-term incentive tool for the employees, the Board of Directors has decided since 2009 to significantly reduce the number of options granted and to increase, in parallel, the use of performance shares and instruments focusing on long-term savings such as the Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO).

Beyond these common features, the Board of Directors and the CEO attach great importance to maintaining a real flexibility in the choice and weighting of the long-term incentive tools, in order to take into account the best practices in place in the various sectors in which the Group operates, but also the specific needs of each division, as well as the specificities of the regulation applicable in each country. It should be kept in mind, in this respect, that a major portion of the grants are awarded to employees in our U.S. subsidiaries, in view of the competitive environment and the compensation policies prevailing in the United States.

Performance conditions

The Board of Directors determines every year the conditions of the plans and in particular the performance criteria attached to grants of performance shares and stock options.

In order to promote simplicity and fairness, and similar to 2011, the Board of Directors chose to subordinate the grant of performance shares to all high-potential individuals within the Group, that is, 7,936 persons in 2012, to a single quantitative criterion(1). This criterion refers to the comparison between the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price and the share price of a representative panel of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector.

Similarly, a single performance criterion was selected for the granting of stock options to the Executive Directors and officers of the Group. The Board of Directors chose to retain Free Cash Flow as the criterion, consistent with the Group’s objectives for 2011 and 2012.

 

(1) With regard to the Chairman of the Board, this quantitative criterion is supplemented by a qualitative criterion, to take into account the specific nature of his duties relating to the governance of the Group.

 

112


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

The table below reflects the performance criteria attached to the 2011 and 2012 grants.

 

LOGO

 

 

(1) No stock options and no performance shares were granted to the CEO in 2012 for 2011.

Regarding the evaluation period for the performance conditions, a harmonization effort was also undertaken in order to favor throughout the Group the same focus on promoting loyalty and encouraging long-term incentives:

 

 

the vesting period is 4 years in total, with gradual vesting, for all recipients of stock options, regardless of the company of the Group that they work for (see Section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options”);

 

 

the vesting period is also 4 years for recipients of performance shares who are employees of a company of the Group located outside of France. However, in order to take into account the specific tax and labor laws applicable in France to grants of performance shares prior to September 28, 2012, a vesting period of 2 years, followed by a mandatory holding period of 2 years, is required for all recipients employed by companies of the Group located in France (see Section 7.2.1.2 “Performance shares”), that is, a total of 4 years.

The chart below reflects the vesting period for recipients of performance shares and stock options, depending of whether they are employed by companies of the Group located in France or outside of France. In the boxes, the percentages represent the maximum rights that may be acquired, subject to performance and presence conditions as noted.

 

LOGO

 

113

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Readjustment of the grants and decrease of their dilutive effect

The readjustment of the grant policy put in place since 2009 favors a balance between performance shares and stock options. Compared to the previous situation, the number of performance shares granted has therefore increased, while the number of stock options has decreased.

This orientation has two consequences in particular.

On the one hand, in terms of flows, the overall volume of annual grants of performance shares and stock options is decreasing. It has thus been reduced from 26 million in 2010 to 21.9 million in 2012, that is, a 16 % decrease. The average grant rate, or “average burn rate”, corresponds to the average of the three last annual grants of performance shares and stock options.

The burn rate thus calculated through the average of the last 3 grants (26 million securities for 2010, of 21.40 million securities for 2011 and of 21.90 million securities for 2012), represents 23.10 million securities per year, that is, an average of 1% of the share capital at December 31, 2012.

The graph below reflects the evolution of the grants of performance shares and stock options as part of annual plans between 2010 and 2012 (in millions of securities issued).

 

LOGO   LOGO

Our Board of Directors benefits from two authorizations given at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010 to award performance shares and options for the subscription or purchase of stock, for a period of 38 months and within a limit of 4% of the share capital, of which a maximum of 1% may be grants of performance shares. These authorizations will expire on August 1, 2013 and we will not request their renewal at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 7, 2013.

At March 7, 2013, the total number of performance shares and stock options awarded under these authorizations amounted to 20,8 million and 25,5 million, respectively, representing a total of 1.9% of the share capital of the Company. The graph below reflects the use of the authorizations granted at the Shareholders’ Meeting of 2010 at March 7, 2013.

 

LOGO    LOGO  

On the other hand, the readjustment between stock options and performance shares reduces the volume of securities in circulation, and consequently the potential dilutive effect. At December 31, 2012, the volume of stock options and performance shares in circulation, that is, 194 million securities, represented 6.5 % of the diluted capital of Alcatel Lucent (see Section 9.3 “Share capital and diluted capital”) and 8.3 % of its share capital.

 

114


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

LOGO

At March 10, 2013, the volume of outstanding stock options and performance shares decreased to 184.6 million, given the expiration of the exercise period of the stock options granted on January 3, 2005 and on March 10, 2005 with an exercise price respectively of 11.4 and 10 Euros (approximately 9.4 million stock options definitively lapsed). As a result of the recent share price trend of our shares, the amount of issued shares under the current stock options plans (adopted between 2004 and 2012) remains low: 2.7% of all of the granted stock options were exercised and over 31.5% were cancelled.

7.2.1.2 Performance shares

The acquisition of performance shares is conditioned on the recipient’s presence in the Group for at least two years and the satisfaction of performance conditions over a period of two or four years.

Annual grant

Unlike in previous years, at its meeting of October 31, 2012, our Board of Directors decided not to put in place an annual performance share plan for employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group in March 2013.

Annual plan decided on March 14, 2012. At its meeting, our Board of Directors decided to grant 10,674,215 performance shares to 7,937 employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group, subject to the fulfillment of a presence condition and a performance criterion based on the Alcatel Lucent share price as described below. This plan includes an allocation of 1,100,000 performance shares to members of the Executive Committee*, with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer, and of 200,000 performance shares to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, representing 12.2% of the annual grant.

2011 and 2012 presence and performance conditions

The vesting depends on the presence of the recipient as an employee after a period of two years from the date of the grant and the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price, measured against the share price of a peer group of 12 other solutions and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (ADTRAN, Arris, Ciena, Cisco, Comverse, Ericsson, F5 Networks, Juniper, Nokia, Motorola Solutions Inc., Tellabs and ZTE).

 

    The performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price is measured against a representative sample of 12 other solutions and services providers in the area of telecommunications equipments

 

This sample may be revised based on changes at these companies, especially in case of transactions concerning their structure that may affect their listing. The reference price will be calculated, for the Alcatel Lucent share, based on the average opening price on NYSE Euronext Paris exchange for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period, and for the shares of the other issuers, on a similar basis in the principal exchange where they are listed.

For all Group employees – regardless of which legal entity is their employer – performance shares are potentially available at the end of the fourth year following the grant.

 

    The shares are available at the end of the fourth year following the grant

 

The evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price and that of the other issuers is measured after each two first one-year periods for all recipients. For employees of a company based outside of France, a third assessment at the end of the fourth year, based on the performance of Alcatel Lucent share price at each anniversary date of the grant will be computed to determine the final rights acquired. For employees of a company based in France, there is no additional computation but an additional holding period of two years, so that the performance shares become available at the end of the fourth year following the grant, as for employees of a company based outside of France.

 

 

* Referred to as “Management Committee” until December 31, 2012.

 

115

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Depending upon the stock market performance of the Alcatel Lucent share, a ratio ranging from 0 to 100% is used to compute the number of rights acquired in respect of each period. The Board of Directors determines, on the basis of an analysis validated each year by a consulting firm retained for this purpose, whether or not the performance condition has been satisfied (see Section 7.2.1.3 “Performance reviews for the performance share plans”).

Presence and performance conditions prior to 2011

For plans established between 2008 and 2010, the acquisition of performance shares depends not only on the presence of the employee in the Group for a two-year period starting at the date of grant, but also on the satisfaction of the Group’s annual targets for a period of two or four years, depending on whether the recipient is an employee of a company based in France (two years) or outside France (four years).

The assessment of the Group’s performance is based on the criteria established for the Global Annual Incentive Plan and on precisely-defined levels of satisfaction of the condition. The satisfaction of this performance condition is assessed at the end of each period, corresponding to the successive fiscal year. The levels of achievement of the condition are reported each year in the plan performance reviews (see Section 7.2.1.3 “Performance reviews for the performance share plans”).

7.2.1.3 Performance reviews for the performance share plans

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2012.

Plan of March 14, 2012

On March 14, 2012, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 10,474,215 performance shares to 7,936 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the two-year presence condition by the recipients and the performance criterion of the Alcatel Lucent share price (See Section 7.2.1.2 “Performance shares”).

The results of the first review of performance will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 9,939,786 performance shares to 8,177 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the two-year presence condition by the recipients and the performance criterion of the Alcatel Lucent share price (See Section 7.2.1.2 “Performance shares”).

 

Performance Review of the March 16, 2011 plan    Rank and reference period coefficient
              Period 1 (1)      Period 2 (1)        Period 3 (2)    Period 4 (2)
      Weighting      Rank      Coef.      Rank      Coef.        Rank    Coef.    Rank    Coef.
Performance of Alcatel Lucent’s share price                    

 

 

Vesting period of 2
years for recipients
employed in France
and of 4 years for
recipients employed
outside France

    Assessment of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against the share price of a representative sample of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector

     100%         13         0%         -         -        
Number of performance shares acquired                       

 

(1)

With respect to all employees, depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% and established based on the ranking of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance compared with our sample group, is used to calculate the number of shares vested during the first and the second period. The coefficient used for the second period applies to the balance of rights that are not acquired during the first period. No rights are vested if Alcatel Lucent’s share price is last in this ranking. The total number of performance shares finally vested at the end of the vesting period of 2 years amounts to the total number of shares of the 1st and the 2nd year.

 

(2) For purposes of determining the final number of performance shares vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, with respect to the employees in the Group’s companies based outside France, the reference price of the Alcatel Lucent share and of the shares of the other issuers in the representative sample at the grant date will be compared to the average of their reference share prices measured at each anniversary date of the grant date in order to establish a ranking of the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share and of the shares of the other issuers for the four-year vesting period. If the Company is not ranked in last position, the total number of shares as determined at the end of the second period will be finally vested at the end of the vesting period.

The results of the 2013 review of performance will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

 

116


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Plan of March 17, 2010

On March 17, 2010, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 7,114,502 performance shares to 10,952 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the two-year presence condition by the recipients and a financial criterion, namely the operating profit of the Group.

 

           
Performance Review of the March 17, 2010 plan             Performance rate      Average
performance
rate/shares
acquired (1)
     Performance rate    Average
performance
rate (2)
     Weighting        2010      2011         2012      2013   

Financial performance criterion

                  

 

Vesting period of 2
years for recipients
employed in France
and of 4 years for
recipients employed
outside France

  Group’s operating income

    100%           84%         82.5%         83.25%         0%      
Number of performance shares acquired                        

 

974,422

shares

 

  

           

 

(1) For the employees of the Group’s companies based in France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 2-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year. The number of acquired shares by all 1,399 employees present at the second anniversary date of the plan amounted to 974,422 Alcatel Lucent shares on the basis of an average performance rate of 83.25%.

 

(2) For the employees of the Group’s companies based outside France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 4-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year.

Plan of March 18, 2009

On March 18, 2009, our Board of Directors decided to allocate 6,782,956 performance shares to 11,075 employees of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of the two-year presence condition by the recipients and performance conditions based on the financial performance of the Group.

 

             
Performance review of the March 18, 2009 plan          Performance rate            Average
performance
rate/shares
acquired (1)
     Performance rate     Average
performance
rate (2)
 
     Weighting     2009     2010                2011          2012    
Financial performance criteria     33%        0%        66%      

 

 

 

LOGO  

 

  

       52.1%            0%     

  Level of revenues

                   

  Operating income

    33%        0%        84%           33.5%         82.5%          0%        36%   

  Operating Cash Flow minus restructuring Cash Outlays and capital
expenditures

    34%        0%        51%                    50%            49%           
Number of acquired performance shares                    
 
314,372
shares

  
 
    

 

1,880,689

shares

  

  

 

(1) For the employees of the Group’s companies based in France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 2-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year. The number of performance shares acquired by the 1,472 recipients who were present on the date of the second anniversary date of the plan amounted to 314,372 Alcatel Lucent shares, corresponding to an average performance rate of 33.5%.

 

(2) For the employees of the Group’s companies based outside France, the average performance rate is calculated at the expiration of a 4-year period on the basis of the performance rates for each fiscal year. On March 7, 2013, our Board of Directors assessed the average performance rate, that is, 36%, corresponding to 1,880,689 Alcatel Lucent performance shares which will be acquired by the 8,554 recipients outside France who were present on the second anniversary date of the plan (except for death and disability).

The total number of shares acquired by all of the 10,034 recipients of the Group under the March 18, 2009 plan amounts to 2,198,286 Alcatel Lucent shares given the presence of the recipients on the second anniversary date of the plan, and the results of the review of the performance conditions based on the financial performance of the Group.

 

117

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.1.4 Summary table for the performance share plans

History of the performance share plans at December 31, 2012

 

Date of Board of

Directors
Meeting

    Number of performance shares     Total number of
recipients
    Vesting date of
shares (1)
    Number of vested
shares
    Availability date     Performance conditions
 

Total

number of
shares

    Shares granted
to Executive
Directors
 

Shares

granted to the
Executive
Committee

           
  03/14/2012        10,474,215      -     1,100,000        7,936       

 

 

03/14/2014

or

03/14/2016

  

  

  

    1,500        03/14/2016      Share price performance
  03/14/2012        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/14/2014        -        03/14/2016      Share price performance and 1 qualitative criterion
  03/16/2011        9,939,786      -     1,400,000        8,177       

 

 

03/16/2013

or

03/16/2015

  

  

  

    6,637        03/16/2015      Share price performance
  03/16/2011        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/16/2013        -        03/16/2015      Share price performance and 1 qualitative criterion
  03/17/2010        7,114,502      -     806,663        10,952       

 

 

03/17/2012

or

03/17/2014

  

  

  

    979,314        03/17/2014      1 financial criterion
  03/17/2010        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/17/2012        200,000        03/17/2014      1 financial criterion and 1 qualitative criterion
  03/18/2009        6,782,956      -     866,658        11,075       

 

 

03/18/2011

or

03/18/2013

  

  

  

    2,198,286        03/18/2013      3 financial criteria
  03/18/2009        200,000     

200,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        03/18/2011        200,000        03/18/2013     

3 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  10/29/2008        250,000     

250,000

(Chief Executive

Officer)

    -        1        02/10/2011        250,000        02/10/2013     

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  09/17/2008        100,000     

100,000

(Chairman of Board

of Directors)

    -        1        11/03/2010        100,000        11/03/2012     

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  Total        35,461,459      1,150,000     4,173,321        38,146                3,935,737               

 

(1) This is the earliest date at which performance shares can become fully vested with full ownership to be acquired on the first business day following the acknowledgement that the presence and performance conditions have been met, at the end of the vesting period.

7.2.1.5 Stock options

As with the performance shares, the stock options mechanism is extended over a period of four years. The acquisition of the stock options is subject to the recipient’s presence in the Group at the time of vesting, as well as to a performance condition, but which applies only to the Executive Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

Annual grant

Unlike in previous years, at its meeting of October 31, 2012, our Board of Directors decided not to put in place an annual stock option plan for employees, Executive Directors and officers of the Group in March 2013, taking into account, in particular, market conditions.

Annual plan decided on March 14, 2012. At its meeting our Board of Directors decided to grant a total of 10,770,255 stock options, at an exercise price of 2, to 7,950 employees, and officers of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of a presence condition.

This plan includes a grant of 1,100,000 stock options to members of the Management Committee with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer, representing 10.2% of the annual grant, the vesting of which is conditional, for 50% for members of the Management Committee, on the fulfillment of a performance condition, as described below.

Main characteristics of the 2011 and 2012 Annual plans

Limitation. The number of options that may be granted pursuant to the authority given to the Board of Directors at the Shareholders’ Meeting of 2010 for a period of 38 months is limited to 3% of the share capital. The Group’s policy concerning the grant of options limits to 1% the grants within each annual stock option plan.

 

118


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Gradual vesting. Recipients acquire rights to options granted to them gradually over a period of 4 years, subject to their presence at each vesting date. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% per year for recipients who are employees of Group companies based outside France. For recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France the vesting period of 4 years has an initial vesting period of 2 years after which the recipient acquires 50% of the rights, followed by a gradual acquisition of up to 25% at the end of the third year and 25% at the end of the fourth year.

Exercise rights. Options may be exercised once definitively vested, subject to any holding period that may be imposed by law in certain countries. For example, recipients who are employees of Group companies based in France may not exercise their options before the end of the holding period required by Article 163 bis C of the French tax code, which was, four years from the grant date. The options must be exercised before the end of the plan, that is, within eight years from the grant.

Consequently, for all Group employees – regardless of which legal entity is their employer — in view of the gradual vesting, the totality of the stock options granted is potentially only fully available at the end of the fourth year following the grant.

No discount. The exercise price for the options does not include any discount or reduction on the average opening share price for Alcatel Lucent shares on the NYSE Euronext Paris stock market for the 20 trading days preceding the Board of Directors meeting at which the options are granted, and the exercise price cannot be lower than the par value of the shares, that is, 2. The decision of the Board of Directors is taken each year at the same time of the year to limit any windfall effects.

Performance conditions for Executive Directors and members of the Management Committee. Grants of stock options for Executive Directors and members of the Executive Commitee have the same vesting principles as all employees but are subject to performance criteria. These criteria apply to 100% of the options granted to the Executive Directors of the Group, consistent with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, and to 50% of the options granted to members of the Management Committee.

The financial criterion selected for the 2011 and 2012 grants to members of the Management Committee is the evolution of Free Cash Flow, as defined, in the 2011 and 2012 stock option plans. Performance is assessed at the end of each fiscal year during a four-year period. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% of rights per year for recipients who are employees of a Group company based outside France, and 50% of rights at the end of a first period of two years, and then 25% of rights at the end of the two following periods of one year, for recipients who are employees of a Group company based in France.

Depending on the performance attained, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% is used to compute the number of vested rights in respect of each period (see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans”).

 

    Management Committee: performance measured through a financial criterion, the evolution of Free Cash Flow

 

Main characteristics of the 2008, 2009, and 2010 Annual plans

Gradual vesting. Recipients acquire rights to options granted to them gradually over a period of 4 years from the grant date, subject to their presence as employees at the end of each period. The rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% of rights after the first year and up to 1/48th of rights after each following month.

The exercise of the rights and the absence of discount are the same as for the March 16, 2011 and 2012 plans.

Performance conditions for Executive Directors and members of the Management Committee. The performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price is the performance criterion chosen for the grant of stock options to Executive Directors and members of the Management Committee from 2008 to March 1, 2011. This criterion applies to 50% of the options granted to the Executive Directors of the Group and to 50% of the options granted to members of the Executive Committee. The gradual vesting of rights depends on the presence of the recipient within the Group at the end of each vesting period and on the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price, measured against the share price of a peer group of 12 other solutions and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (ADTRAN, Arris, Ciena, Cisco, Comverse, Ericsson, F5 Networks, Juniper, Nokia, Motorola Solutions Inc., Tellabs and ZTE).

 

    Management Committee: the performance criterion is the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price

 

This sample may be revised based on changes at these companies, especially in case of transactions concerning their structure that may affect their listing. The reference price will be calculated, for the Alcatel Lucent share, based on the average opening price on the NYSE Euronext Paris exchange for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period, and for the shares of the other issuers, on a similar basis in the principal exchange where they are listed.

 

119

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

The progression of the Alcatel Lucent share price and that of the other issuers is measured over a period of 4 years:

 

 

at the end of each period of one year, with respect to 25% of the rights each year, for all Executive Directors and members of the Management Committee, in order to measure the performance each year;

 

 

and at the end of the fourth period for the final determination of the number of rights upon expiration of the vesting period, in order to measure the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price between the grant date and the end of the fourth period (see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans”).

Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0 to 100% is used to compute the number of rights acquired during each vesting period. The Board of Directors determines, on the basis of an analysis validated each year by a consulting firm contracted for this purpose, whether or not the performance condition has been satisfied.

7.2.1.6 Performance reviews for the stock option plans for the members of the Management Committee

The plans concerning stock options granted to members of our Management Committee that are subject to a performance condition applying to 50% of the grant were subject to an annual performance review. This determination occurs at the end of annual periods over four years, starting from the grant date, and concerns 25% of the options per period. The number of stock options vested depends on the ranking of Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance compared with our peer group for the plans between 2008 and March 1, 2011, and on a financial performance criterion for the March 16, 2011 and 2012 plans.

 

Performance
review
  Number of
options
granted
     Exercise
price in
Euros
    Exercise period     Performance
conditions
    Rank and reference period coefficient     Number of
cumulated
vested rights
per plan (3)
      
           Period 1  (1)     Period 2  (1)     Period 3  (1)     Period 4  (2)      
                                  Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.              
Plan of
03/14/2012
    1 100 000         2.00       

 

 

03/14/2013

to

03/13/2020

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
Financial
performance criteria
applied to 50 %
of the grant
  
  
 
  
    N/A        0%                                                                          137,500        
Plan of
03/16/2011
    1,400,000         3.70       

 

 

03/16/2012

to

03/15/2019

  

  

  

   
 
 
Financial
performance criteria applied
to 50% of the grant
  
  
  
    N/A        33%       
N/A
  
    0%                                                    407,750        
Plan of
03/01/2011
    400,000         3.20       

 

 

03/01/2012

to

02/28/2019

  

  

  

   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    11        0%        9        50%                                                    125,000        
Plan of
10/01/2010
    400,000         2.30       

 

 

10/01/2011

to

09/30/2018

  

  

  

   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    -        -        11        0%                                                    100,000        
Plan of
07/01/2010
    400,000         2.20       
 

 

07/01/2011
to

06/30/2018

  
  

  

   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    1        100%        13        0%                                                    150,000        
Plan of
03/17/2010
    1,980,000         2.40       
 
 
03/17/2011
to
03/16/2018
  
  
  
   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    4        100%        13        0%        -        - (4)                            967,500        
Plan of
03/18/2009
    2,600,000         2.00       

 

 

03/18/2010

to

03/17/2017

  

  

  

   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    4        100%        4        100%        13        0%        -        - (4)      1,475,000        
Plan of
12/31/2008
    1,700,000         2.00       

 

 

12/31/2009

to

12/30/2016

  

  

  

   
 
 
Share price
performance applied
to 50% of the grant
 
 
  
    10        50%        10        50%        12        0%        9        50%        1,168,750       

 

(1) Plans 2008 to March 1, 2011: Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient ranging from 0% to 100% is used to calculate the number of rights vested in each period. No rights are vested if Alcatel-Lucent’s share price is last in this ranking.

 

(2)

Plans 2008 to March 1, 2011: For purposes of determining the final number of options vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, the performance of Alcatel Lucent’s and the other issuers’ shares in the sample group is measured for the period from the grant date to the end of the 4th period to obtain a new ranking. Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price ranking over the four-year period, a new coefficient is determined. This coefficient is used to calculate the total vesting for the recipient if it is more favorable than the ranking on each anniversary date. In that case, the number of shares vesting in the last period is adjusted accordingly.

 

(3) Plans of March 16, 2011 and March 14, 2012: The performance rate is determined for each fiscal year. However, for recipients who are employees of Group companies that are based in France, the first vesting, up to 50% of the grant, occurs only at the end of the second year of the vesting period. Therefore, the figure with respect to the March 14, 2012 Plan only represents vesting rights for employees of Group companies that are based outside of France (See Section 7.2.1.5. “Stock options”).

 

(4) The results of the 2013 review of performance will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

Plans for the benefit of the Chief Executive Officer are covered in Section 7.2.2.6 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer.”

 

120


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

7.2.1.7 Summary tables for the stock option plans

AMF Table N°9 : Information on the largest grants or exercises for fiscal year 2012

In compliance with the provisions of Article L. 225-184 of the French Commercial Code, the table below provides information for fiscal year 2012 relating to the employees (other than the Chairman and the CEO) who received the ten largest grants and were issued the ten largest numbers of shares upon exercise of stock options.

 

      Number of stock
options granted
     Weighted
average price
         
10 largest employees stock options grants      1,100,000         2         Plan of March 14, 2012   
10 largest employees stock options exercises      N/A         N/A         N/A   

History of Alcatel Lucent stock option plans at December 31, 2012

 

  
  
  Total potential number of new shares (3)     Option exercise period       
  
      
  
      
  
 
Date of Board of Directors Meetings  

Exercise price

(in Euros)

    Total number
of
options
granted
    Granted
to
Executive
Directors (1)
    Granted to the
Management
Committee (2)
   

Total Number of

Recipients

    From     To    

Number
of options

exercised

   

Number

of options

cancelled

    Outstanding
options at
12/31/2012
 
2004                                                                             0   
03/10/2004     13.20        18,094,315        400,000        955,000        14,810       
 
03/10/2005-
03/10/2008
  
  
    03/09/2012        700        18,093,615        0   
04/01/2004     13.10        48,100                              19       
 
04/01/2005-
04/01/2008
  
  
    03/31/2012        0        48,100        0   
05/17/2004     12.80        65,100                              26       
 
05/17/2005-
05/17/2008
  
  
    05/16/2012        0        65,100        0   
07/01/2004     11.70        313,450                              187       
 
07/01/2005-
07/01/2008
  
  
    06/30/2012        2,399        311,051        0   
09/01/2004     9.90        38,450                              21        09/01/2005        08/31/2012        822        37,628        0   
10/01/2004     9.80        221,300                              85       
 
10/01/2005-
10/01/2008
  
  
    09/30/2012        18,778        202,522        0   
11/12/2004     11.20        69,600                              20        11/12/2005        11/11/2012        0        69,600        0   
12/01/2004     11.90        42,900                              11        12/01/2005        11/30/2012        0        42,900        0   
2005                                                                             9,504,987   
01/03/2005     11.41        497,500                              183        01/03/2006        01/02/2013        7,558        279,128        210,814   
03/10/2005     10.00        16,756,690                   720,000        9,470       
 
03/10/2006-
03/10/2009
  
  
    03/09/2013        292,370        7,258,997        9,205,323   
06/01/2005     8.80        223,900                              96       
 
06/01/2006-
06/01/2009
  
  
    05/31/2013        7,576        169,124        47,200   
09/01/2005     9.80        72,150                              39        09/01/2006        08/31/2013        0        38,300        33,850   
11/14/2005     10.20        54,700                              23        11/14/2006        11/13/2013        0        46,900        7,800   
2006                                                                             10 429 870   
03/08/2006     11.70        17,009,320        390,400        1,318,822        8,001       
 
03/08/2007-
03/08/2010
  
  
    03/07/2014        0        6,912,950        10,096,370   
05/15/2006     12.00        122,850                              53        05/15/2007        05/14/2014        0        57,250        65,600   
08/16/2006     9.30        337,200                              217       
 
08/16/2007-
08/16/2010
  
  
    08/15/2014        0        98,100        239,100   
11/08/2006     10.40        121,100                              26       
 
11/08/2007-
11/08/2010
  
  
    11/07/2014        0        92,300        28,800   
2007                                                                             24,210,545   
03/01/2007     10.00        204,584                              42       
 
03/01/2008-
03/01/2011
  
  
    02/28/2015        0        86,100        118,484   
03/28/2007     9.10        40,078,421        800,000        2,130,000        15,779       
 
03/28/2008-
03/28/2011
  
  
    03/27/2015        0        16,259,285        23,819,136   
08/16/2007     9.00        339,570                              119       
 
08/16/2008-
08/16/2011
  
  
    08/15/2015        0        198,245        141,325   
11/15/2007     6.30        294,300                   210,000        33       
 
11/15/2008-
11/15/2011
  
  
    11/14/2015        0        162,700        131,600   

 

121

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

  
  
  Total potential number of new shares (3)     Option exercise period       
  
      
  
      
  
 
Date of Board of Directors Meetings  

Exercise price

(in Euros)

    Total number
of
options
granted
    Granted
to
Executive
Directors (1)
    Granted to the
Management
Committee (2)
   

Total Number of

Recipients

    From     To    

Number
of options

exercised

   

Number

of options

cancelled

    Outstanding
options at
12/31/2012
 
2008                                                                             35,536,171   
03/25/2008     3.80        47,987,716                   2,050,000        14,414       
 
03/25/2009-
03/25/2012
  
  
    03/24/2016        1,360,248        13,168,061        33 ,459,407   
04/04/2008     3.80        800,000        800,000                   1       
 
04/04/2009-
04/04/2012
  
  
    04/03/2016        0        800,000        0   
07/01/2008     4.40        223,700                              64       
 
07/01/2009-
07/01/2012
  
  
    06/30/2016        0        97,750        125,950   
09/17/2008 (3)     3.90        250,000        250,000                   1       

 

09/17/2009

09/17/2012

  

  

    09/16/2016        0        93,750        156,250   
12/31/2008 (3)     2.00        2,052,400                   1,700,000        88       
 
12/31/2009-
12/31/2012
  
  
    12/30/2016        243,567        108,019        1,700,814   
2009                                                                             40,886,453   
03/18/2009     2.00        30,656,400                              76,641       
 
03/18/2010-
03/18/2011
  
  
    03/17/2017        2,445,115        4,263,085        23,948,200   
03/18/2009 (3)     2.00        21,731,110        1,000,000        2,600,000        11,112       
 
03/18/2010-
03/18/2013
  
  
    03/17/2017        1,884,709        3,518,806        16,327,595   
07/01/2009     2.00        443,500                              54       
 
07/01/2010-
07/01/2013
  
  
    06/30/2017        16,207        78,796        348,497   
10/01/2009     2.90        282,500                              25       
 
10/01/2010-
10/01/2013
  
  
    09/30/2017        15,829        90,710        175,961   
12/01/2009     2.50        108,400                              16       

 

12/01/2010-

12/01/2013

  

  

    11/30/2017        0        22,200        86,200   
2010                                                                             17,694,718   
03/17/2010 (3)     2.40        18,734,266        1,000,000        1,980,000        10,994       
 
03/17/2011-
03/17/2014
  
  
    03/16/2018        368,397        2,199,651        16,166,218   
07/01/2010 (3)     2.20        721,000                   400,000        65       
 
07/01/2011-
07/01/2014
  
  
    06/30/2018        2, 500        77,000        641,500   
10/01/2010 (3)     2.30        851,000                   400,000        54       
 
10/01/2011-
10/01/2014
  
  
    09/30/2018        0        74,500        776,500   
12/09/2010     2.20        125,500                              27       
 
12/09/2011-
12/09/2014
  
  
    12/08/2018        0        15,000        110,500   
2011                                                                             11,497,638   
03/01/2011 (3)     3.20        605,000                   400,000        39       
 
03/01/2012-
03/01/2015
  
  
    02/28/2019        0        59,000        546,000   
03/16/2011 (3)     3.70        11,251,125        1,300,000        1,400,000        8,178       
 
03/16/2012-
03/16/2015
  
  
    03/15/2019        0        927,030        10,324,095   
06/01/2011     4.20        414,718                              61       
 
06/01/2012-
06/01/2015
  
  
    05/31/2019        0        73,300        341,418   
09/01/2011     2.50        171,000                              44       
 
09/01/2012-
09/01/2015
  
  
    08/31/2019        0        22,375        148,625   
12/01/2011     2.00        145,500                              45       
 
12/01/2012-
12/01/2015
  
  
    11/30/2019        0        8,000        137,500   
2012                                                                             10,664,063   
03/14/2012     2.00        10,770,255                   1,100,000        7,950       
 
03/14/2013-
03/14/2016
  
  
    03/13/2020        0        391,092        10,379,163   
08/13/2012     2.00        390,400                              41       
 
08/13/2013-
08/13/2016
  
  
    08/12/2020        0        200,000        190,400   
12/17/2012     2.00        94,500                              27       
 
12/17/2013-
12/17/2016
 
  
    12/16/2020        0        0        94,500   
                                                                                                             

TOTAL

            243,815,490        5,940,000        17,363,822        179,201                        6,666,775        78,818,020        160,330,695   

 

(1) 2004 to 2006 : Mr. S. Tchuruk, 2006 to 2008 : Ms P. Russo, 2008 to 2012 : Mr. B. Verwaayen.

 

(2) 2004 : 11 members, 2005 : 7 members, 2006 : 14 members, 2007 : 9 members, 2008 : 11 members, 2009 : 14 members, 2010 : 16 members, 2011 : 15 members, 2012 : 11 members.

 

(3) The number of shares that may be acquired depends on the level of satisfaction of the performance conditions. For an annual performance review, see Section 7.2.1.6 “Performance reviews for the stock option plans for the members of the Executive Committee.”

 

122


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

7.2.1.8 Collective profit-sharing agreement and Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO)

The Group’s companies have set up collective profit-sharing agreements and employee savings plans based on the recommendations of senior management. Furthermore, when authorized by local legislation, foreign subsidiaries have introduced profit-sharing plans for their employees in compliance with the relevant local laws.

On February 23, 2009, the Group’s French companies and the trade unions representing these companies signed a collective agreement concerning the creation of a Collective Pension Savings Plan (PERCO). PERCO may be used by employees of the Group’s French companies to top up their future pensions or to carry out other plans such as purchasing their main residence. This initiative allows them to make payments into a long-term savings plan and to receive matching contributions from Alcatel Lucent. PERCO is an addition to the Company’s existing employee savings plans.

Until June 25, 2009, only payments made into Alcatel Lucent’s Employee Shareholder Fund (Fonds Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent) could be matched by employer contributions (if the holding period is at least 5 years). To encourage the employees to contribute to the pension savings plan, the signatories of the PERCO agreement favored setting up a joint matching contribution allowance for the PERCO and the Alcatel Lucent Employee Shareholder Fund for all of the Group’s French companies. Alcatel Lucent will top up any profit-sharing or voluntary payments made into the plan.

Each year, an employee may invest up to 3,000 in PERCO and/or the Alcatel Lucent Employee Shareholder Fund, an benefit from a maximum employer gross contribution of 2,000.

The employer contribution is calculated as follows:

 

 

100% of the employee’s payments up to 1,000 of accumulated payments;

 

 

70% of the employee’s payments, when the accumulated payments are between 1,001 and 2,000;

 

 

30 % of the employee’s payments, when the accumulated payments are between 2,001 and 3,000.

7.2.2 STATUS OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.2.2.1 Compensation policy for the Executive Directors and officers

The compensation policy for the Executive Directors is established in accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors determines all compensation and long-term benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

With respect to 2013, without putting into question the fundamental principles framing these mechanisms, which are explained in the following sections, the Board of Directors decided not to put in place at this point a performance share or a stock option annual plan for the employees, Executive Directors, and senior management of the Group, taking into account, in particular, market conditions. In addition, our Board decided not to request the renewal of the two authorizations allowing for the grant of performance shares and stock options at the annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

Role of the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee

The Board of Directors ensures a balance between the various components of the Executive Directors’ compensation (fixed and variable compensation, stock options and performance share awards, and additional pension benefits, if any). It also ensures that these components comply with the principles of comprehensiveness and clarity, balance and reasonableness, benchmarking and consistency set forth in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Proposals for the compensation of the Chairman and of the Chief Executive Officer, as well as of the Directors and key executives are established under the responsibility of the Compensation Committee. It evaluates all compensation paid or attributed to them, including compensation relating to retirement, and other benefits of any nature.

The Committee’s recommendations concern the annual evaluation of the Group’s senior management and the setting of the fixed and variable compensation paid to key executives. This includes the rules for determining the variable part of their compensation, which is based on their performance and our Company’s medium-term strategy, as well as the targets against which performance is measured.

The Committee’s recommendations take into account, in particular, the various compensation surveys available (Aon Hewitt Euro Executive survey, Mercer, Radford...).

The Compensation Committee also reviews the policies relating to the grant of stock options and performance shares to the Group’s executive officers, and in particular to members of the Management Committee.

 

123

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

General principles applied to the long-term incentives of the Executive Directors

Pursuant to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, all grants of performance shares and stock options to our Executive Directors are subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions as determined by our Board of Directors. According to the authorizations given by the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 1, 2010, these grants should not represent more than 6% of the total number of employee grants over a period of 38 months. Our Board of Directors also determines specific conditions pertaining to the holding periods for shares allocated to our Executive Directors, in accordance with Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, and to the obligation to purchase Alcatel Lucent shares related to the grant of performance shares as provided in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Pursuant to the Law of December 3, 2008 to promote earnings for employees, these grants were accompanied by a mechanism providing for more than 90% of the staff of the French companies of the Group, an interest in its performance, by way of a supplemental profit-sharing payment.

Grants of stock options and performance shares combined made to our Executive Directors represent in average for 2011 and 2012, 3.8 % of the annual grants decided by the Board of Directors, which represents 0.07 % of the share capital of the Company.

The breakdown of the annual grants of stock options and performance shares between our employees and our executives (including members of the Executive Committee) on average in 2011 and 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

LOGO

Compensation policy for the Executive Directors

The compensation policy for our Executive Directors was determined by the Board of Directors taking into account the difficult situation—both in terms of markets and technologies—that the Group experienced in mid 2008, at the time of their appointment, and the challenges they agreed to meet at that time. The table below reflects the main criteria adopted:

 

LOGO

 

(1) No performance share grant for fiscal year 2012.
(2) No stock option grant for fiscal years 2011 and 2012.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

As it concerns its guiding principles, this policy has not changed between 2008 and 2011, which reinforces its clarity and the relevance of the choices originally made. In particular, the compensation of the Executive Directors has not been subject to any updating or reevaluation since their appointment. In addition, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are subject for performance shares and stock-options, to the same quantitative performance criteria as the senior management and executives of the Group—that is, share performance compared to a panel and Free Cash Flow—even if these criteria are, when applied with respect to them, subject to a specific weighting and supplemented by other more specific evaluation criteria taking into account the role given to them in the management of the Group and the related responsibilities.

However, the Executive Directors advised the Board of Directors of their decision to relinquish any performance share or stock option grants in 2013 for fiscal year 2012, in order to show their personal commitment in favor of our Group’s recovery and to take into account the results of the 2012 fiscal year.

7.2.2.2 Chairman of the Board of Directors

The compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors consists in principle in a fixed annual compensation of 200,000 paid in cash, and share-based compensation, in line with the practices of companies in the Group’s main reference markets.

In application of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the evaluation of the performance of the Chairman of the Board of Directors must not only be based on quantitative criteria, but must also take into account the work performed and results obtained, as well as the specific responsibility assumed by the Chairman within the Group.

Annual compensation

The compensation of Mr. Philippe Camus was set at 200,000 at the time he took office. This amount remained unchanged between 2008 and 2012 and was extended for fiscal year 2013 at the meeting of the Board of Directors on February 6, 2013. This compensation represents twice the average compensation of the Directors of the Company and does not include any variable component.

Annual grant of performance shares

The Board of Directors determines, for each grant of performance shares, the performance criteria and specific conditions that apply to the acquisition of performance shares, including criteria for assessing the action of the Chairman throughout his term of office.

On March 14, 2012, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus for fiscal year 2011, all of which are subject to performance conditions over a vesting period of two years. Subject to the presence and performance conditions as described below, these performance shares will be available after a holding period of two years, starting at the end of the acquisition period, that is, after a a total period of four years.

In order to show his personal commitment in favor of our Group’s recovery and to take into account the results of the 2012 fiscal year, Mr. Philippe Camus advised the Board of Directors of his decision to relinquish any performance share grants in 2013 for fiscal year 2012, and to give up the right he had until now to accelerate the vesting of the performance shares already granted to him in case of termination of his mandate. The Board of Directors acknowledged this decision. The Board considered, however, that the compensation of the Chairman does not reflect the intensity and quality of the contribution of the Chairman to the governance of our Company, and consequently it decided to proceed to an overall reassessment of the elements of compensation of our Chairman in 2013.

Performance conditions attached to the 2012 annual grant

Our Board of Directors decided to subject the Chairman’s acquisition of performance shares to the satisfaction of one quantitative criterion equal to 30% of the performance evaluation and of qualitative criteria equal to 70% of the performance evaluation. The quantitative criterion is based on the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price as defined for the Group Annual Plan (see Section 7.2.1.2. “Performance shares”).

The qualitative criteria are tied to targets specific to the function of Chairman of the Board of Directors defined by our Board of Directors, the satisfaction of which will be assessed at the end of the vesting period of these rights, and comprising, for the 2012 grant with respect to fiscal year 2011:

 

 

to conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals;

 

 

to ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code;

 

 

to ensure the implementation of the recommendations agreed by the Board on the basis of the Board’s evaluation performed at the beginning of 2012.

 

125

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Presence condition and specific obligations attached to the annual grant

Presence condition: Mr. Philippe Camus must still be an Executive Director at the end of the two-year vesting period. In the event of termination of his position during the vesting period, all corresponding rights will automatically expire.

At its February 6, 2013 meeting, the Board of Directors acknowledged Mr. Philippe Camus’ decision to give up the commitment made by the Board on September 17, 2008, regarding the preservation of his rights to acquire performance shares, under certain circumstances in case of termination of his mandate as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Obligation to keep vested shares: Until such time as he ceases his functions, Mr. Philippe Camus must keep a number of performance shares received through grants equal in value to 100% of his annual compensation.

Purchase obligation: Mr. Philippe Camus is subject to an obligation to purchase two Alcatel Lucent shares per five performance shares acquired at the end of the vesting period. This requirement is effective at the end of the legal holding period for shares (four years after the grant date). However, it is suspended as long as the value of the Alcatel Lucent shares held by the Chairman is at least equal to 40% of his annual compensation net of tax.

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, Mr. Philippe Camus has agreed not to use hedging instruments concerning the performance shares he receives.

Stock option grants

Mr. Philippe Camus has not received any Alcatel Lucent stock options.

Benefits after termination of functions

Mr. Philippe Camus has not received any commitment from the Company or any other Group company concerning the termination of his duties as Chairman of the Board or during the period following termination. Furthermore, he is not entitled to any additional or supplemental pension scheme.

7.2.2.3 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chairman of the Board of Directors

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2012 and in early 2013.

Plan of March 14, 2012

On March 14, 2012, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on a quantitative criterion (share price performance) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 14, 2012 plan

 

Weighting

      

2012 (1)

    

2013

  Average
performance
rate
  

2014

    

2015

Quantitative performance criterion:

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 100%)

 

    Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against a representative sample of the share price of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector

 

 

 

 

30%

 

  

                             

Qualitative criterion related to the function of Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

    To conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals

 

     To ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code

 

    To ensure the implementation of the recommendations agreed by the Board on the basis of the Board’s evaluation performed at the beginning of 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

70%

 

 

  

               

 

Vesting period
of 2 years and
holding period
of 2 years

           

 

(1) The results of the 2013 review will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

 

126


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on a quantitative criterion (share price performance) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 16, 2011 plan

 

Weighting

      

2011

      

2012 (1)

     Average
performance
rate
 

2013

    

2014

Quantitative performance criterion:

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 100%)

 

    Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against a representative sample of the share price of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector

    30%           0%                            

Qualitative criterion related to the function of Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

    To conduct the Board in its duties in defining the strategic Group goals

 

     To ensure that the Board composition is consistent with its missions and with the recommendations issued by the AFEP-MEDEF Code

 

    To ensure that the Company’s corporate governance adapts and evolves consistently with changes in the industry

    70%          
Global performance review
     100%  

 

Vesting period
of 2 years and
holding period
of 2 years

 

 

 

 

 

(1) The results of the 2013 review will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

In 2012, the March 16, 2011 plan was subject to an initial performance review relating to the quantitative performance criterion showing a performance rate of 0% (corresponding to the 13th share performance rank among the sample issuers’ group).

At its meeting of March 7, 2013, the Board of Directors, as recommended by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, proceeded with the performance review of the qualitative criterion which showed a performance rate of 100%.

Plan of March 17, 2010

On March 17, 2010, our Board of Directors decided to grant 200,000 performance shares to Mr. Philippe Camus, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and performance conditions based on quantitative criteria (financial criterion) which counts for 30%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors) which count for 70%.

 

Performance review of the March 17, 2010 plan

 

Weighting

   

2010

   

2011

   

Average

performance
rate

   

2012                                  2013          

Quantitative performance criterion : Financial criterion (Performance rate may range from 0% to 200%)

    Group’s operating income

 

 

 

 

30%

 

  

 

 

 

 

84%

 

  

 

 

 

 

82.5%

 

  

 

 

 

 

83.25%

 

  

          

Qualitative criteria related to the function of Chairman of the Board of

Directors

(Performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

    Implementing the recommendations arising from the review of the organization and operation of the Board of Directors conducted by the Board pursuant to article 9 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code with the assistance of Heidrick & Struggles

 

    Integration of new appointees to the Board of Directors

 

    Leading the Board of Directors in its mission of defining the strategic direction of the Group

 

 

 

 

70%

 

  

 

 

 

 

Global performance review

 

  

 

 

 

 

120%

 

  

 

 

Vesting period
of 2 years and
holding period
of 2 years

Global rate                            
 
109%
(limited to 100%)
  
  
   
Number of acquired performance shares                     200,000               

After reviewing the performance criteria and at the end of the vesting period, the number of shares acquired by Mr. Philippe Camus in 2012 under the plan decided in 2010 amounted to 200,000 Alcatel Lucent shares. The shares will remain non-transferable until the end of the holding period of two years, that is, until March 16, 2014.

 

127

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

7.2.2.4 Tables established in accordance with AMF recommendations on the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

AMF Table N°1: Table summarizing the compensation, stock options and performance shares granted to the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Philippe Camus – Chairman of the Board of Directors      Fiscal year 2011        Fiscal year 2012  

Fixed compensation related to the fiscal year

       200,000           200,000   

Variable compensation related to the fiscal year

       -           -   

Benefits in kind

       -           -   

Subtotal – Actual compensation

       200,000           200,000   

Non-cash incentive compensation—Theoretical total value of performance shares computed in accordance with IFRS 2 (200,000 options granted in March 2012 in relation to fiscal year 2011; no grant was made in March 2013. These performance shares are subject to performance conditions assessed over a two-year period and only available after a holding period of 2 years:

         

– Computed on grant date in accordance with IFRS 2

       328,000           0   

– Updated as of March 7, 2013

       215,451           0   

Non-cash incentive compensation—Theoretical total value of options (no options granted in 2012 and 2013)

       0           0   
Total – based on value computed at grant date        528,000           200,000   
Total – based on updated value as of March 7, 2013        415,451           200,000   

The theoretical total value of performance shares granted to the Chairman corresponds to the value computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of the corresponding grant, such value being expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (2 years). In compliance with IFRS 2 requirements, this value is determined at the grant date and may not be amended subsequently even if some of the assumptions taken initially are no longer valid at a certain point in time. Therefore, this value is not predictive of the actual advantage granted, that is, the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from this grant. Future cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of any future sales of the shares vested and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time. For the purpose of the calculation of the value computed at grant date, the performance conditions have been assumed to be fully satisfied during the entire vesting period. For the purpose of the calculation of the value updated as of March 7, 2013, the actual level of satisfaction of the performance conditions was taken into account for those as to which the level is already determined as of March 7, 2013, and the level of satisfaction has been assumed to be at 100% for the ones to be assessed over the remaining vesting period.

The level of satisfaction of the performance conditions related to the Chairman’s performance share grants to date is presented in Section 7.2.2.3 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chairman of the Board of Directors” and AMF Table N°6 below.

AMF Table N°2: Table summarizing the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

(Amounts in euros)   Fiscal year 2011   Fiscal year 2012
     Due   Paid   Due   Paid

Philippe Camus — Chairman of the Board of Directors

           

Fixed compensation

      200,000       200,000

Variable compensation

      N/A       N/A

Exceptional compensation

      N/A       N/A

Directors’ fee

      N/A       N/A

Benefits in kind

      N/A       N/A

Total

      200,000       200,000

AMF Table N°6: History of performance shares granted to Mr. Philippe Camus

 

Grants         Number of
shares
    

Vesting

date (1)

    Number of shares
vested
    

Availability

Date

    

Mixed performance

conditions

     Unit
    valuation (2)
 

Mr. Philippe Camus

                                                        

Plan of 09/17/2008

         100,000         11/03/2010        100,000         11/03/2012      

 

2 financial criteria and 1 qualitative criterion

  

     3.05   

Plan of 03/18/2009

         200,000         03/18/2011        200,000         03/18/2013      

 

3 financial criteria and 1 qualitative criterion

  

     1.19   

Plan of 03/17/2010

         200,000         03/17/2012        200,000         03/17/2014        
 
1 financial criterion and 1 qualitative
criterion
  
  
     2.40   

Plan of 03/16/2011

         200,000         03/16/2013        -         03/16/2015        

 

Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance

and 1 qualitative criterion

  

  

     3.48   

Plan of 03/14/2012

         200,000         03/14/2014        -         03/14/2016        

 

Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance

and 1 qualitative criterion

  

  

     1.64  (3) 
Total          900,000         -        500,000         -         -         -   

 

(1) This is the earliest date at which performance shares can become fully vested, with full ownership to be acquired on the first business day following the verification, at the end of the vesting period, that the presence and performance conditions have been met.

 

(2) The unit value (rounded to the nearest tenth of Euro) corresponds to the value in the consolidated financial statements. This value results from theoretical computations. Actual gains realized will depend on the share price on the dates of sale of the Alcatel-Lucent shares.

 

(3) The unit value for the 03/14/2012 plan was calculated on the basis of a share price of 1.80 on the same date.

 

128


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

The results of the 2013 review of performance, and hence determination of the number of shares vested, will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

AMF Table n°10: Table summarizing the situation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

          

Employment

contract

       Supplemental pension
schemes
     Termination payments or benefits
payable or  likely to become payable
resulting from the termination or
change of position
     Compensation paid
pursuant to a non-
competition clause
 

Mr. Philippe Camus

Chairman of the Board of Directors appointed on October 1, 2008 and renewed at the Shareholders’ Meeting on June 1, 2010

         None           None         None         None   

Apart from the contractual commitments described above, we have no other commitments concerning the Chairman of the Board of Directors with regard to compensation, allowances or benefits due, or likely to be due, by reason of the termination or change of duties or following such termination or change of duties.

7.2.2.5 Chief Executive Officer

The total annual compensation of Mr. Ben Verwaayen, like that of all the Group’s managers and executives, consists of a fixed portion and a variable portion, plus a long-term benefit. The variable compensation is determined each year by the Board of Directors according to pre-defined performance criteria.

The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is determined each year by the Board of Directors based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. The performance criteria applicable to his variable compensation and to the long-term compensation, which are particularly pro-active and demanding, reflect the Group’s strategy and transformation objectives.

Annual compensation

To ensure transparency and clarity, the criteria for determining the compensation of the CEO are specific and pre-established, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Their main characteristics have not changed since he took office as Chief Executive Officer on September 15, 2008. As a result, he receives a fixed annual compensation of 1.2 million which has been left unchanged since 2008.

The Chief Executive Officer also receives a variable compensation based, as that of all employees of Alcatel Lucent, on the Group’s operating income as defined for purposes of the Global Annual Incentive Plan, that is, on a quantitative criterion. This variable compensation was established at 925,200, corresponding to 51.4% of the target bonus, in respect of fiscal year 2011, and at 0 in respect of fiscal year 2012, as the operating income target was not met. The target bonus is 150% of his fixed compensation if he meets 100% of his targets and may reach twice the target. Depending on the actual level of performance achieved, his variable compensation may range from 0% to 300% of his fixed compensation, if performance targets are substantially exceeded.

Mr. Ben Verwaayen receives notably, as benefits in kind, a monthly impatriation allowance of 10,000 and the use of a company car with a driver.

At its meeting of February 6, 2013, our Board of Directors acknowledged the decision of the CEO, Mr. Ben Verwaayen, not to seek re-election as a director at this year’s Annual General Meeting, and to step down as CEO, once a transition with his successor has been effected.

On February 21, 2013, the Board of Directors requested, and Mr. Ben Verwaayen agreed, that the functions as CEO of Mr. Ben Verwaayen will end on April 1, 2013. The Board approved the conditions of the end of his mandate at its March 7, 2013 meeting. Upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, our Board of Directors decided to maintain Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s fixed annual compensation of 1.2 million in 2013, to be paid proportionally until the end of his mandate as CEO, that is, April 1, 2013. In addition, the Board acknowledged that Mr. Ben Verwaayen will not be entitled to any variable compensation with respect to 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Global Annual Incentive Plan (AIP).

Absence of severance payments in the event of termination of functions

Mr. Ben Verwaayen is not entitled to any severance payment, even upon forced termination resulting from a change in control or strategy. No employment contract exists between him and Alcatel Lucent or its subsidiaries, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

 

129

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Annual stock option grants

The Chief Executive Officer received, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, long-term compensation consisting entirely of stock options and 100% subject to the performance conditions described below, as recommended by the AFEP-MEDEF Code. At its February 8, 2012 meeting, upon request of Mr. Ben Verwaayen, the Board of Directors decided not to grant him any stock options in 2012 for fiscal year 2011. Mr. Ben Verwaayen stated that, although results improved significantly in 2011, the Company had not yet reached ‘normality’ as described in the three-year plan for 2009-2011.

Performance conditions attached to annual stock option grants

The stock options granted in 2011 are subject to quantitative performance criteria combining the performance of the Alcatel Lucent share price and a financial criterion, as follows:

Share price performance: The rights to the options are subject, for 50% of the total number of options granted, to a performance condition based on the Alcatel Lucent share price, as described in Section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options,” consistent with the mechanism used for the stock options granted from 2008 to 2010 to the executives of the Group.

Free Cash Flow: The rights to the options are subject, for 50% of the total number of options granted, to a performance condition based on the evolution of Free Cash Flow, identical in its modality to that applicable to executives in accordance with the 2011 mechanism described in section 7.2.1.5 “Stock options.”

Conditions and specific obligations attached to the annual grant of stock options

Presence condition: Mr. Ben Verwaayen will acquire full rights over the stock options as long as he is still an Executive Director at the end of the vesting period. This condition will be deemed to be satisfied if the CEO is removed from office for reasons other than misconduct and in the event that he resigns for non-personal reasons or due to a change in the control of our Company.

No discount: The shares may be subscribed at a price per share corresponding to the average of the 20 opening prices preceding the date of the Board meeting granting stock options.

Gradual vesting period: For the options granted in 2011, the options will vest over four years at a rate of 50% of the options at the end of an initial period of two years and then 25% of the options at the end of each of the following two annual periods. For the options granted earlier, the rights to the options vest at a rate of 25% of rights each year.

Availability: Subject to the presence and performance conditions above, the stock options become available after a holding period of four years starting from the time of the grant, with a total plan duration of eight years.

Holding obligation for shares acquired: Mr. Ben Verwaayen must retain, until the end of his term of office, Alcatel Lucent shares equal in value to 100% of the capital gains resulting from the exercise of his options, net of tax and mandatory contributions and of the gains required to fund the exercise of the options. This obligation is suspended as long as the value of Alcatel Lucent shares held remains equal in value to or above 40% of his annual compensation net of tax (fixed and variable compensation based on the satisfaction of 100% of the targets set for him by the Board, for the year preceding the exercise of the stock options).

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, Mr. Ben Verwaayen has agreed not to use hedging instruments for the stock options he is granted.

Benefits after termination

Since taking office, the Chief Executive Officer benefits from the private pension plan applicable to all corporate executives of French incorporated subsidiaries (AUXAD plan) and from a commitment from the Board of Directors guaranteeing him a total maximum pension of up to 40% of his compensation, subject to performance conditions.

In the context of the AUXAD supplemental pension plan, Mr. Ben Verwaayen may exercise his rights to retirement starting from the age of 60, subject to the benefits of his pension rights under the French general Social security system and any other private pension plan. This pension scheme, established in 1976, has 343 beneficiaries, among which 54 executives who are currently employed by Alcatel Lucent and by its French subsidiaries more than 50%-owned by Alcatel Lucent.

 

130


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

This pension scheme supplements the benefits under the plan of the French AGIRC (General Association of Pensions Institutions for Managerial Staff) for the portion of income that exceeds eight times the annual social security pension limit, beyond which there is no legal or contractual pension scheme. The system and the method of calculation of the AUXAD plan are similar to those of the AGIRC plan. AUXAD does not require the beneficiary to be present at the company at the time of retirement.

A commitment was made by the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer when he took office, guaranteeing him a total pension of up to 40% of his compensation to take into account the fact that he has not contributed throughout his entire career to the French mandatory plans (CNAV, AGIRC-ARRCO). This commitment will be calculated based on the average of the two most highly-remunerated years in the last five years of his career at the Company. This supplemental pension will be reduced of the pension rights earned in respect of prior activities.

This commitment is subject to performance conditions:

 

 

three quantitative criteria, weighted at 75%, corresponding to the level of revenue and operating income compared with a representative sample of companies in the sector, and the evolution of the Alcatel Lucent share price in comparison with previous fiscal years;

 

 

qualitative criteria, weighted at 25%, corresponding to the strategic repositioning of our Company, changes to our business portfolio, and the evolution of the customer satisfaction index.

Conditions with respect to non-renewal of the CEO’s mandate

In the context of the end of Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s mandate as CEO on April 1, 2013, the Board of Directors, at its meeting on March 7, 2013, assessed the satisfaction of the performance conditions related to these commitments mentioned above in light of the criteria determined by the Board of Directors at the time of their approval on October 29, 2008, and determined that, based on the Company’s annual results and those of its competitors as at December 31, 2012, the “Global performance score” over the last four years was higher than the threshold required for the award of a gross supplemental life pension annuity, allowing Mr. Ben Verwaayen to benefit from pension annuities corresponding to 40% of his remuneration.

In application of these provisions, Mr. Ben Verwaayen will benefit from the award of a gross supplemental life annuity, the definitive amount of which, calculated as of the date of the end of his mandate on April 1, 2013, will amount to €293,142. To this amount will be added the pensions accrued during his career at Alcatel-Lucent between September 15, 2008 and April 1, 2013, under all statutory complementary and supplementary pension schemes combined (in particular the private pension plan applicable to all corporate executives of the Group’s French subsidiaries (AUXAD plan)), which have been assessed, effective as of April 1, 2013, at a gross annuity amount of €205,669.

Moreover, Mr. Ben Verwaayen will benefit, until April 1, 2013, from the acquisition of rights attached to the stock options granted by the 2009, 2010 and 2011 plans. In this context, the Board of Directors acknowledged, at its meeting on March 7, 2013, the continuation, to the benefit of Mr. Ben Verwaayen, of the outstanding stock option plans (no performance shares are concerned) in accordance with the commitment described in Section 7.3 “Regulated Agreements”, on the following basis:

 

 

The rights attached to the stock options granted under the 2009, 2010 and 2011 plans will vest until the termination of his duties as CEO, on April 1, 2013, that is, 1,053,625 stock options already vested and a maximum of 662,500 stock options, the vesting of which will be determined on the respective anniversary dates of the plans, the latest of such date being March 18, 2013, based on the result of the performance reviews,

 

 

The benefit of the rights not yet vested under the 2010 and 2011 plans will be vested on April 1, 2013, without application of the provisions regarding performance conditions with respect to reference periods following such dates; this concerns 900,000 stock options,

 

 

The exercise of the corresponding rights must occur within 12 months from the end of the holding period pursuant to the provisions of the respective stock option plans.

7.2.2.6 Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer

The following plans were subject to a performance review during fiscal year 2012 and in early 2013.

Stock option plans

The table below reflects the results of the performance reviews determined by our Board of Directors for all the plans pursuant to which stock options were granted to the Chief Executive Officer, subject to performance conditions. At March 7, 2013, the

 

131

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

cumulative number of vested stock options was 1,209,875 taking into account the satisfaction of performance conditions attached to the option plans decided between 2008 and 2011 (no option plan for the Chief Executive Officer was decided in 2012 and 2013).

 

Performance
Review
 

Number

of stock

options

   

Exercise
Price

in Euros

   

Exercise

period

   

Performance

conditions

    Rank and reference period coefficient    

Cumulative

number

of options
vested

 
          Period 1 (1)     Period 2 (1)     Period 3 (1)     Period 4  (1)(2)    
                                 Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.         

Plan of

09/17/2008

    250,000      3.90       
 

 

09/17/2012
to

09/16/2016

  
  

  

   

 
 
 

Performance of

Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to
50% of the grant

  

  
  
  

    12        0%        11        0%        4        100%        13        0%        156,250   

Plan of

03/18/2009

    1,000,000      2.00       
 

 

03/18/2013
to

03/17/2017

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Performance of
Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to
50% of the grant
  
  
  
  
    4        100%        4        100%        13        0%        -        - (3)      625,000   

Plan of

03/17/2010

    1,000,000      2.40       
 

 

03/17/2014
to

03/16/2018

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Performance of
Alcatel Lucent
shares applied to
50% of the grant
  
  
  
  
    4        100%        13        0%        -        - (3)                        375,000   

Plan of

03/16/2011 (4)

       
 
03/16/2015
to
  
  
   
 
Performance of
Alcatel Lucent
  
  
    13        0%        -        -(4)             
      1,300,000      3.70        03/15/2019       
 

 
 
 

shares and Free
Cash Flow

performance
each applied to
50% of the grant

  
  

  
  
  

 

 

N/A

  

 

 

33%

  

    N/A        0%                                        53,625   

 

  (1)   Plans 2008 to 2010: Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance, a coefficient that may range from 0% to 100% is used to calculate the number of options vested during each period. No options are vested if Alcatel Lucent’s share is ranked in last position.

 

  (2)  

Plans 2008 to 2010: For purposes of determining the final number of options vested at the end of the four-year vesting period, the performance of Alcatel Lucent’s and the other issuers’ shares in the sample group is measured for the period from the grant date to the end of the 4th period to obtain a new ranking. Depending on Alcatel Lucent’s share price ranking over the four-year period, a new coefficient is determined. This coefficient is used to calculate the total vesting for the recipient if it is more favorable than the ranking on each anniversary date. In that case, the number of shares vesting in the last period is adjusted accordingly.

 

  (3)   The results of the 2013 performance review will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

 

  (4)   2011 plan: See below.

On March 7, 2013, on the basis of a share price of 1.119, the unit value of the options granted in September 2008 amounted to 0.12, the unit value of the options granted in March 2009 amounted to 0.26, the unit value of the options granted in March 2010 amounted to 0.25 and the unit value of the options granted in March 2011 amounted to 0.23.

Based on the cumulative number of options vested as of March 7, 2013, it represents an aggregate fair value of 281,500 euros.

Plan of March 16, 2011

On March 16, 2011 the Board of Directors decided to grant a maximum of 1,300,000 stock options to Mr. Ben Verwaayen, subject to the satisfaction of a mixed performance condition: share price performance for 50%, and Free Cash Flow for 50%.

 

Performance review of the March 16, 2011 plan          Period 1     Period 2     Period 3  
     Weighting     2011     2012(4)     Average
2011-2012
    2013     2014  
            Rank     Coef.     Rank     Coef.            Rank   Coef.     Rank     Coef.  

Quantitative performance criteria:

 

  Alcatel Lucent’s share price performance against a representative sample of the shares of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector (2) (performance rate may range from 0% to 100%)

    50%        13        0%        -        -(3)        -(3)          -     

 

 
 
 

 

Unavailability
of the shares
for 4 years

 

 
 
  

    -   

  Free Cash Flow (4) (performance rate may range from 0 à 100%)

    50%        N/A        33%        N/A        0%        16.5%            -                -   
      LOGO        LOGO          LOGO     
           
Gradual vesting of options by period                             50%                                  25%
  
    25%           

 

(1) Vesting is spread over 3 periods: a 2-year vesting period for 50% of the options, followed by periods of one year, for 25% and 25% of the total number of options granted.

 

(2) In each period, the vesting of half of the options is subject to the performance condition of the Alcatel-Lucent share price as described above (notes 1 and 2 of the previous table).

 

(3) The satisfaction of this performance condition will be assessed for each period by reference to the Free Cash Flow: (i) for the first period : fiscal years 2011 and 2012, (ii) for the second period: fiscal year 2013 and (iii) for the third period: fiscal year 2014.

 

(4) The results of the 2013 performance review will be known on the anniversary date of the grant (that is, after the filing of the present document) and will be reported on our internet website.

 

132


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

Performance share plans

Plan of October 29, 2008

On October 29, 2008, our Board of Directors decided to grant 250,000 performance shares to Mr. Ben Verwaayen, subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition and of performance conditions based on quantitative criteria (financial criteria) which count for 40%, and qualitative criteria (related to the duties of the CEO) which count for 60%.

 

Performance review of the October 29, 2008 plan   Weighting      2009      2010            Performance rate (1)     2011      2012  

Quantitative performance criteria : financial criteria

(performance rate may range from 0% to 200%)

 

  Revenues

    20%         0%         66%      }         
 
37.5%
    
 
  
    -         -   

  Operating income

    20%         0%         84%                        

Qualitative performance criterion related to the function of Chief Executive Officer

(performance rate may range from 0% to 150%)

 

  Definition of the Group’s strategy

 

  Design and implementation of the structural model to support the proposed strategy

 

 

60%

  

     Global performance review                150%        -      

 

 
 
 
 

 

 

Vesting period
of 2 years and
holding period
of 2 years

-

 

 
 
 
  

  

Global rate                                      
 
105% (limited to
100%)
  
  
                
Number of performance shares delivered                                       250, 000           

 

(1) The performance of the financial criteria is assessed with respect to fiscal years 2009 and 2010.

After reviewing the performance criteria and at the end of the vesting period, the number of shares acquired by Mr. Ben Verwaayen in 2012 under the plan decided in 2008 amounted to 250,000 Alcatel Lucent shares. The shares were non-transferable until the end of the two-year holding period, that is, until February 10, 2013.

7.2.2.7 Tables prepared in accordance with AMF recommendations on the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer

AMF Table N°1: Table summarizing the compensation, and the stock options and performance shares granted to the Chief Executive Officer

 

Ben Verwaayen – Chief Executive Officer   

Fiscal year 2011

(amounts in euros)

    

Fiscal year 2012

(amounts in euros)

 

Fixed compensation related to the fiscal year (1)

     1,200,000         1,200,000   

Variable compensation related to the fiscal year (2)

     925,200         0   

Benefits in kind (1) (3)

     125,892         126,456   
Subtotal – Actual compensation      2,251,092         1,326,456   

Non-cash incentive compensation – no grant of stock option for fiscal years 2011 and 2012

     0         0   
Total      2,251,092         1,326,456   

 

(1) Related to the fiscal year and paid during the year.

 

(2) Related to the fiscal year and paid in the following year after the publication of the annual results on the basis of which is determined the level of achievement of the annual performance targets.

 

(3) This amount includes various advantages (impatriation allowance, car and driver...).

The theoretical total value of options granted to the CEO corresponds to the value computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of the corresponding grant, such value being expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (4 years). In compliance with IFRS 2 requirements, this value is determined at the grant date and may not be amended subsequently even if some of the assumptions taken into account initially are no longer valid at a certain point in time. Therefore, this value is not predictive of the actual advantage granted, that is, the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from this grant. Future net cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of the sale of the shares resulting from the exercise of the options and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time. For the purpose of the calculation of the value computed at grant date, the performance conditions have been assumed to be fully satisfied during the entire vesting period. For the purpose of the calculation of the value updated as of March 7, 2013, the actual level of satisfaction of the performance conditions was taken into account for those as to which the level is already determined as of March 7, 2013, and the level of satisfaction has been assumed to be at 100% for the ones to be assessed over the remaining vesting period.

 

133

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

The level of satisfaction of the performance conditions related to the CEO’s stock options grants to date is presented immediately below.

 

Performance Review  

Number of stock

options granted

    Exercice price     Exercice period      Performance conditions    

Cumulative

number of

options

vested (1)

   

Level of
achievement

as of March 7,
2013
 (2)

 

Plan of 03/16/2011 (3)

    1,300,000      3.70       

 

03/16/2015 to

03/15/2019

  

  

    
 
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares
(50% of the grant) Free Cash Flow
performance (50% of the grant)
  
  
  
   

 


53,625

(2) 

  

    -   

Plan of 03/17/2010

    1,000,000      2.40       

 

03/17/2014 to

03/16/2018

  

  

    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    375,000        37.5%   

Plan of 03/18/2009

    1,000,000      2.00       
 
03/18/2013 to
03/17/2017
  
  
    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    625,000        62.5%   

Plan of 09/17/2008

    250,000      3.90       
 
09/17/2012 to
09/16/2016
  
  
    

 

Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares

applied to 50% of the grant

  

  

    156,250        62.5%   

Total

    3,550,000                                 1,209,875        32%   

 

(1) Performance reviews are detailed in section 7.2.2.6 “Performance reviews for the grants to the Chief Executive Officer.”

 

(2) The level of achievement is the percentage of the cumulative number of options vested compared to the maximum number of options granted per plan as determined on March 7, 2013.

 

(3) Plan of 03/16/2011: The options vest over four years at a rate of 50% of the options at the end of an initial period of two years and then 25% of the options at the end of each of the following two annual periods.

AMF Table N°2: Table summarizing the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer

 

     

Compensation related to

fiscal year 2011

    

Compensation related to

fiscal year 2012

 
Ben Verwaayen– Chief Executive Officer    Due  (1)      Paid      Due  (1)      Paid  

Fixed compensation

     -           1,200,000         -           1,200,000   

Variable compensation

     925,200                  0         -     

Exceptional compensation

     -           -           -           -     

Director’s fee

     -           -           -           -     

Benefits in kind (2)

     -           125,892         -           126,456   
Total      925,200         1,325,892         0         1,326,456   

 

(1) Variable compensation related to the fiscal year and due at year-end and paid in the following year, after the publication of the annual results on the basis of which is determined the level of achievement of the annual performance targets.

 

(2) This amount includes various advantages (impatriation allowance, car and driver).

AMF Table N°4: History of stock option grants

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen

 

Number of

stock options

   

Exercise

price

    Exercise period     Performance
conditions
    Unit
valuation
 

Plan of 09/17/2008

    250,000      3.90        09/17/2012 to 09/16/2016       
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50%
of the grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
  2.13   

Plan of 03/18/2009

    1,000,000      2.00        03/18/2013 to 03/17/2017       
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50%
of the grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
  0.57   

Plan of 03/17/2010

    1,000,000      2.40        03/17/2014 to 03/16/2018       
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares applied to 50%
of the grant evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
  1.06   

Plan of 03/16/2011

    1,300,000      3.70        03/16/2015 to 03/15/2019       
 
 
Performance of Alcatel-Lucent shares and Free Cash
Flow performance applied to 50% of the grant
evaluated over a four-year period
  
  
  
  1.49   

TOTAL

    3,550,000        -          -          -        -     

The unit value (rounded to the nearest cent of euro) corresponds to the value per option computed in accordance with IFRS 2 at the date of each grant. This unit value multiplied by the number of options granted is expensed in the consolidated financial statements of the Group over the related vesting period (4 years). The total values of the grants cannot be considered as equivalent to the future net cash proceeds, if any, which could be derived from these grants. Future net cash proceeds, if any, will in particular depend on the share price on the dates of the sale of the shares resulting from the exercise of the options and on the then applicable taxes and social security contributions, which cannot be determined at this time.

 

134


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

AMF Table N°6: History of performance shares grants

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen    Number of
shares
     Vesting date      Number of
vested shares
     Availability
Date
       Mixed performance conditions        Unit valuation (1)  
Grant                                                          

Plan of 10/29/2008

     250,000         02/10/2011         250,000         02/10/2013          

 

2 financial criteria

and 1 qualitative criterion

  

  

     1.63   

 

(1) The unit value (rounded to the nearest tenth of Euro) corresponds to the value in the consolidated financial statements on the date of grant. This value results from theoretical computations and actual gains realized will depend on the share price on the date of sale of Alcatel Lucent shares. On March 7, 2013, on the basis of a share price of 1.119, the value of each performance share amounts to 1.119.

AMF Table N°10: Table summarizing the situation of the Chief Executive Officer

 

Mr. Ben Verwaayen    Employment contract     

Supplemental pension

schemes

  

Termination payments or benefits
payable or likely to become payable
resulting  from the termination or

change of position

    

Compensation paid

pursuant to a non-

competition clause

 

Chief Executive Officer

Appointed on September 15, 2008 and

renewed at the Shareholders’ Meeting

on June 1, 2010

     None         Yes. Please refer to Section 7.2.2.5 “Chief Executive Officer, “ paragraph “Benefits after termination of functions” for more details.      None           None     

Apart from the contractual commitments described above, we have no other commitments concerning the Chief Executive Officer with regard to compensation, allowances or benefits due or likely to be due, by reason of the termination or change of duties or following such termination or change of duties.

7.2.2.8 Management Committee

The remuneration of the members of the Management Committee consists of a fixed portion and a variable portion based on Group performance criteria reviewed by the Compensation Committee, identical to those applicable to a large number of Group managers, and on their individual performance.

The amount of fixed and variable compensations of the Management Committee (12 members) related to fiscal year 2012, amounts to 9.2 million, including a fixed compensation of 8.1 million.

The fixed part of the compensation may also include benefits in kind and, where applicable, expatriation or impatriation allowances as well as housing allowances for expatriates. The variable part related to each fiscal year, payable the following year, is based on the Group’s operating income as defined for purposes of the Global Annual Incentive Plan. Note 34 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, “Related party transactions,” summarizes the total compensation and other benefits provided to senior management.

Compensation paid to senior management (1)

 

(Amounts in million euros)         

Related to
fiscal year 2011

15 members (2)

    

Related to
fiscal year 2012

12 members (3)

 

Fixed compensation

          9.3         8.1   

Variable compensation

          4.4         1.1   
Total           13.7         9.2   

Exceptional compensation (4)

          3.4         2.0   

 

(1) Not including share-based payments

 

(2) Taking into account the compensation of 12 members between January 1 and December 31, 2011 on a full year basis, the compensation of 3 members who joined the management committee pro rata for the period after they became part of the Committee, and compensation of 4 members who left the company pro rata for the period up to the termination of their duties, so on average 15.6 members of the Management Committee on a full year basis.

 

(3) Taking into account the compensation of 12 members of the Management Committee between January 1 and December 31, 2012, and 3 members of the committee who left pro rata for the period up to the termination of their duty, so on average 12.8 members on a full year basis.

 

(4) Exceptional compensation includes any severance payments resulting from contractual commitments related to the fiscal years 2011 and 2012.

In addition, Directors’ fees received by senior managers for their participation in meetings of the Board of Directors of companies within the Group are deducted from the salaries paid.

Since January 1, 2013, senior management is composed of the individuals who are members of the Executive Committee, that is 6 members at March 7, 2013, as listed in Section 7.1.2.3 “The Executive Committee.”

 

135

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.2 COMPENSATION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVES

 

 

Amount reserved for pensions

The aggregate commitments relating to pensions (taking into account total benefits obligation: vested and non vested rights) and other benefits granted to members of the Board of Directors of our Company and the Management Committee at December 31, 2012 amounted to 26.2 million (compared with 13.3 million in 2011). The increase of the aggregate commitments is mainly due to the combination of 3 factors over the period: (1) new rights vested in 2012 (including impact of the younger average age of the members taken into account) for 9 million euros, (2) change of the discount rate for 3 million euros and (3) additional interests costs in 2012 for 1 million euros.

This amount is broken down as follow: 7.6 million relates to the directors, including Mr. Verwaayen (compared with 4.8 million in 2011), and 18.6 million relates to the members of the Management Committee (compared with 8.5 million in 2011).

At December 31, 2012, there were no new commitments concerning previous Executive Directors.

7.3    REGULATED AGREEMENTS

REGULATED AGREEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

“Regulated” agreements under French law are agreements between a company and its CEO or a deputy Chief Executive Officer, if any, a director, or a shareholder holding more than 10% of the voting rights, that, while authorized by French law, do not involve transactions in the ordinary course of business under normal terms and conditions.

These agreements, as well as, for example, any new commitment made to the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the CEO in the event of termination of his duties, must be authorized in advance by the Board of Directors through a specific legal procedure, reported on in a special Statutory Auditors’ report and presented for consultation at the Shareholders’ Meeting.

Related party agreements and transactions (under U.S. law) include, among others, agreements entered into with the Company’s Directors and senior management, shareholders holding more than 5% of the Company’s capital, and close family members of the aforementioned parties. They are not subject to the prior authorization procedure required by French law, unless they fall under the rules applicable to “regulated” agreements.

NO NEW REGULATED AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS IN 2012

In 2012, there were no new agreements for which the regulated agreements procedure needed to be followed. No new agreements or commitments were therefore approved in 2012. Commitments previously approved continued in 2012.

CONTINUED COMMITMENTS IN FAVOR OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS IN 2012

Commitments deemed to be “Other benefits” in favor of the Chairman of the Board

The commitment made by the Company to Mr. Philippe Camus which provides, for the grants of performance shares made during his term of office which are not yet fully vested, the principle of the continuation of the rights related to such grants in certain instances of termination of his duties as Chairman of the Board (in the event of dismissal other than for professional misconduct, of resignation other than for personal reasons or of change of control of the Company), was continued in fiscal year 2012 without there being any actual implementation of the principle.

On February 6, 2013, the Board of Directors acknowledged Mr. Philippe Camus’ decision to waive this commitment, which will end at the expiration of his current mandate as Chairman of the Board of Directors, and will not be renewed in the context of the renewal of his term of office as Director to be proposed to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 7, 2013, and as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

This decision puts an end to the Company’s commitment relating to the continuation of the right to performance shares granted to Mr. Philippe Camus with effect as of the date of the next Shareholders’ Meeting, for purposes of the provisions of French law concerning regulated agreements and commitments.

Commitments deemed to be “Other benefits” and “Pension” in favor of the CEO

The commitment made by the Company to Mr. Ben Verwaayen which provides, for the grants of performance shares and stock options made during his term of office which are not yet fully vested, the principle of the continuation of the rights related to such grants in certain instances of termination of his duties as Chief Executive Officer (in the event of dismissal other than for professional misconduct, of resignation other than for personal reasons or of change of control of the Company) was continued in fiscal year 2012 without there being any actual implementation of the principle.

This commitment will be implemented on April 1, 2013 upon the end of Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s mandate as CEO. In this context, the Board of Directors acknowledged, at its meeting on March 7, 2013, the continuation, to the benefit of Mr. Ben Verwaayen, of the outstanding stock option plans (no performance shares are concerned) in accordance with the commitment described above, on the following basis:

 

136


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.3 REGULATED AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

The rights attached to the stock options granted under the 2009, 2010 and 2011 plans will vest until the termination of his duties as CEO, on April 1, 2013, that is, 1,053,625 stock options already vested and a maximum of 662,500 stock options, the vesting of which will be determined on the respective anniversary dates of the plans, the latest of such date being March 18, 2013, based on the result of the performance reviews,

 

 

The benefit of the rights not yet vested under the 2010 and 2011 plans will be vested on April 1, 2013, without application of the provisions regarding performance conditions with respect to reference periods following such date; this concerns 900,000 stock options,

 

 

The exercise of the corresponding rights must occur within 12 months from the end of the holding period pursuant to the provisions of the respective stock option plans.

The decision of the Board above will put an end to the commitment relating to the continuation of the right to performance shares and stock options granted to Mr. Ben Verwaayen on the date of the termination of his duties as CEO, on April 1, 2013, for purposes of the provisions of French law concerning regulated agreements and commitments.

The pension commitment made by the Company to Mr. Ben Verwaayen, that is, (i) the benefit of the private pension plan applicable to all corporate executives of the Group’s French subsidiaries (AUXAD plan), and (ii) the commitment guaranteeing him an additional annual pension equal to 40% of his compensation, calculated based on the average of the two most highly remunerated years among the last five years of his career at the Company, were continued in fiscal year 2012, without there being an actual implementation of these commitments. As these commitments do not expressly require that Mr. Ben Verwaayen end his career at the Company, they are not subject to Article L.137-11 of the French Social Security Code. However, they are subject to the performance criteria, which are to be assessed over his entire term of office as a CEO.

These commitments will be implemented on April 1, 2013, upon the end of Mr. Ben Verwaayen’s mandate as CEO. In this context, the Board of Directors, at its meeting on March 7, 2013, assessed the satisfaction of the performance conditions related to these commitments in light of the criteria determined by the Board of Directors at the time of their approval on October 29, 2008, and determined that, based on the Company’s annual results and those of its competitors as at December 31, 2012, the “Global performance score” over the last four years was higher than the threshold required for the award of a gross supplemental life pension annuity, allowing Mr. Ben Verwaayen to benefit from pension annuities corresponding to 40% of his remuneration.

In application of these provisions, Mr. Ben Verwaayen will benefit from the award of a gross supplemental life annuity, the definitive amount of which, calculated as of the date of the end of his mandate on April 1, 2013, will amount to €293,142. To this amount will be added the pensions accrued during his career at Alcatel-Lucent between September 15, 2008 and April 1, 2013, under all statutory complementary and supplementary pension schemes combined (in particular the private pension plan applicable to all corporate executives of the Group’s French subsidiaries (AUXAD plan), which have been assessed, effective as of April 1, 2013, at a gross annuity amount of €205,669.

This decision puts an end to the pension commitments in favor of Mr. Ben Verwaayen on the date of the termination of his functions as CEO, on April 1, 2013, for purposes of the provisions of French law concerning regulated agreements and commitments.

The above-mentioned commitments concerning Mr. Philippe Camus and Mr. Ben Verwaayen are described in Section 7.2.2 “Status of the Executive Directors and Officers.”

NEW REGULATED AGREEMENTS IN 2013

In the context of the appointment of Mr. Michel Combes as CEO of Alcatel-Lucent effective on April 1, 2013, the Board of Directors, at its meeting on March 7, 2013, authorized the following commitments in favor of Mr. Michel Combes:

 

  (i) The benefit of the private pension plan applicable to all corporate executives of the Group’s French subsidiaries (AUXAD plan) for the portion of their income that exceeds eight times the annual French Social Security limit, beyond which there is no legal or contractual pension scheme, subject to performance conditions as required by law, and

 

  (ii) a termination benefit, the amount of which will be equal to one year of base salary (fixed and target variable remuneration), subject to performance conditions as required by law.

 

1. The pension commitment mentioned above is subject to the following performance conditions:

 

 

three quantitative criteria, weighted cumulatively at 75% (individually 25% each), corresponding to the evolution of (i) revenue, (ii) operating income (loss) and (iii) the Alcatel Lucent share price in comparison with previous fiscal years compared with a representative sample of companies in the sector consistent with the sample used for the stock options and performance shares plans,

 

137

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.3 REGULATED AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

 

two qualitative criteria, weighted together at 25% (individually 12.5% each), corresponding to the execution of The Performance Program and the evolution of the customer satisfaction index.

Over the reference period:

 

 

If the global performance score is above 85%: the beneficiary will be entitled to 100% of the rights with respect to this commitment,

 

 

If the global performance score is between 50% and 85%: the beneficiary will be entitled to 75% of the rights with respect to this commitment,

 

 

If the global performance score is between 25% and 50%: the beneficiary will be entitled to 50% of the rights with respect to this commitment,

 

 

If the global performance score is less than 25%: the beneficiary will not be entitled to any right with respect to this commitment.

 

2. The termination benefit is subject to a performance condition set in relation to the Company’s situation consisting in positive Free Cash Flow for at least one fiscal year from now until the end of Mr. Michel Combes mandate as CEO, as reported by the Company in its audited financial statements. The breakdown of Free Cash Flow is reported in Note 32-b of the 2012 audited consolidated financial statements. It corresponds to the net cash provided (or used) by operating activities (including restructuring cash outlays and contribution and benefits paid on pensions and post-employment benefits) reduced by capital expenditures. This performance condition can be either entirely fulfilled (at 100%), or not fulfilled (0%).

In compliance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, this termination benefit will only be paid if the following conditions are met: (a) the Board of Directors terminates Mr. Michel Combes’ mandate as CEO in connection with a change of control or strategy and (b) the performance condition as described above is fulfilled.

No termination benefit will be due in the following cases: (i) he is terminated for gross misconduct, (ii) he leaves the Company on his own initiative, (iii) he changes position within the Group, or (iv) if upon his departure, Mr. Michel Combes has the ability to claim his pension rights within a short time period.

These commitments were the subject of a Statutory Auditors’ special report and are granted subject to their approval by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There are no agreements between us and any of our shareholders who hold more than 5% of our capital.

Details about related party transactions, as defined by IAS 24, entered into by our Group’s companies in 2010, 2011 and 2012 are presented in Note 34 to the consolidated financial statements “Related party transactions.”

These transactions mainly concern jointly controlled entities (consolidated using proportional consolidation) and companies consolidated using the equity method.

7.4    ALCATEL-LUCENT CODE OF CONDUCT

In July 2009, Alcatel Lucent published a revised “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”, which establishes, in a streamlined manner, the Company’s standards for ethical business conduct. The Code of Conduct is binding on all employees globally in their daily operations and on the Company in its relations with competitors, suppliers, shareholders, partners and customers. The standards set forth in the Code of Conduct are based upon the laws and regulations in force, as well as the notions of integrity, respect, equity, diversity and ethics. The Code of Conduct is available on the Alcatel Lucent Intranet site in twenty-two languages, as well as on the Alcatel Lucent external website.

In 2012, in order to continue to enhance our employees’ awareness of international good conduct rules, we requested each employee to get reacquainted with and approve the Code of Conduct.

On May 24, 2012, we made some non-substantial changes to the “Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers” of 2004, that applies to our CEO, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, which is also available on our website. This Code supplements the Code of Conduct mentioned above, which also applies to these senior financial officers.

In addition, we implemented an Ethics and Compliance Program involving a set of processes, principles and controls to ensure compliance with the law as well as the respect of the Company’s directives and policies. Alcatel Lucent’s Chief Compliance Officer supervises the implementation and ongoing adoption of this program to reflect evolving legal requirements, international standards and the standards of behavior set forth in the Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct.

The Alcatel Lucent Ethics and Compliance Council was established in February 2007 and is comprised of the Chief Compliance Officer and the representatives of the following departments: Law, Audit and Finance, Human Resources & Transformation, Communications, Business & Information Technology Transformation, Procurement & Design-To-Cost, Public Affairs, Corporate Security, Global Delivery and the Office of Business Integrity & Compliance. This Council meets every month and is responsible for overseeing the strategic design and implementation at the Group level of an integrated and robust ethics and compliance system.

 

138


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.4 ALCATEL-LUCENT CODE OF CONDUCT

 

In this respect, we comply with the NYSE rules that stipulate that all U.S. listed companies must adopt and implement a Code of Conduct aimed at the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, executive officers and employees. Although this rule is not mandatory for Alcatel Lucent, our code of conduct covers all the subjects included in the NYSE rules, except that it does not specify a mechanism allowing the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the executive officers and the employees to obtain a waiver for the application of any aspect of such Code.

7.5    MAJOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND NYSE REQUIREMENTS

The main ways in which our corporate governance practices are aligned with, or differ from, the NYSE’s corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. “domestic issuers” listed on the NYSE are explained above in Section 7.1 “Chairman’s corporate governance report” and in Section 7.4 “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”.

 

139

    7


Table of Contents

7

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

7.5 MAJOR DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND NYSE REQUIREMENTS

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES

8.1 ENVIRONMENT

 

8    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES

8.1    ENVIRONMENT

 

8.1.1 OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

The Information and Communications Technology (ICT) sector has been recognized as having the potential to play a critical role in addressing challenges related to climate change. At Alcatel-Lucent, we understand our long-term success depends on helping our customers to respond to their environmental challenges — and on reducing our own direct environmental impact.

For these reasons, we have built environmental considerations into virtually every aspect of our business, following a three-part approach:

 

  1. Developing eco-sustainable networks: Creating and bringing to market products, services and solutions that contribute to environmentally responsible end-to-end networks.

 

  2. Enabling a low-carbon economy: Helping businesses and consumers reduce their respective environmental impacts with innovative applications and solutions.

 

  3. Reducing our carbon footprint: Reducing our absolute carbon footprint from operations by 50% by 2020 compared to our 2008 baseline (At end of 2012, our footprint decreased by 29% compared to 2008).

It is our policy to comply with environmental requirements and to provide safe, environmentally sound workplaces that will not adversely affect the health or environment of communities in which we operate. Although we believe we are in material compliance with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and that we have obtained all material environmental permits required for our operations and all material environmental authorizations required for our products, we may have to incur expenditures significantly in excess of our expectations to cover environmental liabilities, maintain compliance with current or future environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, or undertake any necessary remediation.

The future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities, changes in carbon and environmental reporting requirements and the pricing of carbon emissions, is often difficult to estimate. We have modeled the potential pricing of carbon on our financial statements. Although it is not possible at this stage to predict the outcome of remedial and investigatory activities with any degree of certainty, we believe the ultimate financial impact of these activities — net of applicable reserves — will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or our income (loss) from operating activities. As of December 31, 2012, our remaining outstanding balance related to our main provisions for environmental risks was 61.9 million.

Please also refer to Section 3.2, “Legal risk”, for more information on environmental risks.

8.1.2 POLLUTION AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

Laws and regulations

We are subject to national and local environment, health and safety laws and regulations relevant to our operations, facilities and products in every jurisdiction where we operate. These laws and regulations impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and may require us to clean up a site at significant cost. In the U.S., these laws often require parties to fund remedial action regardless of fault. We have incurred significant costs to comply with these laws and regulations and expect to continue to incur significant compliance costs in the future.

We constantly monitor legal and other developments that may affect the environmental or health and safety aspects of our activities, products or services. Compliance reviews are performed and appropriate compliance measures are implemented once applicable legal and other requirements are identified.

Remedial and investigatory activities

Remedial and investigatory activities are under way at numerous current and former facilities owned or operated by the historical Alcatel and Lucent entities. In addition, Lucent (now Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.) was named a successor to AT&T as a potentially responsible party at numerous Superfund sites pursuant to the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or comparable state statutes in the United States. Under a Separation and Distribution Agreement with AT&T and NCR Corporation (a former subsidiary of AT&T), Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is responsible for all liabilities primarily resulting from or relating to its assets and the operation of its business as conducted at any time prior to or after the separation from AT&T, including related businesses discontinued or disposed of prior to its separation from AT&T. Furthermore, under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is required to pay a portion of contingent liabilities in excess of certain amounts paid out by AT&T and NCR, including environmental liabilities. For more information on the matter and, in particular, on the cleanup of the Fox River in Wisconsin, please refer to Section 6.7 “Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Contingent Commitment”, sub-title “Specific commitments: Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.”. In Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s separation agreements with Agere and Avaya, those companies have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to assume all environmental liabilities related to their respective businesses.

 

 

141

    8


Table of Contents

8

 

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES

8.1 ENVIRONMENT

 

 

8.1.3 ENERGY EFFICIENCY

With broadband traffic growing dramatically, our customers have to strengthen their network’s capacity which increases operational costs and power needs. Lifecycle assessments (LCAs) show that the use of a typical network product accounts for 80-90% of its total environmental impact – the bulk of which is associated with energy consumption. Consequently, reducing energy consumption and developing energy efficient, eco-sustainable options has become critical to ensure the long term affordability of telecommunication networks.

Between 2010 and 2012 Alcatel-Lucent met the target of improving the functional energy efficiency of its key products(1) by at least 25%. This target has been significantly exceeded for many products in Optics, IP, Wireless, Wireline and Applications divisions. Energy efficiency has been

integrated as a standard feature in all of our product and solution roadmaps.

We will intensify the efforts to improve in this area since they represent a competitive differentiator and an element of customer satisfaction.

The GreenTouch™ global research consortium, founded by Alcatel-Lucent Bell Labs, is pursuing its goal of delivering architectures, solutions and a roadmap, and demonstrating key technologies by 2015, in order to improve energy efficiency in ICT networks by a factor of 1,000 compared to 2010.

 

(1) 

New or recently developed products for Networks and Platforms on an upward lifecycle curve.

 

 

8.2    HUMAN RESOURCES

 

Our Human Resources team aims to ensure the company has the right talent in the right place at the right time —maximizing our ability to execute our business strategy while pursuing the objectives of employee diversity, engagement and talent development.

 

 

 

8.2.1 EMPLOYMENT

Employees

Our total worldwide employee headcount at the end of 2012 was 72,344. The tables below show the breakdown by business segments, and geographic areas of our employees for the years 2010 through 2012. The figures take into

account all employees who worked for fully consolidated companies as well as companies in which we own 50% or more of the equity.

Note: The numbers below were restated for the last three years due to the sale of our Genesys activities on February 1, 2012.

 

Breakdown of employees by business segment

 

      Networks      Software,
Services and
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total Group  
2010      34,753         38,236         3,964         1,186         78,139   
2011      33,359         36,095         3,833         1,079         74,366   
2012      32,159         35,269         3,855         1,061         72,344   

Breakdown of employees by geographic area

 

      France      Other
Western
Europe
     Rest of
Europe
     Asia
Pacific
     North
America
     Rest of
World
     Total
Group
 
2010      9,732         12,160         6,243         24,389         17,908         7,707         78,139   
2011      9,541         11,697         5,757         22,697         16,914         7,760         74,366   
2012      9,483         11,022         5,292         22,339         16,507         7,701         72,344   

 

142


Table of Contents

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES

8.2 HUMAN RESOURCES

 

 

Contractors and temporary workers

The average number of contractors (that is, employees of third parties performing work subcontracted by us on a “Time and Materials” basis, when such third parties’ cost to us is almost exclusively a function of the time spent by their employees in performing this work), and of temporary workers (that is, in general, employees of third parties seconded to perform work at our premises due, for example, to a short-term shortfall in our employees or in the availability of a certain expertise) in 2012 was 7,016 in the aggregate.

Compensation

Besides our renewed commitment to provide our employees with a competitive compensation package by country and in line with those of major companies in the technology sector, our compensation policy, applicable to all managerial and professional employees, strives to strike a balance among various elements:

 

 

Clarity: common worldwide incentive criteria,

 

 

Simplicity: clear performance achievement levels communicated to all beneficiaries,

 

 

Global approach: common sales incentive policy, worldwide equity grant policy,

 

 

Harmonization of global policies.

Our policy is for all employees to be fairly paid regardless of gender, ethnic origin and/or disability. Alcatel-Lucent places emphasis on ensuring the development of our employees, rewarding the development of highly needed skills driving our Group’s innovation and favoring a long-term engagement with us through appropriate and dedicated policies, processes and recognition tools.

In light of these criteria, our compensation structure reflects both individual and Group performance. The grants of long-term incentives (stock options and performance shares) are decided almost every year at the same time by the Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee. Their implementation serves several purposes: to involve employees in the Group’s results, to encourage and reward performance and to attract and retain talent in a highly competitive industry, where quality and employee motivation are key factors for success. Group employees benefiting from performance shares (7 936 beneficiaries in 2012) may dispose of the shares at the end of the fourth year following the year of the grant, to the extent the presence and performance conditions are reached. Regarding stock options, in 2012 the Company granted 10.8 million to 7,950 recipients. However, our Board of Directors decided not to put in place at this point a performance share or a stock option annual plan in favor of employees and management of the Group for 2013, in view, in particular, of market conditions and of the challenges faced by our Company throughout 2012. Employee compensation evolution (wages and salaries) over the last three years is set forth in Note 35 to our consolidated financial statements.

8.2.2 WORK ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

Performance management

Launched in 2011, the Alcatel-Lucent performance management process, OurTalent Dialogue, focuses on the importance of continuous, person-to-person dialogue between people managers and employees; supporting direction setting, goal clarity, guidance and feedback — enabling employees to drive their own career development and the performance in alignment with the business strategy; ensuring their and the Company’s performance.

In 2012, performance management was a requirement in each organization with emphasis on reinforcing the people managers’ responsibilities to ensure an engaged workforce. Going forward Performance Management will continue to support people managers’ effectiveness to ensure a better understanding of the linkage between management and leadership attributes to promote explicit and open accountability to further ensure the performance and engagement of employees.

Training

We have prioritized learning and training aspects based on ongoing dialogue between managers and employees. Alcatel-Lucent University — the mission of which is to provide timely, relevant and innovative learning solutions to support employee performance and development — has enhanced its ability to provide learning, coaching and mentoring to all employees with:

 

 

Common learning and training tracks across all leadership competencies,

 

 

Employee accreditation programs aligned with profiles defined by our strategic workforce plan,

 

 

Community learning — a new concept that reduces the time involved in acquiring best-in-class skills by making it easier to learn from the most talented in our Company,

 

 

State-of-the-art learning facilities and e-learning components.

8.2.3 DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

As a global Group, we actively seek to ensure that our employees reflect the diversity of our business environment. Our Statement of Business Principles and our human rights policies clearly confirm our responsibility to ensure equal opportunities and to recognize and respect the diversity of people and ideas.

At the end of 2011, we implemented a global strategy and action plan that assigned responsibility for gender diversity at the organizational, corporate and country levels and identified actions to be carried out in five focus areas.

 

 

143

    8


Table of Contents

8

 

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; HUMAN RESOURCES

8.2 HUMAN RESOURCES

 

 

We launched a series of interactive sessions on gender diversity for over 200 managers and leaders in 2012 to help them understand why diversity is a business imperative for Alcatel-Lucent, and to build managers’ awareness of workplace gender dynamics — all to better tap our existing talent and improve organizational performance. More women

than ever before are part of our leadership pipeline — 23% as of October 2012 compared to 19% in 2011.

We are also committed to fostering the integration of people with disabilities into our workforce and creating access solutions for them.

 

 

144


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.1 LEGAL INFORMATION

 

9    INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.1   LEGAL INFORMATION

 

COMPANY NAME AND HEAD OFFICE

Alcatel Lucent

3 avenue Octave Gréard 75007 Paris

Telephone: + 33 1 40 76 10 10

COMMERCIAL NAME

Alcatel-Lucent

CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND APPLICABLE LAW

French limited liability company subject to all the regulations governing commercial entities in France, particularly the provisions of the French Commercial Code.

DATE OF INCORPORATION AND EXPIRY DATE

The Company was incorporated on June 18, 1898 and will expire on June 30, 2086, unless there is an early dissolution or extension.

CORPORATE PURPOSE

The Company’s corporate purpose is the design, manufacture, operation and sale of all equipment, material and software

related to domestic, industrial, civil, military or other applications concerning electricity, telecommunications, computers, electronics, aerospace industry, nuclear energy, metallurgy, and, in general, of all the means of production or transmission of energy or communications (cables, batteries and other components), as well as, secondarily, all activities relating to operations and services in connection with the above-mentioned means worldwide. It may acquire interests in any company, regardless of its form, in associations, French or foreign business groups, whatever their corporate purpose and activity may be and, in general, may carry out any industrial, commercial, financial, assets or real estate transactions, in connection, directly or indirectly, totally or partially, with any of the corporate purposes set out in Article 2 of the Articles of Association and with all similar or related purposes.

REGISTRATION NUMBER AT THE REGISTRY OF COMMERCE

The Company is registered at the Paris Commerce and Companies Registry under number 542 019 096. Its APE business activity code is 7010 Z.

FISCAL YEAR

Our fiscal year begins on January 1st and ends on December 31st.

 

 

9.2     SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

The data set out below are extracts from our Articles of Association (Articles 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22 and 24), and a summary of certain legal and regulatory provisions applicable to companies having their registered office in France and whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

HOLDING OF SHARES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

A) Form

The shares are not represented by a certificate.

Bearer shares are recorded in the books of the financial intermediary (bank or broker) in the name of the shareholder with Euroclear.

Shares are registered when the nominal value is fully paid.

Fully paid shares may be in registered or bearer form at the shareholder’s choice up until the shareholder reaches a threshold of 3% of the total number of shares. Once the individual threshold of 3% of the Company’s total number of shares is reached, the shares must be registered as described in paragraph B) below. The obligation to register shares applies to all the shares already held as well as to any shares which may be acquired subsequently in excess of this threshold.

 

 

145

    9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

 

B) Exceeding the thresholds of the Articles of Association

In accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association, any individual or legal entity and/or shareholder that comes to own a number of shares in the Company equal to or above 2% of the total number of shares must, within a period of five trading days from the date on which this share ownership threshold is exceeded, inform the Company of the total number of shares owned, by letter or fax. A further notification must be sent in the same manner each time a new threshold of 1% is exceeded.

If the threshold of 3% of the total number of shares is exceeded, the shareholder must, within a period of five trading days from the date on which this share ownership threshold is reached, request the registration of the shares. The copy of the request for registration, sent by letter or fax to the Company within fifteen days from the date on which this share ownership threshold is exceeded, is deemed to be a notification that the threshold has been reached. A further request must be sent in the same manner each time a further threshold of 1% is exceeded, up to 50%.

For purposes of the calculation of the thresholds, indirectly held shares and shares which are considered to be owned pursuant to Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code must be taken into account.

In each notification referred to above, the shareholder must certify that all securities held indirectly as well as the shares considered to be owned are included. The notification must also indicate the date(s) of acquisition.

These obligations of share notification and registration apply to the holders who own shares through ADSs.

If a shareholder fails to comply with the provisions relating to notification that the thresholds have been exceeded, the voting rights for the shares exceeding the thresholds are, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 3% of the share capital, suspended under the conditions provided by law.

Any shareholder whose shareholding falls below either of the thresholds provided for above must also inform the Company thereof, within the same period of five trading days and in the same manner.

C) Exceeding the legal thresholds

Beyond the notification obligations provided for in our Articles of Association, French law requires that any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert, which comes to hold a total number of shares (including through ADSs), above 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 331/3%, 50%, 662/3%, 90% or 95% of the capital or of the voting rights of a company, notify the company and the AMF. The 30% threshold introduced by the law of October 22, 2010 creates an obligation for the owner of 30% of the capital or of the voting rights of the Company to launch a tender offer as described below.

Pursuant to Article L.233-9 1 4° and 4°bis of the French Commercial Code the issued shares or the voting rights that the reporting entity is entitled to acquire at its sole initiative, immediately or in the future, under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument and the shares already issued or the voting rights covered by an agreement or a financial instrument to be paid exclusively in cash which has economic effect for the reporting entity or individual similar to holding shares (e.g., cash-settled equity swaps, knock-in options), must also be taken into account for the calculation of the thresholds subject to notification. Moreover, the “separate disclosure” requirement imposes an obligation to disclose additional information on the following agreements and financial instruments: (i) securities giving access to shares in the future and (ii) shares already issued that the shareholder is entitled to acquire under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument, based on the initiative of a third party.

The deadline to notify the AMF and the issuer is of four trading days (before the market or the trading system closes), after the day on which the threshold is reached.

This notification must also be made, within the same period, when the holding in capital or voting rights falls below these thresholds.

In the event of a failure to appropriately notify that these thresholds have been exceeded, the voting rights of the shares in excess of the threshold that should have been notified are suspended for any shareholders’ meeting that might be held up to the expiration of a period of two years from the date when the notification is eventually filed.

Four thresholds of respectively 10%, 15%, 20% and 25% create an obligation of declaration of intent as defined under Article L.233-7 of the French Commercial Code. The deadline to notify the Company and the AMF is of five trading days (before the market closes).

D) Shareholders’ agreements

Any clause of a shareholders’ agreement which includes preferential conditions to transfer or to acquire shares listed on a regulated market and relating to at least 0.5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights, must be disclosed to the Company and to the AMF within five trading days from the date of the signature of such agreement.

E) Holding of a stake equal to 30% and tender offer

When an individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert, comes to hold 30% of the capital or voting rights of the Company, it must immediately inform the AMF and launch a tender offer for all of the equity securities and securities giving access to the capital or voting rights of the Company. However, the shareholders who as of January 1, 2010, held directly or indirectly between 30% and a third of the capital or of the voting rights of the Company remain subject to the former threshold of 331/3% as long as their shareholdings remain between the two thresholds.

 

 

146


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

F) Information on the number of voting rights

To allow shareholders to determine whether they have exceeded an ownership threshold, we publish the total number of voting rights monthly on our Internet site.

G) Cross-shareholdings

In accordance with French legislation relating to cross-shareholdings, a limited liability company may not own shares in another company if the latter holds more than 10% of the share capital of the former. In the event of a cross-shareholding that violates this rule, the company owning the smaller percentage of shares in the other company must sell its stake. Until sold, the voting rights of these shares are suspended.

In the case where the cross-shareholding is held by a subsidiary, the shares are simply deprived of voting rights.

H) Identity of the holders

In accordance with the laws and regulations in effect, and subject to the penalties provided therein, the Company may request from all organizations or authorized intermediaries any information concerning shareholders or holders of securities giving access, immediately or in the future, to voting rights, their identity, the number of securities held and any restrictions eventually applicable to the securities.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE SHARES

Shareholders are liable only up to the nominal amount of each share held. Any call for payment in excess of such amount is prohibited.

Each share gives right to a portion of the Company’s profits, in the proportion prescribed by the Articles of Association.

Dividends and other income from shares issued by the Company are paid under the conditions authorized or provided for under the regulations in effect and in such a manner as the Shareholders’ Meeting, or, alternatively, the Board of Directors may decide.

Rights and obligations remain attached to a share regardless of who holds the share. Ownership of a share entails automatic acceptance of the Company’s Articles of Association and resolutions of the Shareholders’ Meeting.

Shares are indivisible vis-à-vis the Company: joint owners of shares must be represented by a single person. Shares subject to usufruct must be identified as such in the share registration.

CHANGES IN THE CAPITAL

A) Capital increases

In accordance with applicable law, our capital may be increased by cash or in-kind contributions, pursuant to a

resolution of the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting approved by two-thirds of the shareholders present or represented. This power may also be delegated to the Board of Directors. In the event of a delegation to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may be granted specific powers to make a capital increase.

The capital may also be increased:

 

 

by the capitalization of reserves, profits or issuance premium pursuant to a decision of the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting taken with the approval of a simple majority of the shareholders present or represented;

 

 

in case of payment of a dividend in shares decided by an Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting; or

 

 

upon tender of securities or rights giving access to the Company’s capital (bonds convertible into shares, bonds repayable in shares, warrants to purchase shares or other securities).

B) Capital decreases

The capital may be decreased pursuant to a decision of two-thirds of the shareholders present or represented at an Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, either by decreasing the nominal value of the shares or by reducing the number of shares outstanding.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our Company is managed by a Board of Directors consisting of at least six and not more than fourteen members.

Each Director must hold at least 500 Company shares.

DIRECTORS’ TERM OF OFFICE - AGE LIMIT

The Directors are elected for a period of three years. Exceptionally, the Shareholders’ Meeting may appoint a Director for a period of one or two years in order to stagger the Director’s terms of office. Outgoing Directors may be re-elected subject to the following provisions.

A Director appointed to replace another Director may hold office only for the remainder of his predecessor’s term of office.

The maximum age for holding a directorship is 70. This age limit does not apply if less than one third rounded up to the nearest whole number, of serving Directors have reached the age of 70.

No Director over 70 may be appointed if, as a result, more than one third of the serving Directors rounded up as defined above, are over 70.

If for any reason whatsoever the number of serving Directors over 70 should exceed one third as defined above, the oldest Director(s) shall automatically be deemed to have retired at the ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the accounts of the fiscal year in which the proportion of Directors over 70 years was exceeded, unless the proportion was re-established in the meantime.

 

 

147

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

Directors representing legal entities are taken into account when calculating the number of Directors to which the age limit does not apply.

Legal entities that are represented on the Board must replace any 70 year-old representative no later than at the ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the accounts of the fiscal year in which such representative reached the age of 70.

The age limitations apply to any Chairman of the Board of Directors, provided that such Chairman is not at the same time the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in which case the age limitation of 68 shall apply.

POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors is vested with all the powers granted to it by the current legislation.

The Board determines the business strategies of the Company and ensures their implementation.

Subject to the authority expressly reserved for the Shareholders’ Meeting, and within the limits of the corporate purpose, the Board of Directors addresses any question that affects the Company’s operations and governs the affairs of the Company through its deliberations.

The Board of Directors decides whether the management of the Company will be performed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by a Chief Executive Officer.

CHAIRMAN, VICE-CHAIRMEN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, EXECUTIVE VICE-PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARY

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the general management of the Company, unless the Board of Directors decides to entrust the general management to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors appoints from among its members, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented, a Chairman for a term not exceeding the term of his or her position as a Director. The Board of Directors may remove the Chairman at any time, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors performs the missions assigned to him by law and notably he shall ensure the proper functioning of the Company’s governing bodies. He shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors, organize the work of the Board and ensure that the Directors are able to fulfill their mission.

The Board of Directors may appoint, if it so wishes, one or more Vice-Chairmen, and set their term of office, which may not exceed their term as Director. The Vice-Chairman, or the most senior Vice-Chairman, performs the duties of the Chairman when the Chairman is unable to do so.

If it does not assign the general management of the Company to the Chairman, the Board of Directors appoints, whether among its members or not, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented, a Chief Executive Officer for a term determined by it, not to exceed the term of his or her position as a Director, if applicable. The Board of Directors may remove the Chief Executive Officer at any time, upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the Directors present or represented.

The Chief Executive Officer is vested with the fullest power to act in all circumstances in the name of the Company, within the limits of the corporate purpose, the limitations set by the Board of Directors and reviewed on October 29, 2008 (as previously described in Section 7.1.1 “Principles of organization of our Company’s management”) and subject to the powers that the law expressly bestows on the Shareholders’ Meetings and on the Board of Directors.

The Chief Executive Officer represents the Company in its relations with third parties. He represents the Company before the courts.

When the Chairman of the Board of Directors assumes management of the Company, the provisions of this section and the law governing the Chief Executive Officer apply to him.

On the proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors may authorize one or more persons to assist him, as Executive Vice-Presidents.

The maximum number of Executive Vice-Presidents that may be appointed has been set at five.

The scope and term of the powers delegated to Executive Vice-Presidents is determined by the Board of Directors in agreement with the Chief Executive Officer.

In their relations with third parties, Executive Vice-Presidents have the same authority as the Chief Executive Officer.

In the event the office of Chief Executive Officer becomes vacant, the functions and powers of the Executive Vice-Presidents continue until the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer, unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer themselves and the Executive Vice-Presidents may, within the limits set by law, delegate such powers as they deem fit, either for the management or conduct of the Company’s business or for one or more specific purposes, to all authorized agents, whether members of the Board or not or part of the company or not, individually or as committees. Such powers may be permanent or temporary and may or may not be delegated to deputies.

The Board shall appoint a secretary and may also appoint a deputy secretary on the same terms.

AGE LIMIT FOR CORPORATE EXECUTIVES

The Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice-Presidents may hold office for the period set by the Board of Directors, but this period may not exceed their term of office as Directors, if

 

 

148


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

applicable, nor in any event may such period extend beyond the date of the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the fiscal year in which they shall have reached 68 years of age. The same age limit applies to the Chairman when he is also the Chief Executive Officer.

When the Chairman does not also occupy the position of Chief Executive Officer, he may hold the office of Chairman for the period set by the Board of Directors, but this period shall not exceed his term as Director, as well as the age limit set for the Directors.

BOARD OBSERVERS

Upon the proposal of the Chairman, the Board of Directors must in turn propose to the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment of two observers satisfying the conditions described below. The Board observers are invited and participate in Board meetings, but have no vote. They are appointed for three years. Exceptionally the Shareholder’s Meeting may appoint a Board observer for a period of two years in order to stagger the Board observer’s terms of office. Outgoing Board observers may be renewed.

They must, at the time of their appointment, be both employees of Alcatel Lucent or a company of the Group, and members of a mutual investment fund as described below. Any mutual investment fund which satisfies the conditions defined below may propose to the Board candidates with a view to their being appointed as observers.

For purposes of the preceding requirements:

 

 

a company of the Alcatel Lucent group is a company in which Alcatel Lucent holds directly or indirectly at least one half of the voting rights and/or any company in which a company of the Alcatel Lucent group holds directly or indirectly at least one half of the voting rights;

 

 

the mutual investment funds referred to above are those created pursuant to a corporate savings plan in which the Company or a Group company participates, and where the portfolio includes at least 75% of Company shares.

On the Chairman’s recommendation, the Board of Directors may propose to the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment of one or several additional observers who do not fulfill the conditions above, whether they are shareholders or not, but the total number of observers may not exceed six.

The observers receive an annual remuneration, set at the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting and allocated by the Board of Directors.

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

The General or Special Shareholders’ Meeting are convened and held under the conditions provided by law.

The decisions of the Shareholders’ Meeting are binding on all shareholders, including those not present or who dissent.

Meetings take place at the registered office or any other place specified in the notice of meeting.

All shareholders may attend the meeting in person, by mail or by proxy, upon presentation of proof of identity and upon proof of registration of the securities on the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, either in the Company’s accounts of registered securities, or in the bearer share accounts held by a duly authorized intermediary.

Subject to the conditions defined by regulations and in accordance with the procedures defined beforehand by the Board of Directors, the shareholders may participate and vote in all General or Special Shareholders’ Meetings by video-conference or any electronic communication method, including internet, that allows for their identification.

Subject to the conditions set by the regulations in effect, the shareholders may send their proxy or mail voting form for any General or Special Shareholders’ Meeting either in paper form or, upon decision of the Board reflected in the notices of the meeting, by electronic transmission. The electronic signature of the form consists, upon prior decision of the Board of Directors, in a process of identifying which safeguards its link with the electronic form to which it relates by a login and password or any other process in the conditions defined by regulations in force.

In order to be considered, all necessary forms for votes by mail or by proxy must be received at the Company’s registered offices or at the location stated in the notice of the meeting at least three days before any Shareholders’ Meeting. This time limit may be shortened by decision of the Board of Directors. Instructions given electronically that include a proxy or power of attorney may be accepted by the Company under the conditions and within the deadlines set by the regulations in effect.

The meeting may be broadcasted by video-conference and/or electronic transmission. If applicable, this should be mentioned in the notices of meeting.

All shareholders having expressed their vote electronically, sent a power of attorney or asked for their admission card or a confirmation of participation, may nevertheless transfer all or part of the shares for which they have voted electronically, sent a power of attorney or asked for an admission card or a confirmation. However, if the transfer is made before the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, the Company, upon notification of the intermediary authorized to hold the account, will invalidate or modify as a result, as the case may be, the electronic vote, the power of attorney, the admission card or confirmation. No transfer or any transaction made after the third working day preceding the meeting at midnight, Paris time, whatever the means used, shall be notified by the authorized intermediary or taken into account by the Company, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.

The Shareholders’ Meeting is chaired either by the Chairman or one of the Vice-Chairmen of the Board of Directors, or by a Director appointed by the Board or by the Chairman.

The shareholders appoint the officers of the meeting, that is, the Chairman, two scrutineers and a secretary.

The scrutineers must be the two members of the meeting representing the largest number of votes or, should they

 

 

149

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF THE BY-LAWS AND OF LAW

 

 

refuse, those who come after in descending order until the duties are accepted.

Copies or extracts of the minutes may be authenticated by the Chairman of the Board, the secretary of the Shareholders’ Meeting, or the Director appointed to chair the meeting.

The Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting may deliberate on a first call only if the shareholders present or represented hold at least one-fifth of the shares with voting rights. No quorum is required for a meeting held upon a second call.

The Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting may deliberate on a first call only if the shareholders present or represented hold at least one-quarter of the shares with voting rights, and one-fifth of the shares with voting rights in the event of a second call.

VOTING RIGHTS

At the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 1, 2007, the shareholders voted to eliminate the statutory limitation on voting rights at Shareholders’ Meetings; as a result and subject to what is described below, each member at every meeting has the right to as many votes as the number of shares that he owns or represents.

However, fully paid registered shares, registered in the name of the same holder for at least three years, have double voting rights.

In accordance with Article L. 225-99, paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code, the elimination of double voting rights must be decided by the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, with the authorization of a special meeting of holders of these rights.

Double voting rights are cancelled automatically for any share that is converted into a bearer share or the ownership of which is transferred. However, the period mentioned above is interrupted, and the right acquired is preserved, in the event of a transfer from registered to registered form, as a result of intestate or testamentary succession, the division between

spouses of a common estate, or donation inter vivos in favor of a spouse or heirs.

Voting rights in all Ordinary, Extraordinary or Special Shareholders’ Meetings belong to the usufructuary.

APPROPRIATION OF THE RESULT -DIVIDEND

The difference between the proceeds and the expenses of the fiscal year, after provisions, constitutes the profits or losses for the fiscal year. An amount equal to 5% of the profits, minus previous losses, if any, is deducted in order to create the legal reserves, until such legal reserves are at least equal to 1/10th of the capital. Additional contributions to the legal reserves are required if the legal reserves fall below that fraction for any reason.

The distributable profits, that is, the profits for the fiscal year minus the previous losses and the deduction mentioned above, plus income carried over, is available to the Shareholders’ Meeting which, upon proposal of the Board, may decide to carry over some or all of the profits, to allocate them to general or special reserve funds or to distribute them to the shareholders as a dividend.

In addition, the Shareholders’ Meeting may decide the distribution of sums deducted from the optional reserves, either as a dividend or as a supplemental dividend, or as a special distribution. In this case, the decision must clearly indicate the reserves from which said sums are deducted. However, the dividends must be deducted first from the distributable profits of the fiscal year.

The Shareholders’ Meeting may grant each shareholder, for all or part of the dividend distributed or the interim dividend, the option to receive payment of the dividend or interim dividend in cash or in shares.

The Shareholders’ Meeting or the Board of Directors, in the event of an interim dividend, must determine the date as of which the dividend is paid.

 

 

9.3     SHARE CAPITAL AND DILUTED CAPITAL

Our capital at December 31, 2012 was 4,653,127,652 represented by 2,326,563,826 ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of 2, fully paid.

At its meeting on February 6, 2013, our Board of Directors decided to submit to the shareholders at our next Shareholders’ Meeting, to be held on May 7, 2013, a resolution authorizing the decrease of the share capital by way of reduction of the nominal value of the shares from 2 to 0.05, considering that it would be appropriate to reduce the nominal value below the current share price in order to restore the Company’s financial flexibility in accordance with the financial resolutions that have already been approved by the Shareholders’ Meetings. This is due to the fact that under article L.225-128 of the French Commercial Code, any share issue must be made at a subscription price not lower than the nominal share price.

 

      Total number of shares  
Capital at December 31, 2012      2,326,563,826   
Alcatel Lucent stock options      160,330,695   
Performance shares (1)      30,206,083   
ORAs (2)      1,299,841   
OCEANE due 2015      309,597,523   
Convertible bonds (2)      55,674,504   
Convertible debt securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      93,064,216   
Diluted capital at December 31, 2012      2,976,736,688   

 

(1) For more details, see Section 7.2.1.4 « Summary table for the performance share plans ».

 

(2) For a description of the dilutive instruments, see Section 9.8 « Outstanding instruments giving right to shares ».

 

150


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.4 AUTHORIZATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPITAL

 

9.4 AUTHORIZATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPITAL

Currently, we have the following authorizations to issue capital, which authorizations were approved at our Shareholders’ Meetings on June 1, 2010 and June 8, 2012.

 

LOGO

 

(1) The percentages in this column correspond to the maximum authorized as a percent of the capital as approved at the Shareholders’ Meetings on June 1, 2010 and June 8, 2012, based on the capital of the Company at December 31, 2011.

 

(2) Percentages based on the capital of the Company at December 31, 2012

9.5    USE OF AUTHORIZATIONS

ISSUANCE WITH CANCELLATION OF PREFERENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

The Board of Directors currently has a delegation of authority given to it by the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012, for a period of 26 months, to issue ordinary shares and any securities conferring a right to the capital of the Company, with cancellation of preferential subscription rights, within the

limit of 700 million, that is, approximately 15% of the existing shares at December 31, 2012.

This authorization replaces, without retroactive effect, the unused authorization given at the Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 1, 2010.

 

 

PERFORMANCE SHARES AND STOCK OPTIONS

The status of the use of authorizations related to performance shares, stock options and purchase of shares granted by the Board of Directors is described in Section 7.2.1 “Long - term compensation mechanisms” of this document.

 

151

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.6 CHANGES IN OUR CAPITAL OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

 

 

9.6    CHANGES IN OUR CAPITAL OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

 

Type of transaction    Number of
shares
       Amount of
capital
(in euros)
     Share premium
(in euros)
 
Capital at 12/31/2007      2,317,441,420           4,634,882,840         15,406,457,949.69   
Stock options exercised      6,100           12,200         11,195.00   
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      544,241           1,088,482         4,375,697.64   
Redemption into Alcatel Lucent shares of bonds issued by Coralec in the context of the acquisition of Spatial Wireless      50,000           100,000         495,600.00   
Capital at 12/31/2008      2,318,041,761           4,636,083,522         15,411,679,263.71(1)   
Stock options exercised      1,803           3,606         (630.40)(2)   
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      17,254           34,508         138,722.16   
Capital at 12/31/2009      2,318,060,818           4,636,121,636         15,411,817,355.47   
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      4,768           9,536         45,383.44   
Stock options exercised      219,587           439,174         -(3)   
Issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares in accordance with the Alcatel Lucent performance shares plan      100,375           200,750         (200,750.00)(4)   
Capital at 12/31/2010      2,318,385,548           4,636,771,096         15,411,661,988.91   
Convertible securities issued by Lucent Technologies Inc.      20,632           41,264         165,881.28   
Redemption into Alcatel Lucent shares of bonds issued by Coralec in the context of the acquisition of Spatial Wireless      100,000           200,000         991,200.00   
Stock options exercised      6,109,985           12,219,970         2,601,551.30   
Issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares in accordance with the Alcatel Lucent performance shares plan      767,163           1,534,326         (1,534,326.00)(4)   
Capital at 12/31/2011      2,325,383,328           4,650,766,656         15,413,886,295.49   
Issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares in accordance with the Alcatel Lucent performance shares plan      1,180,498           2,360,996         (2,360,996.00)(4)   
Capital at 12/31/2012      2,326,563,826           4,653,127,652         15,411,525,299,49   

 

(1) Including merger premium following restructuring

 

(2) Regularization following the exercise of options

 

(3) The shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options were purchased at par value, without share premium

 

(4) Debit corresponding to the issuance of Alcatel Lucent shares

9.7    PURCHASE OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES BY THE COMPANY

 

In 2012, we did not effect any transactions pursuant to our share repurchase program. At December 31, 2012, Alcatel Lucent held directly 25,336,243 shares, representing 1.09% of the capital. At that date, our subsidiaries held shares representing 1.41% of our capital. At December 31, 2012, these shares were booked as a deduction from consolidated shareholders’ equity.

The Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012 authorized the Board of Directors with a right of sub-delegation in accordance with law, for a period of 18 months, to repurchase Alcatel Lucent shares up to a maximum of 10% of the capital of the Company.

 

 

152


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.7 PURCHASE OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES BY THE COMPANY

 

The maximum purchase price per share may not exceed 20 and the minimum selling price per share may not be less than 2. This program has not been implemented.

At its meeting of February 6, 2013 the Board of Directors proposed a resolution to be voted upon at our next Shareholders’ Meeting, to be held on May 7, 2013, to cancel the existing authorization, and to give a new 18 month authorization for a share repurchase program.

DESCRIPTION OF THE REPURCHASE PROGRAM PURSUANT TO ARTICLES 241-1 AND FOLLOWING OF THE AMF RULES

Date of the Shareholders’ Meeting authorizing the program

The purchase by the Company of its own shares will be submitted for approval at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

Number of shares and percentage of capital held directly or indirectly by the Company

At December 31, 2012, the Company held 25,336,243 shares directly and 32,851,823 shares indirectly.

Goals of the repurchase program

The goals of the repurchase program to be presented to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 7, 2013 are:

 

 

to cancel some or all of the shares so purchased by decreasing the Company’s share capital under the conditions provided by law, and in accordance with the authorization to be submitted for approval at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013;

 

 

to grant them to employees and officers (“dirigeants”) of the Company or its affiliates or organizations under the terms and conditions provided by law (stock options, participation of employees in the Company’s profit, allocation of performance-related shares, etc.);

 

 

to comply with its obligations in respect of stock option plans or other allocations of shares to employees or corporate officers of the Company or of a related company;

 

 

to deliver shares upon the exercise of rights attached to securities giving access to the Company’s share capital;

 

 

to hold and deliver shares (as exchange consideration, payment, or other) in particular in connection with external growth transactions carried out by the Company, or mergers, spin-offs or contributions;

 

 

to engage in market making in the secondary market or maintenance of the liquidity of Alcatel Lucent share through an investment services provider pursuant to a liquidity contract that complies with the ethical code recognized by the Autorité des marchés financiers.

The repurchase program is also intended to allow the implementation of any market practice that may be admitted by the Autorité des marchés financiers in the future and more

generally, the conclusion of any transaction that complies with applicable laws and regulations. In such a case, the Company will inform its shareholders through a press release.

Repurchase terms and conditions

Acquisitions, sales, exchanges and transfers of shares may be made at any time subject to the limits, in particular relating to volume and price, authorized under applicable laws and regulations (except during the period of a public tender offer) and by any means, either through regulated markets, multilateral trading systems, systematic internalizers or by way of a private placement, including by block purchases or sales, by public tender offer or public exchange offer, or through the use of options or other derivative financial instruments whether traded on regulated markets or through multilateral trading systems, via a systematic internalizer or by way of a private placement or by delivery of shares arising from the issuance of securities giving access to the capital of the Company by conversion, exchange, redemption, presentation of a warrant or any other means, either directly or through an investment services provider, under the conditions set forth by the market authorities and at such period as the Board of Directors sees fit.

Maximum share of capital, maximum number and characteristics of shares, maximum purchase price

The program concerns the shares of Alcatel Lucent (ISIN FR0000130007) listed on the Euronext Paris stock exchange -Compartment A.

The maximum percentage that may be purchased under the authorization to be proposed to the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013 is 10% of the total number of shares comprising the capital on the date of purchase. In view of the number of shares that comprised our capital at December 31, 2012, this limit represents 232,656,382 shares or, based on the maximum authorized purchase price (20), a maximum theoretical amount of 4,653,127,640, not including the shares already held by the Company.

However, in the event of transactions affecting the Company’s share capital, and in particular, share capital increase through the capitalization of reserves, the allocation of free shares, in particular performance-related shares, a stock split or reverse stock split, a change in nominal value or any other transaction affecting the equity capital, the Shareholders’ Meeting grants the Board of Directors the power to adjust the maximum purchase price set forth above in order to take into account the impact of these transactions on the value of the shares.

Duration of the program

In accordance with the resolution to be submitted for approval to the Shareholders’ Meeting on May 7, 2013, the share repurchase program would be implemented over a period of 18 months following the date of that meeting and would therefore expire on November 7, 2014.

 

 

153

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.8 OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

 

9.8    OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

CONVERTIBLE DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED BY LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Convertible bonds

Lucent Technologies Inc. had issued debt securities convertible into Lucent Technologies, Inc. shares. As of the date of the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent, in accordance with the Board of Directors’ decision of November 30, 2006, these securities included the following and entitled holders to:

 

 

44,463,075 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the 7.75% convertible bonds maturing on March 15, 2017;

 

 

43,832,325 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the Series A convertible bonds (2.75% increased to 2.875%) maturing on June 15, 2023;

 

 

55,087,690 Alcatel Lucent shares, concerning the Series B convertible bonds (2.75% increased to 2.875%) maturing on June 15, 2025.

The unit price of the Alcatel Lucent shares issued through conversion of the above convertible debt securities is equal to the conversion or exercise price of these securities divided by the exchange ratio set in connection with the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent (that is, 0.1952 Alcatel share for one Lucent share), namely:

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$24.80 for the 7.75% convertible bonds;

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$17.11 for the Series A convertible bonds;

 

 

the equivalent in euros, the day of the exercise or of the conversion, of U.S.$15.98 for the Series B convertible bonds.

During fiscal year 2012, 7,524,420 convertible bonds were repurchased by anticipation for a nominal value of U.S.$115.5 million (see Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements).

At December 31, 2012, 1,269 million of these convertible bonds were outstanding, giving right to 93,064,216 Alcatel Lucent shares.

STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION INSTRUMENTS ISSUED BY LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

As part of the business combination with Lucent, we agreed to issue Alcatel Lucent shares to holders of stock options and other stock-based compensation instruments (restricted stock units, performance shares and Directors’ deferrals) granted by Lucent Technologies Inc., in the event of such holders’ exercise or conversion of the rights attached to their instruments.

As of November 30, 2006, the date of the business combination between historical Alcatel and Lucent, these instruments entitled holders to a total of 311,307,596 common shares of Lucent Technologies Inc.

Consequently, and in accordance with the decision made by our Board of Directors on November 30, 2006, acting on the authority granted by the shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting of September 7, 2006, Alcatel Lucent’s Coralec subsidiary issued to Lucent Technologies Inc., 60,767,243 bonds, each of which may be converted into one Alcatel Lucent share.

When the Lucent stock options or other stock-based compensation instruments are exercised by their holders, Lucent requests conversion of the corresponding number of convertible bonds and immediately delivers the number of Alcatel Lucent shares resulting from the conversion to those holders who have exercised their rights.

At December 31, 2012, there were a total of 55,674,504 outstanding bonds convertible into Alcatel Lucent shares. However only a maximum of 2,326,460 of these bonds may still be converted, given the cancellation of stock options as of that same date.

These bonds are not listed on any stock exchange.

REDEEMABLE NOTES (ORAs)

Issues related to acquisitions

In 2004, we authorized the issuance by our subsidiary Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares (ORAs), in order to allow for the acquisition of Spatial Wireless (United States).

In connection with this acquisition, 18,988,334 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued at a unit price of 11.91. There were no redemptions in 2012. The number of Alcatel Lucent shares issued since the issuance of the ORAs, to repay these notes, is 18,633,297.

In 2003, we authorized the issuance by Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares, in order to allow for the acquisition of TiMetra Inc. (United States).

In connection with this acquisition, 17,979,738 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued to historical Alcatel at a unit price of 8.08. There were no redemptions in 2012 and the number of Alcatel Lucent shares issued since issuance of the ORAs to repay these notes is 17,034,934.

In 2002, we authorized the issuance by Coralec of debt represented by notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares, in order to allow for the acquisition of Astral Point Communications Inc. (United States).

 

 

154


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.8 OUTSTANDING INSTRUMENTS GIVING RIGHT TO SHARES

 

 

In connection with this acquisition, 9,506,763 notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares were issued at a unit price of 16.41. During fiscal year 2012, the remaining 383,367 notes were repurchased and cancelled. At December 31, 2012, there were no longer any ORAs outstanding on account of the Astral Point Communications acquisition.

At December 31, 2012, there were in total 1,299,841 outstanding notes redeemable for Alcatel Lucent shares. However only a maximum of 1,067,905 of these bonds may still be converted, given the cancellation of stock options as of that same date.

These bonds are not listed on any stock exchange.

Issues related to financial transactions

OCEANE (bonds convertible into new or existing shares) due in 2015

Pursuant to the authorization granted at the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 29, 2009, Alcatel Lucent issued, on September 10, 2009, debt represented by bonds with a conversion and/or exchange option for new or existing shares (OCEANE). The issue concerned a principal amount of 1 billion, represented by 309,597,523 OCEANE with a unit value of 3.23.

The bonds, which are due on January 1, 2015, bear an annual interest rate of 5.00%.

The principal purpose of the issue was to refinance the Group’s debt and the extension of debt’s maturity, and, secondarily, to further enhance the Group’s financial position. In particular, all or part of the proceeds of the issue may be used to finance the repurchase of part of the Group’s debt.

At December 31, 2012, there were in total 309,597,523 outstanding OCEANEs, listed on Euronext Paris.

SECURITIES NOT CONVERTIBLE INTO EQUITY

At December 31, 2012, two bonds issue of Alcatel Lucent remained outstanding:

 

 

the 6.375% bond issue in the amount of 462 million (maturing in April 2014) traded on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange,

 

 

the 8.5% senior notes issue in the amount of 500 million (maturing in January 2016) traded on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

 

9.9     AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE ADSs

Each of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents one of our ordinary shares. Our ADSs trade on the New York Stock Exchange.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the deposit agreement among Alcatel Lucent, JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A., which, beginning on January 10, 2013, replaced The Bank of New York Mellon as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the ADSs.

The form of the deposit agreement for the ADS and the form of American depositary receipt (ADR) that represents our ADSs have been filed as exhibits to our registration statement on Form F-6 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 4, 2013. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., located at 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, Floor 21, New York, 10005-1401, and at the principal office of our custodian, BNP Paribas Securities Services, located at Grands Moulins de Pantin, 9 rue du Débarcadère, 93761 Pantin Cedex, France.

DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND RIGHTS

To the extent practicable, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute to each holder of ADSs all distributions on deposited securities, in proportion to the number of deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs. To the extent that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. deems any distribution below not practicable, it shall make the distribution as it deems practicable, including in foreign currency, securities or property, or the retention thereof as a deposited security.

Cash dividends and cash distributions. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute cash resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the new proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof, subject to appropriate adjustment for taxes withheld and the deduction of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.‘s or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1) foreign currency conversion, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States, (3) obtaining related government approvals or licenses, and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

 

 

155

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9   AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

Shares. If we distribute ordinary shares as a dividend or free distribution, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute to ADS holders new ADSs representing the shares. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute only whole ADSs. It will sell the shares that would have required the use of fractional ADSs and then distribute the proceeds in the same way it distributes cash.

Rights. If we offer our holders of shares warrants or any other rights, including rights to acquire additional shares, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute such rights to holders of ADSs, to the extent that we timely furnish to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. evidence that it may lawfully do so (we have no obligation to do so). If we do not furnish such evidence and sales of the rights are practicable, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall distribute the net proceeds from the sales of such rights as it would cash. If we do not furnish such evidence and sales are not practicable, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. does not have to take any action (and the right may lapse).

Other distributions. If JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or the custodian receives a distribution of anything other than cash, shares, or rights, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will distribute the property or securities to the ADS holders by any means that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. deems equitable and practicable, or to the extent JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., after consultation with us, deems such a distribution not equitable and practicable, it may sell the property or securities and distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the ADS holders.

Voting of the underlying shares. Under the deposit agreement, an ADS holder is entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of French law, our articles of association and bylaws and the deposited securities, to exercise voting rights pertaining to the shares represented by its ADSs. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will send ADS holders, via mail or electronically (to those ADS holders who have consented to electronic delivery), English—language summaries of any materials or documents provided by us for the purpose of exercising voting rights. In addition, if we so request, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will send ADS holders a notice card or letter including instructions on how ADS holders may access the aforementioned summary through an Internet website, along with how a paper copy of such documents may be requested. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will also send to ADS holders directions as to how to give it voting instructions, as well as a statement (which may be included in the documents described above) as to how the underlying ordinary shares will be voted if JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. receives blank or improperly completed voting instructions.

Upon timely receipt of properly completed voting instructions, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall either, in its discretion, vote in accordance with the instructions or forward the instructions to the custodian for voting. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall not vote the shares other than in accordance with such instructions or in accordance with the statement described above regarding voting of shares for which it receives blank or improperly completed voting instructions. Holders are not guaranteed to receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable the timely return of any voting instructions to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

ADSs shall be evidenced by direct registration ADRs unless the ADS holder notifies JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that it would like the shares to be held in certificated form.

Changes affecting deposited securities. If there is any change in par value or any split - up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities, or any recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or consolidation or sale of assets involving us, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may, after consultation with us, and if reasonably requested by us, amend the form of ADR and distribute any additional or amended ADRs. If JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. does not amend the form of ADR or make a distribution to holders regarding the foregoing, or any net proceeds, then any securities that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. receives in respect of deposited securities will become new deposited securities. Each ADS will automatically represent its share of the new deposited securities, unless JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. delivers new ADSs as described in the following sentence.

Amendment of the deposit agreement. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and we may agree to amend the form of the ADRs and the deposit agreement at any time, without the consent of the ADS holders. If any amendment adds or increases any fees or charges (other than taxes or other governmental charges) or prejudices an important right of ADS holders, it will not take effect as to outstanding ADSs until 30 days after JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has sent the ADS holders a notice of the amendment. If any government or regulatory body adopts new laws or rules that require the amendment of the form of ADR in order to comply therewith, the form of ADR may be amended at any time, and may become effective before notice is given to holders or within any other time, as required for compliance. At the expiration of that 30-day period, each ADS holder will be considered by continuing to hold its ADSs to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as so amended. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and we may not amend the deposit agreement or the form of ADRs to impair the ADS holder’s right to surrender its ADSs and receive the ordinary shares and any other property represented by the ADRs, except to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

Termination of the deposit agreement. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so and will notify the ADS holders at least 30 days before the date of termination. However, if JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has resigned or is removed, notice shall not be sent to the holders unless a successor depositary is not operating under the deposit agreement within 60 days. After termination of the deposit agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will no longer act under the deposit agreement, except to continue to:

 

 

collect and hold (or sell) dividends and other distributions pertaining to deposited securities; and

 

 

deliver deposited securities being withdrawn.

At any time 90 days after notice of termination is provided to holders of ADSs, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may instruct the custodian to register all securities with us in registered form (nominatif pur) in each ADS holder’s name, at which time we shall do so and provide notice to the holders. To the extent this is not done, as soon as practicable after 60 days after termination, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may sell the deposited securities and hold the proceeds of the sale, together with any other cash then held by it, for the pro rata benefit of ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will not have liability for interest on the sale proceeds or any cash it holds.

 

 

156


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

Restrictions on the right to transfer or withdraw shares. In connection with the withdrawal of any ADS, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may require proper endorsement and written withdrawal orders from the holder, and will transfer such shares to an appropriate account. At the request, risk and expense of an ADS holder, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may deliver the shares to another place. Title to an ADS may be transferred when properly endorsed (for a certificated ADS) or upon receipt by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. of appropriate documentation. Prior to registration of transfer or withdrawal, we, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or the custodian may require payment certain taxes, fees, or other charges, as well as other documentation.

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF DEPOSITARY

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary, and it limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:

 

 

are not liable if either is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond its control from performing its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

 

are not liable if either exercises, or fails to exercise, any discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

 

are obligated only to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

 

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement,

   

unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense and liability is furnished as often as may be required;

 

 

are not liable for any or inaction by it in reliance on the advice of legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any holder, or other believed to be competent to provide such advice;

 

 

the depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system or the insolvency of the custodian to the extent the custodian is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.;

 

 

the depositary may not be liable for the price received in connection with the sale of securities, the timing thereof, any delay in action or omission to act, or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of this parties retained in connection with any such sale, the price received for the sale or a security or the timing thereof;

 

 

the depositary shall not be liable for actions of the custodian, except under certain circumstances; and

 

 

may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed by either of us to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

Moreover, neither we nor the depositary nor any of our respective agents will be liable to any holder of ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, lost profits). Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, we and the depositary have agreed to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

 

FEES PAID BY OUR ADS HOLDERS

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees.

 

Persons holding, depositing or withdrawing shares must pay    For:

U.S.$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

   Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property, including stock dividends or splits, or issuances pursuant to a merger or exchange of securities Surrendering of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, or cancellation or reduction for any other reason

U.S.$0.02 (or less) per ADS per year

U.S. $1.50 per ADR or ADRs

  

Cash distributions pursuant to the deposit agreement

Transfer of shares on our share register

Other transfer or registration fees    Registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
U.S. $0.02 (or less) per ADS per year (or portion thereof)    Administration expenses (this fee may be deducted from one or more cash dividends at the sole discretion of the depositary)
Fees for distributions and sales of securities    Fee in an amount equal to the fee amount that would have been charged if securities had been deposited but were instead distributed or sold, and the net cash proceeds distributed to holders
Financial Transaction Tax—0.2%    French tax on the transfer of shares or ADSs, as discussed below in Taxation - Financial transaction tax on acquisitions of ordinary shares or ADSs.
Other taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary



Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

 

157

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9   AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

FEES AND PAYMENTS FROM THE DEPOSITARY TO US

Our former depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon, agreed to reimburse us annually for our expenses incurred in connection with the ADR facility (subject to certain limits) and to pay us annually a further amount which is a function of the Depositary Service Fee (DSF) charged by the depositary to our ADS holders starting in 2010. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 we received from The Bank of New York Mellon US$ 12.2 million relating to the DSF.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., has also agreed to reimburse us annually for certain expenses (subject to certain limitations) in connection with the ADR facility and to pay us annually a further amount which is a function of the issuance and cancellation fees and depositary service fees charged by the depositary to our ADS holders.

OWNERSHIP OF SHARES BY NON-FRENCH PERSONS

Under French law and our articles of association and bylaws, no limitation exists on the right of non-French residents or non-French shareholders to own or vote our securities.

Any non-French resident (both E.U. and non-E.U.) must file an administrative notice (“déclaration administrative”) with the French authorities in connection with any transaction which, in the aggregate, would result in the direct or indirect holding by such non-French resident of at least 33.33% of the capital or the voting rights of a French company.

The payment of all dividends to foreign shareholders must be effected through an accredited intermediary. All registered banks and credit establishments in France are accredited intermediaries.

You should refer to Section 9.2 “Specific Provisions of the by-laws and of law” for a description of the filings required based on shareholdings.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Under current French exchange control regulations, no limits exist on the amount of payments that we may remit to residents of the United States. Laws and regulations concerning foreign exchange controls do require, however, that an accredited intermediary handle all payments or transfer of funds made by a French resident to a non-resident.

TAXATION

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and French tax consequences to you of acquiring, holding or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs. It does not address all aspects of U.S. and French tax laws that may be relevant to you in light of your particular situation. It is based on the applicable tax laws, regulations and judicial decisions as of the date of this annual report, and on the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic of France for the Avoidance of Double Taxation

and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and Capital dated as of August 31, 1994 entered into force on December 30, 1995, along with the 2004 Protocol thereto entered into force on December 21, 2006, and the 2009 Protocol thereto entered into force on December 23, 2009, all of which are subject to change (collectively, the “Treaty”), possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

With respect to the US tax matters discussed, this summary only applies to you if all of the following five points apply to you:

 

 

you own, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of our capital stock;

 

 

you are any one of (a), (b), (c) or (d) below:

 

  (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
  (b) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, that is created in or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
  (c) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or
  (d) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on August 20, 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on August 19, 1996;

 

 

you are entitled to the benefits of the Treaty under the “limitations on benefits” article contained in the Treaty;

 

 

you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets; and

 

 

your functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

You generally will not be eligible for the reduced withholding tax rates under the Treaty if you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs in connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment or the performance of services through a fixed base in France, or you are a non-resident in the United States for U.S. tax purposes, in either case within the meaning of the Treaty.

The following description of tax consequences should be considered only as a summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects of owning or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs. Special rules may apply to U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, real estate mortgage investment conduits, financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, securities broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for the securities’ holdings, and persons holding their ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, among others. Those special rules are not discussed in this annual report. This summary does not address all potential tax implications that may be relevant to you as a holder, in light of your particular circumstances. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the overall U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences, as well as the French tax consequences, of your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADRs and ADSs represented thereby.

 

 

158


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

For purposes of the Treaty and the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if you own ADSs evidenced by ADRs, you will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs.

TAXATION OF DIVIDENDS

Income Tax at the Progressive Rate or Withholding Tax. French resident individuals will be subject to taxation at the income tax progressive rate on only 60% of the dividends received by them from both French and foreign companies. This exemption will apply to any dividend distributed by a company that is subject to corporation tax or an equivalent tax and that is located in an EU member state or a country that has signed a tax treaty (which has an administrative assistance clause with the purpose of combating fraud and tax evasion) with France. The fixed final tax allowance of 3050 (for a married couple or a couple who has entered into a civil union) and 1,525 (for a single person) is abolished starting January 1, 2013. The election for a flat withholding tax (prélèvement forfaitaire libératoire) is also abolished.

Dividends paid to French resident individuals on or after January 1, 2013, are subject to a compulsory withholding tax at a flat rate of 21% as an installment payment against the final tax. This 21% withholding tax only applies to dividends which will be paid on or before December 31, 2013.

French companies normally must deduct a 30% French withholding tax from dividends paid to non-resident of France. Under the Treaty, this withholding tax is reduced to 15% if your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base that you have in France.

Dividends paid to a resident in a non-cooperative state or territory (NCST) are subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 75%.

If your ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base that you have in France, we will withhold tax from your dividend at the reduced rate of 15%, provided that you (i) complete the French Treasury Form 5000-EN (Certificate of Residence), which establishes that you are a resident of the U.S. under the Treaty, (ii) have it certified either by the Internal Revenue Service or the financial institution that is in charge of the administration of the ordinary shares or ADSs, and (iii) send it to us before the date of payment of the dividend.

If you have not completed and sent the Certificate of Residence before the dividend payment date under the “simplified” procedure, we will deduct French withholding tax at the rate of 30%. In that case, you may claim a refund from the French tax authorities under the “normal” procedure, provided that you (i) duly complete the Certificate of Residence and the French Treasury Form 5001-EN (ii) have the forms certified either by the Internal Revenue Service or the financial institution that is in charge of the administration of the ordinary shares or ADSs, and (iii) send both forms to us early enough to enable us to file them with the French tax authorities before December 31 of the second calendar year following the year during which the dividend is paid.

You can obtain the Certificate of Residence, the Form 5001-EN and their respective instructions from the Depositary, the Internal Revenue Service or the French Centre des impôts des non-résidents, the address of which is 10 rue du Centre, TSA, 93465 Noisy-Le-Grand, France. Copies of the Certificate of Residence and Form 5001-EN may also be downloaded from the French tax authorities’ website (www.impots.gouv.fr).

Any French withholding tax refund is generally expected to be paid within 12 months after you file the relevant French Treasury Form. However, it will not be paid before January 15, following the end of the calendar year in which the related dividend is paid.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution will be included in your gross income as dividend income to the extent paid or deemed paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You must include the gross amount treated as a dividend in income in the year payment is received by you, which, if you hold ADSs, will be the year payment is received by the Depositary. Dividends paid by us will not give rise to any dividends-received deduction generally allowed to a U.S. corporation under Section 243 of the Code. Dividends paid by us generally will constitute foreign source “passive category” income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or, for some holders, “general category” income.

Generally, a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% will apply to dividend income received by an individual (as well as certain trusts and estates) from a U.S. corporation or from a “qualified foreign corporation” provided certain holding period requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a passive foreign investment company) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation if (i) the shares of the non-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty determined to be satisfactory to the United States Department of the Treasury. The United States Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service have determined that the Treaty is satisfactory for this purpose. In addition, the United States Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service have determined that ordinary shares, or an ADR in respect of such shares (which would include the ADSs), are considered readily tradable on an established securities market if they are listed on an established securities market in the United States such as The New York Stock Exchange. Information returns reporting dividends paid to U.S. persons will identify the amount of dividends eligible for the reduced tax rates.

Also, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid in a foreign currency such as euros, including any French withholding taxes withheld from such payment, will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the euros on the date the dividend is included in your taxable income, regardless of whether you convert the payment into U.S. dollars. If you hold ADSs, this date will be the date the payment is received by the Depositary. You generally will be required to recognize U.S. source ordinary income or loss when you sell or dispose of the euros you are deemed to receive. You may also be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss if you receive a refund of French tax withheld from a dividend in

 

 

159

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

 

excess of the 15% rate provided for under the Treaty. In either case, this foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

To the extent that any distributions paid exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the distribution will be treated as follows:

 

 

First, as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in your ordinary shares or ADSs, which will reduce your adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares or ADSs. This adjustment will increase the amount of gain, or decrease the amount of loss, which you will recognize if you later dispose of those ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

 

Second, the balance of the distribution in excess of your adjusted tax basis will be taxed as capital gain.

French withholding tax imposed on the dividends you receive on your ordinary shares or ADSs at 15% under the Treaty is treated as payment of a foreign income tax generally eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Under the Code, in general, the limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is not calculated with respect to all worldwide income, but instead is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, the dividends you receive on your ordinary shares or ADSs generally will constitute “passive” income, or, for some holders, “general category” income. In general, U.S. foreign tax credits allowable with respect to each of these categories of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to such category of income. The consequences of this “separate limitation” calculation to you will depend in general on the nature and sources of your income and deductions.

Alternatively, a U.S. person may claim all foreign taxes paid as an itemized deduction in lieu of claiming a U.S. foreign tax credit, provided that such person does not choose to take a U.S. foreign tax credit to any extent. Generally, a deduction does not reduce U.S. tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a tax credit; however, generally the deduction for foreign taxes paid is not subject to the limitations described above.

The U.S. foreign tax credit issues described above, including the possibility of taking a deduction for foreign taxes paid in the alternative, are very complex and depend on your individual circumstances. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor on the U.S. tax consequences of any French taxes paid in respect of your owning or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs.

Taxation of capital gains

If you are a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty, you will not be subject to French tax on any gain if you sell your ordinary shares or ADSs unless you have a permanent establishment or fixed base in France and such ordinary shares or ADSs were part of the business property of that permanent establishment or fixed base. Special rules apply to individuals who are residents of more than one country.

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize capital gain or loss if you sell or otherwise dispose

of your ordinary shares or ADSs based on the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate holder, and you satisfy certain minimum holding period requirements, any capital gain generally will be treated as long-term capital gain that generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. Long-term capital gains realized upon a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%.

Medicare contribution tax on unearned income

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will be required to pay an additional 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the effect, if any, of this tax on holding your ordinary shares or ADSs.

Financial transaction tax on acquisitions of ordinary shares or ADSs

Since August 1, 2012 a “financial transaction tax” applies to acquisitions giving rise to ownership transfer of shares or ADSs of French-listed companies with a global capitalization of at least 1 billion euros. The tax rate is 0.2% of the share acquisition value. The tax is due by the financial services provider that undertakes the acquisition, irrespective of whether it is acting in a principal or agency capacity (or, if no financial services provider is involved in the acquisition, by the financial institution that holds the purchaser’s account). Taxable transactions are broadly construed but several exceptions may apply.

Transfer tax on sale of ordinary shares or ADSs

Certain transfers of shares or ADSs of publicly traded companies that are evidenced by a written agreement, and which are not subject to the financial transaction tax described above, are subject to a 0.1% transfer tax.

The financial transaction tax and transfer tax may not be creditable in the United States for foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the “financial transaction tax” and the “transfer tax.”

French estate and gift taxes

Under “The Convention Between the United States of America and the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Estates, Inheritance and Gifts of November 24, 1978,” and the 2004 Protocol amending this 1978 Convention which became effective on December 21, 2006, if you transfer your

 

 

160


Table of Contents

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.9 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, TAXATION AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

ordinary shares or ADSs by gift, or if they are transferred by reason of your death, that transfer will be subject to French gift or inheritance tax only if one of the following applies:

 

 

you are domiciled in France at the time of making the gift, or at the time of your death, or

 

 

you used the ordinary shares or ADSs in conducting a business through a permanent establishment or fixed base in France, or you held the ordinary shares or ADSs for that use.

The French gift or inheritance tax may be credited against the U.S. gift or inheritance tax. This tax credit is limited, however, to the amount of the U.S. gift or inheritance tax due on the shares.

French wealth tax

The French wealth tax generally does not apply to our ordinary shares or ADSs if held by a U.S. holder who is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding

In general, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs (or do not come within certain other exempt categories), information reporting requirements will apply to distributions paid to you and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of your ordinary shares or ADSs. U.S. holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.

Additionally, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs (or do not come within certain other exempt categories) you may be subject to backup withholding at the current applicable rate with respect to such payments, unless you provide a correct taxpayer identification number (your social security number or employer identification number), and with respect to dividend payments, certify that you are not subject to backup withholding and otherwise comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Generally, you will be required to provide such certification on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (“Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification”) or a substitute Form W-9.

If you do not provide your correct taxpayer identification number, you may be subject to penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service, as well as backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. In general, any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules should be allowable as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability (which might entitle you to a refund), provided that you timely furnish the required information to the Internal Revenue Service.

U.S. reportable transactions

A U.S. holder that participates in any “reportable transaction” (as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations), which includes certain losses related to nonfunctional currency transactions, must attach to its U.S. federal income tax return a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 (“Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement”). U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the possible obligation to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 with respect to the sale, exchange or other disposition of any non-U.S. currency (including euros) received as a dividend on, or as proceeds from the sale of, our ordinary shares or ADSs.

Disclosure of information with respect to foreign financial assets

Certain U.S. holders are required to report information with respect to their investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs not held through a custodial account with a U.S. financial institution to the Internal Revenue Service. In general, U.S. taxpayers holding specified “foreign financial assets” (which generally would include our ordinary shares or ADSs) with an aggregate value exceeding $50,000 will report information about those assets on Internal Revenue Service Form 8938 (“Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets”), which must be attached to the taxpayer’s annual income tax return. Higher asset thresholds apply to U.S. taxpayers who file a joint tax return or who reside abroad. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the effect, if any, of holding your ordinary shares or ADSs on your obligation to file Form 8938.

U.S. State and local taxes

In addition to U.S. federal income tax, you may be subject to U.S. state and local taxes with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. state and local tax consequences of holding your ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

 

161

   9


Table of Contents

9

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR COMPANY AND OUR CAPITAL

9.10 DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

 

 

9.10   DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

 

We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission that contain financial information about us and our results of operations. You may read or copy any document that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. All of our Securities and Exchange Commission filings made after February 4, 2002 are available to the public at the SEC web site at www.sec.gov. Our web site at www.alcatel-lucent.com includes information about our business and also includes some of our Securities and Exchange Commission filings prior to February 4, 2002. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this document.

The articles of association of Alcatel Lucent as well as reports from the Board of Directors to the General Shareholder’s Meeting, auditors reports, historical financial statements of the company for the last three fiscal years and any other document sent to or required by law to be made available to shareholders, may be reviewed at the company’s registered head office at 3 avenue Octave Gréard 75007 Paris.

Any shareholder can also consult/download from our website under the heading “Regulated information”, the 2012 reference document filed with the AMF, which includes:

 

 

the annual financial report (which is the “Operating and financial review and prospects” included in Chapter 6 of this document);

 

 

the Statutory Auditors’ reports on the parent company and consolidated accounts;

 

 

the special report of the Statutory Auditors concerning regulated agreements and commitments;

 

 

the report from the Chairman of the Board of Directors on the corporate governance and on internal control and risk management required under French law;

 

 

the Statutory Auditors’ report on the report prepared by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and

 

 

information relating to the Statutory Auditors’ fees (which is also set forth in Section 11.4 “Statutory Auditors’ Fees” of this document).

 

 

162


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.1 LISTING

 

10    STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

 

10.1   LISTING

 

Our shares are traded on the European regulated market of NYSE Euronext, which represents the principal trading market for our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares have been traded on Euronext Paris since June 3, 1987.

In addition to Euronext, our ordinary shares remain listed on SEAQ (Stock Exchange Automated Quotation) International in London.

Since May 1992, our shares have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the form of American Depository Shares (ADSs).

The Bank of New York Mellon was the depositary of the ADSs until January 9, 2013. Since January 10, 2013, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. became the successor depositary of the ADSs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.

 

ISIN CODE

Since June 30, 2003, all securities traded on the Euronext Paris stock market are identified by an International Securities Identification Number (ISIN).

Alcatel Lucent: FR0000130007.

Mnemo: ALU.

INDEXES

Beginning December 24, 2012, our shares are included on the CAC Next 20 instead of on the CAC 40.

 

 

10.2    TRADING OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

TRADING ON EURONEXT PARIS

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices, at the close of the trading day, on Euronext Paris SA for our ordinary shares:

 

(in euros)

Price per share

   High      Low  
2008      4.96         1.48   
2009      3.34         0.91   
2010      2.67         1.87   
2011      4.43         1.11   
First Quarter      4.09         2.23   
Second Quarter      4.43         3.60   
Third Quarter      4.16         2.17   
Fourth Quarter      2.20         1.11   
2012      1.95         0.72   
First Quarter      1.95         1.23   
Second Quarter      1.76         1.12   
Third Quarter      1.33         0.82   
Fourth Quarter      1.06         0.72   
October      0.86         0.72   
November      0.93         0.78   
December      1.06         0.85   
2013                  
January      1.32         1.06   
February      1.31         1.06   
March (as of March 7, 2013)      1.15         1.07   

 

163

   10


Table of Contents

10

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.2 TRADING OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS

 

 

TRADING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices, at the close of the trading day, on The New York Stock Exchange for our ADSs:

 

(in U.S. $)

Price per share

   High      Low  
2008      7.59         1.85   
2009      4.91         1.13   
2010      3.78         2.36   
2011      6.54         1.39   
First Quarter      5.81         2.97   
Second Quarter      6.54         5.06   
Third Quarter      6.04         2.83   
Fourth Quarter      3.09         1.39   
2012      2.60         0.94   
First Quarter      2.60         1.56   
Second Quarter      2.32         1.42   
Third Quarter      1.65         1.01   
Fourth Quarter      1.45         0.94   
October      1.12         0.94   
November      1.14         0.98   
December      1.45         1.10   
2013                  
January      1.75         1.40   
February      1.74         1.36   
March (as of March 7, 2013)      1.50         1.39   

10.3    SHAREHOLDER PROFILE

BREAKDOWN OF THE CAPITAL BY TYPE OF SHAREHOLDER AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

LOGO

 

164


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.3 SHAREHOLDER PROFILE

 

BREAKDOWN OF THE CAPITAL BY LOCATION OF RECORD OWNER AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

LOGO

 

Source: IPREO

 

Number of shares at December 31, 2012: 2,326,563,826

10.4   BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

Shareholders   Capital on the basis of
outstanding shares at
12.31.2012
    GROSS Voting
rights on the
basis of outstanding
shares at
12.31.2012 (3)
    NET Voting
rights on the
basis of outstanding
shares at
12.31.2012 (4)
 
     shares     % of
capital
    double
voting
rights
   

total

number of
votes

    % of
votes
   

total

number of
votes

    % of
votes
 
CDC Fonds d’Epargne (1)     83,857,900        3.60%        270,700        84,128,600        3.56%        84,128,600        3.65%   
Fidelity Management & Research Company (1)     55,778,200        2.40%        -        55,778,200        2.36%        55,778,200        2.42%   
Norges Bank Investment Management (1)     49,050,900        2.11%        -        49,050,900        2.07%        49,050,900        2.13%   
SAC Capital Advisors, LLC (1)     39,024,600        1.68%        -        39,024,600        1.65%        39,024,600        1.69%   
FCP 2AL (2)     35,730,414        1.54%        32,579,043        68,309,457        2.89%        68,309,457        2.96%   
Sarasin & Partners, LLP (1)     31,027,700        1.33%        -        31,027,700        1.31%        31,027,700        1.35%   
Aviva Investors France S.A (1)     29,738,400        1.28%        -        29,738,400        1.26%        29,738,400        1.29%   
Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P (1)     27,565,000        1.18%        -        27,565,000        1.17%        27,565,000        1.19%   
Egerton Capital, Ltd (1)     27,004,800        1.16%        -        27,004,800        1.14%        27,004,800        1.17%   
Legal & General Investment Management, Ltd (1)     23,706,400        1.02%        -        23,706,400        1.00%        23,706,400        1.03%   
Natixis Asset Management (1)     23,586,300        1.01%        -        23,586,300        1.00%        23,586,300        1.02%   
Other institutional investors in France (1) (5)     41,146,200        1.77%        -        41,146,200        1.74%        41,146,200        1.78%   

Treasury stock held by Alcatel Lucent (2) (6)

    25,336,243        1.09%        -        25,336,243        1.07%        -        -   

Treasury stock held by subsidiaries

    32,851,823        1.41%        -        32,851,823        1.39%        -        -   
Public     1,801,158,946        77.42%        5,530,507        1,806,689,453        76.39%        1,806,689,453        78.32%   
Total     2,326,563,826        100.00%        38,380,250        2,364,944,076        100.00%        2,306,756,010        100.00%   

 

(1) Source: Alcatel Lucent (TPI as of June 30, 2012 and IPREO shareholders report as of December 31, 2012).

 

(2) Source: Shareholders’ declaration.

 

(3) The gross voting rights include the shares held by the Company and its subsidiaries which do not have voting rights.

 

(4) The net voting rights (or voting rights “exercisable at a shareholders’ meeting”) do not include shares which have no voting rights.

 

(5) Other institutional investors in France holding, individually, more than 0.30% of the share capital.

 

(6) These shares do not have voting rights pursuant to French applicable law, while held as treasury stock.

 

165

   10


Table of Contents

10

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

The total number of voting rights, as published by Alcatel Lucent pursuant to Article L. 233-8-II of the French Commercial Code, and Article 223-16 of the General Regulations of the AMF, was 2,364,944,076 at December 31, 2012 (including the treasury stock held by the parent company and by its subsidiaries).

To allow shareholders to determine whether they have exceeded an ownership threshold, we post the total number of voting rights monthly on our website. For the discussion of ownership thresholds, see Section 9.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law.”

Information on voting rights, which is considered regulated information under the General Regulation of the AMF, may be viewed at the following address: www.alcatel-lucent.com, heading “Investors”, then “Regulated Information”.

At December 31, 2012, shareholders benefiting from double voting rights had a total of 38,380,250 votes, representing 1.66% of the voting rights.

 

 

BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS

 

At December 31   2012  
Shareholders   Shares     % of
capital
    Gross
voting
rights(3)
    % of
gross
voting
rights
    Net voting
rights(4)
    % of
net
voting
rights
 

CDC Fonds d’Epargne (1)

    83,857,900        3.60        84,128,600        3.56        84,128,600        3.65   

Fidelity Management & Research Company (1)

    55,778,200        2.40        55,778,200        2.36        55,778,200        2.42   

Norges Bank Investment Management (1)

    49,050,900        2.11        49,050,900        2.07        49,050,900        2.13   

SAC Capital Advisors, LLC (1)

    39,024,600        1.68        39,024,600        1.65        39,024,600        1.69   

FCP 2AL (2)

    35,730,414        1.54        68,309,457        2.89        68,309,457        2.96   

Sarasin & Partners, LLP (1)

    31,027,700        1.33        31,027,700        1.31        31,027,700        1.35   

Aviva Investors France S.A (1)

    29,738,400        1.28        29,738,400        1.26        29,738,400        1.29   

Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P (1)

    27,565,000        1.18        27,565,000        1.17        27,565,000        1.19   

Egerton Capital, Ltd (1)

    27,004,800        1.16        27,004,800        1.14        27,004,800        1.17   

Legal & General Investment Management, Ltd (1)

    23,706,400        1.02        23,706,400        1.00        23,706,400        1.03   

Natixis Asset Management (1)

    23,586,300        1.01        23,586,300        1.00        23,586,300        1.02   

Other institutional investors in France (1) (5)

    41,146,200        1.77        41,146,200        1.74        41,146,200        1.78   

Treasury stock held by Alcatel Lucent (2) (6)

    25,336,243        1.09        25,336,243        1.07        -        -   

Treasury stock held by subsidiaries (2) (6)

    32,851,823        1.41        32,851,823        1.39        -        -   

Public

    1,801,158,946        77.42        1,806,689,453        76.39        1,806,689,453        78.32   

Total

    2,326,563,826        100.00        2,364,944,076        100.00        2,306,756,010        100.00   

 

(1) Source: Alcatel Lucent (2012: TPI as of June 30, 2012 and IPREO shareholders report as of December 31, 2012; 2011: TPI as of June 30, 2011 and IPREO shareholders report as of December 31, 2011; 2010: TPI as of June 30, 2010 and IPREO shareholders report as of December 31, 2010).
(2) Source: Shareholders’ declaration.
(3) The gross voting rights include the shares held by the Company and its subsidiaries which do not have voting rights.
(4) The net voting rights (or voting rights “exercisable at a shareholders’ meeting”) do not include shares which have no voting rights.
(5) Other institutional investors in France holding, individually, more than 0.30% of the share capital.
(6) These shares do not have voting rights pursuant to French applicable law, while held as treasury stock.

 

166


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.4 BREAKDOWN OF CAPITAL AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, to our knowledge, there is no shareholder which holds effectively more than 5% of our capital.

At March 7, 2013, to our knowledge, there are no shareholders’ agreements or agreements concerning our shares which, if implemented at a later date, would have an impact on the control of our Company.

 

 

2011     2010  
Shares       % of
capital
    Gross
voting
rights(3)
    % of
gross
voting
rights
    Net voting
rights(4)
    % of
net
voting
rights
    Shares     % of
capital
    Gross
voting
rights(3)
    % of
gross
voting
rights
    Net voting
rights(4)
    % of
net
voting
rights
 
83,857,900     3.61        84,128,600        3.56        84,128,600        3.65        48,001,700        2.07        48,272,433        2.05        48,272,433        2.07   
111,850,900     4.81        111,850,900        4.73        111,850,900        4.85        -        -        -        -        -        -   
49,965,500     2.15        49,965,500        2.11        49,965,500        2.17        42,474,900        1.83        42,474,900        1.80        42,474,900        1.82   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -                -        -        -        -   
34,381,763     1.48        66,961,411        2.83        66,961,411        2.90        34,783,431        1.50        63,955,119        2.72        63,955,119        2.75   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
-     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
36,358,200     1.56        36,358,200        1.54        36,358,200        1.58        -        -        -        -        -        -   
24,869,100     1.07        24,869,100        1.05        24,869,100        1.08        54,336,400        2.34        54,336,400        2.31        54,336,400        2.33   
25,343,255     1.09        25,343,255        1.07        -        -        25,343,255        1.09        25,343,255        1.08        -        -   
32,884,533     1.41        32,884,533        1.39        -        -        32,867,008        1.42        32,867,008        1.40        -        -   
1,925,872,177     82.82        1,931,282,419        81.71        1,931,282,419        83.77        2,080,578,854        89.74        2,087,598,988        88.65        2,120,465,996        91.03   
2,325,383,328     100.00        2,363,643,918        100.00        2,305,416,130        100.00        2,318,385,548        100.00        2,354,848,103        100.00        2,329,504,848        100.00   

10.5   EMPLOYEES AND MANAGEMENT’S SHAREHOLDING

 

The employee shareholdings are managed collectively through the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund (in French Fonds Commun de Placements - Actionnariat Alcatel-Lucent).

The FCP 2AL is the Group’s special Mutual Fund (in French Fonds Commun de Placement d’Entreprise), put in place for the implementation of the incentive agreements and the corporate savings plans, entered into between the companies of the Alcatel Lucent Group and their employees.

The FCP 2AL is categorized as a mutual fund invested in listed securities of the company (in French FCPE investi en titres cotés de l’entreprise). The FCP 2AL’s management objective is to enable the unit holders to participate in the Group’s development by investing a minimum of 95% of his or her assets in the Mutual Fund in Alcatel Lucent shares, the

remainder being invested in Euro monetary UCITS (in French OPCVM Monétaire Euro) and/or liquidities. The Mutual Fund’s performance mirrors the performance of the Alcatel Lucent’s share both upwards and downwards.

At December 31, 2012, FCP 2AL unit holders held a total of 35,730,414 shares, representing 1.54% of the capital, of which 32,579,043 shares gave the shareholders double voting rights.

The FCP 2AL’s percentage shareholding increased from 1.41% at December 31, 2008 to 1.54% at December 31, 2012, that is, a growth of 0.13% over five years.

The voting rights at Alcatel Lucent Shareholders’ Meetings are exercised by the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund’s Supervisory Board.

 

 

167

  10


Table of Contents

10

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.5 EMPLOYEES AND MANAGEMENT’S SHAREHOLDING

 

 

At March 7, 2013, the members of the Board of Directors together hold 3,346,635 Alcatel Lucent shares (including ADS) and no FCP 2AL holding, that is, 0.14% of Alcatel Lucent capital and voting rights (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”).

 

03/07/2013   

Alcatel-

Lucent
Shares

     ADS      FCP 2AL(3)      Total      % of capital  
Board of Directors (1)(2)      1,346,635         2,000,000         0         3,346,635         0.14%   

Executive Committee

     628,746         34,495         3,554         666,795         0.03%   
Total      1,975,381         2,034,495         3,554         4,013,430         0.17%   

 

(1) Not including the two Board observers.

 

(2) Securities held directly or indirectly by the Directors.

 

(3) Holding in the Alcatel-Lucent FCP 2AL Mutual Fund.

DIRECTORS’ TRANSACTIONS

 

During fiscal year 2012 and early 2013, the Directors effected some transactions in Alcatel Lucent shares, in particular pursuant to their investment obligation related to the grant of their additional Directors’ fees (see Section 7.1.2.1 “The Board of Directors”).

The purchases of shares by the Directors are made outside the blackout periods, as defined by the rules of conduct concerning the prevention of insider trading. These rules apply

to our Directors and Executive Committee members, and to any person with similar functions, as well as to any person who has access on a regular or occasional basis to inside information.

The blackout periods start from the 15th day of the last month of the quarter, up until the start of the 2nd working day following the date of publication of the annual, bi-annual and quarterly accounts.

 

 

Summary of transactions carried out by certain Directors during fiscal year 2012 and up to March 7, 2013, reported in application of article 223-26 of the General Regulation of the AMF:

 

Directors    Type of transaction      Date of
transaction
    Number of shares      Unit
price
     Total
Amount
 
Mr. Bernard      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,228       1.10       12,350.80   
Ms. Cico      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,228       1.10       12,350.80   
Mr. Eizenstat      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,234       1.10       12,357.40   
Mr. Hughes      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,234       1.10       12,357.40   
Lady Jay      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,228       1.10       12,350.80   
Mr. Monty      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,234       1.10       12,357.40   
       Acquisition         04/30/2012 (2)      1,000,000       $ 1.52       $ 1,520,000.00   
Mr. Piou      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,228       1.10       12,350.80   
       Acquisition         05/07/2012        30,000       1.0984       32,952.34   
Mr. Spinetta      Acquisition         02/25/2013 (1)      11,228       1.10       12,350.80   

 

(1) Portion of the Directors’ fees subject to the requirement to purchase and hold shares. The investment in shares of the additional portion of Directors’ fees received for fiscal year 2012 was done in February 2013, at the end of the blackout period surrounding the publication of the 2012 annual results.

 

(2) Via Libermont Inc, and in the form of ADS.

 

168


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.6 OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

10.6   OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

SHARE OWNERSHIP THRESHOLDS

During 2012 and through March 7, 2013, a certain number of shareholders and registered intermediaries acting primarily on behalf of their customers, informed us of declarations concerning the reaching of the following legal thresholds and thresholds set forth in our by-laws (see Section 9.2 “Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law”):

 

Declaring company    Date on which the threshold
was reached
   Trend      % capital      % net voting rights  

Manning & Napier Advisors, LLC.

   01/12/2012      LOGO           3.00         2.96   

Manning & Napier Advisors, LLC.

   01/30/2012      LOGO           3.06         3.01   

UBS Global Asset Management

   05/09/2012      LOGO           2.66         2.62   

Crédit Suisse

   06/14/2012      LOGO           1.95         NC   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   06/19/2012      LOGO           2.35         2.31   

Crédit Suisse

   06/20/2012      LOGO           2.01         NC   

UBS Global Asset Management

   06/20/2012      LOGO           0.19         0.19   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   06/22/2012      LOGO           0.74         0.73   

Crédit Suisse

   07/16/2012      LOGO           1.49         NC   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   10/11/2012      LOGO           2.01         1.98   

Manning & Napier Advisors, LLC.

   11/19/2012      LOGO           1.97         1.94   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   11/19/2012      LOGO           1.99         1,96   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   11/20/2012      LOGO           2.21         2.18   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   11/21/2012      LOGO           1.99         1.96   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   11/22/2012      LOGO           2.04         2.01   

UBS Investment Bank, Wealth Management and Corporate Centre

   11/23/2012      LOGO           1.92         1.89   

Crédit Suisse

   11/28/2012      LOGO           3.21         NC   

Norges Bank Investment Management

   11/30/2012      LOGO           2.11         NC   

Crédit Suisse

   01/18/2013      LOGO           4.08         NC   

 

(1) NC means « non communicated ».

 

Article L.233-9 I 4 of the French Commercial Code provides that the reporting entity is deemed to hold, in addition to shares it effectively holds, the shares that it is entitled to acquire at its sole initiative, immediately or in the future, under the terms of an agreement or a financial instrument.

PLEDGES OF ALCATEL LUCENT SHARES

At December 31, 2012, 4,641 Alcatel Lucent shares, held by a total of 17 shareholders in registered form, both directly and through an administered account, were the subject of a pledge.

ELEMENTS WHICH COULD HAVE AN IMPACT IN CASE OF PUBLIC TENDER OFFER (INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ARTICLE L. 225-100-3 OF THE FRENCH COMMERCIAL CODE)

Article L. 225-100-3 of the French Commercial Code requires disclosure of those elements which could have an impact in case of a public tender offer. The following elements could have such an impact with respect to Alcatel Lucent:

 

 

the distribution of capital and voting rights shown above.

 

 

to ensure the stability in all circumstances of the Group’s business and employees who are essential to its development, our Board of Directors is authorized, in the event of a takeover bid for Alcatel Lucent, a tender offer for our shares or a procedure to delist our shares, to decide to

 

 

169

  10


Table of Contents

10

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.6 OTHER INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

   

accelerate the vesting of all outstanding options (other than those held by individuals who were Executive Directors on the option grant date or on the date of the Board’s decision), and give the right to exercise the options immediately, notwithstanding any holding period.

 

 

the manner in which the employee shareholding system functions when they do not exercise their rights directly: pursuant to Article L. 214-40 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the Supervisory Board of the FCP 2AL Mutual Fund decides whether to tender the shares to the tender or exchange offer.

INFORMATION ON THE SHARE CAPITAL OF ANY MEMBER OF THE GROUP WHICH IS UNDER OPTION OR IS SUBJECT TO A CONDITIONAL OR UNCONDITIONAL AGREEMENT

In the context of the senior secured credit facilities we entered into in January 2013 (see Section 6.6 “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” above), Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc. and certain guarantors under the facilities granted the lenders a pledge over the equity interests they hold in most of their subsidiaries as security for the repayment of outstanding amounts under the facilities. Therefore, if an event of default were to occur under the facilities, the lenders would have the option, among other things, of enforcing such pledges.

 

 

10.7   TREND OF DIVIDEND PER SHARE OVER 5 YEARS

 

No dividends have been distributed in the five previous fiscal years.

Dividends not claimed within five years are turned over to the French Treasury.

The dividend policy is defined by our Board of Directors following an analysis, in particular, of the Group’s financial position and earnings and taking into account its capital

requirements and performance, current and future returns, and market practices in relation to distribution of dividends, especially in the sector of activity within which we operate. In the light of our financial results, investment needs and requirements in terms of debt management, we may decide to adjust a dividend distribution, or to not distribute a dividend.

At its meeting of February 6, 2013 our Board of Directors has recommended not to pay a dividend for fiscal year 2012.

 

 

10.8   GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

The most recent Shareholders’ Meeting was held on June 8, 2012, the date for which it was initially convened, and was chaired by Mr. Philippe Camus.

 

Shareholders present (or voting by mail) or represented by proxy had in the aggregate a total of 792 million shares, which represented a quorum of 34.94%.

 

 

EVOLUTION OF THE PERCENTAGE OF PARTICIPATION OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OVER FIVE YEARS

LOGO

 

170


Table of Contents

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.8 GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

METHOD OF PARTICIPATION AT THE 2012 SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

The table and the chart below reflect the breakdown of the participants according to the method of participation used by the shareholder.

Shareholders can participate in Shareholders’ Meetings in the following ways:

 

 

physically attend or be represented at the Meeting;

 

 

vote by mail ; or

 

 

by proxy granted to the Chairman.

 

 

Method of participation    Number of Shareholders      Number of shares      % at the
Meeting
 
Shareholders present      471         153,906,347         19.41%   
Shareholders who were represented      9         7,974,133         1.01%   
Proxy to the Chairman      3,851         16,773,247         2.12%   
Votes by mail      1,991         613,885,262         77.46%   
Total      6,322         792,538,989         100.00%   

EVOLUTION OF THE METHOD OF PARTICIPATION OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OVER 5 YEARS (1)

LOGO

 

(1) Based on the number of shares held by the shareholders participating in the Meeting.

All of the resolutions that were presented at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 8, 2012 were adopted. Voting results were published on line on our Internet site.

 

171

  10


Table of Contents

10

 

STOCK EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDING

10.8 GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.1 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

11    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.1    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file with or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within Alcatel Lucent to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports, although our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance of achieving these objectives.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Alcatel Lucent.

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and even when determined to be effective can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment under these criteria, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Deloitte & Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres, the independent registered public accounting firms that audited the consolidated financial statements in this annual report, have issued a report on Alcatel Lucent’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report set forth in Section 11.2 “Report of independent registered public accounting firms” of this annual report.

 

 

173

   11


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.2 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

 

 

11.2    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Alcatel-Lucent (and subsidiaries),

We have audited Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries’ (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2012 consolidated financial statements of the Group and our report dated March 11, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the change in presentation of amounts received or paid to settle derivative contracts associated with inter-unit loans and borrowings in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2013

 

   

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

     

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

     

Jean-François Ginies

 

174


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.3 STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

11.3    STATUTORY AUDITORS

Our Statutory Auditors and Alternate Auditors who report on our parent company and consolidated accounts are:

 

      Appointment  (1)      Most recent
renewals (1)
     Expiration
of mandate
 
Statutory Auditors                           

Deloitte & Associés, represented by Mr. Jean-Pierre Agazzi

185, avenue Charles de Gaulle 92524 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex

     06/18/1998         06/08/2012         12/31/2017   

Ernst & Young et Autres, represented by Mr. Jean-François Ginies

Tour First, 1-2, place des Saisons 92400 Courbevoie-Paris La Défense 1

     06/23/1994         06/08/2012         12/31/2017   
Alternate Auditors                           

BEAS

195, avenue Charles de Gaulle 92200 Neuilly sur Seine

     09/07/2006         06/08/2012         12/31/2017   

Auditex

1-2, place des Saisons 92400 Courbevoie-Paris La Défense 1

     09/07/2006         06/08/2012         12/31/2017   

 

(1) Date of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

Change in Statutory Auditors

Not applicable.

11.4    STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES

Fees of our Statutory Auditors and their international networks in 2011 and in 2012:

 

     Deloitte & Associés
(Deloitte Touche Tohmastu
network)
     Ernst & Young
(Ernst & Young network)
 
(in thousands of euros, except percentages)    2011      2012      2011      2012  
1. Audit                                                                        
Audit fees (statutory audit, audit of consolidated financial statements and certification)      7,297         74%         7,519         91%         8,233         76%         7,143         86%   
Issuer      2,695         27%         2,320         28%         2,695         25%         2,320         28%   
Consolidated entities      4,602         47%         5,199         63%         5,538         51%         4,823         58%   
Audit-related fees      2,169         22%         604         7%         2,335         22%         935         11%   
Issuer      1,742         18%         304         4%         2,004         18%         768         9%   
Consolidated entities      427         4%         301         4%         331         3%         167         2%   
SUB-TOTAL      9,466         96%         8,123         99%         10,568         97%         8,078         98%   
2. Other services (not audit-related)                                                                        
Legal and tax services      80         1%         62         1%         134         1%         40         0%   
Other services      311         3%         56         1%         146         1%         149         2%   
SUB-TOTAL      391         4%         118         1%         280         3%         189         2%   
TOTAL      9,857         100%         8,242         100%         10,848         100%         8,267         100%   

The table above provides the fees of Alcatel Lucent’s independent auditors and their international networks for the consolidated entities of the Group relating to the periods 2011 and 2012.

 

NOTE 1    AUDIT FEES (STATUTORY AUDIT, AUDIT OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CERTIFICATION)

The services included are those imposed by applicable law or regulations. More specifically, the services envisaged by the

CNCC guide on professional standards in its Chapters 2, 5 and 6 are included.

Audit fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of the Group’s consolidated financial statements and the statutory accounts of all consolidated entities (both French and foreign). They also include the review of documents filed with the SEC and which encompasses procedures on internal controls in accordance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

 

175

   11


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.4 STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES

 

 

 

In accordance with U.S. regulatory requirements around external auditors’ independence, the Audit and Finance Committee has put in place since 2003 a policy regarding pre- approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors. Our independent auditors may only be engaged to provide such services after having received confirmation that these services are included in the list of pre-approved services by the Audit and Finance Committee. Non-prohibited services which are however not included in the pre-approved services must be specifically approved by the Audit and Finance Committee.

NOTE 2    AUDIT-RELATED FEES

Audit related fees consist of fees billed by the independent auditors or by their networks for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit of the company’s (or its affiliates’) financial statements. Such services enter within Articles 10, 23 and 24, respectively, of the Code of Ethics of IFAC (International Federation of Accountants). Such procedures or services are generally non-recurrent and may only reasonably be provided by the independent auditors.

NOTE 3    OTHER SERVICES (NON-AUDIT RELATED)

Non-audit related services are services provided by the independent auditors. Those services are carried out in accordance with Article 24 of the code of ethics of IFAC. Non-audit services include tax services and other services mostly to be categorized as consultancy.

NOTE 4    LEGAL AND TAX SERVICES

Legal and tax services include tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. They can include general expatriate services. Such services are generally non-recurrent.

NOTE 5    OTHER SERVICES

Other services are all services provided by our independent auditors and which do not fall under one of the above specific categories. Such services are mostly specific and non-recurrent.

 

11.5    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Jean C. Monty is an “audit committee financial expert” and that he is independent under the applicable rules promulgated by the

Securities and Exchange Commission and The New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

11.6    CODE OF ETHICS

 

On February 4, 2004, our Board of Directors adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller. On May 24, 2012, we made some non-substantive changes to the Code of Ethics to reflect changes made to some of the terms used in relevant legislation or documents referred to in this Code of Ethics

since the initial adoption by our Board of Directors in 2004 (see Section 8.5, “Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct”). A copy of our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers has been posted on our website, www.alcatel-lucent.com. This Code of Ethics is in addition to our Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct, which also applies to our senior financial officers.

 

 

11.7    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following consolidated financial statements of Alcatel Lucent, together with the report of Deloitte & Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are filed as part of this annual report.

 

      Page  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms      182   
Consolidated Income Statements      183   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income      184   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position      185   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      187   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity      188   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements      190   

All schedules have been omitted since they are not required under the applicable instructions or the substance of the required information is shown in the financial statements.

 

176


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.8 EXHIBITS

 

11.8    EXHIBITS

 

1.1    Statuts (Articles of Association and By-Laws) of Alcatel-Lucent (English translation), dated December 31, 2012.
2.1    Form of Second Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, among Alcatel-Lucent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Depositary, and the holders from time to time of the ADSs issued thereunder, including the form of ADR (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) to Alcatel-Lucent’s Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed January 4, 2013). (File No. 333-185880).
4.    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 2, 2006, among Lucent Technologies Inc., Alcatel and Aura Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Lucent’s Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006).
4.5    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated January 30, 2013, by and among Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., as borrower, Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc., as holdings and a guarantor, Alcatel Lucent as parent and a guarantor, and Credit Suisse AG; Goldman Sachs Bank USA; Citicorp North America, Inc.; and Deutche Bank Trust Company Americas. (Pursuant to Rule 24b-2, confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.)
8.    List of subsidiaries (see Note 38 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).
10.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Deloitte & Associés.
10.2    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Ernst & Young et Autres.
12.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
13.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
15.1    Subordinated Guaranty dated March 27, 2007 executed by Lucent Technologies Inc. in favor of the holders of Alcatel’s 6.375% Notes due 2014 and the Agent therefore (incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed April 6, 2007).

11.9    CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

FORM 20-F   2012 ANNUAL REPORT ON 20-F
Item 1: Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers   N/A
Item 2: Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable   N/A
Item 3: Key Information    
A. Selected financial data   Chapter 1 Selected financial data
B. Capitalization and indebtedness   N/A
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds   N/A
D. Risk factors   Chapter 3 Risk factors
Item 4: Information On The Company    
A. History and development of the Company   Chapter 4 Information about the Group
B. Business overview   Chapter 2 Activity overview, Chapter 5 Description of the Group’s activities and Chapter 6 Operating and financial review and prospects, Sections 6.1 through 6.5
C. Organizational structure   Section 4.3 Structure of the main consolidated companies as of December 31, 2012
D. Property, plants and equipment   Section 4.4 Real estate and equipment
Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments   N/A
Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects    
A. Operating results (significant factors materially affecting
the Company’s income from operations)
  Chapter 6 Operating and financial review and prospects: Introduction and Sections 6.2 through 6.5
B. Liquidity and capital resources   Section 6.6 Liquidity and capital resources
C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.   Section 6.11 Research and development – expenditures; headings “Research and Development costs” of Section 6.2 and Section 6.4
D. Trend information   Section 6.1 Overview of 2012 and Section 6.8 Outlook
E. Off-Balance sheet arrangements   Section 6.7 Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments
F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations   Subsection “Contractual obligations” of Section 6.7 Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet contingent commitments
G. Safe harbor    
Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees    
A. Directors and senior management   Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report

 

177

   11


Table of Contents

11

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.9 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

 

B. Compensation   Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives Section 7.3 Regulated agreements
C. Board practices   Section 7.1 Chairman’s corporate governance report Section 7.4 Alcatel Lucent Code of Conduct Section 11.6 Code of ethics
1. Date of expiration of the current term of office and the
period during which the person has served it that office
  Section 7.1.2 Management bodies of the Company
2. Directors’ service contracts with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries
  Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives Section 7.3 Regulated agreements
3. Company’s audit committee and remuneration committee   Section 7.1.4 Powers and activity of the Board of Directors’ Committees
D. Employees   Section 8.2 Human resources
E. Share ownership (with respect to the persons listed in
Item 6.B.2)
   
1. Disclosure on an individual basis of the number of shares
and percent of shares outstanding of that class, and their
voting rights; options granted to these persons on the
Company’s shares (title and amount of securities called for by
the options, exercise price, purchase price if any,
expiration date of the options)
  Section 7.1.2 Management bodies of the Company Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives Section 10.5 Employees’ and management’s shareholding
2. Any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital
of the Company, including any arrangement that involves the
issue or grant of options or shares or securities of the Company
  Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives
Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Employees
   
A. Major shareholders   Section 10.3 Shareholder profile Section 10.4 Breakdown of capital and voting rights Section 10.6 Other information on the share capital
B. Related party transactions   Section 7.3 Regulated agreements
C. Interests of experts and counsel   N/A
Item 8: Financial Information    
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information   Section 1.1 Condensed consolidated income statement and statement of financial position data, Chapter 12 Consolidated financial statements of Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012, Section 6.10 Legal matters and Section 10.7 Trend of dividend per share over 5 years
B. Significant changes since the date of the annual financial
statements
  N/A
Item 9: The Offer and Listing    
A. Offer and listing details   Section 10.1 Listing and Section 10.2 Trading over the last 5 years
B. Plan of distribution   N/A
C. Markets   Section 10.1 Listing
D. Selling shareholders   N/A
E. Dilution   N/A
F. Expenses of the issue   N/A
Item 10: Additional Information    
A. Share capital   Chapter 9 Information concerning our Company and our capital and Section 7.2 Compensation and long-term incentives
B. Memorandum and articles of association   Section 7.1.3 Powers and activity of the Board of Directors, Section 9.1 Legal information, Section 9.2 Specific provisions of the by-laws and of law, Subsection “Ownership of shares by non-French persons” of Section 9.9 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters and Section 10.8 General shareholders’ meeting
C. Material contracts   Section 4.5 Material contracts
D. Exchange controls   Subsection “Exchange Controls” of Section 9.9 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters
E. Taxation   Subsection “Taxation” of Section 9.9 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters
F. Dividends and paying agents   N/A
G. Statement by experts   N/A
H. Documents on display   Section 9.10 Documents on display
I. Subsidiary information   No information in this regard
Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk
  Section 6.9 Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risks
Item 12: Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities    
D. American Depositary Shares   Subsection “Description of the ADSs” of Section 9.9 American Depositary Shares, taxation and certain other matters

 

178


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES, STATUTORY AUDITORS’ FEES AND OTHER MATTERS

11.9 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE BETWEEN FORM 20-F AND THIS DOCUMENT

 

Item 13: Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies   N/A
Item 14: Market Modifications to the Rights of Security
Holders and Use of Proceeds
  N/A
Item 15: Controls and Procedures   Chapter 11 Controls and procedures, Statutory auditors’ fees and other matters
(a) Disclosure controls and procedures   Subsection “Disclosure controls and procedures” of Section 11.1 Controls and procedures
(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over
financial reporting
  Subsection “Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting” of Section 11.1 Controls and procedures
(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm
on management’s assessment of the issuer’s internal control
over financial reporting.
  Section 11.2 Report of independent registered public accounting firms
(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting   Subsection “Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting” of Section 11.1 Controls and procedures
Item 16: Reserved   (Reserved)
Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert   Section 11.5 Audit committee financial expert
Item 16B: Code of Ethics   Section 11.6 Code of ethics
Item 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and Services   Section 11.3 Statutory auditors Section 11.4 Statutory auditors’ fees
Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit
Committee
  N/A
Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and
Affiliated Purchasers
  Section 9.7 Purchases of Alcatel Lucent shares by the Company
Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant   Section 11.3 Statutory auditors
Item 16G: Corporate Governance   Section 7.5 Major differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE requirements
Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure   N/A
Item 17: Financial Statements   See Section 11.7 Financial statements
Item 18: Financial Statements   See Section 11.7 Financial statements
Item 19: Exhibits   Section 11.8 Exhibits

 

179

  11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

 

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

ALCATEL-LUCENT     
By:    /s/ Paul Tufano
Name:    Paul Tufano
Title:    Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

March 12, 2013

 

180


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ALCATEL-LUCENT AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

     182   

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

     183   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     184   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     185   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     187   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     188   

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     190   

 

181

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Alcatel-Lucent and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

As discussed in Note 4 b) to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has changed its presentation of the amounts received or paid to settle derivative contracts associated with inter-unit loans and borrowings in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 11, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

   
s/ DELOITTE & ASSOCIES       s/  ERNST & YOUNG et Autres      
      Represented by
      Jean-François Ginies

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2013

 

182


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

 

(In millions except per share information)    Notes    2012 (1)      2012      2011      2010  
Revenues    (5) & (6)    U.S.$ 19,048       14,446       15,327       15,658   
Cost of sales (2)           (13,316)         (10,099)         (9,967)         (10,356)   
Gross profit           5,732         4,347         5,360         5,302   
Administrative and selling expenses (1)           (3,155)         (2,393)         (2,642)         (2,769)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses           (3,207)         (2,432)         (2,472)         (2,593)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses           (16)         (12)         5         (10)   
Research and development costs (1)           (3,223)         (2,444)         (2,467)         (2,603)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, impairment of assets and post-retirement benefit plan amendments    (5)      (646)         (490)         251         (70)   
Restructuring costs (2)    (29)      (646)         (490)         (203)         (371)   
Litigations           3         2         4         (28)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities (3)           14         11         (2)         62   
Impairment of assets    (7)      (1,179)         (894)         -         -   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments    (26)      269         204         67         30   
Income (loss) from operating activities           (2,185)         (1,657)         117         (377)   
Interest related to gross financial debt           (471)         (357)         (353)         (357)   
Interest related to cash and marketable securities           103         78         59         53   
Finance cost    (8)      (368)         (279)         (294)         (304)   
Other financial income (loss)    (8)      457         347         359         356   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates           3         2         4         14   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations           (2,093)         (1,587)         186         (311)   
Income tax (expense) benefit    (9)      (698)         (530)         544         (14)   
Income (loss) from continuing operations           (2,791)         (2,117)         730         (325)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations    (10)      878         666         414         33   
Net Income (Loss)           (1,913)         (1,451)         1,144         (292)   
Attributable to:                                         
Equity owners of the parent           (1,812)         (1,374)         1,095         (334)   
• Non-controlling interests           (102)         (77)         49         42   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                         
• Basic earnings per share    (11)    U.S.$ (0.80)       (0.61)       0.48       (0.15)   
• Diluted earnings per share    (11)    U.S.$ (0.80)       (0.61)       0.42       (0.15)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                         
• Basic earnings per share         U.S.$ (1.17)       (0.89)       0.30       (0.16)   
• Diluted earnings per share         U.S.$ (1.17)       (0.89)       0.28       (0.16)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros and U.S.$)                                         
• Basic earnings per share         U.S.$ 0.38       0.29       0.18       0.01   
• Diluted earnings per share         U.S.$ 0.38       0.29       0.14       0.01   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.3186 on December 31, 2012.

 

(2) Classification of share-based payments between cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses, research & development costs and restructuring costs is provided in Note 24c.

 

(3) 2010 amounts are mainly related to the disposal of the Vacuum business (see Note 3).

 

183

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(In millions)    Notes    2012 (1)      2012      2011      2010  
Net income (loss) for the year         U.S.$  (1,913)       (1,451)         1,144       (292)   
Items to be subsequently reclassified to Income Statement           (5)         (4)         265         233   
Financial assets available for sale    (17)      21         16         (11)         (22)   
Cumulative translation adjustments           (45)         (34)         283         262   
Cash flow hedging    (30)      19         14         (7)         (12)   
Tax on items recognized directly in equity    (9)      -         -         -         5   
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to Income Statement           (749)         (568)         (1,034)         (75)   
Actuarial gains (losses) and adjustments arising from asset ceiling limitation and IFRIC 14    (26)      (754)         (572)         (1,133)         (70)   
Tax on items recognized directly in equity    (9)      5         4         99         15   
Other adjustments           -         -         -         (20)   
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year           (754)         (572)         (769)         158   
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year           (2,667)         (2,023)         375         (134)   
Attributable to:                                         
Equity owners of the parent           (2,551)         (1,935)         276         (226)   
• Non-controlling interests           (116)         (88)         99         92   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.3186 on December 31, 2012.

 

184


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(In millions)

ASSETS

   Notes      December 31,
2012
(1)
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Non-current assets:                                             
Goodwill      (12)       U.S.$ 5,037       3,820       4,389       4,370   
Intangible assets, net      (13)         1,549         1,175         1,774         2,056   
Goodwill and intangible assets, net               6,586         4,995         6,163         6,426   
Property, plant and equipment, net      (14)         1,535         1,164         1,263         1,311   
Investment in net assets of equity affiliates      (16)         20         15         12         9   
Other non-current financial assets, net      (17)         429         325         521         400   
Deferred tax assets      (9)         1,299         985         1,954         948   
Prepaid pension costs      (26)         3,688         2,797         2,765         2,746   
Other non-current assets      (22)         564         428         296         257   
Total non-current assets               14,121         10,709         12,974         12,097   
Current assets:                                             
Inventories and work in progress, net      (19) & (20)         2,558         1,940         1,975         2,295   
Trade receivables and other receivables, net      (19) & (21)         3,772         2,861         3,407         3,664   
Advances and progress payments      (19)         71         54         66         75   
Other current assets      (22)         968         734         977         885   
Current income taxes               156         118         129         168   
Marketable securities, net      (17) & (27)         2,015         1,528         939         649   
Cash and cash equivalents      (18) & (27)         4,485         3,401         3,534         5,040   
Current assets before assets held for sale               14,025         10,636         11,027         12,776   
Assets held for sale and assets included in disposal groups held for sale      (10)         26         20         202         3   
Total current assets               14,051         10,656         11,229         12,779   
Total assets               28,172         21,365         24,203         24,876   

 

185

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(In millions)

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

   Notes   

December 31,

2012 (1)

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Equity:                                         
Capital stock (2 nominal value: 2,326,563,826 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2012, 2,325,383,328 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2,318,385,548 ordinary shares issued at December 31, 2010)         U.S.$  6,135       4,653       4,651       4,637   
Additional paid-in capital           22,128         16,781         16,757         16,726   
Less treasury stock at cost           (2,066)         (1,567)         (1,567)         (1,566)   
Accumulated deficit, fair value and other reserves           (21,066)         (15,976)         (16,536)         (15,139)   
Cumulative translation adjustments           (753)         (571)         (546)         (779)   
Net income (loss) - attributable to the equity owners of the parent           (1,812)         (1,374)         1,095         (334)   
Equity attributable to equity owners of the parent           2,566         1,946         3,854         3,545   
Non-controlling interests    (24e)      982         745         747         660   
Total equity    (24)      3,548         2,691         4,601         4,205   
Non-current liabilities:                                         
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefits    (26)      7,028         5,330         5,706         5,090   
Convertible bonds and other bonds, long-term    (25) & (27)      4,915         3,727         4,152         4,037   
Other long-term debt    (27)      299         227         138         75   
Deferred tax liabilities    (9)      1,172         889         1,017         1,126   
Other non-current liabilities    (22)      234         177         211         259   
Total non-current liabilities           13,647         10,350         11,224         10,587   
Current liabilities:                                         
Provisions    (29)      2,174         1,649         1,579         1,858   
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt    (27)      1,130         857         329         1,266   
Customers’ deposits and advances    (19) & (31)      947         718         590         803   
Trade payables and other payables    (19)      4,917         3,729         3,892         4,325   
Current income tax liabilities           191         145         131         137   
Other current liabilities    (22)      1,591         1,206         1,729         1,695   
Current liabilities before liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale           10,950         8,304         8,250         10,084   
Liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale    (10)      26         20         128         -   
Total current liabilities           10,976         8,324         8,378         10,084   
Total Equity and Liabilities           28,172         21,365         24,203         24,876   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.3186 on December 31, 2012.

 

186


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(In millions)    Notes    2012 (1)      2012      2011 (3)      2010 (3)  
Cash flows from operating activities                                         
Net income (loss) - attributable to the equity owners of the parent         U.S.$ (1,812)         (1,374)         1,095         (334)   
Non-controlling interests           (101)         (77)         49         42   
Adjustments    (32)      1,912         1,450         (538)         567   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes    (32)      (1)         (1)         606         275   
Net change in current assets and liabilities (excluding financing):                                         
Inventories and work in progress    (19)      (162)         (123)         175         (381)   
Trade receivables and other receivables    (19)      716         543         384         155   
Advances and progress payments    (19)      15         11         10         21   
Trade payables and other payables    (19)      (237)         (180)         (480)         154   
Customers’ deposits and advances    (19)      124         94         (289)         (11)   
Other current assets and liabilities           (239)         (181)         (13)         (72)   
Cash provided (used) by operating activities before interest and taxes           215         163         393         141   
Interest received           95         72         57         47   
Interest paid (2)           (363)         (275)         (310)         (304)   
Taxes (paid)/received           (75)         (57)         (55)         (106)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities           (128)         (97)         85         (222)   
Cash flows from investing activities:                                         
Proceeds from disposal of tangible and intangible assets           17         13         49         30   
Capital expenditures    (13)&(14)      (767)         (582)         (558)         (673)   
Of which impact of capitalization of development costs    (13)      (356)         (270)         (249)         (251)   
Decrease (increase) in loans and other non-current financial assets           17         13         (10)         (27)   
Cash expenditures for obtaining control of consolidated companies or equity affiliates    (32)      5         4         -         -   
Cash proceeds from losing control of consolidated companies    (32)      (6)         (5)         (1)         93   
Cash proceeds from sale of previously consolidated and non-consolidated companies           34         26         8         107   
Cash proceeds from sale (Cash expenditure for acquisition) of marketable securities           (757)         (574)         (270)         1,392   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities           (1,457)         (1,105)         (782)         922   
Cash flows from financing activities:                                         
Issuance/(repayment) of short-term debt           (62)         (47)         2         340   
Issuance of long-term debt           24         18         1         522   
Repayment/repurchase of long-term debt           (167)         (127)         (874)         (384)   
Cash proceeds (expenditures) related to changes in ownership interests in consolidated companies without loss of control           (16)         (12)         -         (4)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes on inter-unit borrowings(3)           111         84         (66)         32   
Capital increase (4)           162         123         15         -   
Dividends paid           (49)         (37)         (83)         (4)   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities           3         2         (1,005)         502   
Cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued operations    (10)      (117)         (89)         94         64   
Cash provided (used) by investing activities of discontinued operations    (10)      1,481         1,123         (16)         (19)   
Cash provided (used) by financing activities of discontinued operations    (10)      1         1         (80)         (46)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes           30         23         207         262   
Net Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (187)         (142)         (1,497)         1,463   
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period / year      4,672         3,543         5,040         3,577   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period / year (5)      4,484         3,400         3,534         5,040   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period / year classified as assets held for sale      1         1         9         -   
Cash and cash equivalents including cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale at end of period      4,485         3,401         3,543         5,040   

 

(1) Translation of amounts from euros into U.S. dollars has been made merely for the convenience of the reader at Noon Buying Rate of 1 = U.S. dollar 1.3186 on December 31, 2012.

 

(2) See Note 4.

 

(4) Of which 0 million and 15 million related to stock options exercised during 2012 and 2011 respectively (see Note 24c).

 

(5) Includes 949 million of cash and cash equivalents held in countries subject to exchange control restrictions as of December 31, 2012 (959 million as of December 31, 2011 and 1,044 million as of December 31, 2010). Such restrictions can limit the use of such cash and cash equivalents by other group subsidiaries and the parent.

 

187

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(In millions of euros and number of shares)   Number of
shares  (4)
    Capital
stock
   

Additional

paid-in
capital

    Accumulated
deficit
 
Balance at January 1, 2010 after appropriation     2,259,740,424        4,636        16,689        (13,323)   
Changes in equity for 2010                                
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2010 (1)                                
Capital increases     324,730        1                   
Share-based payments                     37           
Treasury stock     117,975                        (1)   
Dividends                                
Other adjustments                             (7)   
Appropriation of 2010 net income (loss)                             (334)   
Balance at December 31, 2010 after appropriation     2,260,183,129        4,637        16,726        (13,665)   
Changes in equity for 2011                                
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2011 (1)                                
Capital increases     6,997,780        14        2           
Share-based payments                     29           
Treasury stock     (17,525)                           
Dividends                                
Other adjustments                             (11)   
Appropriation                             1,095   
Balance at December 31, 2011 after appropriation     2,267,163,384        4,651        16,757        (12,581)   
Changes in equity for 2012                                
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2012 (1)                                
Capital increases (2)     1,180,498        2        (2)           
Share-based payments                     26           
Treasury stock     39,722                        1   
Dividends                                
Other adjustments                                
Balance at December 31, 2012 before appropriation     2,268,383,604        4,653        16,781        (12,580)   
Proposed appropriation (3)                             (1,374)   
Balance at December 31, 2012 after appropriation     2,268,383,604        4,653        16,781        (13,954)   

 

(1) See consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

(2) 1,180,498 shares issued related to performance shares (see Note 24).

 

(3) The appropriation is proposed by the Board of Directors and must be approved at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013 before being final.

 

(4) See Note 24.

 

188


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(In millions of euros and number of shares)   Fair value
and other
reserves
    Treasury
stock
    Cumulative
translation
adjustments
    Net
income
(loss)
   

Total
attributable

to the

owners of
the parent

   

Non-

controlling
interests

    TOTAL  
Balance at January 1, 2010 after appropriation     (1,719)        (1,567)        (976)        -        3,740        569        4,309   
Changes in equity for 2010                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2010 (1)     (89)        -        197        (334)        (226)        92        (134)   
Capital increases                                     1                1   
Share-based payments                                     37                37   
Treasury stock             1                        -                -   
Dividends                                     -        (4)        (4)   
Other adjustments                                     (7)        3        (4)   
Appropriation of 2010 net income (loss)                             334        -                   
Balance at December 31, 2010 after appropriation     (1,808)        (1,566)        (779)        -        3,545        660        4,205   
Changes in equity for 2011                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2011 (1)     (1,052)                233        1,095        276        99        375   
Capital increases                                     16                16   
Share-based payments                                     29                29   
Treasury stock             (1)                        (1)                (1)   
Dividends                                     -        (17)        (17)   
Other adjustments                                     (11)        5        (6)   
Appropriation                             (1,095)                           
Balance at December 31, 2011 after appropriation     (2,860)        (1,567)        (546)        -        3,854        747        4,601   
Changes in equity for 2012                                                        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for 2012 (1)     (536)                (25)        (1,374)        (1,935)        (88)        (2,023)   
Capital increases (2)                                     -        122        122   
Share-based payments                                     26                26   
Treasury stock                                     1                1   
Dividends                                     -        (36)        (36)   
Other adjustments                                     -                -   
Balance at December 31, 2012 before appropriation     (3,396)        (1,567)        (571)        (1,374)        1,946        745        2,691   
Proposed appropriation (3)                             1,374                           
Balance at December 31, 2012 after appropriation     (3,396)        (1,567)        (571)        -        1,946        745        2,691   

 

(1) See consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

(2) 1,180,498 shares issued related to performance shares (see Note 24).

 

(3) The appropriation is proposed by the Board of Directors and must be approved at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013 before being final.

 

189

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

     183   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     184   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     185   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     187   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     188   

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     190   

NOTE 1

   SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES      191   

NOTE 2

   PRINCIPAL UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING THE USE OF ESTIMATES      204   

NOTE 3

   CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES      213   

NOTE 4

   CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY AND PRESENTATION      214   

NOTE 5

   INFORMATION BY OPERATING SEGMENT AND BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT      216   

NOTE 6

   REVENUES      218   

NOTE 7

   IMPAIRMENT LOSSES RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT      219   

NOTE 8

   FINANCIAL INCOME (LOSS)      220   

NOTE 9

   INCOME TAX      220   

NOTE 10

   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND LIABILITIES RELATED TO DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE      223   

NOTE 11

   EARNINGS PER SHARE      224   

NOTE 12

   GOODWILL      225   

NOTE 13

   INTANGIBLE ASSETS      228   

NOTE 14

   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT      230   

NOTE 15

   FINANCE LEASES AND OPERATING LEASES      232   

NOTE 16

   INVESTMENT IN NET ASSETS OF EQUITY AFFILIATES AND JOINT VENTURES      233   

NOTE 17

   FINANCIAL ASSETS      234   

NOTE 18

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS      236   

NOTE 19

   OPERATING WORKING CAPITAL      236   

NOTE 20

   INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS      237   

NOTE 21

   TRADE RECEIVABLES AND RELATED ACCOUNTS      237   

NOTE 22

   OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES      238   

NOTE 23

   ALLOCATION OF 2012 NET INCOME (LOSS)      238   

NOTE 24

   EQUITY      238   

NOTE 25

   COMPOUND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS      244   

NOTE 26

   PENSIONS, RETIREMENT INDEMNITIES AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS      247   

NOTE 27

   FINANCIAL DEBT      264   

NOTE 28

   FINANCIAL ASSETS TRANSFERRED      270   

NOTE 29

   PROVISIONS      271   

NOTE 30

   MARKET-RELATED EXPOSURES      272   

NOTE 31

   CUSTOMERS’ DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES      280   

NOTE 32

   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS      281   

NOTE 33

   CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND DISCLOSURES RELATED TO OFF BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS      282   

NOTE 34

   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS      287   

NOTE 35

   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES AND AUDIT FEES      288   

NOTE 36

   CONTINGENCIES      288   

NOTE 37

   EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE      290   

NOTE 38

   MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES      291   

NOTE 39

   QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)      292   

 

190


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Alcatel-Lucent (formerly called Alcatel) is a French public limited liability company that is subject to the French Commercial Code and to all the legal requirements governing commercial companies in France. On November 30, 2006, Alcatel changed its name to Alcatel-Lucent on completion of the business combination with Lucent Technologies Inc. Alcatel-Lucent was incorporated on June 18, 1898 and will be dissolved on June 30, 2086, unless its existence is extended or shortened by shareholder vote. Alcatel-Lucent’s headquarters are located at 3, avenue Octave Gréard, 75007, Paris, France. Alcatel-Lucent is listed principally on the Paris and New York stock exchanges.

The consolidated financial statements reflect the results and financial position of Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as well as its investments in associates (“equity affiliates”) and joint ventures. They are presented in Euros rounded to the nearest million.

The Group develops and integrates technologies, applications and services to offer innovative global communications solutions.

On February 6, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent’s Board of Directors authorized for issuance these consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012. The consolidated financial statements will be final once approved at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013.

NOTE 1     SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Due to the listing of Alcatel-Lucent’s securities on the Euronext Paris and in accordance with the European Union’s regulation No. 1606/2002 of July 19, 2002, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards), as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), as of the date when our Board of Directors authorized these consolidated financial statements for issuance.

IFRSs can be found at: www.ec.europa.eu/internal_market/accounting/ias/index_en.htm.

IFRSs include the standards approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), that is, International Accounting Standards (“IASs”) and accounting interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) or the former Standing Interpretations Committee (“SIC”).

As of December 31, 2012, all IFRSs that the IASB had published and that are mandatory are the same as those endorsed by the EU and mandatory in the EU, with the exception of:

 

 

IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (revised December 2003)”, which the EU only partially adopted. The part not adopted by the EU has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements.

 

 

Amendment to IAS 12 “Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets” (issued December 2010). This amendment is only mandatory beginning January 1, 2013 in the EU and relates to measuring deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets when investment property is measured using the fair value model in IAS 40 “Investment Property”. This amendment has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements; and

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 1 “Severe Hyperinflation and Removal of Fixed Dates for First-time Adopters” (issued December 2010). This amendment is only mandatory beginning January 1, 2013 in the EU and has no impact on Alcatel-Lucent’s financial statements.

As a result, the Group’s consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as published by the IASB.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of January 1, 2012, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 7 “Disclosures – Transfers of Financial Assets” (issued October 2010).

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group that the EU has endorsed, that are mandatory in the EU as of July 1, 2012, and that the Group has adopted

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income” (issued June 2011). The Group applied these amendments early and all effects from the application are reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to the Group that the EU has endorsed but are not yet mandatory

 

 

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IAS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” (issued May 2011). IFRS 10 and IAS 27 supersede IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (as amended in 2008);

 

191

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

 

 

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” (issued May 2011). This IAS supersedes IAS 28 “Investments in Associates” (as revised in 2003);

 

 

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” (issued May 2011);

 

 

IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” (revised and issued June 2011);

 

 

IFRIC Interpretation 20 “Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine” (issued October 2011);

 

 

Amendments to IAS 32 “Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (issued December 2011); and

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 7 “Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (issued December 2011).

Published IASB financial reporting standards, amendments and interpretations that are not yet mandatory and that the EU has not yet endorsed

The IASB published the following standards and amendments prior to December 31, 2012 that are not mandatory:

 

 

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement of Financial Assets” (issued November 2009);

 

 

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement of Financial Liabilities” (issued October 2010);

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 “Mandatory Effective Date and Transition Disclosures” (issued December 2011);

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 1 “Government Loans” (issued March 2012);

 

 

Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2009 – 2011) (issued May 2012);

 

 

Transition Guidance (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12) (issued June 2012); and

 

 

Investment Entities (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27) (issued October 2012).

From the penultimate list above, we describe below those new or revised accounting standards that may potentially impact our financial statements when they become mandatory in the EU.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”

Based on our review of this new standard, we have not identified any material impacts regarding its future application. We will apply this standard early starting January 1, 2013.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements”

Alda Marine and AMIRIB (Alda Marine Ile de Ré – Ile de Bréhat) are the only entities that Alcatel-Lucent consolidates using proportionate consolidation. Alcatel-Lucent owns 51% of Alda Marine and has a 69% indirect interest in AMIRIB through Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks France. Alda Marine owns the remaining 31% of AMIRIB. Alda Marine and AMIRIB are jointly controlled (as defined by IAS 31 – Interests in Joint Ventures) with Louis Dreyfus Armateurs, which holds the remaining shares in Alda Marine. Under IFRS 11, joint arrangements are to be accounted for either as a joint operation or as a joint venture. Alda Marine and AMIRIB are each viewed as joint ventures under IAS 31 and therefore these entities will be accounted for under the equity method from January 1, 2013 onwards, because joint ventures can no longer be consolidated using the proportionate method. If we had accounted for these entities under the equity method as of December 31, 2012, it would have resulted in (i) a negative impact of 5 million on income from operating activities, (ii) a decrease in net financial debt of 21 million, and (iii) a decrease in property, plant and equipment of 30 million.

Based on our review of IFRS 11, we have not identified any other impacts regarding its future application. We will apply this standard early starting January 1, 2013.

IAS 19 - Employee Benefits

On June 16, 2011, the IASB issued a revised IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” that is mandatory for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Even if earlier application is permitted, Alcatel-Lucent does not intend to apply the revised standard early. For Alcatel-Lucent, this revised standard mainly impacts the financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs recognized in the “Other financial income (loss)” caption in the consolidated income statements. Currently, this financial component is determined as the net of the interest cost on the defined benefit obligation (based on the discount rate applied) and the expected income on plan assets (based on the expected rate of return on plan assets). In addition, the financial component for Alcatel-Lucent’s United States plans is updated every quarter using the defined benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter (the expected rate of return of plan assets is reviewed annually or upon the occurrence of a significant event such as a change in the asset allocation). Under the revised standard, the financial component will be called “net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset)” and will be measured as the sum of interest income on plan assets, interest cost on the defined benefit obligation and interest income (cost) on the effect of the asset ceiling; each of these interest amounts being computed using the defined benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets, the effect of the asset ceiling and the discount rate, each determined at January 1 without any quarterly update.

 

192


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

The following table compares the historical expected rates of return on plan assets used to determine the expected returns on plan assets based on the current standard, and the rates that would have been used, had the revised standard been applied. It also shows the actual rates of return on plan assets. The actual return on plan assets is based on our main pension plans (U.S., France, Germany, United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Belgium) that represent 99.6% of Alcatel-Lucent’s plan asset fair values. For comparison purposes, all weighted average rates shown below are based on opening plan asset fair values.

 

      Discount rate
(revised IAS 19)
     Expected rate of return on plan
assets (current IAS 19)
     Actual rate of return
on plan assets
 
2008      6.09%         7.07%         (7.94)%   
2009      6.12%         6.69%         10.93%   
2010      5.44%         6.55%         11.64%   
2011      4.88%         6.37%         10.94%   
2012      3.88%         6.05%         10.75%   
5-year average      5.28%         6.55%         7.27%   

The application of this revised standard would have had a negative impact on “Other financial income (loss)” in our consolidated income statements (and therefore on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations) of approximately (484) million in 2010, (518) million in 2011 and (744) million in 2012. This negative impact, however, would have been offset by an identical positive impact in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. This revised standard, therefore, would have no impact on either income (loss) from operating activities or on Total equity. It would also have no impact on funding requirements.

Due to more precise guidance regarding the use of mortality tables, as required by IAS 19 revised paragraph 82, we changed the mortality table used for U.S. plans starting December 31, 2011.

Definition and accounting of the costs of managing the assets and the other administrative costs are still under review.

We have not identified any other material impacts regarding the future application of this revised standard, were we to have applied it starting January 1, 2013.

a/ Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs under the historical cost convention, with the exception of certain categories of assets and liabilities. The categories concerned are detailed in the following notes.

b/ Consolidation methods and changes in ownership interests

Companies over which the Group has control are fully consolidated.

Companies over which the Group has joint control are accounted for using proportionate consolidation, in accordance with IAS 31 “Interests in Joint Ventures”.

In accordance with IAS 28 “Investments in Associates”, companies over which the Group has significant influence (investments in “associates” or equity affiliates) are accounted for under the equity method. Significant influence is assumed when the Group’s interest in the voting rights is 20% or more.

In accordance with SIC 12 “Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities”, special purpose entities (SPE) are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the SPE indicates that the SPE is controlled by the Group. All intra-group balances, transactions, unrealized gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions and dividends are eliminated in full.

Any changes in Alcatel-Lucent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in loss of control are accounted for within equity. When Alcatel-Lucent loses control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities and related equity components of the former subsidiary are derecognized. Any gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. Any investment retained in the former subsidiary is measured at its fair value at the date when control is lost.

c/ Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for in accordance with the purchase method required by IFRS 3. Once control is obtained over a target, its assets and liabilities are measured at their fair value at the acquisition date in accordance with IFRS requirements. Any difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the target’s assets and liabilities is accounted for in the respective underlying asset or liability, and is apportioned between the controlling party’s interest and any non-controlling interests. Under IFRS 3 (revised), when control over the target is obtained, the non-controlling interest may be valued either at fair value or at its share of the target’s identifiable net assets. The Group has not yet measured any non-controlling interests in a target in which the Group acquired control at fair value, because all business combinations recorded to date occurred before the

 

193

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

effective date of January 1, 2010 for IFRS 3 (revised). Under the previous version of IFRS 3, non-controlling interests were always valued at their proportion of the net fair values of the identifiable net assets of the target. Accordingly, the Group has measured all non-controlling interests at their share of a target’s identifiable net assets. Any excess between cost of the business combination and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill (see intangible and tangible assets).

If the initial accounting for a business combination cannot be completed before the end of the annual period in which the business combination is effected, the initial accounting must be completed within twelve months from the acquisition date. Transaction costs attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred, except for the costs of issuing debt or equity instruments in connection with the business combination, which are included in the carrying value of the instrument.

The accounting treatment of deferred taxes related to business combinations is described in Note 1l below.

The accounting treatment of stock options of companies acquired in the context of a business combination is described in Note 1s below.

d/ Translation of financial statements denominated in foreign currencies

The statements of financial position of consolidated entities having a functional currency different from the euro are translated into euros at the closing exchange rate (spot exchange rate at the statement of financial position date), and the income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows of such consolidated entities are translated at the average period to date exchange rate. The resulting translation adjustments are included in equity under the caption “Cumulative translation adjustments”.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of a foreign entity are considered as assets and liabilities of that entity. They are therefore expressed in the entity’s functional currency and translated into euros using the closing exchange rate.

e/ Translation of foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated at the rate of exchange applicable on the transaction date. At period-end, foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on that date. The resulting exchange gains or losses are recorded in the income statement in “other financial income (loss)”.

Foreign currency denominated non-monetary assets and liabilities recognized at historical cost are translated using the exchange rate prevailing as of the transaction date. Foreign currency denominated non-monetary assets and liabilities recognized at fair value are translated using the exchange rate prevailing as of the date the fair value is determined.

Exchange gains or losses on foreign currency financial instruments that represent an economic hedge of a net investment in a subsidiary whose functional currency is not the euro are reported as translation adjustments in equity under the caption “Cumulative translation adjustments” until the disposal of the investment.

f/ Research and development expenses and capitalized development costs

In accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, research and development expenses are recorded as expenses in the year in which they are incurred, except for:

 

 

development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

 

  -  

the project is clearly defined, and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

 

  -  

the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

 

  -  

the ability to use or sell the products created during the project;

 

  -  

the intention exists to finish the project and use or sell the products created during the project;

 

  -  

a potential market for the products created during the project exists or their usefulness, in case of internal use, is demonstrated, leading one to believe that the project will generate probable future economic benefits; and

 

  -  

adequate resources are available to complete the project.

These development costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the projects or the products they are incorporated within. The amortization of capitalized development costs begins as soon as the related product is released.

 

194


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

Specifically for software, useful life is determined as follows:

 

  -  

in case of internal use: over its probable service lifetime; and

 

  -  

in case of external use: according to prospects for sale, rental or other forms of distribution.

Capitalized software development costs are those incurred during the programming, codification and testing phases. Costs incurred during the design and planning, product definition and product specification stages are accounted for as expenses.

The amortization of capitalized software costs during a reporting period is the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product and (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the software or the product they are incorporated within.

The amortization of internal use software capitalized development costs is accounted for by function depending on the beneficiary function.

 

 

Customer design engineering costs (recoverable amounts disbursed under the terms of contracts with customers), are included in work in progress on construction contracts.

With regard to business combinations, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to in-process research and development projects that may be significant. As part of the process of analyzing these business combinations, Alcatel-Lucent may make the decision to buy technology that has not yet been commercialized rather than develop the technology internally. Decisions of this nature consider existing opportunities for Alcatel-Lucent to stay at the forefront of rapid technological advances in the telecommunications-data networking industry.

The fair value of in-process research and development acquired in business combinations is usually based on present value calculations of income, an analysis of the project’s accomplishments and an evaluation of the overall contribution of the project, and the project’s risks.

The revenue projection used to value in-process research and development is based on estimates of relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected trends in technology, and the nature and expected timing of new product introductions by Alcatel-Lucent and its competitors. Future net cash flows from such projects are based on management’s estimates of such projects’ cost of sales, operating expenses and income taxes.

The value assigned to purchase in-process research and development is also adjusted to reflect the stage of completion, the complexity of the work completed to date, the difficulty of completing the remaining development, costs already incurred, and the projected cost to complete the projects.

Such value is determined by discounting the net cash flows to their present value. The selection of the discount rate is based on Alcatel-Lucent’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted upward to reflect additional risks inherent in the development life cycle.

Capitalized development costs considered as assets (either generated internally and capitalized or reflected in the purchase price of a business combination) are generally amortized over 3 to 10 years.

Impairment tests are carried out using the methods described in Note 1g.

g/ Goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”, only items whose cost can be reliably measured and for which future economic benefits are likely to flow to the Group are recognized as assets.

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, whenever events or changes in market conditions indicate a risk of impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, a detailed review is carried out in order to determine whether the net carrying amount of such assets remains lower than their recoverable amount, which is defined as the greater of fair value (less costs to sell) and value in use. Value in use is measured by discounting the expected future cash flows from continuing use of the asset and its ultimate disposal. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (such as trade names) are tested for impairment, at least annually.

If the recoverable value is lower than the net carrying value, the difference between the two amounts is recorded as an impairment loss. Impairment losses for property, plant and equipment or intangible assets with finite useful lives can be reversed if the recoverable value becomes higher than the net carrying value (but not exceeding the loss initially recorded).

Goodwill

The goodwill arising from a business combination is equal to the difference between the sum of the consideration paid, the value of any non-controlling interest that remains outstanding after the business combination and, where applicable, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously-held equity interest in the target, minus the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This goodwill is recognized in assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

195

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually, during the fourth quarter of the year. The impairment test methodology is based on a comparison between the recoverable amounts of each of the Group’s Product Divisions (considered as the grouping of cash generating units (“CGU”) at which level the impairment test is performed) and the Group Product Division’s net asset carrying values (including goodwill). Within Alcatel-Lucent’s reporting structure, Product Divisions are one level below the three operating segments (Networks, Software, Services and Solutions and Services). Such recoverable amounts are mainly determined using discounted cash flows over five years and a discounted residual value.

An additional impairment test is also performed when events indicating a potential decrease of the recoverable value of a Product Division occur (see Note 2c). Goodwill impairment losses cannot be reversed.

Equity affiliate goodwill is included with the related investment in “share in net assets of equity affiliates”. The requirements of IAS 39 are applied to determine whether any impairment loss must be recognized with respect to the net investment in equity affiliates. The impairment loss is calculated according to IAS 36 requirements.

When the reporting structure is reorganized in a way that changes the composition of one or more Product Divisions to which goodwill was allocated, a new impairment test is performed on the goodwill for which the underlying Product Divisions have changed. Such reallocations were made on January 1, 2013, July 20, 2011 and January 1, 2010 using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Product Division.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. They are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. They are recognized if, and only if, it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group, and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Intangible assets mainly include capitalized development costs and those assets acquired in business combinations, being primarily acquired technologies or customer relationships. Intangible assets, other than trade names, are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (i.e. 3 to 10 years). However, software amortization methods may be adjusted to take into account how the product is marketed. Amortization is taken into account within cost of sales, research and development costs (acquired technology, in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), etc.) or administrative and selling expenses (customer relationships), depending on the designation of the asset. Impairment losses are accounted for in a similar manner or in restructuring costs if they occur as part of a restructuring plan or on a specific line item if very material (refer to Note 1n). IPR&D amortization begins once technical feasibility is reached. Certain trade names are considered to have indefinite useful lives and therefore are not amortized.

Capital gains/losses from disposals of intangible assets are accounted for in the corresponding cost line items in the income statement depending on the nature of the underlying asset (i.e. cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses or research and development costs).

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are valued at historical cost for the Group less accumulated depreciation expenses and any impairment losses. Depreciation expense is generally calculated over the following useful lives:

 

Buildings and building improvements      5-50 years   
Infrastructure and fixtures      5-20 years   
Plant and equipment      1-10 years   

Depreciation expense is determined using the straight-line method.

Assets acquired through finance lease arrangements or long-term rental arrangements that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of the asset to the Group (tenant) are capitalized.

Residual value, if considered to be significant, is included when calculating the depreciable amount. Property, plant and equipment are segregated into their separate components if there is a significant difference in their expected useful lives, and depreciated accordingly.

Depreciation and impairment losses are accounted for in the income statement under cost of sales, research and development costs or administrative and selling expenses, depending on the nature of the asset or in restructuring costs if they occur as part of a restructuring plan or in a specific line item if very material (see Note 1n).

In addition, capital gains/losses from disposals of property, plant and equipment are accounted for in the corresponding cost line items in the income statement depending on the nature of the underlying asset (i.e. cost of sales, administrative and selling expenses, research and development costs or restructuring costs).

 

196


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

h/ Inventories and work in progress

In accordance with IAS 2 “Inventories”, inventories and work in progress are valued at the lower of cost (including indirect production costs where applicable) or net realizable value. Cost is assigned by using the weighted average cost formula, or the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost formula.

Net realizable value is the estimated sales revenue for a normal period of activity less expected selling costs.

i/ Treasury stock

Treasury shares owned by Alcatel-Lucent or its subsidiaries are valued at cost and are deducted from equity. Proceeds from the sale of such shares are recognized directly in equity.

j/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

In accordance with the laws and practices of each country where Alcatel-Lucent is established, the Group participates in employee benefit plans.

For defined contribution plans, the Group expenses contributions as and when they are due. As the Group is not liable for any legal or constructive obligations under the plans beyond the contributions paid, no provision is made. Provisions for defined benefit plans and other long-term employee benefits are determined as follows:

 

 

using the Projected Unit Credit Method (with projected final salary), each period of service gives rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and each unit is measured separately to calculate the final obligation. Actuarial assumptions such as mortality rates, rates of employee turnover and projection of future salary levels are used to calculate the obligation.

The service cost is recognized in “income from operating activities” and the interest cost and expected return on plan assets are recognized in “financial income (loss)”. The impact of plan amendments is presented on a specific line item of the income statement if material (see Note 1n).

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan.

The Group has elected the option provided for in IAS 19 “Employee Benefits - Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures” (paragraphs 93A to 93D) that allows for the immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses and any adjustments arising from asset ceiling limitations, net of deferred tax effects, outside of the income statement in the statement of comprehensive income.

Certain other post-employment benefits, such as life insurance and health insurance (particularly in the United States) or long-service medals (bonuses awarded to employees for extended service particularly in France and Germany), are also recognized as provisions, which are determined by means of an actuarial calculation similar to the one used for retirement provisions.

The accounting treatment used for employee stock options is detailed in Note 1s below.

k/ Provisions for restructuring and restructuring costs

In accordance with IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”, the recognition criteria for accounting for a restructuring reserve are (i) the company has an obligation towards a third party at the balance sheet date, (ii) it is probable (more likely than not) that a liability (future outflow to settle the obligation) has been incurred, and (iii) this liability can be reasonably estimated.

To meet such criteria when reserving for restructuring actions, we consider that the appropriate level of management has to approve the restructuring plan and has to announce it by the date of the statement of financial position, specifically identifying the restructuring actions to be taken (for example, the number of employees concerned, their job classifications or functions and their locations). Before the statement of financial position date, detailed conditions of the plan have to be communicated to employees, in such a manner as to allow an employee to estimate reasonably the type and amount of benefits he/she will receive. Also, the related restructuring actions that are required to be completed must be estimated to be achievable in a relatively short (generally less than 1 year) timeframe without likelihood of change.

Restructuring costs primarily relate to severance payments, early retirement, costs for notice periods not worked, training costs of terminated employees, costs linked to the closure of facilities or the discontinuance of product lines and any costs arising from plans that materially change the scope of the business undertaken by the Group or the manner in which such business is conducted.

 

197

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

Other costs (removal costs, training costs of transferred employees, etc) and write-offs of fixed assets, inventories, work in progress and other assets, directly linked to restructuring measures, are also accounted for in restructuring costs in the income statement.

The amounts reserved for anticipated payments made in the context of restructuring programs are valued at their present value in cases where the settlement date is beyond the normal operating cycle of the company and the time value of money is deemed to be significant. The impact of the passage of time on the present value of the payments is included in “other financial income (loss)”.

l/ Taxes

Current income tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are established based upon the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities and reflected in the statement of financial position. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income.

Current income tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in the income statement. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the Group’s tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred taxes

Deferred taxes are computed in accordance with the liability method for all temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, including the reversal of entries recorded in individual accounts of subsidiaries solely for tax purposes. All amounts resulting from changes in tax rates are recorded in equity or in net income (loss) for the year in which the tax rate change is enacted.

Deferred tax assets are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

To assess the ability of the Group to recover deferred tax assets, the following factors are taken into account:

 

 

existence of deferred tax liabilities that are expected to generate taxable income, or limit tax deductions upon reversal;

 

 

forecasts of future tax results;

 

 

the impact of non-recurring costs included in income or loss in recent years that are not expected to be repeated in the future;

 

 

historical data concerning recent years’ tax results; and

 

 

if required, tax planning strategy, such as the planned disposal whose values are higher than their book values.

As a result of a business combination, an acquirer may consider it probable that it will recover its own deferred tax assets that were not recognized before the business combination. For example, an acquirer may be able to utilize the benefit of its unused tax losses against the future taxable profit of the acquiree. In such cases, the acquirer recognizes a deferred tax asset, but does not include it as part of the accounting for the business combination, and therefore does not take it into account in determining the goodwill or the amount of any excess of the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over the cost of the combination.

If the potential benefits of the acquiree’s income tax loss carry-forwards or other deferred tax assets do not satisfy the criteria in IFRS 3 (revised) for separate recognition when a business combination is initially accounted for, but are subsequently realized, the acquirer will recognize the resulting deferred tax income in profit or loss. If any deferred tax assets related to the business combination with Lucent are recognized in future financial statements of the combined company, the impact will be accounted for in the income statement (for the tax losses not yet recognized related to both historical Alcatel and Lucent entities).

Penalties recognized on tax claims are accounted for in the “income tax” line item in the income statement.

m/ Revenues

Revenues include net goods, equipment, and services sales from the Group’s principal business activities and income due from licensing fees and from grants, net of value added taxes (VAT).

Most of the Group’s sales are generated from complex contractual arrangements that require significant revenue recognition judgments, particularly in the areas of the sale of goods and equipment with related services constituting multiple-element

 

198


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

arrangements, construction contracts and contracts including software. Judgment is also needed in assessing the ability to collect the corresponding receivables.

The majority of revenues from the sale of goods and equipment are recognized under IAS 18 “Revenues” when persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, delivery has occurred, the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product have been transferred to the customer, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group. For arrangements in which the customer specifies formal substantive acceptance of the goods, equipment, services or software, revenue is deferred until all the acceptance criteria have been met.

Revenues from contracts that are multiple-element arrangements, such as those including products with installation and integration services, are recognized as the revenue for each unit of accounting is earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices or by deferring the fair value associated with undelivered elements. A delivered element is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and delivery or performance of the undelivered elements is considered probable and substantially under the Group’s control. If these criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the criteria described in the preceding paragraph.

The remaining revenues are recognized from construction contracts under IAS 11 “Construction Contracts. Construction contracts are defined as contracts specifically negotiated for the construction of an asset or a combination of assets that are closely interrelated or interdependent in terms of their design, technology and function or their ultimate purpose of use (primarily those related to customized network solutions and network build-outs with a duration of more than two quarters). For revenues generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting in application of the above principles, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. Any probable construction contract losses are recognized immediately in cost of sales. If uncertainty exists regarding customer acceptance, or the contract’s duration is relatively short, revenues are recognized only to the extent of costs incurred that are recoverable, or on completion of the contract. Construction contract costs are recognized as incurred when the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably. In this situation, revenues are recognized only to the extent of the costs incurred that are probable of recovery. Work in progress on construction contracts is stated at production cost, excluding administrative and selling expenses. Changes in provisions for penalties for delayed delivery or poor contract execution are reported in revenues and not in cost of sales.

Advance payments received on construction contracts, before corresponding work has been carried out, are recorded in customers’ deposits and advances. Costs incurred to date plus recognized profits less the sum of recognized losses (in the case of provisions for contract losses) and progress billings are determined on a contract-by-contract basis. If the amount is positive, it is disclosed in Note 19 as an asset under “amount due from customers on construction contracts. If the amount is negative, it is disclosed in Note 19 as a liability under “amount due to customers on construction contracts.

When software is embedded in the Group’s hardware and the software and hardware function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, the transaction is considered a hardware transaction and guidance from IAS 18 is applied. For revenues generated from licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions or stand-alone software sales, the Group also applies the guidance from IAS 18 but requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate multiple software elements. In addition, if any undelivered element in these transactions is essential to the functionality of delivered elements, revenue is deferred until such element is delivered or the last element is delivered. If the last undelivered element is a service, revenue for such transactions is recognized ratably over the service period.

For arrangements to sell services only, revenue from training or consulting services is recognized when the services are performed. Maintenance service revenue, including post-contract customer support, is deferred and recognized ratably over the contracted service period. Revenue from other services is generally recognized at the time of performance.

For product sales made through retailers and distributors, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment to the distribution channel, if such sales are not contingent on the distributor selling the product to third parties and the distribution contracts contain no right of return. Otherwise, revenue is recognized when the reseller or distributor sells the product to the end user.

Product rebates or quantity discounts are deducted from revenues, even in the case of promotional activities giving rise to free products.

Revenue in general is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received. Where a deferred payment has a significant impact on the calculation of fair value, it is accounted for by discounting future payments.

The assessment of the ability to collect is critical in determining whether revenue or expense should be recognized. As part of the revenue recognition process, the Group assesses whether it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group. If the Group is uncertain as to whether economic benefits will flow to the Group, revenue is deferred and recognized on a cash basis. However, if uncertainty arises about the ability to collect an amount already included in revenue, the amount in respect of which recovery has ceased to be probable is recognized as an expense in “cost of sales”.

 

199

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

n/ Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

Alcatel-Lucent has considered relevant to the understanding of the Group’s financial performance to present on the face of the income statement a subtotal inside the income (loss) from operating activities.

This subtotal, named “Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments”, excludes those elements that are difficult to predict due to their nature, frequency and/or materiality.

Those elements can be divided in two categories:

 

 

elements that are both very infrequent and material, such as a major impairment of an asset, a disposal of investments, the settlement of litigation having a material impact or a major amendment of a pension or other post-retirement plan; and

 

 

elements that are by nature unpredictable in their amount and/or in their frequency, if they are material. Alcatel-Lucent considers that materiality must be assessed not only by comparing the amount concerned with the income (loss) from operating activities of the period, but also in terms of changes in the item from one period to another. For example, restructuring charges have shown significant changes from one period to another.

“Income (loss) from operating activities” includes gross profit, administrative and selling expenses and research and development costs (see Note 1f) and, in particular, pension costs (except for the financial component, see Note 1j), employee profit sharing, valuation allowances on receivables (including the two categories of vendor financing as described in Note 1r) and capital gains (losses) from the disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, and all other operating expenses or income regardless of their predictive value in terms of nature, frequency and/or materiality.

“Income (loss) from operating activities” is calculated before “Finance cost” and “Other financial income (loss)”, which includes the financial component of retirement expenses, financing costs and capital gains (losses) from disposal of financial assets (shares in a non-consolidated company or company consolidated under the equity method and other non-current financial assets, net), and before share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates, income tax (expense) benefit and income (loss) from discontinued operations.

o/ Finance costs and other financial income (loss)

Finance costs include interest charges relating to net consolidated debt, which consists of bonds, the liability component of compound financial instruments such as OCEANE and other convertible bonds, other long-term debt (including finance lease obligations) and interest income on all cash and similar items (cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities) and the changes in fair values of marketable securities accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

When tax law requires interest to be paid (received) on an underpayment (overpayment) of income taxes, this interest is accounted for in the “other financial income (loss)” line item in the income statement.

p/ Structure of consolidated statement of financial position

Most of the Group’s activities in the various business segments have long-term operating cycles, and, as a result, current assets and current liabilities include certain elements that are due after one year.

q/ Financial instruments

i. Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets include assets classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, assets at fair value through profit and loss, asset derivative instruments, loans and receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

Financial liabilities include borrowings, other financing and bank overdrafts, liability derivative instruments and payables.

The recognition and measurement of financial assets and liabilities is governed by IAS 39.

The Group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition.

 

200


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets and liabilities held for trading and financial assets and liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets and liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments as defined by IAS 39.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair value recognized in finance costs in the income statement.

Loans, receivables and borrowings

After initial measurement, loans, receivables and borrowings are measured at amortized cost using the Effective Interest Rate method (EIR), less impairment, if any. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the transaction. Amortization, calculated using the EIR, is included in finance costs in the income statement. The impairment of loans and receivables, which is represented by the difference between net carrying amount and recoverable value, is recognized in the income statement and can be reversed if recoverable value rises in the future.

Certain financial instruments that are part of financial debt contain both a liability and an equity component, including bonds that can be converted into or exchanged for new or existing shares and notes mandatorily redeemable for new or existing shares. The different components of compound financial instruments are accounted for in equity and in bonds and notes issued according to their classification, as defined in IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation”.

For instruments issued by historical Alcatel, the financial liability component was valued on the issuance date at the present value (taking into account the credit risk at issuance date) of the future cash flows (including interest and repayment of the nominal value) of a bond with the same characteristics (maturity, cash flows) but without any equity component. The portion included in equity on the issuance date was equal to the difference between the debt issue amount and the financial liability component.

The financial liability component of historical Lucent’s convertible bonds was computed at present value on the business combination closing date, using the method as described in the preceding paragraph, taking into account the contractual maturity dates. The difference between the fair value of the convertible bonds and the corresponding financial liability component was accounted for in equity.

In accordance with IAS 32 AG33 and AG34 requirements, the consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a compound financial instrument is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

Held-to-maturity investments

The Group did not have any held-to-maturity investments during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets include investments in non-consolidated companies.

After initial measurement, available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently measured at their fair value. The fair value for listed securities on an active market is their market price. If a reliable fair value cannot be established, securities are valued at cost. Fair value changes are accounted for directly in equity. When objective evidence of impairment of a financial asset exists (for instance, a significant or prolonged decline in the value of an asset), an irreversible impairment loss is recorded. This loss can only be released upon the sale of the securities concerned.

The portfolio of non-consolidated securities and other financial assets is assessed at each quarter-end for objective evidence of impairment.

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset as defined under IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” is totally derecognized (removed from the statement of financial position) when, for instance, the Group expects no further cash flow to be generated by it and transfers substantially all risks and rewards attached to it.

In the case of trade receivables, a transfer without recourse in case of payment default by the debtor is regarded as a transfer of substantially all risks and rewards of ownership, thus making such receivables eligible for derecognition under IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, on the basis that risk of late payment is considered marginal. A more restrictive

 

201

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

 

interpretation of the concept of “substantial transfer of risks and rewards” could put into question the accounting treatment that has been adopted. The amount of receivables sold without recourse is given in Note 28.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position, if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

ii. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to quoted market prices or dealer price quotations (bid price for long positions and ask price for short positions), without any deduction for transaction costs.

For financial instruments not traded in an active market, the fair value is determined using appropriate valuation techniques. Such techniques may include:

 

 

using recent arm’s length market transactions;

 

 

reference to the current fair value of another instrument that is substantially the same; and

 

 

a discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation models.

An analysis of fair values of financial instruments and further details as to how they are measured is provided in Note 30.

The amendment to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures - Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments” concerns assets and liabilities measured at fair value and requires classifying the fair value measures into three levels. The levels of the fair value hierarchy depend on the type of input used for the valuation of the instruments:

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included under Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable input).

iii. Cash and Cash equivalents

In accordance with IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”, cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of cash flows include cash (cash funds) and cash equivalents (term deposits and short-term investments that are very liquid and readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are only subject to negligible risks of changes in value). Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows do not include investments in listed securities, investments with an initial maturity date exceeding three months and without an early exit clause, or bank accounts restricted in use, other than restrictions due to regulations applied in a specific country (exchange controls) or sector of activities.

Bank overdrafts are considered as financing liabilities and are excluded from cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of financial position correspond to the cash and cash equivalents defined above.

iv. Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to hedge its foreign currency risks and interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives are taken directly to the income statement, except for the effective portion of cash flow hedges, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

 

 

fair value hedges, when hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability;

 

 

cash flow hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction; and

 

 

hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

 

202


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1

 

The Group did not have any derivatives qualified as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting are accounted for as described below.

Fair value hedges

The change in the fair value of a hedging derivative is recognized in the income statement. The change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged item and is also recognized in the income statement.

For fair value hedges relating to items carried at amortized cost, any adjustment to carrying value is amortized through the income statement over the remaining term of the hedge using the EIR method. EIR amortization may begin as soon as an adjustment exists and shall terminate when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

If the hedge item is derecognized, the unamortized fair value is recognized immediately in the income statement.

See Note 30 for more details.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in equity (other comprehensive income in the cash flow hedge reserve), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the income statement in “other financial income (loss)”.

Amounts recognized as other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as when the hedged financial income or financial expense is recognized or when a forecast sale occurs.

If the forecast transaction or firm commitment is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is transferred to the income statement. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, any cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income remains in other comprehensive income until the forecast transaction or firm commitment affects profit or loss.

Refer to Note 30 for more details.

r/ Customer financing

The Group undertakes two types of customer financing:

 

 

financing relating to the operating cycle and directly linked to actual contracts; and

 

 

longer-term financing (beyond the operating cycle) through customer loans, minority investments or other forms of financing.

Both categories of financing are accounted for in “Other current or non-current assets, net”.

Changes in these two categories of assets are included in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Furthermore, the Group may give guarantees to banks in connection with customer financing. These are included in commitments that are not in the statement of financial position.

s/ Stock options

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”, stock options granted to employees are included in the financial statements using the following principles: the stock option’s fair value, which is considered to be a reflection of the fair

 

203

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

value of the services provided by the employee in exchange for the option, is determined on the grant date. It is accounted for in additional paid-in capital (credit) at grant date, with a counterpart in deferred compensation (debit) (also included in additional paid-in capital). During the vesting period, deferred compensation is amortized in the income statement.

Stock option fair value is calculated at grant date (i.e. date of approval of the plan by the Board of Directors) using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial model. This model permits consideration of the option’s characteristics, such as exercise price and expiry date, market data at the time of issuance, the interest rate on risk-free securities, share price, expected volatility at grant date and expected dividends, and behavioral factors of the beneficiary, such as expected early exercise. It is considered that a beneficiary will exercise his/her option once the potential gain becomes higher than 50% of the exercise price.

All options issued after November 7, 2002 and not fully vested at January 1, 2005 and those issued after January 1, 2005 are accounted for according to IFRS 2.

The impact of applying IFRS 2 on net income (loss) is accounted for in “cost of sales”, “research and development costs” or “administrative and selling expenses” depending on the functions of the beneficiaries.

Outstanding stock options at the acquisition date of a company acquired by Alcatel-Lucent in a business combination are usually converted into options to purchase Alcatel-Lucent shares using the same exchange ratio as for the acquired shares of the target company. In accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” and IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment” requirements, the fair value of stock options acquired at the time of acquisition is accounted for in the caption “additional paid-in capital”. Unvested options at the acquisition date are accounted for at their fair value as deferred compensation in equity (included in additional paid-in capital). The sum of these two amounts (fair value of outstanding stock options less deferred compensation), equivalent to the fair value of vested options, is taken into account in the cost of the business combination.

t/ Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

IFRS 5 “Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”, sets out the accounting treatment applicable to assets held for sale and presentation and disclosure requirements for discontinued operations.

A non-current asset or disposal group (group of assets or a cash generating unit) to be sold is considered as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the asset must be available for sale and its sale must be highly probable. These assets or disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

A discontinued operation is a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations for the Group that is either being sold or is being held for sale. The net income (loss) and statement of cash flow elements relating to such discontinued operations are presented in specific captions in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortized once classified as held for sale.

NOTE 2    PRINCIPAL UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING THE USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs requires that the Group makes a certain number of estimates and assumptions that are considered realistic and reasonable. In the context of the current global economic environment, the degree of volatility and subsequent lack of visibility remain particularly high as of December 31, 2012. Future facts and circumstances could lead to changes in these estimates or assumptions, which would affect the Group’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

a/ Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Valuation allowances for inventories and work in progress are calculated based on an analysis of foreseeable changes in demand, technology or the market, in order to determine obsolete or excess inventories and work in progress.

The valuation allowances are accounted for in cost of sales or in restructuring costs depending on the nature of the amounts concerned.

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Valuation allowance for inventories and work in progress on construction contracts      (449)         (455)         (436)   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of changes in valuation allowance on income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (171)         (169)         (113)   

 

204


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

b/ Impairment of customer receivables

An impairment loss is recorded for customer receivables if the expected present value of the future receipts is lower than the carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss reflects both the customers’ ability to honor their debts and the age of the debts in question. A higher default rate than estimated or deterioration in our major customers’ creditworthiness could have an adverse impact on our future results. Impairment losses on customer receivables are recorded in cost of sales, or in a specific caption in the income statement relating to the impairment of assets, if such losses correspond to the criteria for separate recognition as specified in Note 1n.

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Accumulated impairment losses on customer receivables      (120)         (123)         (153)   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (5)         3         (14)   

c/ Capitalized development costs, other intangible assets and goodwill

Goodwill amounting to 8,051 million and intangible assets amounting to 4,813 million were accounted for in 2006 as a result of the Lucent business combination, using market-related information, estimates (primarily based on risk adjusted discounted cash flows derived from Lucent’s management) and judgment (in particular in determining the fair values relating to the intangible assets acquired) and subsequently partially amortized or impaired, mostly as a result of impairment tests in 2007, 2008 and 2012 (see below). The remaining outstanding net amounts as of December 31, 2012 are 2,224 million of goodwill and 640 million of intangible assets.

Capitalized development costs

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Capitalized development costs, net      421         560         569   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (122)         (11)         (3)   

The criteria for capitalizing development costs are set out in Note 1f. Once capitalized, these costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the products concerned (3 to 10 years).

The Group must therefore evaluate the commercial and technical feasibility of these development projects, for which costs are capitalized, and estimate the useful lives of the products resulting from the projects. Should a product fail to substantiate these evaluations, the Group may be required to impair or write off some of the net capitalized development costs in the future.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012, we identified indications that capitalized development costs related to our offering for GSM and CDMA technologies (both in our wireless networks product division) may be impaired. The main triggering event was the faster than anticipated replacement of these technologies by the new LTE technology. Impairment tests of these assets were therefore conducted. Capitalized development costs were subject to impairment losses of 122 million in 2012. As of December 31, 2012, the capitalized development costs for these two technologies were fully impaired or amortized.

Impairment losses of 11 million and 3 million were recorded in 2011 and 2010 respectively.

Other intangible assets

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Other intangible assets, net      754         1,214         1,487   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (191)         (4)         (6)   

Impairment tests are performed if we have indications of a potential reduction in the value of our intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows or fair values of the assets concerned. Changes in 2012 in the CDMA

 

205

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

market conditions, where LTE technology is replacing the CDMA technology faster than predicted with corresponding impacts in the cash flows initially estimated, led to a review of other intangible assets.

As a result of this impairment test, an impairment loss on other intangible assets of 191 million was accounted for in 2012.

These impairment losses were all recorded in the Wireless Networks Product Division, including mainly 136 million of customer relationships and 50 million of CDMA acquired technology, both initially accounted for in the context of the merger with Lucent in 2006, these two assets being fully amortized or impaired as of December 31, 2012.

Impairment losses of 4 million and 6 million were recorded in 2011 and 2010 respectively.

Goodwill

 

(In millions of euros)   

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Goodwill, net      3,820         4,389         4,370   
      2012      2011      2010  
Impact of impairment losses in income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (522)         -         -   

Goodwill, net is allocated, where applicable, to groups of Cash Generating Units that are equivalent to a Product Division. As described in Note 1g, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. In assessing whether goodwill should be subject to impairment, the carrying value of each group of Cash Generating Units is compared to its recoverable value. Recoverable value is the greater of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell.

The value in use of each Product Division is calculated using a five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a discounted residual value, corresponding to the capitalization to perpetuity of the normalized cash flows of year 5 (also called the Gordon Shapiro approach).

The fair value less costs to sell of each Product Division is determined based upon the weighted average of the Gordon Shapiro approach described above and the following two approaches:

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus a Sales Multiple (Enterprise Value/Sales) to measure discounted residual value; and

 

 

five-year discounted cash flow analysis plus an Operating Profit Multiple (Enterprise Value/Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization - “EBITDA”) to measure discounted residual value.

The discount rates used for the annual impairment tests are based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 11%, 10% and 10% in 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively. The discount rates used are after-tax rates applied to after-tax cash flows. The use of such rates results in recoverable values that are identical to those that would be obtained by using, as required by IAS 36, pre-tax rates applied to pre-tax cash flows. A single discount rate is used on the basis that risks specific to certain products or markets have been reflected in determining the cash flows.

IAS 36, section 96 stipulates: “The annual impairment test for cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated may be performed at any time during an annual period, provided the test is performed at the same date every year”. As we performed an additional impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2011 and as the figures of the budget for the next year are not known in the second quarter but are only determined in the fourth quarter, management considered it would be more efficient and relevant, beginning in 2012, to perform the annual impairment test in the fourth quarter instead of in the second quarter.

As indicated in Note 1g, in addition to the annual goodwill impairment tests that occur each year, impairment tests are carried out as soon as the Group has indications of a potential reduction in the value of its goodwill or intangible assets. Possible impairments are based on discounted future cash flows and/or fair values of the net assets concerned. Changes in the market conditions or in the cash flows initially estimated can therefore lead to a review and a change in the impairment losses previously recorded.

Additional impairment tests in 2012

Due to the existence of triggering events arising in the second quarter of 2012, we performed additional impairment tests as of June 30, 2012. The results of these tests indicated that no impairment losses had been incurred (see Notes 2c and 12 of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2012).

2012 Annual impairment test performed in Q4 2012

In accordance with our accounting policy (see Note 1g), we tested all Product Divisions for impairment as of December 31, 2012. This annual impairment test occurred during the time of a continuing deterioration in the economic environment, the competitive pricing being experienced in certain regions challenging the Group’s profitability, and the deterioration in our adjusted operating

 

206


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

income as compared to our budget. We also revised our assumptions about the pace of the Wavelength-Division Multiplexing “WDM” ramp-up and the migration of new technologies in the Optics Division. These evolutions were reflected in our revision of the five-year forecasted cash flows and terminal values used to determine the recoverable values of certain Product Divisions.

As a result of the 2012 annual impairment tests, an impairment loss on goodwill of 522 million was accounted for in 2012, to reduce the carrying values of certain Product Divisions to recoverable value. Of the 522 million, 503 million was recorded in the Networks operating segment (of which, in the various Product Divisions, 431 million was recorded in the Optics Product Division, 64 million in Wireline Networks, and 8 million in Wireless Networks) and 19 million in the Software, Services & Solutions operating segment (of which 11 million in the Advanced Communications Solutions Product Division and 8 million in the Networks Built Division).

The recoverable values of our goodwill are based on key assumptions, which could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Such recoverable values only incorporate certain future benefits that we expect from the Performance Program, as detailed in Note 2k. The key assumptions used include, among other things, the following elements:

 

 

discount rate of 11%;

 

 

perpetual growth rates ranging from 0% to 2.5%; and

 

 

the Performance Program launched in 2012 that aims to achieve cost savings of 1,250 million by the end of 2013 (refer to Note 2k).

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2012 recoverable value of all groups of Cash Generating Units that include goodwill and intangible assets by 367 million and 405 million, respectively. An increase of 0.5% in the discount rate would have led to an additional goodwill impairment loss of 60 million as of December 31, 2012.

In arriving at the recoverable value for the Optics Product Division, the following key assumptions were used:

 

 

discount rate of 11%;

 

 

perpetual growth rate of 1.5%; and

 

 

significant development of our WDM revenues in the coming years.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase in the discount rate would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 42 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% decrease in the perpetual growth rate would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 14 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

Holding all other assumptions constant, if the estimated growth of our sales of WDM products were to be delayed by one year, it would have decreased the December 31, 2012 recoverable value of this Product Division by 156 million, leading to a corresponding additional goodwill impairment loss.

No impairment losses due to annual impairment tests occurred in 2011 and 2010.

d/ Impairment of property, plant and equipment

In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, when events or changes in market conditions indicate that tangible or intangible assets may be impaired, such assets are reviewed in detail to determine whether their carrying value is higher than their recoverable value (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell), which could lead to recording an impairment loss. Value in use is estimated by calculating the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the most reliable information available (such as market statistics and recent transactions).

When determining recoverable values of property, plant and equipment, assumptions and estimates are made, based primarily on market outlooks, obsolescence and sale or liquidation disposal values. Any change in these assumptions can have a significant effect on the recoverable amount and can lead to a revision of recorded impairment losses.

In prior years, we have considered the planned closings of certain facilities, additional reductions in personnel and unfavorable market conditions as triggering events for the purposes of impairment testing. In 2012, we recorded an impairment loss of 59 million on property, plant and equipment, mainly in the GSM activity of the Wireless Networks Product Division, due to a lower asset utilization than had been previously estimated.

No impairment losses on property, plant and equipment were accounted for in 2011 or 2010.

e/ Provision for warranty costs and other product sales reserves

Provisions are recorded for (i) warranties given to customers on our products, (ii) expected losses at contract completion and (iii) penalties incurred in the event of failure to meet contractual obligations. These provisions are calculated based on historical return rates and warranty costs expensed as well as on estimates. These provisions and subsequent changes to the provisions are recorded in cost of sales either when revenue is recognized (provision for customer warranties) or, for construction

 

207

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

contracts, when revenue and expenses are recognized by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity. Costs and penalties ultimately paid can differ considerably from the amounts initially reserved and could therefore have a significant impact on future results.

 

(In millions of euros)

Product sales reserves

  

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Related to construction contracts (1)      112         98         97   
Related to other contracts      398         439         482   
Total      510         537         579   

 

(1) See Notes 4, 19 and 29.

For more information on the impact on the 2012 net result of the change of these provisions, refer to Note 29.

f/ Deferred taxes

Deferred tax assets relate primarily to tax loss carry-forwards and to deductible temporary differences between reported amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The assets relating to the tax loss carry-forwards are recognized if it is probable that the Group will generate future taxable profits against which these tax losses can be set off.

 

(In millions of euros)

Deferred tax assets recognized

  

December 31,

2012

    

December 31,

2011

    

December 31,

2010

 
Related to the disposal of Genesys business (3)      -         363 (3)         -   
Related to the United States      770 (1)         1,294 (2)         277 (4)   
Related to other tax jurisdictions      215         297 (2)         671   
Total      985         1,954         948   

 

(1) Following the performance of the 2012 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2012, resulted in decreasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2011.

 

(2) Following the goodwill impairment tests performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011, a reassessment of our ability to recover deductible temporary differences between the reported amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the Group’s ability to utilize unused tax losses resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States and reducing those recognized in France compared to the situation as of December 31, 2010.

 

(3) Represents estimated deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward as of December 31, 2011 that were used to offset the taxable capital gains on the disposal of the Genesys business in 2012. The impact of recognizing these deferred tax assets in 2011 was recorded in the income statement in the “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” line item for an amount of 338 million (U.S.$ 470 million). The amount of deferred tax assets accounted for as of December 31, 2011 was based on an estimated allocation of the selling price for Genesys, which could differ in some respects from the definitive allocation. This could have an impact on the Group’s tax losses carried forward. These estimated deferred tax assets were expensed in 2012 (with a negative impact in “Income (loss) from discontinued operations” of 366 million or U.S.$470 million) when the corresponding capital gains were recorded.

 

     On the other hand, deferred tax assets recognized as of December 31, 2010, which had taken into account the future taxable net income of the Genesys business, were reduced in 2011 by 96 million to remove such future taxable net income of Genesys as a result of its anticipated sale, which had a corresponding impact on the income statement in the “income tax (expense) benefit” line item.

 

(4) Following the performance of the 2010 annual goodwill impairment test, a reassessment of deferred taxes, updated as of December 31, 2010, resulted in increasing the deferred tax assets recorded in the United States compared to the situation as of December 31, 2009.

The evaluation of the Group’s capacity to utilize tax loss carry-forwards relies on significant judgment. The Group analyzes past events and the positive and negative elements of certain economic factors that may affect its business in the foreseeable future to determine the probability of its future utilization of these tax loss carry-forwards, which also consider the factors indicated in Note 1l. This analysis is carried out regularly in each tax jurisdiction where significant deferred tax assets are recorded.

If future taxable results are considerably different from those forecasted that support recording deferred tax assets, the Group will be obliged to revise downwards or upwards the amount of the deferred tax assets, which would have a significant impact on our financial results.

As a result of the business combination with Lucent, 2,395 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2006, resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as acquired technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. These deferred tax liabilities will be reduced in future Group income statements as and when such differences are amortized. The remaining deferred tax liabilities related to the purchase price allocation of Lucent are 329 million as of December 31, 2012 (591 million as of December 31, 2011 and 691 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

208


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

g/ Pension and retirement obligations and other employee and post-employment benefit obligations

Actuarial assumptions

Alcatel-Lucent’s results of operations include the impact of significant pension and post-retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including assumptions about discount rates, expected return on plan assets, healthcare cost trend rates and expected participation rates in retirement healthcare plans. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. In addition, discount rates are updated quarterly for those plans for which changes in these assumptions would have a material impact on our financials.

 

Weighted average rates used to determine the pension

and post-retirement expense

   2012      2011      2010  
Weighted average expected rates of return on pension and post-retirement plan assets      6.05%         6.42%         6.57%   
Weighted average discount rates used to determine the pension and post-retirement expense      3.67%         4.85%         5.04%   

The net effect of pension and post-retirement costs included in “income (loss) before tax and discontinued operations” was a 770 million increase in pre-tax income during 2012 (429 million increase in 2011 and 319 million increase in 2010). Included in the 770 million increase in pre-tax income during 2012 (429 million in 2011 and 319 million in 2010) was 195 million (67 million in 2011 and 30 million in 2010) booked as a result of certain changes to the U.S. retiree pension plan and to the management retiree healthcare benefit plans, and 9 million as a result of certain changes to the our Switzerland retiree pension plan as described in Note 26f.

Discount rates

Discount rates for our U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve, which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted by the discount rate for the applicable year listed in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years beyond the last year presented in the CitiGroup Curve for which we have expected benefit payments, we apply the discount rate of the last year presented in the Curve. After applying the discount rates to all future years’ benefits, we calculate a single discount rate that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Discount rates for our non U.S. plans are determined based on Bloomberg AA Corporate yields.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the 2012 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately (87) million and 98 million, respectively.

Expected return on plan assets

Expected return on plan assets for our U.S. plans is determined based on recommendations from our external investment advisor and our own historical returns’ experience. Our advisor develops its recommendations by applying the long-term return expectations it develops for each of many classes of investments, to the specific classes and values of investments held by each of our benefit plans. Expected return assumptions are long-term assumptions and are not intended to reflect expectations for the period immediately following their determination. Although these assumptions are reviewed each year, we do not update them for small changes in our advisor’s recommendations. However, the pension expense or credit for our U.S. plans is updated every quarter using the fair value of assets and discount rates as of the beginning of the quarter. The 2012 fourth quarter expected return on plan assets (accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”) for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans is based on September 30, 2012 plan asset fair values. However, the expected return on plan assets for Alcatel-Lucent’s non U.S. plans is based on the fair values of plan assets at December 31, 2011 for each quarter of 2012.

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.5% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the 2012 net pension and post-retirement result by approximately 145 million.

For our U.S. plans, we recognized a US$33 million (26 million) increase in the net pension credit during the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to the third quarter of 2012, which is accounted for in “other financial income (loss)”. This increase corresponds to an increase in the expected return on plan assets for our U.S. plans due to the increase in plan asset fair values and a lower interest cost due to a decrease in discount rates. On our U.S. plans, we expect a US$270 million (205 million) decrease in the net pension credit to be accounted for in “other financial income (loss)” between the 2012 fourth quarter and the 2013 first quarter. This decrease mainly corresponds to the application of the revised IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” standard. We do not anticipate a material impact outside our U.S. plans.

 

209

   12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

Healthcare inflation trends

Regarding healthcare inflation trend rates for our U.S. plans, our actuaries annually review expected cost trends from numerous healthcare providers, recent developments in medical treatments, the utilization of medical services, and Medicare future premium rates published by the U.S. Government’s Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) as these premiums are reimbursed for some retirees. They apply these findings to the specific provisions and experience of our U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans in making their recommendations. In determining our assumptions, we review our recent experience together with our actuaries’ recommendations.

Participation assumptions

Our U.S. post-retirement healthcare plans allow participants to opt out of coverage at each annual enrollment period, and for almost all to opt back in at any future annual enrollment. An assumption is developed for the number of eligible retirees who will elect to participate in our plans at each future enrollment period. Our actuaries develop a recommendation based on the expected increases in the cost to be paid to a retiree participating in our plans and recent participation history. We review this recommendation annually after the annual enrollment has been completed and update it if necessary.

Mortality assumptions

As there are less and less experience data, because of smaller employee pools to develop our own experience mortality assumptions, starting December 31, 2011, these assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of our U.S. management pension plan and a U.S.$ 563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of our U.S. occupational pension plans. These effects were recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Plan assets investment

Pursuant to a decision of our Board of Directors at its meeting on July 29, 2009, the following modifications were made to the asset allocation of our U.S. pension funds: the investments in equity securities were to be reduced from 22.5% to 15% and the investments in bonds were to be increased from 62.5% to 70%, while investments in alternatives (i.e., real estate, private equity and hedge funds) remained unchanged. At the same time, the investments in fixed income were modified to include a larger component of corporate fixed income securities and less government, agency and asset-backed securities. The impact of these changes was reflected in our expected return assumptions beginning with year 2010.

At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s U.S. management pension plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities was reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities was increased from 60% to 70% and the portion invested in alternatives remained unchanged. These changes, as expected initially, allowed the volatility of the funded status and the expected return on plan assets to be reduced by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change was made in the allocation concerning our Group’s U.S. Occupational pension plans.

Plan assets are invested in many different asset categories (such as cash, equities, bonds, real estate and private equity). In the quarterly update of plan asset fair values, approximately 84% are based on closing date fair values and 16% have a one to three-month delay, as the fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments are not available in a short period. This is standard practice in the investment management industry. Assuming that the December 31, 2012 actual fair values of private equity, venture capital, real estate and absolute return investments were 10% lower than the ones used for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2012, and since our U.S. management pension plan has a material investment in these asset classes (and the asset ceiling described below is not applicable to this plan), equity would be negatively impacted by approximately 268 million.

2010 U.S. health care legislation

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was signed into law; and on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA) that amended the PPACA was also signed into law. Under this legislation, the subsidy paid to us by Medicare for continuing to provide prescription drug benefits to the Group’s U.S. employees and retirees that are at least equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D, will no longer be tax free after 2012. This change in law resulted in a write-down of our deferred tax assets, which caused a 76 million charge reflected on our consolidated income statement and a 6 million profit reflected on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010 (refer to Note 9). In addition, reductions in the Medicare payments to Medicare Advantage plans, such as our Private Fee For Service plan, which we previously offered to our U.S. management retirees, resulted in the need to change our related cost assumption, with an increase in our benefit obligation of 6 million recognized in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income as an actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note 26). One additional provision of the

 

210


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

PPACA pertaining to the excise tax on high cost employer-sponsored health coverage may affect our post-retirement health care benefit obligations. An attempt was made by our third party actuaries to assess the impact working with the very limited guidance available. Under the various considerations necessary due to the uncertainty associated with the appropriate methodology to be utilized, the impact was shown to be immaterial. As additional regulatory guidance is issued, this initial assessment will be revisited.

Asset ceiling

According to IAS 19, the amount of prepaid pension costs that can be recognized in our financial statements is limited to the sum of (i) the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial losses and prior service costs, (ii) the present value of any available refunds from the plan and (iii) any reduction in future contributions to the plan. We have used and intend to use in the future eligible excess pension assets applicable to formerly union-represented retirees to fund certain retiree healthcare benefits for such retirees, which use is considered as a refund from the pension plan when setting the asset ceiling.

The impact of expected future economic benefits on the pension plan asset ceiling is a complex matter. For retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, we expect to fund our current retiree healthcare and group life insurance obligations with Section 420 Transfers from the U.S. Occupational-inactive pension plan. Section 420 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code provides for transfers of certain excess pension plan assets held by a defined benefit pension plan into a retiree health benefits account established to pay retiree health benefits and into a group life insurance account established to pay retiree life insurance benefits.

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (or the PPA), as amended by the U.S. Troop Readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year of assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The PPA also provided for collectively bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period. Using the methodology we selected to value plan assets and obligations for funding purposes (see Note 26), we estimate that, as of December 31, 2012, the excess of assets above 120% of the plan obligations is US$ 2.3 billion (1.7 billion), and the excess above 125% of plan obligations was US$ 1.9 billion (1.4 billion).

The PPA, as amended by the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act of 2012, Part II, extends the period during which employers may make transfers of “excess pension assets” to fund retiree health benefits and expands the types of transfers that can be made to include transfers for post-retirement life insurance. We amended our U.S. Occupational – inactive pension plan to reflect the law’s extension for making transfers and also to provide for transfers for retiree life insurance. This amendment, made during the third quarter of 2012, continues a source of funding for healthcare benefits currently provided to the retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers who participate in the pension plan and will now also make available an additional funding source for such participants’ retiree life insurance. The amendment also allows the Group, via a reduction in the asset ceiling effect, to recognize on its Statement of Financial Position additional pension assets of approximately U.S. $576 million (436 million) that will be available to pay this retiree life insurance liability.

h/ Revenue recognition

As indicated in Note 1m, revenue under IAS 18 accounting is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or to be received when the Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of a product to the buyer.

For revenues and expenses generated from construction contracts, the Group applies the percentage of completion method of accounting, provided certain specified conditions are met, based either on the achievement of contractually defined milestones or on costs incurred compared with total estimated costs. The determination of the stage of completion and the revenues to be recognized rely on numerous estimations based on costs incurred and acquired experience. Adjustments of initial estimates can, however, occur throughout the life of the contract, which can have significant impacts on financial condition.

Although estimates inherent in construction contracts are subject to uncertainty, certain situations exist whereby management is unable to reliably estimate the outcome of a construction contract. These situations can occur during the early stages of a contract due to a lack of historical experience or throughout the contract as significant uncertainties develop related to additional costs, claims and performance obligations, particularly with new technologies.

Contracts that are multiple-element arrangements can include hardware products, stand-alone software, installation and/or integration services, extended warranty, and product roadmaps, as examples. Revenue for each unit of accounting is recognized when earned based on the relative fair value of each unit of accounting as determined by internal or third-party analyses of market-based prices. If the criteria described in Note 1m are met, revenue is earned when units of accounting are delivered. If such criteria are not met, revenue for the arrangement as a whole is accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Significant judgment is required to allocate contract consideration to each unit of accounting and determine whether the arrangement is a single unit of accounting or a multiple-element arrangement. Depending upon how such judgment is exercised, the timing and amount of revenue recognized could differ significantly.

 

211

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2

 

 

For multiple-element arrangements that are based principally on licensing, selling or otherwise marketing software solutions, judgment is required as to whether such arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18 or IAS 11. Software arrangements requiring significant production, modification or customization are accounted for as a construction contract under IAS 11. All other software arrangements are accounted for under IAS 18, in which case the Group requires vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value to separate the multiple software elements. If VSOE of fair value is not available, revenue is deferred until the final element in the arrangement is delivered or revenue is recognized over the period that services are being performed if services are the last undelivered element. Significant judgment is required to determine the most appropriate accounting model to be applied in this environment and whether VSOE of fair value exists to allow separation of multiple software elements.

For product sales made through distributors, product returns that are estimated according to contractual obligations and past sales statistics are recognized as a reduction of sales. Again, if the actual product returns were considerably different from those estimated, the resulting impact on our financial condition could be significant.

It can be difficult to evaluate the Group’s capacity to recover receivables. Such evaluation is based on the customers’ creditworthiness and on the Group’s capacity to sell such receivables without recourse. If, subsequent to revenue recognition, the recoverability of a receivable that had been initially considered as likely becomes doubtful, a provision for an impairment loss is then recorded (see Note 2b above).

i/ Purchase price allocation of a business combination

In a business combination, the acquirer must allocate the cost of the business combination at the acquisition date by recognizing the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at fair value at that date. The allocation is based upon certain valuations and other studies performed with the assistance of outside valuation specialists. Due to the underlying assumptions made in the valuation process, the determination of those fair values requires estimations of the effects of uncertain future events at the acquisition date and the carrying amounts of some assets, such as fixed assets, acquired through a business combination could therefore differ significantly in the future.

As prescribed by IFRS 3 (revised), if the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of the reporting period in which the combination is effected, the acquirer must account for the business combination using those provisional values and has a twelve-month period to complete the purchase price allocation. Any adjustment of the carrying amount of an identifiable asset or liability made as a result of completing the initial accounting is accounted for as if its fair value at the acquisition date had been recognized from that date. Detailed adjustments accounted for in the allocation period are disclosed in Note 3.

Once the initial accounting of a business combination is complete, only errors may be corrected.

j/ Accounting treatment of convertible bonds with optional redemption periods/dates before contractual maturity

Some of our convertible bonds have optional redemption periods/dates occurring before their contractual maturity, as described in Note 25. All of our convertible bond issues were accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 requirements (paragraphs 28 to 32) as described in Note 1q. Classification of the liability and equity components of a convertible instrument is not revised when a change occurs in the likelihood that a conversion will be exercised. On the other hand, if optional redemption periods/dates occur before the contractual maturity of a debenture, a change in the likelihood of redemption before the contractual maturity can lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an issuer revises the estimates of payment due to reliable new estimates, it must adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of the remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or loss in the net income (loss).

As described in Notes 8, 25 and 27, such a change in estimates occurred during the second quarter of 2012 regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures. Similar changes in estimates could occur later on for all convertible debentures with optional redemption periods/dates. A loss corresponding to the difference between the present value of the revised estimated cash flows and the carrying amount derived from the split accounting, as described in Note 1q, has been recorded in “other financial income (loss)” as a result of a change in the Group’s estimate of redemption triggers for an amount of U.S.$(229) million or (178.1) million for 2012.

Regarding Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debenture, if all or part of the bond holders do not ask for redemption at the June 15, 2013 optional redemption date, the estimated cash flows related to the remaining debt will then be revised accordingly, if new estimates are considered as reliable, with a corresponding potential positive impact on the financial result. The initial accounting treatment could then be resumed.

 

212


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3

 

k/ Restructuring reserve and impact on goodwill impairment test

On July 26, 2012, we announced the launch of the “Performance Program” to achieve additional cost reductions to bring total savings to 1.25 billion by the end of 2013. This program includes the elimination of approximately 5,500 jobs across the Group, and provides for exiting or restructuring unprofitable Managed Services contracts, along with associated headcount reductions, and exiting or restructuring unprofitable markets.

On December 6, 2012, during a meeting with the ECID (the European Committee for Information & Dialogue), further details of the Performance Program were provided to the ECID members, representing trade unions across Europe. The meeting focused on reporting and discussing the detailed changes in headcount by country and by function, and explaining the associated rationale of the program for countries within the ECID’s scope: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Switzerland, UK & Ireland. In many European countries, the official consultation process was launched in November or December 2012 and the employees concerned have been informed. Further details will be communicated at a country level in due time, following due process. At year-end, detailed announcements in countries outside the ECID area were waiting for clearance, but were being communicated in January 2013.

The announcement date of a plan may not be the decisive date for determining whether a reserve should be established, because, in some countries, employees’ representatives or works councils must be consulted through a specific process prior to the effectiveness of the termination plan. These processes can take some months to complete, and could make the restructuring decision at the announcement date reversible.

Using the recognition criteria for establishing restructuring reserves (see Note 1k), as of December 31, 2012, we analyzed our Performance Program on a country by country basis and established a reserve, when possible, for all or a portion of the amount, depending upon where we were in the consultation process with labor unions or work councils.

We estimate total restructuring costs related to the Performance Program at 0.9 billion. This is a preliminary estimate, because the total amount may evolve in the future based on the results of continuing discussions with labor unions and work councils in certain countries and on the outcome of other factors, such as attrition of the workforce. As of December 31, 2012, we had expensed 0.4 billion of restructuring costs. The remaining restructuring costs related to the program will be reserved and expensed in future quarters.

In the context of the impairment test of goodwill, as prescribed by sections 44 and 45 of IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, and with regard to the composition of future cash flows used to determine the value in use when measuring the recoverable amount of a group of Cash Generating Units: “Estimates of future cash flows shall not include estimated future cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from (a) a future restructuring to which an entity is not yet committed; or (b) improving or enhancing the asset’s performance. Because future cash flows are estimated for the asset in its current condition, value in use does not reflect: (a) future cash outflows or related cost savings (for example in staff costs) or benefits that are expected to arise from a future restructuring to which an entity is not yet committed; or (b) future cash outflows that will improve or enhance the asset’s performance or the related cash inflows that are expected to arise from such outflows.”

In compliance with such requirements and considering that we believe we are not committed to a restructuring action as long as we have not been able to expense it, we excluded future restructuring costs (and corresponding cost savings), if they were not expensed as of December 31, 2012, from the value in use determined for the 2012 annual impairment test of goodwill. On the other hand, we fully took into account these future cash outflows and inflows in assessing the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and in determining the fair value less costs to sell of the group of Cash Generating Units (i.e. our Product Divisions), corresponding to the methodology described in Note 2c. We arrive at fair value less costs to sell of a Product Division by basing it on a weighted average of three discounted cash flow approaches (two of the three using discounted residual values that are based respectively on a Sales multiple and an Operating Profit multiple), to arrive at a fair value that reflects assumptions that market participants would use when pricing a Product Division.

NOTE 3    CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES

No material change in consolidated companies occurred during 2012 except for the following:

On February 1, 2012, we concluded the sale of our Genesys business to a company owned by the Permira funds (Permira is a European private equity firm) and Technology Crossover Ventures (a venture capital firm), for cash proceeds of U.S.$ 1.5 billion, pursuant to a binding offer that we had received on October 19, 2011 (see Note 10).

No material change in consolidated companies occurred during 2011 except the agreement signed on October 19, 2011 to dispose of the Genesys business. As a result of the binding offer, this business was accounted for in discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011 (see Note 10).

The main changes in consolidated companies for 2010 were as follows:

 

 

On October 20, 2010, Pace plc, a technology developer for the global payTV market, announced the completion of the acquisition of stock of 2Wire previously owned by a consortium including Alcatel-Lucent, AT&T, Telmex and Oak Investment

 

213

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4

 

 

 

Partners. Our 26.7% shareholding in 2Wire was previously accounted for under the equity method as disclosed in Note 16 of the 2010 audited consolidated financial statements included in the Group’s 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010. The disposal of these shares in the fourth quarter 2010 resulted in a capital gain of 33 million before tax included in our financial result (see Note 8); and

 

 

On December 31, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent sold its Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business to Pfeiffer Vacuum Technology AG, a world leader in the vacuum industry. The preliminary cash proceeds received were 197 million (of which 112 million pertained to the disposal of the shares in consolidated and non-consolidated entities and 85 million pertained to the repayment of debt of these entities). For the year ended December 31, 2010, a capital gain of 72 million was reflected in the income statement in the line item “Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities” (65 million) and in the financial result for 7 million (capital gain and impairment of financial assets related to the non-consolidated entities). The impact on the income (loss) from continuing operations of this disposal was 45 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This amount was subject to purchase price adjustments for a net amount as of December 31, 2011 of (1) million.

NOTE 4    CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY AND PRESENTATION

a/ Change in accounting policy

No change in accounting policy occurred in 2012, 2011 and 2010.

b/ Change in presentation

2012

Set forth below is a discussion of the change in presentation that occurred in 2012 in addition to the new date of the annual impairment test of goodwill that we disclosed in note 2a.

Presentation of cash received or paid to settle derivatives associated with inter-unit loans and borrowings in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries, such as Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., whose functional currency is the U.S.$, make inter-unit loans denominated in U.S.$ to the central treasury department of Alcatel-Lucent, the parent company. On consolidation, such loans are translated into and any changes from one period to another in the value of such loans are recorded in “Cumulative translation adjustments” in other comprehensive income. In the parent company, exchange rate changes from one period to another on such U.S.$ denominated inter-unit borrowings are recorded in “Other financial income (loss)” in the consolidated income statement and in “Cash from operating activities” in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Any closing balances on these inter-unit loans and borrowings are eliminated on consolidation.

After swapping the funds received from these U.S.$ inter-unit borrowings into , the central treasury department made loans in to other Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the . To mitigate the exchange risk on the inter-unit borrowings, the central treasury department put in place corresponding derivatives. The change in fair value of these derivatives is accounted for as an exchange gain or loss in “Other financial income (loss)”. The net impact on “Other financial income (loss)” resulting from both the translation into of the U.S.$ denominated inter-unit borrowings and the corresponding derivatives is minimal, because all the funds from the borrowings were converted into .

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, the change in fair value of the derivatives had been included in the adjustments for non-cash items, disclosed in note 32a under the caption “Provisions, other impairment losses and fair value changes”, and the cash received or paid for settlement at maturity on the derivatives had been reported in Operating Activities under the caption “Changes in other current assets and liabilities”. The impact of the inter-unit borrowings denominated in U.S.$ on the cash from Operating Activities was therefore equal to the exchange gain or loss from the translation into of the U.S.$ inter-unit borrowings in the parent company, plus or minus the cash-in or cash-out on the derivatives.

As all these impacts are related to the Group’s financial debt, and to ensure consistency with the presentation of the corresponding derivatives in the Group’s net (debt) cash position, as disclosed in Note 17 of these consolidated financial statements, beginning January 1, 2012, such impacts are now reported in cash provided (used) by financing activities instead of cash provided (used) by operating activities, resulting in consistency between the consolidated statement of cash flows and the statement of financial position.

 

214


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4

 

The impact of this change in presentation for 2010 and 2011 is presented below:

 

(In millions of euros)

Statement of cash flows –
reclassified

   As Published in      Reclassification      Re-presented  
   December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
(1)
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2011
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and income taxes      238         503         37         103         275         606   
Change in operating working capital      (63)         (200)         1         -         (62)         (200)   
Other current assets and liabilities      73         24         (145)         (37)         (72)         (13)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before interest & taxes      248         327         (107)         66         141         393   
Interest and taxes received/(paid)      (374)         (308)         11         -         (363)         (308)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities      (126)         19         (96)         66         (222)         85   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities      903         (782)         19         -         922         (782)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes on inter-unit borrowings      -         -         32         (66)         32         (66)   
Other cash movements in financing activities      424         (939)         46         -         470         (939)   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities      424         (939)         78         (66)         502         (1,005)   
Cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued operations      -         94         64         -         64         94   
Cash provided (used) by investing activities of discontinued operations      -         (16)         (19)         -         (19)         (16)   
Cash provided (used) by financing activities of discontinued operations      -         (80)         (46)         -         (46)         (80)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      262         207         -         -         262         207   
Net Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      1,463         (1,497)         -         -         1,463         (1,497)   

 

(1) The reclassifications of the December 31, 2010 figures also include the impacts of discontinued operations.

2011

No change in presentation occurred in 2011.

2010

Since the Group’s adoption of IFRSs in 2004 for construction contracts, costs incurred to date plus recognized profits less the sum of recognized losses (in the case of provisions for contract losses) and progress billings were determined quarterly on a contract-by-contract basis. If the amount was positive, it was included in the statement of financial position as an asset under “amount due from customers on construction contracts. If the amount was negative, it was included as a liability under “amount due to customers on construction contracts. This presentation was based on our understanding of the requirements of IAS 11.

In practice, however, disclosure of these amounts in the statement of financial position is not common. Instead, the information is commonly disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. For this reason, the Group decided to no longer present in the statement of financial position the asset and liability for amounts due from, and amounts due to, customers on construction contracts, respectively. Instead, the information is disclosed as a note in our annual consolidated financial statements. Inventories and work in progress-net, trade receivables and other receivables-net, product sales reserves and, occasionally, customers’ deposits and advances are items in the statement of financial position that are impacted by the new presentation.

 

215

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5

 

 

NOTE 5     INFORMATION BY OPERATING SEGMENT AND BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT

In accordance with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”, the information by operating segment comes from the business organization and activities of Alcatel-Lucent.

Starting with our July 20, 2011 organization announcement, we no longer organize our business according to the three former operating segments (also called business segments) – Networks, Applications, and Services, but according to these three operating segments, described hereunder:

Networks: this includes four main businesses—IP, Optics (including Terrestrial Optics and Submarine Optics), Wireless and Wireline—that provide end-to-end communications networks and individual network elements. It also includes another smaller business, Radio Frequency Systems, which is part of our Wireless business. The operating segment Networks remains unchanged from its former organization;

Software, Services and Solutions: this includes two main businesses (a) Services, which designs, integrates, manages and maintains networks worldwide, and (b) Network Applications; and

Enterprise: this includes voice telephone and data networking business for enterprises. It also included the Genesys contact center business until December 31, 2011. Genesys was not accounted for as a discontinued operation in 2011 for segment reporting purposes and was therefore included in the segment information for 2009, 2010 and 2011 in our 2011 consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2011 20-F. Since this business was disposed of in the first quarter of 2012, it is now excluded from our segment reporting for all periods presented.

As part of the company’s continuing focus on applications and services, a new business group -Software, Services & Solutions- was formed by combining the (i) former Services operating segment, and (ii) the Network Applications division, which moved from the former Applications operating segment. The Enterprise operating segment is made up of the former Enterprise applications division, which was part of the former Applications Group.

The tables below present information for the three operating segments described above, and the results of operations for the 2010 period are represented according to the July 2011 organization structure. In addition, all results exclude the Genesys business.

The information by operating segment follows the same accounting policies as those used and described in these consolidated financial statements.

All inter-segment commercial relations are conducted on an arm’s length basis on terms and conditions identical to those prevailing for the supply of goods and services to third parties.

As a part of the Performance Program, a new organization is effective from January 1, 2013 (see Note 2k). Beginning in 2013, we will have a newly-formed Networks & Platforms Group, creating an integrated portfolio (networking, software and services), combining the strengths of Networks and S3 (Software, Services and Solutions). It will be split into five business divisions: Core Networks (integrating Optics and IP), Fixed Networks, Wireless, Non-product attached services and Platforms.

Both Enterprise & Submarine will form the Focused Businesses Group.

Managed Services Group will be managed separately.

a/ Information by operating segment

 

(In millions of euros)

2012

  Networks     Software,
Services &
Solutions
    Enterprise     Total
reportable
segments
    Other and
unallocated
amounts
    Total  
Revenues from external customers     8,801        4,558        738        14,097        349        14,446   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments     18        6        26        50        (50)        -   
Revenues from operating segments     8,819        4,564        764        14,147        299        14,446   
Segment operating income (loss)     (452)        297        (12)        (167)        (93)        (260)   
Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):                                                
• depreciation and amortization     (495)        (77)        (69)        (641)        (29)        (670)   

• material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

 

216


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5

 

 

(In millions of euros)

2011

  Networks     Software,
Services &
Solutions
    Enterprise     Total
reportable
segments
    Other and
unallocated
amounts
    Total  
Revenues from external customers     9,638        4,451        774        14,863        464        15,327   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments     16        10        48        74        (74)        -   
Revenues from operating segments     9,654        4,461        822        14,937        390        15,327   
Segment operating income (loss)     263        227        25        515        4        519   
Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):                                                

• depreciation and amortization

    (472)        (74)        (44)        (590)        (37)        (627)   

• material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

 

(In millions of euros)

2010 (re-presented)

  Networks     Software,
Services &
Solutions
    Enterprise     Total
reportable
segments
    Other and
unallocated
amounts
    Total  
Revenues from external customers     9,603        4,523        789        14,915        743        15,658   
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments     40        14        35        89        (89)        -   
Revenues from operating segments     9,643        4,537        824        15,004        654        15,658   
Segment operating income (loss)     187        30        22        239        (23)        216   
Amounts included in the segment operating income (loss):                                                

• depreciation and amortization

    (513)        (84)        (56)        (653)        (30)        (683)   

• material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortization

    -        -        -        -        -        -   

b/ Reconciliation to consolidated financial statements

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Revenues from reportable segments      14,147         14,937         15,004   
Revenues from Other segment (1)      349         464         743   
Intersegment eliminations      (50)         (74)         (89)   
Total Group revenues      14,446         15,327         15,658   
Reportable segments operating income (loss)      (167)         515         239   
Operating income (loss) from Other segment and unallocated amounts (2)      (93)         4         (23)   
Segment operating income (loss)      (260)         519         216   
PPA (3) adjustments (excluding restructuring costs and impairment of assets)      (230)         (268)         (286)   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      (490)         251         (70)   
Restructuring costs      (490)         (203)         (371)   
Litigations      2         4         (28)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      11         (2)         62   
Impairment of assets      (894)         -         -   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      204         67         30   
Income (loss) from operating activities      (1,657)         117         (377)   

 

(1) Other segment includes revenues from our non-core businesses as well as revenues from the following activities: Government, Bell Labs and Intellectual Property & Corporate Standards.

 

(2) Including 35 million of share-based payments that were not allocated to reportable segments in 2012 (35 million in 2011 and 39 million in 2010).

 

(3) PPA: purchase price allocation entries related to the Lucent business combination.

 

217

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6

 

 

c/ Products and Services revenues

The following table sets forth revenues and other income by product and service for the years ended December 31:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
IP products      1,960         1,581         1,455   
Optics products      2,058         2,593         2,617   
Wireline products      1,407         1,391         1,534   
Wireless products (including Radio Frequency Systems)      3,376         4,073         3,997   
Services      4,029         3,953         3,996   
Network Applications      529         498         527   
Enterprise (excluding Genesys)      738         774         789   
Other      349         464         743   
Total      14,446         15,327         15,658   

d/ Information by geographical segment

 

(In millions of euros)   France     Other
Western
Europe
    Rest of
Europe
    China    

Other
Asia

Pacific

    U.S.A.     Other
Americas
    Rest of
world
    Conso-
lidated
 
2012                                                                        
Revenues by customer location     833        2,475        496        1,091        1,418        5,406        1,683        1,044        14,446   
Non-current assets (1)     375        232        28        204        53        1,382        55        10        2,339   
2011                                                                        
Revenues by customer location     1,206        2,728        616        1,295        1,348        5,470        1,563        1,101        15,327   
Non-current assets (1)     500        246        33        272        64        1,845        63        14        3,037   
2010                                                                        
Revenues by customer location     1,358        2,953        664        1,209        1,672        5,163        1,356        1,283        15,658   
Non-current assets (1)     549        262        37        248        68        2,115        69        19        3,367   

 

(1) Represents intangible and tangible assets.

e/ Concentrations

A few large telecommunications service providers account for a significant portion of our revenues. In 2012, Verizon and AT&T represented respectively 11% and 10% of our revenues (respectively 12% and 10 % in 2011 and 11% and 11% in 2010).

NOTE 6     REVENUES

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Construction contract revenues      2,161         2,125         2,763   
Other product revenues      8,112         9,051         8,969   
Other service revenues      3,901         3,756         3,579   
License revenues      78         136         136   
Rental income and other income (1)      194         259         211   
Total      14,446         15,327         15,658   

 

(1) Of which in 2012 86 million related to R&D tax credits (mainly in France) (83 million in 2011 and 93 million in 2010).

 

218


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7

 

NOTE 7    IMPAIRMENT LOSSES RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT

 

(In millions of euros)

2012

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other     

Total

Group

 
Impairment losses on goodwill (1)      (503)         (19)         -         -         (522)   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (122)         -         -         -         (122)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets (1)      (191)         -         -         -         (191)   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment (2)      (59)         -         -         -         (59)   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets (3)      (11)         (1)         -         (18)         (30)   
Total - Net      (886)         (20)         -         (18)         (924)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      2         -         -         -         2   

 

(In millions of euros)

2011

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other      Total Group  
Impairment losses on goodwill      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (1)         -         -         (10)         (11)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets      (1)         -         -         (3)         (4)   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets (3)      -         -         -         -         -   
Total - Net      (2)         -         -         (13)         (15)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      -         -         -         2         2   

 

(In millions of euros)

2010

   Networks      Software,
Services &
Solutions
     Enterprise      Other     

Total

Group

 
Impairment losses on goodwill      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on capitalized development costs (1)      (3)         -         -         -         (3)   
Impairment losses on other intangible assets      (4)         (2)         -         -         (6)   
Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment      -         -         -         -         -   
Impairment losses on shares in equity affiliates      -         -         -         (1)         (1)   
Impairment losses on financial assets (3)      -         (4)         -         (13)         (17)   
Total - Net      (7)         (6)         -         (14)         (27)   
of which reversal of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2c and Note 13.

 

(2) Refer to Note 2d.

 

(3) Refer to Note 17.

 

(In millions of euros)

Impact in the Income statement of impairment losses

   2012     2011      2010  
In Income (loss) from operating activities      (894) (1)      (15)         (9)   
In Other financial income (loss) (2)      (30)        -         (17)   
In Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      -        -         (1)   
In Net Income (loss)      (924)        (15)         (27)   

 

(1) Presented on the line item “Impairment of asset” in the consolidated income statement.

 

(2) Refer to Note 8.

 

219

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8, NOTE 9,

 

 

NOTE 8     FINANCIAL INCOME (LOSS)

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Interest at effective interest rate      (372)         (366)         (375)   
Interest on interest rate derivatives - hedging      15         13         18   
Interest on interest rate derivatives - trading      -         -         -   
Interest received on cash and cash equivalents      78         59         53   
Finance costs (net)      (279)         (294)         (304)   
Dividends      1         2         1   
Provisions for financial risks      1         -         -   
Impairment losses on financial assets      (30)         -         (17)   
Net exchange gain (loss)      (2)         (5)         (45)   
Of which:                           
• ineffective portion of hedge when hedge accounting is applied      1         (1)         2   
• non-hedged, and hedged transactions not qualifying for hedge accounting      (3)         (4)         (47)   
• trading      -         -         -   
Financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs (1)      617         417         339   
Actual and potential capital gain/(loss) on financial assets (shares of equity affiliates or non-consolidated securities and financial receivables) and marketable securities (2)      9         10         82   
Other (3)      (249)         (65)         (4)   
Other financial income (loss)      347         359         356   
Total financial income (loss)      68         65         52   

 

(1) Change between 2011 and 2010 is mainly related to Lucent pension credit (refer to Note 26g).

 

(2) 2010: of which a capital gain of 33 million related to the disposal of 2Wire shares in October 2010 and a capital gain of 10 million related to the disposal of non-consolidated entities’ shares in the Vacuum pump solutions and instruments business in December 2010.

 

(3) 2012: of which (27) million related to the repurchase of Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures in the first quarter of 2012 and a loss of (178) million (U.S.$ (229) million) related to the change of estimated future cash flows related to Lucent’s 2.875 % Series B convertible debentures in the second quarter of 2012 (see Notes 25 and 27c).

 

     2011: mainly bank charges and costs related to the sale of receivables without recourse.

 

     2010: of which a loss of 1 million in the first quarter of 2010 related to the partial repurchase of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible bonds (see Note 27c) and a profit of 24 million in the second quarter of 2010 related to resuming the initial accounting treatment in respect of the outstanding Lucent 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures (see Notes 25 and 27c).

NOTE 9     INCOME TAX

a/ Analysis of income tax (expense) benefit

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  

Current income tax (expense) benefit

     (72)         (42)         (78)   
Deferred taxes related to the purchase price allocation for the Lucent business combination (1)      177         114         124   
Deferred tax (charge) related to the post-retirement benefit plan amendments (2)      (51)         -         (12)   
Deferred taxes related to Lucent’s post-retirement benefit plans (3) (4)      (104)         (87)         (136)   
Deferred taxes related to Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures (5)      80         -         (9)   
Other deferred income tax (expense) benefit, net (6)      (560)         559         97   

Deferred income tax benefit (expense), net

     (458)         586         64   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (530)         544         (14)   

 

(1) Related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities accounted for in the purchase price allocation of Lucent.

 

(2) Related to the post-retirement plan amendments described in Note 26f.

 

(3) Tax impact of the pension credit and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on temporary differences related to pension and other post-employment benefits, other than those recognized directly in equity as prescribed by the option of IAS 19 that the Group applies (see Note 1j and Note 26).

 

(4) The 2010 impact is mainly due to consequences of certain Healthcare laws enacted in the U.S. in 2010. These laws have one significant provision that impacted the Group involving the Medicare Part D tax free subsidy of about US$34 million annually that we receive from Medicare for continuing to provide our prescription drug benefits to Medicare-eligible active represented employees and formerly union-represented retirees. This legislation eliminated the deduction for expense allocable to the subsidy beginning in 2013, resulting in a reduction in our deferred tax asset and a corresponding income statement charge of about US$101 million (76 million) in 2010.

 

(5) Reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to Lucent’s 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures (see Notes 8, 25 & 27).

 

(6) The 2012 impact is mainly related to the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets in the U.S. in connection with the 2012 annual impairment test of goodwill performed in the fourth quarter of 2012. The 2011 and 2010 impacts are mainly due to the re-assessment of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets mainly in connection with the 2011 and 2010 impairment tests of goodwill performed in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 and second quarter of 2010, respectively.

 

220


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9

 

b/ Disclosure of tax effects relating to each component of other comprehensive income

 

(In millions of euros)   2012     2011     2010  
     Value
before
tax
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net of
tax
    Value
before
tax
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net
of tax
    Value
before
tax
    Tax
(expense)
benefit
    Value
net of
tax
amount
 
Financial assets available for sale     16        -        16        (11)        -        (11)        (22)        -        (22)   
Cumulative translation adjustments     (34)        -        (34)        283        -        283        262        -        262   
Cash flow hedging     14        -        14        (7)        -        (7)        (12)        -        (12)   
Actuarial gains (losses)     (572)        4        (568)        (1,133)        99        (1,034)        (70)        15        (55)   
Other     -        -        -        -        -        -        (20)        -        (20)   
Other comprehensive income     (576)        4        (572)        (868)        99        (769)        138        15        153   

c/ Effective income tax rate

The effective tax rate can be analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros except for percentage)    2012     2011     2010  
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (1,587)        186        (311)   
Average income tax rate      34.4%        32.9%        23.9%   
Expected tax (charge) benefit      546        (61)        74   
Impact on tax (charge) benefit of:                         
• reduced taxation of certain revenues      3        12        41   
• non deductible impairment of assets      (219)        -        -   
• permanent differences and utilization of previously unrecognized tax losses      205 (1)      546        203   
• adjustment to prior years’ current tax charge      18        (4)        -   
• recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets      21        1,052   (1)      95   
• deferred tax assets no longer recognized      (367) (1)      (488)  (2)      (17)   
• non-recognition of tax losses      (767) (2)      (532)  (2)      (417)   
• tax credits      23        20        16   
• other      7        (1)        (9)   
Actual income tax (charge) benefit      (530)        544        (14)   
Effective tax rate      (33.4)%        (292.5)%        (4.5)%   

 

(1) Mainly related to the United States (see note 2f).

 

(2) Mainly related to the French tax group.

Average income tax rate is the sum of income (loss) before tax of each subsidiary, multiplied by the local statutory rate for each subsidiary, divided by consolidated income (loss) before tax from continuing operations.

Changes in average income tax rate are due to differences in the contribution of each tax entity to income (loss) before tax and to the fact that some entities have a positive contribution and others have a negative one.

d/ Deferred tax balances

 

(In millions of euros)

Balances

   2012      2011      2010  
Deferred tax assets:                           
• deferred tax assets recognizable      12,698         12,973         12,706   
• of which not recognized      (11,713)         (11,019)         (11,758)   
Net deferred tax assets recognized      985         1,954         948   
Deferred tax liabilities      (889)         (1,017)         (1,126)   
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)      96         937         (178)   

 

221

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9

 

 

Analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities by temporary differences

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     Impact on
net income
(loss)
     Translation
adjustments
     Reclassification
and Other
     December 31,
2012
 
Fair value adjustments of tax assets and liabilities resulting from business combinations      (567)         240         5         2         (320)   
Provisions      264         44         (4)         (23)         281   
Pension reserves      1,691         (65)         (24)         (155)         1,447   
Prepaid pensions      (959)         (289)         14         264         (970)   
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets      1,071         (164)         (11)         2         898   
Temporary differences arising from other statement of financial position captions      379         (113)         (11)         18         273   
Tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits      10,077         267         (104)         (40)         10,200   
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), gross      11,956         (80)         (135)         68         11,809   
Deferred tax assets not recognized      (11,019)         (744)         136         (86)         (11,713)   
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)      937         (824)         1         (18)         96   

Change during the period

 

            Impact on net income (loss)                       
(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     Income tax
benefit
(expense)
     Income loss
from
discontinued
operations
     Translation
adjustments
     Other       December 31,
2012
 
Deferred tax assets recognized      1,954         (571)         (366)         (9)         (23)         985   
Deferred tax liabilities      (1,017)         113         -         10         5         (889)   
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)      937         (458)         (366)         1         (18)         96   

Deferred taxes not recognized relating to temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries, equity affiliates and joint ventures were zero at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

As the Board of Directors does not intend to propose a dividend for 2012 at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (see Note 23), there will be no tax consequences.

e/ Tax losses carried forward and temporary differences

Total tax losses carried forward represent a potential tax saving of 10,200 million at December 31, 2012 (10,056 million at December 31, 2011 and 9,917 million at December 31, 2010). The increase of tax losses carried forward between 2012 and 2011 is due to new tax losses (not recognized) of which 488 million arose in the French tax group, partly compensated by the use of previously recognized or not recognized losses mainly in the U.S. tax group for an amount of 254 million. Exchange rate impacts on tax losses between 2012 and 2011 concerning the United States represented a decrease of tax losses carried forward of 93 million. The potential tax savings relate to tax losses carried forward that expire as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Years

   Recognized      Unrecognized      Total  
2013      4         31         35   
2014      2         49         51   
2015      -         71         71   
2016      -         48         48   
2017      -         107         107   
2018 and thereafter      20         4,389         4,409   
Indefinite      24         5,455         5,479   
Total      50         10,150         10,200   

In addition, temporary differences were 1,609 million at December 31, 2012 (1,879 million at December 31, 2011 and 1,663 million at December 31, 2010), of which 46 million have been recognized and 1,563 million have not been recognized (476 million and 1,403 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and (398) million and 2,061 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010).

 

222


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10

 

Recognized taxable temporary differences mainly correspond to deferred tax liabilities that have been recorded resulting from the Lucent purchase accounting entries (in particular intangible assets) or deferred tax liabilities related to pre-paid pensions in Alcatel-Lucent Belgium and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

NOTE 10     DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND LIABILITIES RELATED TO DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE

Discontinued operations for 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

in 2012: settlements of litigations related to businesses disposed of in prior periods, the Genesys business excluding Brazil before the disposal on February 1, 2012 and the Genesys business in Brazil from January 1, 2012 to the date of the disposal (June 1, 2012);

 

 

in 2011: On October 19, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent announced that it had received a binding offer of U.S. $1.5 billion from a company owned by the Permira funds for the acquisition of its Genesys business. The closing of the deal was completed on February 1, 2012. The Genesys business is presented in discontinued operations in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows for all periods presented. Assets and liabilities related to this business as of December 31, 2011 are classified in “assets held for sale and assets included in disposal groups held for sale” and “liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale” in the statement of financial position; and

 

 

in 2010: settlements of litigations related to businesses disposed of in prior periods.

 

(In millions of euros)

Income statement of discontinued operations

   2012      2011     2010  
Revenues      26         369        338   
Cost of sales      (11)         (83)        (69)   
Gross profit      15         286        269   
Administrative and selling expenses      (12)         (142)        (138)   
Research and development costs      (5)         (53)        (59)   
Income (loss) from operations      (2)         91        72   
Financial income (loss)      (1)         2        -   
Income tax (expense) benefit (1)      (20)         325  (1)      (23)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before capital gains (loss)      (23)         418        49   
Restructuring costs      -         -        (4)   
Net capital gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations      -         (4)        (12)   
Capital gain on disposal of Genesys net of related costs and taxes      689         -        -   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      666         414        33   

 

(1) Including as of December 31, 2011, U.S.$470 million (338 million) of deferred tax assets recognized in relation with the disposal of Genesys in 2012. This deferred tax asset was reversed in 2012 with a corresponding negative impact of 366 million.

During the third quarter 2012, we received a tax audit assessment relating to the contribution of our railway signalling business to Thales completed in 2006. As indicated in Note 29b, the outcome of the assessment could have, in the future, a material negative impact in our income (loss) from discontinued operations.

Other assets held for sale concern real estate property sales in progress at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2010 and Genesys assets and liabilities and real estate property sales in progress at December 31, 2011:

 

(In millions of euros)

Statement of financial position

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Goodwill      -         67         -   
Operating working capital (1)      -         (12)         -   
Cash      1         9         -   
Other assets and liabilities      (3)         2         -   
Total assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale      (2)         66         -   
Assets of disposal groups held for sale      18         194         -   
Liabilities related to disposal groups held for sale      (20)         (128)         -   
Real estate properties and other assets held for sale      2         8         3   
Assets held for sale and assets included in disposal group held for sale      20         202         3   

Liabilities related to disposal group held for sale

     (20)         (128)         -   

 

(1) As defined in Note 19.

 

223

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11

 

 

The cash flows of discontinued operations are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      666         414         33   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital      (89)         108         91   
Other net increase (decrease) in net cash provided (used) by operating activities      -         (14)         (27)   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities (A)      (89)         94         64   
Capital expenditures (B)      (1)         (16)         (19)   
Free cash flow: (A) + (B) (1)      (90)         78         45   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities excluding capital expenditures (C)      1,124         -         -   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities (D)      1         (80)         (46)   
Total (A) + (B) + (C) + (D)      1,035         (2)         (1)   

 

(1) Of which (82) million related to the Genesys business in 2012 (81 million in 2011 and 45 million in 2010).

NOTE 11     EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed using the number of shares issued, after deduction of the weighted average number of shares owned by consolidated subsidiaries and the weighting effect of shares issued during the year.

In accordance with IAS 33 “Earnings per Share” (paragraph 23), the weighted average number of shares to be issued upon conversion of bonds redeemable for shares is included in the calculation of basic earnings per share.

Diluted earnings per share takes into account share equivalents having a dilutive effect, after deducting the weighted average number of share equivalents owned by consolidated subsidiaries, but not share equivalents that do not have a dilutive effect. Net income (loss) is adjusted for after-tax interest expense relating to convertible bonds.

The dilutive effects of stock option and stock purchase plans are calculated using the “treasury stock method”, which provides that proceeds to be received from the exercise of options or purchase of stock are assumed to be used first to purchase shares at market price. The dilutive effects of convertible bonds are calculated on the assumption that the bonds and notes will be systematically redeemed for shares (the “if converted method”).

The tables below reconcile basic earnings per share to diluted earnings per share for the periods presented:

 

(In millions of euros)

Net income (loss)

   2012      2011      2010  
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent—basic      (1,374)         1,095         (334)   
Adjustment for dilutive securities on net income: Interest expense related to convertible securities      -         119         -   
Net income (loss) - diluted      (1,374)         1,214         (334)   
Number of shares (1)      2012         2011         2010   
Weighted average number of shares - basic      2,268,089,691         2,265,024,193         2,259,877,263   
Dilutive effects:                           

•    Equity plans (stock options, RSU)

     -         35,686,744         -   

•    Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds (Oceane) issued on September 10, 2009

     -         309,597,523         -   

•    7.75% convertible securities

     -         -         -   

•    2.875% Series A convertible securities

     -         24,886,871         -   

•    2.875% Series B convertible securities

     -         230,735,668         -   
Weighted average number of shares - diluted      2,268,089,691         2,865,930,999         2,259,877,263   

 

(1) See detail of number of shares in Note 24a

 

Earnings per share, attributable to the owners of the parent (in euros)      2012         2011         2010   
Basic      (0.61)         0.48         (0.15)   
Diluted      (0.61)         0.42         (0.15)   

 

224


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

Ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares owned by consolidated subsidiaries of the Group    2012      2011      2010  
Number of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares (weighted average number)      58,185,885         58,220,040         58,281,560   
Number of Alcatel-Lucent share equivalents      -         -         -   

Shares subject to future issuance

 

      December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Number of stock options not exercised      163,725,060         175,729,780         196,702,252   

The following table summarizes the number of potential ordinary shares that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because the effect of including these potential shares was anti-dilutive:

 

      2012      2011      2010  
Equity plans (stock options, RSU)      30,265,359         -         14,023,726   
Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds (Oceane) issued on June 12, 2003 and on September 10, 2009 (1)      309,597,253         -         360,161,154   
7.75% convertible securities      37,557,287         37,557,287         37,557,287   
2.875% Series A convertible securities      65,147,000         -         32,895,828   
2.875% Series B convertible securities      524,772,341         -         304,989,763   

 

(1) Alcatel-Lucent Oceane issued on June 12, 2003 was repaid in January 2011 for a nominal value of 818 million.

NOTE 12     GOODWILL

 

(In millions of euros)    Net  
Goodwill at December 31, 2009      4,168   
Additions      -   
Disposals and discontinued operations      -   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      202   
Other changes      -   
Goodwill at December 31, 2010      4,370   
Additions      2   
Disposals and discontinued operations      (67)   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      79   
Other changes      5   
Goodwill at December 31, 2011      4,389   
Additions      -   
Disposals and discontinued operations      -   
Changes during goodwill allocation period      -   
Impairment losses for the period      (522)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (47)   
Other changes      -   
Goodwill at December 31, 2012      3,820   

Main changes accounted for in 2012

No change related to new acquisitions during the period. Impairment losses amounting to 522 million were accounted for during 2012 (see note 2c and below).

 

225

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

 

Main changes accounted for in 2011

No change related to new acquisitions during the period. No impairment loss was accounted for during 2011 (see below).

Main changes accounted for in 2010

No change related to new acquisitions during the period. No impairment loss was accounted for during 2010 (see below).

Goodwill allocation

All goodwill recognized in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was allocated to cash generating units by December 31 of the relevant year.

Due to the organization effective July 20, 2011 (see Note 5), goodwill was reallocated, at this date, to the new Product Divisions, corresponding to the groups of Cash Generating Units, at which level Goodwill is monitored and tested for impairment.

Due to the new organization effective January 1, 2010, goodwill was reallocated, at this date, to the new Product Divisions, corresponding to the groups of Cash Generating Units, at which level Goodwill is monitored and tested for impairment. A specific impairment test triggered by this new organization was performed as of January 1, 2010.

Impairment tests of goodwill

Specific impairment test as of January 1, 2013 in connection with the new organization

Due to the new organization of our reporting structure beginning January 1, 2013 (see Note 5), a specific impairment test was performed as of January 1, 2013 on the goodwill relating to the Product Divisions that changed. The remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2012 was reallocated to the new Product Divisions using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Product Division.

No impairment loss was accounted for in connection with this specific impairment test.

2012 Annual impairment test of goodwill

In those groups of Cash Generating Units (Note 1g) in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the annual goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of
euros)

2012 Annual test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (3)
   

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A)—(B)

    Discount
rate
     Perpetual
growth
rate
    Valuation method  
Optics division      852 (1)        0        11.0%         1.5%        Fair value (2)   
Maintenance division      1,590        1,441        11.0%         1.0%        Value in use (2)   
Other CGU      1,378        -        11.0%         0% to 2.5%        Value in use or Fair value (2) (4)   
Total net      3,820 (1)                                    

 

(1) The carrying value is after a 522 million impairment charge accounted for in 2012 of which 431 million related to the Optics division.

 

(2) As defined in Notes 2c and 1g.

 

(3) At the date of the annual impairment test (performed at December 31, 2012).

 

(4) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between +0% and +2.5% depending on the Group’s Cash Generating Units.

2011 Annual impairment test and additional test performed in the fourth quarter 2011

The reassessment of the Group’s outlook led to the performance of an additional impairment test of goodwill in December 2011. The 2011 annual impairment test of goodwill (performed in June 2011) and the additional impairment test (performed in December 2011) did not result in any impairment loss.

 

226


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12

 

In those groups of Cash Generating Units (Note 1g) in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the additional goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

2011 Additional test

 

Net

carrying

amount of
goodwill (2)

  

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount
rate
     Perpetual
growth
rate
     Valuation method  
Optics division   1,158      127         11.0%         1.0%         Fair value (1)   
Maintenance division   1,655      521         11.0%         1.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU   1,576      -         11.0%         1% to 2%        
 
Value in use or Fair
value (1) (3)
  
  
Total net   4,389                                    

 

(1) As defined in Notes 2c and 1g.

 

(2) At the date of the additional impairment test (performed at December 31, 2011).

 

(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between +1% and +2% depending on the Group’s Cash Generating Units.

 

(In millions of euros)

2011 Annual test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (2)
    

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount
rate
     Perpetual
growth
rate
     Valuation method  
Optics division      1,143         362         10.0%         1.0%         Fair value (1)   
Maintenance division      1,531         758         10.0%         1.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU      1,509         -         10.0%         1% to 2%        
 
Value in use or
Fair value  (1) (3)
  
  

Total net

     4,183                                       

 

(1) As defined in Notes 2c and 1g.

 

(2) At the date of the annual impairment test (i.e. June 30, 2011).

 

(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between +1% and +2% depending on the Group’s Cash Generating Units.

2010 Annual impairment test of goodwill

The 2010 annual impairment test of goodwill (performed in the second quarter 2010) did not result in any impairment loss.

There were no triggering events that would justify performing an additional impairment test as of December 31, 2010.

In those groups of Cash Generating Units (see Note 1g) in which there is significant goodwill, the data and assumptions used for the annual goodwill impairment test were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

2010 Annual test

   Net
carrying
amount of
goodwill (2)
    

Difference between recoverable
amount (A) and carrying amount
of the net assets (B)

(A) - (B)

     Discount rate      Valuation method  
Optics division      1,168         885         10.0%         Value in use (1)   
Maintenance division      1,808         842         10.0%         Value in use (1)   
Other CGU      1,607         -         -        
 
Value in use
or Fair value (3)
  
  
Total net      4,583                              

 

(1) Discounted cash flows for 5 years plus a terminal value determined with a perpetual growth applied to the normalized cash flow of year 5.

 

(2) At the date of the annual impairment test (i.e. June 30, 2010).

 

(3) Growth rates are those used in the Group’s budgets and industry rates for the subsequent periods. Perpetual growth rates used for the residual values are between 0% and +2.5% depending on the Group’s Cash Generating Units.

Specific impairment test as of January 1, 2010 in connection with the new organization

Due to the new organization of our reporting structure beginning January 1, 2010 (see Note 5), an additional impairment test was performed as of January 1, 2010 on the goodwill relating to the Product Divisions that changed. The remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2009 was reallocated to the new Product Divisions using a relative value approach similar to the one used when an entity disposes of an operation within a Product Division.

No impairment loss was accounted for in connection with this impairment test.

 

227

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13

 

 

NOTE 13     INTANGIBLE ASSETS

a/ Changes in intangible assets, gross

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  
At December 31, 2009      2,047         5,128         7,175   
Capitalization      266         67         333   
Additions      -         8         8   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (3)         (3)   
Write-offs      (148)         (49)         (197)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      65         363         428   
Other changes      (5)         (4)         (9)   
At December 31, 2010      2,225         5,510         7,735   
Capitalization      262         43         305   
Additions      -         11         11   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (48)         (29)         (77)   
Write-offs      (49)         (3)         (52)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      48         163         211   
Other changes      -         1         1   
At December 31, 2011      2,438         5,696         8,134   
Capitalization      270         33         303   
Additions      -         13         13   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (13)         (13)   
Write-offs      (60)         (3)         (63)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (23)         (99)         (122)   
Other changes      (12)         3         (9)   
At December 31, 2012      2,613         5,630         8,243   

Other intangible assets include primarily intangible assets acquired in business combinations (acquired technologies, in-process research and development and customer relationships), patents, trademarks and licenses.

b/ Changes in amortization of intangible assets and impairment losses

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  
At December 31, 2009      (1,489)         (3,472)         (4,961)   
Amortization      (274)         (363)         (637)   
Impairment losses      (3)         (6)         (9)   
Write-offs      148         49         197   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         3         3   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (42)         (238)         (280)   
Other changes      4         4         8   
At December 31, 2010      (1,656)         (4,023)         (5,679)   
Amortization      (246)         (343)         (589)   
Impairment losses      (11)         (4)         (15)   
Write-offs      49         3         52   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      21         24         45   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (35)         (139)         (174)   
Other changes      -         -         -   
At December 31, 2011      (1,878)         (4,482)         (6,360)   
Amortization      (282)         (303)         (585)   
Impairment losses (1)      (122)         (191)         (313)   
Write-offs      60         3         63   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         11         11   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      18         88         106   
Other changes      12         (2)         10   
At December 31, 2012      (2,192)         (4,876)         (7,068)   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2c.

 

228


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13

 

c/ Changes in intangible assets, net

 

(In millions of euros)    Capitalized
development
costs
     Other
intangible
assets
     Total  
At December 31, 2009      558         1,656         2,214   
Capitalization      266         67         333   
Additions      -         8         8   
Amortization      (274)         (363)         (637)   
Impairment losses      (3)         (6)         (9)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         -         -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      23         125         148   
Other changes      (1)         -         (1)   
At December 31, 2010      569         1,487         2,056   
Capitalization      262         43         305   
Additions      -         11         11   
Amortization      (246)         (343)         (589)   
Impairment losses      (11)         (4)         (15)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (27)         (5)         (32)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      13         24         37   
Other changes      -         1         1   
At December 31, 2011      560         1,214         1,774   
Capitalization      270         33         303   
Additions      -         13         13   
Amortization      (282)         (303)         (585)   
Impairment losses (1)      (122)         (191)         (313)   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (2)         (2)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (5)         (11)         (16)   
Other changes      -         1         1   
At December 31, 2012      421         754         1,175   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2c.

 

229

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14

 

 

NOTE 14     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

a/ Changes in property, plant and equipment, gross

 

(In millions of euros)    Land      Buildings &
vessels
     Plant,
equipment
and tools
     Other      Total  
At December 31, 2009      132         1,101         2,579         721         4,533   
Additions      -         19         145         200         364   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (16)         (52)         (54)         (132)         (254)   
Write-offs      -         (17)         (32)         (7)         (56)   
Changes in consolidated group      (1)         (22)         (50)         (8)         (81)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      9         59         130         32         230   
Other changes      (1)         15         55         (68)         1   
At December 31, 2010      123         1,103         2,773         738         4,737   
Additions      -         11         106         156         273   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (1)         (49)         (152)         (29)         (231)   
Write-offs      -         (1)         (8)         (3)         (12)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         4         4         3         11   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      3         25         56         11         95   
Other changes      1         (2)         105         (153)         (49)   
At December 31, 2011      126         1,091         2,884         723         4,824   
Additions      -         5         97         197         299   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (26)         (121)         (22)         (169)   
Write-offs      -         -         (6)         (3)         (9)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         13         (3)         -         10   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (2)         (12)         (27)         (7)         (48)   
Other changes      -         (5)         112         (126)         (19)   
At December 31, 2012      124         1,066         2,936         762         4,888   

 

230


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14

 

b/ Changes in accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment and impairment losses

 

(In millions of euros)    Land      Buildings &
vessels
     Plant,
equipment
and tools
     Other      Total  
At December 31, 2009      (13)         (466)         (2,290)         (504)         (3,273)   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (56)         (226)         (58)         (341)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Write-offs      -         17         32         7         56   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (16)         164         63         211   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (1)         (20)         (109)         (29)         (159)   
Other changes      3         6         124         (53)         80   
At December 31, 2010      (12)         (535)         (2,305)         (574)         (3,426)   
Depreciation charge      -         (60)         (216)         (35)         (311)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Write-offs      -         1         8         3         12   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         39         146         27         212   
Changes in consolidated group      -         (5)         (3)         (3)         (11)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      -         (12)         (47)         (8)         (67)   
Other changes      -         6         28         (4)         30   
At December 31, 2011      (12)         (566)         (2,389)         (594)         (3,561)   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (71)         (220)         (36)         (328)   
Impairment losses (1)      (4)         (16)         (41)         -         (61)   
Reversals of impairment losses (1)      -         -         -         2         2   
Write-offs      -         -         6         3         9   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         23         120         22         165   
Changes in consolidated group (2)      -         (7)         2         -         (5)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      -         6         23         4         33   
Other changes      -         21         20         (19)         22   
At December 31, 2012      (17)         (610)         (2,479)         (618)         (3,724)   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2d.

 

(2) The impact presented in the column “Buildings & vessels” is due to the increase of the percentage of integration of the entity owning some of the vessels of the Group, this entity being consolidated under the proportionate consolidation method.

 

231

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15

 

 

c/ Changes in property, plant and equipment, net

 

(In millions of euros)    Land      Buildings &
vessels
     Plant,
equipment
and tools
     Other      Total  
At December 31, 2009      119         635         289         217         1,260   
Additions      -         19         145         200         364   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (56)         (226)         (58)         (341)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (16)         (68)         110         (69)         (43)   
Changes in consolidated group      (1)         (22)         (50)         (8)         (81)   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      8         39         21         3         71   
Other changes      2         21         179         (121)         81   
At December 31, 2010      111         568         468         164         1,311   
Additions      -         11         106         156         273   
Depreciation charge      -         (60)         (216)         (35)         (311)   
Impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Reversals of impairment losses      -         -         -         -         -   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      (1)         (10)         (6)         (2)         (19)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         (1)         1         -         -   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      3         13         9         3         28   
Other changes      1         4         133         (157)         (19)   
At December 31, 2011      114         525         495         129         1,263   
Additions      -         5         97         197         299   
Depreciation charge      (1)         (71)         (220)         (36)         (328)   
Impairment losses (1)      (4)         (16)         (41)         -         (61)   
Reversals of impairment losses (1)      -         -         -         2         2   
Assets held for sale, discontinued operations and disposals      -         (3)         (1)         -         (4)   
Changes in consolidated group      -         6         (1)         -         5   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      (2)         (6)         (4)         (3)         (15)   
Other changes      -         16         132         (145)         3   
At December 31, 2012      107         456         457         144         1,164   

 

(1) Refer to Note 2d.

NOTE 15     FINANCE LEASES AND OPERATING LEASES

a/ Finance leases

Property, plant and equipment held under finance leases have a net carrying amount of 53 million at December 31, 2012 (38 million at December 31, 2011 and 38 million at December 31, 2010). Such finance leases relate primarily to IS/IT equipment sold and leased back in connection with the Hewlett Packard co-sourcing agreement (refer to Note 33).

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable finance leases are shown in Note 33a - Off balance sheet commitments.

b/ Operating leases

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are shown in Note 33a - Off balance sheet commitments.

Future minimum sublease rental income expected to be received under non-cancellable operating subleases was 99 million at December 31, 2012 (115 million at December 31, 2011 and 126 million at December 31, 2010).

 

232


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16

 

Net lease payments under operating leases recognized as an expense in the income statement are analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Lease payments - minimum      231         249         229   
Lease payments - conditional      7         4         5   
Sublease rental income      (26)         (23)         (26)   
Total recognized in the income statement      212         230         208   

NOTE 16    INVESTMENT IN NET ASSETS OF EQUITY AFFILIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

a/ Investment in net assets of equity affiliates

 

      Value  
(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Equity affiliates of Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell      9         4         5   
Other (less than 5 million each)      6         8         4   

Investment in net assets of equity affiliates

     15         12         9   

b/ Change in investment in net assets of equity affiliates

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  

Carrying amount at January 1

     12         9         60   
Change in equity affiliates accounted for under the equity method       2         -         (55)   
Share of net income (loss)       2         4         14   
Net effect of exchange rate changes      -                  5   
Other changes      (1)         (1)         (15)   

Carrying amount at December 31

     15         12         9   

c/ Summarized financial information for equity affiliates

Aggregated financial information for equity affiliates as if those entities were fully consolidated:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010 (1)  
Total assets      161         305         294   
Liabilities (excluding equity)      119         285         278   
Equity      42         20         16   
Revenues      52         70         80   

Net income (loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent

     10         11         7   

 

(1) 2010 aggregated financial information excludes information for 2Wire, because Alcatel-Lucent had sold its interest in this equity affiliate during the last quarter of 2010 (see Note 3).

 

233

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17

 

 

d/ Aggregated financial information for joint ventures

Aggregated financial information for the Group’s share in the net assets of joint ventures proportionately consolidated (Alda Marine and AMIRIB in 2012, and Alda Marine in 2011 and 2010, Alcatel-Lucent’s share being 51% of Alda Marine and 85 % of AMIRIB) was as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Statement of financial position data

   2012      2011      2010  
Non-current assets      33         31         33   
Current assets      11         5         4   
Equity      17         9         6   
Non-current liabilities      6         12         19   
Current liabilities      21         15         11   

 

(In millions of euros)

Income statement data

   2012      2011      2010  
Revenues      3         -         -   
Cost of sales      6         5         8   
Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments      8         5         8   

Net income (loss) attributable to equity owners of the parent

     6         4         7   

Cash flow statement data

                          
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities      7         5         4   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities      (1)         (1)         -   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities      (8)         (4)         (5)   

NOTE 17    FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(In millions of euros)  

Other

non-current
financial
assets, net  (1)

    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total    

Other

non-current
financial
assets, net  (1)

    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total    

Other

non-current
financial
assets, net  (1)

    Marketable
securities  (2)
    Total  
Financial assets available for sale     181        195        376        216        144        360        202        156        358   
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss     98        1,333        1,431        101        795        896        99        493        592   
Financial assets at amortized cost     46        -        46        204        -        204        99                99   

Total

    325        1,528        1,853        521        939        1,460        400        649        1,049   

 

(1) Of which 37 million matures within one year as of December 31, 2012 (203 million as of December 31, 2011 and 111 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

   Of which 8 million of financial assets at amortized cost represented a loan to Alda Marine and AMIRIB as of December 31, 2012 (and to only Alda Marine: 18 million as of December 31, 2011 and 24 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

(2) All of which is current as of December 31, 2012, as of December 31, 2011 and as of December 31, 2010.

No financial asset is considered as being held to maturity.

The cumulated fair value changes of financial assets available for sale represented a potential gain as of December 31, 2012 of 29 million that was booked directly in equity (13 million as of December 31, 2011 and 24 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

234


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17

 

a/ Financial assets available for sale

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(In millions of euros)   Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total     Other
non-current
financial
assets
    Marketable
securities
    Total  
Net carrying amount at January 1     216        144        360        202        156        358        210        271        481   
Additions/(disposals)     (24)        35        11        7        (8)        (1)        7        (137)        (130)   
Fair value changes     -        16        16        (2)        (9)        (11)        (36)        14        (22)   
Impairment losses (1)     (6)        -        (6)        (2)        2        -        (15)        (1)        (16)   
Change in consolidated group     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -   
Other changes     (5)        -        (5)        11        3        14        36        9        45   
Net carrying amount at December 31     181        195        376        216        144        360        202        156        358   
Of which:                                                                        
• at fair value (2)     8        146        154        8        131        139        17        143        160   
• at cost     173        49        222        208        13        221        185        13        198   

 

(1) Included in the amounts reported in Note 7.

 

(2) Fair value hierarchy is presented in Note 1q ii.

Financial assets available for sale are stated at fair value, except for non-listed financial assets, which are stated at amortized cost, if no reliable fair value exists.

 

(In millions of euros)

Fair value changes:

   2012      2011      2010  
Fair value changes recognized directly in other comprehensive income      16         (6)         1   
Changes resulting from gains (losses) previously recognized in other comprehensive income now recognized in net income (loss) due to disposals      -         (5)         (23)   
Total      16         (11)         (22)   

b/ Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Net carrying amount at January 1      896         592         1,817   
Additions/(disposals)      531         279         (1,266)   
Fair value changes      9         3         10   
Other changes      (5)         22         31   
Net carrying amount at December 31      1,431         896         592   

c/ Financial assets at amortized cost

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Net carrying amount at January 1      204         99         87   
Additions/(disposals)      (10)         8         25   
Impairment losses      (24)         -         (1)   
Change in consolidated group      -         -         -   
Other changes (reclassifications)      (124)         97         (12)   
Net carrying amount at December 31      46         204         99   

 

235

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18, NOTE 19

 

 

NOTE 18     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Cash      2,362         2,316         4,730   
Cash equivalents      1,039         1,218         310   
Of which Money market mutual funds      906         376         57   
Of which Other (certificates of deposit, treasury bills, etc)      133         842         253   
Cash and Cash Equivalents - excluding discontinued operations      3,401         3,534         5,040   
Cash in discontinued operations      -         9         -   
Cash and Cash Equivalents - including discontinued operations      3,401         3,543         5,040   

As of December 31, 2011, 9 million of cash was reclassified in assets held for sale due to the pending disposal of Genesys (see Note 10).

As of December 31, 2012, 949 million of cash and cash equivalents were held in countries subject to exchange control restrictions (mainly China) (959 million as of December 31, 2011 and 1,044 million as of December 31, 2010).

NOTE 19     OPERATING WORKING CAPITAL

Operating working capital

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Inventories and work in progress, net      1,940         1,975         2,295   
Trade receivables and other receivables, net (1)      2,861         3,407         3,664   
Advances and progress payments      54         66         75   
Customers’ deposits and advances      (718)         (590)         (803)   
Trade payables and other payables      (3,729)         (3,892)         (4,325)   
Operating working capital, net      408         966         906   

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     Cash flow      Change in
consolidated
group
     Translation
adjustments
and other
     December 31,
2012
 
Inventories and work in progress      2,430         123         -         (165)         2,388   
Trade receivables and other receivables (1)      3,530         (543)         1         (7)         2,981   
Advances and progress payments      66         (11)         -         (1)         54   
Customers’ deposits and advances      (590)         (94)         -         (34)         (718)   
Trade payables and other payables      (3,892)         180         (5)         (12)         (3,729)   
Operating working capital, gross      1,544         (345)         (4)         (219)         976   
Cumulated valuation allowances      (578)         -         -         10         (568)   
Operating working capital, net      966         (345)         (4)         (209)         408   

 

(1) Amounts of trade receivables sold without recourse and the impact of these transfers on the cash flow statement are detailed in Note 28.

Amounts due to / from customers on construction contracts

 

(In millions of euros)

Analysis of amounts due from/to customers on construction contracts

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Amounts due from customers on construction contracts      723         557         408   
Amounts due to customers on construction contracts      (103)         (57)         (28)   
Total      620         500         380   
Work in progress on construction contracts, gross      493         257         246   
Work in progress on construction contracts, depreciation      (23)         (7)         (4)   
Accrued receivables on construction contracts      262         347         235   
Product sales reserves - construction contracts      (112)         (97)         (97)   
Total      620         500         380   

 

236


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20, NOTE 21

 

NOTE 20    INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS

a/ Analysis of net value

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Raw materials and goods      283         387         526   
Work in progress excluding construction contracts      845         874         1,006   
Work in progress on construction contracts, gross      493         257         246   
Finished products      767         912         953   
Gross value      2,388         2,430         2,731   
Valuation allowance      (448)         (455)         (436)   
Total, net      1,940         1,975         2,295   

b/ Change in valuation allowance

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
At January 1      (455)         (436)         (500)   
(Additions)/ reversals      (171)         (170)         (113)   
Utilization      40         31         53   
Changes in consolidated group      -         1         4   
Net effect of exchange rate changes and other changes      138         119         120   
At December 31      (448)         (455)         (436)   

NOTE 21    TRADE RECEIVABLES AND RELATED ACCOUNTS

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Receivables bearing interest      41         114         167   
Other trade receivables      2,940         3,416         3,650   
Gross value      2,981         3,530         3,817   
Accumulated impairment losses      (120)         (123)         (153)   
Total, net      2,861         3,407         3,664   
Of which due after one year on the net value      55         95         72   

 

237

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 22, NOTE 23, NOTE 24

 

 

NOTE 22    OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

(In millions of euros)

Other assets

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Other current assets      734         977         885   
Other non-current assets      428         296         257   

Total

     1,162         1,273         1,142   
Of which:                           

• Currency derivatives

     29         65         54   

• Interest-rate derivatives - hedging

     33         36         44   

• Interest-rate derivatives - other

     -         1         23   

• Commodities derivatives

     -         -         -   

• Other tax receivables

     696         658         526   

• Other current and non-current assets

     404         513         495   

 

(In millions of euros)

Other liabilities

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Other current liabilities      1,206         1,729         1,695   
Other non-current liabilities      177         211         259   

Total

     1,383         1,940         1,954   
Of which:                           

• Currency derivatives

     40         76         82   

• Interest-rate derivatives - hedging

     -         -         2   

• Interest-rate derivatives - other

     1         4         24   

• Commodities derivatives

     -         -         -   

• Other tax payables

     291         315         361   

• Accrued wages and social charges

     768         1,055         1,080   

• Other current and non-current liabilities

     283         490         405   

NOTE 23    ALLOCATION OF 2012 NET INCOME (LOSS)

Our Board of Directors will propose at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 7, 2013 not to distribute a dividend for the year ended December 31, 2012. No dividends were distributed for the years 2011 and 2010.

NOTE 24     EQUITY

a/ Number of shares comprising the capital stock

 

Number of shares    2012      2011      2010  
Number of ordinary shares issued (share capital)      2,326,563,826         2,325,383,328         2,318,385,548   
Treasury shares      (58,180,222)         (58,219,944)         (58,202,419)   

Number of shares in circulation

     2,268,383,604         2,267,163,384         2,260,183,129   
Weighting effect of share issues (of which stock options exercised)      (288,250)         (2,139,095)         (226,725)   
Weighting effect of treasury shares      (5,663)         (96)         (79,141)   

Number of shares used for calculating basic earnings per share

     2,268,089,691         2,265,024,193         2,259,877,263   

b/ Capital stock and additional paid-in capital

At December 31, 2012, the capital stock consisted of 2,326,563,826 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 (2,325,383,328 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 at December 31, 2011 and 2,318,385,548 ordinary shares of nominal value 2 at December 31, 2010).

During 2012, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 0 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 1,180,498 shares for 0 million, as a result of the exercise of performance shares (including additional paid-in capital of (2) million).

 

238


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

During 2011, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 16 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 6,877,148 shares for 15 million, as a result of the exercise of options and performance shares (including additional paid-in capital of 1 million);

 

 

conversion of 20,632 convertible bonds into Alcatel-Lucent shares generating a capital increase of 0 million (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million); and

 

 

redemption of 100,000 bonds mandatorily redeemable for Alcatel-Lucent shares (ORA) issued in connection with the acquisition of Spatial Wireless in 2004 to cover stock options, generating a capital increase of 1 million (including additional paid-in capital of 1 million).

During 2010, increases in capital stock and additional paid-in capital amounted to 1 million. These increases related to the following transactions:

 

 

issuance of 319,962 shares for 1 million, as a result of the exercise of options, RSU and warrants (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million); and

 

 

conversion of 4,768 convertible bonds into Alcatel-Lucent shares generating a capital increase of 0 million (including additional paid-in capital of 0 million).

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group can adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders (see Note 23), or repurchase its own shares (see Note 24d) or issue new shares, or issue convertible bonds or similar instruments (see Note 25).

The Group is not party to any contract restricting the issuance of additional equity.

c/ Stock options, performance shares and share-based payments

Share-based payments

During the vesting period, estimated annual forfeiture rates of 5% for share-based payments granted are applied when determining compensation expense. The estimated forfeiture rate is ultimately adjusted to actual.

Share-based payments cancelled after the vesting period and share-based payments not exercised do not result in correcting charges previously recognized.

Impact on income (loss) from operating activities of share-based payments resulting from stock options, stock purchase plans and restricted stock and cash units

Compensation expense recognized for share-based payments in accordance with IFRS 2 is analyzed as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Compensation expense for share-based payments      35         35         39   
Presented in the income statement:                           

   cost of sales

     6         7         10   

   administrative and selling expenses

     22         20         18   

   research and development costs

     7         8         11   

   restructuring costs

     -         -         -   

Of which equity settled

     26         29         38   

Of which cash settled (1)

     9         6         1   

 

(1) Includes grants of phantom shares and French taxes paid at the grant date by Alcatel-Lucent for stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares granted from January 1, 2008 onwards.

The reserve for cash settled instruments is 8 million at December 31, 2012 (3 million at December 31, 2011 and 1 million at December 31, 2010).

 

239

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

Stock options

Details of stock options at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Grant date   Exercise period     Exercise price     Number of
stock options
granted
    Number of
outstanding
stock options
    Number of
vested stock
options
 
1/3/05     1/3/06 to 1/2/13        11.41        497,500        210,814        210,814   
3/10/05     3/10/06 to 3/9/13        10.00        16,756,690        9,205,323        9,205,323   
6/1/05     6/1/6 to 5/31/13        8.80        223,900        47,200        47,200   
9/1/05     9/1/06 to 8/31/13        9.80        72,150        33,850        33,850   
11/14/05     11/14/06 to 11/13/13        10.20        54,700        7,800        7,800   
3/8/06     3/8/07 to 3/7/14        11.70        17,009,320        10,096,370        10,096,370   
5/15/06     5/15/07 to 5/14/14        12.00        122,850        65,600        65,600   
8/16/06     8/16/07 to 8/15/14        9.30        337,200        239,100        239,100   
11/8/06     11/8/07 to 11/7/14        10.40        121,100        28,800        28,800   
3/1/07     3/1/08 to 2/28/15        10.00        204,584        118,484        118,484   
3/28/07     3/28/08 to 3/27/15        9.10        40,078,421        23,819,136        23,819,136   
8/16/07     8/16/08 to 8/15/15        9.00        339,570        141,325        141,325   
11/15/07     11/15/08 to 11/14/15        6.30        294,300        131,600        131,600   
3/25/08     3/25/09 to 3/24/16        3.80        47,987,716        33,459,407        33,459,407   
4/4/08     4/4/09 to 4/3/16        3.80        800,000        0        0   
7/1/08     7/1/09 to 6/30/16        4.40        223,700        125,950        125,950   
9/17/08     9/17/09 to 9/16/16        3.90        250,000        156,250        156,250   
12/31/08     12/31/09 to 12/30/16        2.00        2,052,400        1,700,814        1,700,814   
3/18/09     3/18/10 to 3/17/17        2.00        52,387,510        40,275,795        38,604,288   
7/1/09     7/1/10 to 6/30/17        2.00        443,500        348,497        315,001   
10/1/09     10/1/10 to 9/30/17        2.90        282,500        175,961        152,230   
12/1/09     12/1/10 to 11/30/17        2.50        108,400        86,200        79,045   
3/17/10     3/17/11 to 3/16/18        2.40        18,734,266        16,166,218        10,950,534   
7/1/10     7/1/11 to 6/30/18        2.20        721,000        641,500        308,092   
10/1/10     10/1/11 to 9/30/18        2.30        851,000        776,500        214,855   
12/9/10     12/9/11 to 12/8/18        2.20        125,500        110,500        57,480   
3/1/11     3/1/12 to 2/28/19        3.20        605,000        546,000        90,820   
3/16/11     3/16/12 to 3/15/19        3.70        11,251,125        10,324,095        2,321,851   
6/1/11     6/1/12 to 5/31/19        4.20        414,718        341,418        69,639   
9/1/11     9/1/12 to 8/31/19        2.50        171,000        148,625        36,749   
12/1/11     12/1/12 to 11/30/19        2.00        145,500        137,500        26,875   
3/14/12     3/14/13 to 3/13/20        2.00        10,770,255        10,379,163        101,850   
8/13/12     8/13/13 to 8/12/20        2.00        390,400        390,400        0   
12/17/12     12/17/13 to 12/16/20        2.00        94,500        94,500        0   
Spatial Wireless 5/28/01 to 10/14/04     5/28/02 to 10/14/14        0.24 to 9.10        1,592,147        184,383        184,383   
Timetra 6/21/00 to 7/16/03     6/21/01 to 7/16/13        0.53 to 7.97        4,125,247        883,522        883,522   
Lucent 11/1/06     11/1/07 to 10/31/13        9.35        6,088,483        2,263,911        2,263,911   
Lucent 4/6/97 to 10/2/06     4/6/98 to 5/3/14        0.28 to 10.00        4,554,564        39,775        39,775   
Lucent 8/5/94 to 5/1/06     8/5/95 to 11/23/13        10.01 to 20.00        1,126,872        22,774        22,774   

Conditions of settlement

All stock options granted by historical Alcatel or historical Lucent (each prior to the business combination) or Alcatel-Lucent are exclusively settled in shares.

 

240


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

Vesting conditions for plans covered by IFRS 2 (1)

 

Vesting   Options granted before May 2010 (except for the March 2009 to all employees and plans granted after May 2008 to Executive Committee members)   Options granted after May 2008 and before December 2010 to
Executive Committee members
  Options granted after January 2011 to Executive Committee members   Options granted in March 2009 to all employees   Options granted after June 2010
Service conditions   Successive portions over 4 years: 25% of the options are vested after 12 months and, for each month after the first year, 1/48.  

For employees with a French employment contract:

Successive portions over 4 years: 50% after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years.

 

For other employees: linearly over 4 years (25% per year).

 

For employees with a French employment contract:

Successive portions over 4 years: 50% after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years.

 

For other employees: linearly over 4 years (25% per year).

  Two successive tranches, at 50% per year over two years.  

For employees with a French employment contract:

Successive portions over 4 years: 50% after 2 years, 25% after 3 years and 25% after 4 years.

 

For other employees: linearly over 4 years (25% per year).

Performance   Not applicable.  

Applied to 50% of the grant.

 

Alcatel-Lucent shares will be measured yearly in relation to a representative sample of 14 peer group companies that are solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector. Vesting depends on the Alcatel-Lucent ranking compared to its peers.

 

Applied to 50% of the grant.

 

Performance condition is linked to a financial criterion based on the “Free Cash Flow”. At the end of each period, depending on the performance level achieved, a coefficient of 100%, 75%, 50%, 20% or 0% is used to calculate the number of rights vested for each period.

  Not applicable.   Not applicable.

(1)    Vesting conditions for plans of companies acquired by historical Alcatel and for plans of historical Lucent are not disclosed since these plans do not generate expense.

Number of options and exercise prices

Information on the number of stock options and exercise prices is presented below:

 

     All plans  
      Number of
stock options
    

Weighted average
exercise price

(in euros)

 
At January 1, 2010      211,840,871         11.10   
Granted      20,431,766         2.39   
Exercised      (341,047)         1.49   
Forfeited      (21,309,115)         24.94   
Expired      (13,920,778)         47.18   
At December 31, 2010      196,701,697         6.16   
Granted      12,587,343         3.66   
Exercised      (6,213,092)         2.40   
Forfeited      (10,056,788)         7.70   
Expired      (17,139,380)         10.80   
At December 31, 2011      175,879,780         5.58   
Granted      11,255,155         2.00   
Exercised      (46,596)         0.76   
Forfeited      (10,926,218)         4.91   
Expired      (12,437,061)         13.20   
Outstanding at December 31, 2012      163,725,060         4.80   

 

241

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

Fair value

The fair value of stock options is measured at granting date using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial model. This allows behavioral factors governing the exercise of stock options to be taken into consideration and to consider that all options will not be systematically exercised by the end of the exercise period. The expected volatility is determined as being the implied volatility at the grant date.

Assumptions and fair values for the main plans are as follows:

 

Plan    Grant date     

Share price
at grant date

(in euros)

     Expected
volatility
     Risk-free
rate
     Distribution
rate on future
income
     Fair value
(in euros)
 
March 2007      3/28/07         9.10         33%         4.00%         0.8% per year         3.04   
March 2008      3/25/08         3.80         45%         3.90%         0.8% per year         1.50   
March 2009      3/18/09         1.228         64%         3.00%         0.8% per year         0.49   
March 2009 All employees      3/18/09         1.228         64%         3.00%         0.8% per year         0.46   
March 2010      3/17/10         2.400         45%         3.00%         0.8% per year         0.95   
March 2011      3/16/11         3.700         40%         3.00%         0.8% per year         1.40   
March 2012      3/14/12         1.800         60%         1.50%         0.8% per year         0.82   

Other plans have fair values between 0.28 and 2.13 and a weighted average fair value of 1.00.

Plans related to acquired companies

Certain plans that existed at companies acquired in business combinations were converted into historical Alcatel or Alcatel-Lucent subscription stock option plans or stock purchase plans. For plans of companies acquired, the vesting conditions and the option lives of the original plans remain in place.

The option plans of companies that were acquired by Alcatel provide for the issuance of Alcatel-Lucent shares or ADSs upon exercise of options granted under such plans in an amount determined by applying the exchange ratio used in the acquisition to the number of shares of the acquired company that were the subject of the options.

Upon exercise, Alcatel-Lucent will issue new ADSs (and, consequently, shares).

Performance shares

Conditions of settlement

All performance shares granted by Alcatel-Lucent are exclusively settled in shares.

Vesting conditions for Performance Shares granted in 2008, 2009 and 2010

The following rules are applicable to all performance share plans granted by Alcatel-Lucent in 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

 

service condition: For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office in France, his/her performance shares will vest at the end of a two-year vesting period. Such performance shares will be available following the expiration of a two-year holding period. For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office outside of France, the vesting period is four years, with no additional holding period; and

 

 

performance condition: Evaluation of the Group’s performance must be based on the same criteria as those used for the Global Annual Incentive Plan. For each of the criteria, quantified targets will be fixed at the start of each year for the current fiscal year. At the end of the two or four-year vesting periods, so long as the beneficiary has been an employee of the Group for two years (with limited exceptions) the number of performance shares that will vest will depend on the achievement, based on an average, of the annual Group performance targets set by our Board for the two or four-year periods.

Vesting conditions for Performance Shares granted in 2011

The following rules are applicable to all performance share plans granted by Alcatel-Lucent in 2011:

 

 

service condition: For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office in France, his/her performance shares will vest at the end of a two-year vesting period. Such performance shares will be available following the expiration of a two-year holding period. For a beneficiary who is an employee and/or Executive Officer of a company within the Group with its registered office outside of France, the vesting period is four years, with no additional holding period; and

 

 

performance condition: It is based on the Alcatel-Lucent share price performance measured over two years against a representative sample of 12 other solution and service providers in the telecommunications equipment sector. The sample was

 

242


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24

 

 

chosen to obtain Alcatel-Lucent’s ranking among the following issuers: F5 Networks, Ciena, Juniper, ZTE, Tellabs, Arris, Cisco, ADTRAN, Comverse, Nokia, Ericsson and Motorola Solutions Inc. This sample of providers may be revised as the companies included evolve (due to mergers, bankruptcies, etc). The reference share price is calculated on the basis of the opening price for Alcatel-Lucent shares on the Euronext Paris market for the 20 trading days preceding the end of each one-year period. The changes in the share price of Alcatel-Lucent and the other issuers in the sample are measured at the end of the two reference periods of one year, which each counts for 50% of the rights granted. Depending on Alcatel-Lucent’s share price performance, a different coefficient is used to calculate the number of rights acquired during each period. The coefficient may be 100%, 70%, 50%, 20% or 0%, the latter corresponding to the case where Alcatel-Lucent is last in this ranking. The coefficient used for the second period applies to the balance of rights that are not acquired during the first period. For the purposes of determining the final number of vested performance shares at the expiration of the vesting period, with respect to the employees in Group companies having their registered office outside France, the performance of the Company’s share price and of the other issuers, who form part of the representative selection, will be calculated once again on the fourth anniversary date of the Grant Date. All issuers’ reference share prices at the Grant date will be compared to the average of all issuers’ reference share prices determined at each anniversary date of the Grant date during the 4-year vesting period, in order to establish a ranking of the Company and the other issuers in accordance with the performance of their share price for the whole four-year period. If the Company is not ranked in last position, the total number of performance shares as determined at the end of the second period will finally vest at the end of the vesting period.

Number of performance shares granted and changes in number of performance shares

The change in number of performance shares is shown below:

 

(In number of performance shares)

Grant date

   10/29/08      03/18/09      03/17/10      03/16/11      03/14/12  

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     250,000         6,982,956         -         -         -   
Granted      -         -         7,314,502         -         -   
Acquired      -         (375)         -         -         -   
Forfeited      -         (491,899)         (245,781)         -         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     250,000         6,490,682         7,068,721         -         -   
Granted      -         -         -         10,139,786         -   
Acquired      (250,000)         (515,205)         (1,958)         -         -   
Forfeited      -         (672,314)         (192,785)         (355,576)         -   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     -         5,303,163         6,873,978         9,784,210         -   
Granted      -         -         -         -         10,674,215   
Acquired      -         (2,017)         (1,177,356)         (6,637)         (1,500)   
Forfeited      -         (78,279)         (248,610)         (532,232)         (382,852)   

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     -         5,222,867         5,448,012         9,245,341         10,289,863   

Fair value of Performance shares granted by Alcatel-Lucent

The fair value of performance shares with service conditions only is measured at granting date as being the Alcatel-Lucent share price discounted by the assumed distribution rate on future income, set at 0.8% per year. The fair value of other performance shares is measured at granting date using some stochastic models.

Based on this assumption, the fair values of Alcatel-Lucent performance shares used in the calculation of compensation expense for share-based payments are as follows:

 

 

September 17, 2008 plan: fair value of 3.05;

 

 

October 29, 2008 plan: fair value of 1.63;

 

 

March 18, 2009 plan: fair value of 1.19;

 

 

March 17, 2010 plan: fair value of 2.40;

 

 

March 16, 2011 plan: fair value of 3.05; and

 

 

March 14, 2012 plan: fair value of 1.41.

d/ Treasury stock

Alcatel-Lucent established a buy-back program for the ordinary shares, which was renewed at the shareholders’ annual general meeting held on June 1, 2010, for the purpose of allocating those shares to employees of the Group under the terms provided by law, of honoring obligations arising from the issuance of securities conferring a right to the capital of the company or for use in an exchange or as payment for acquisitions. The purchases are limited to a maximum of 10% of the capital stock, and the

 

243

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

 

authorization expires 18 months from the most recent shareholders’ general meeting at which authorization was given. As part of this program, no shares were purchased through December 31, 2012 (no shares were purchased in 2011 or 2010).

The carrying value of Alcatel-Lucent shares owned by Group consolidated subsidiaries was 1,567 million at December 31, 2012 (1,567 million at December 31, 2011 and 1,566 million at December 31, 2010). They are deducted at cost from retained earnings.

e/ Non-controlling interests

 

(In millions of euros)        
Balance at December 31, 2009      569   
Other changes (1)      49   
Non-controlling interests in 2010 income      42   

Balance at December 31, 2010

     660   
Other changes (1)      38   
Non-controlling interests in 2011 income      49   

Balance at December 31, 2011

     747   
Other changes (1)      75   
Non-controlling interests in 2012 income      (77)   

Balance at December 31, 2012

     745   

 

(1) This amount primarily relates to net gains (losses) recognized directly in equity attributable to non-controlling interests.

NOTE 25    COMPOUND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Compound financial instruments (convertible bonds)

 

(In millions of euros)   Oceane 2015     Oceane 2011  
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
Statement of financial position                                                
Equity component     98        139        177        -        -        -   

Equity

    98        139        177        -        -        -   
Convertible bonds - due after one year     902        861        823        -        -        -   
Convertible bonds - due within one year and interest paid and payable     25        26        25        -        -        857   

Financial debt

    927        887        848        -        -        857   

Income statement

                                               
Finance costs relating to gross debt     (92)        (88)        (84)        -        -        (42)   

 

(In millions of euros)

  7.75% Lucent     2.875% Series A, Lucent     2.875% Series B, Lucent  
     December
31,
2012
    December
31,
2011
    December
31,
2010
    December
31,
2012
    December
31,
2011
    December
31,
2010
    December
31,
2012
   

December
31,

2011

    December
31,
2010
 
Statement of financial position                                                                        
Equity component     63        76        84        22        24        25        11        259        263   

Equity

    63        76        84        22        24        25        11        259        263   
Convertible bonds - due after one year     656        660        630        51        51        48        -        444        420   
Convertible bonds - due within one year and interest paid and payable     2        3        2        -        -        -        570 (1)        1        1   

Financial debt

    658        663        632        51        51        48        570        445        421   
Income statement                                                                        
Finance costs relating to gross debt     (66)        (60)        (62)        (4)        (3)        (13)        (36)        (28)        (29)   

 

(1) Includes 1 million of accrued interest on Lucent 2.875% Series B as of December 31, 2012.

 

244


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

a/ OCEANE (Obligations à option de conversion et/ou d’échange en actions nouvelles ou existantes) issued by Alcatel before the business combination

On June 12, 2003, historical Alcatel issued 63,192,019 bonds having a nominal value of 16.18 each, convertible into new or existing ordinary shares (OCEANE) for a total value of 1,022 million. These bonds matured on January 1, 2011 and bore interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum.

These bonds had a buy-back option that Alcatel-Lucent could exercise in the period from June 12, 2008 to December 31, 2010.

The OCEANE bonds were considered a compound financial instrument containing an equity component and a debt component. Early application of the buy-back option did not require any separate accounting, as the repurchase price was at nominal value and the buy-back option was a derivative closely linked to the debt issuance. The buy-back option was therefore included in the debt component of this compound financial instrument. At the time of issuance, the debt component was valued at 861 million, which corresponded to the present value of a similar bond issue but without any equity component. The equity component included in equity was valued at 161 million at the date of issuance.

The costs that relate to the issuance of a compound financial instrument are allocated to the component parts in proportion to the allocation of proceeds. The costs to be allocated to the debt component were valued at 13 million. Thus the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance was 848 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance, equal to 174 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

12,627,240 bonds were repurchased during the third and the fourth quarters of 2009.

1,148 bonds were converted in December 2010 with a corresponding issuance of 1,148 new shares.

The remaining 50,563,631 bonds as of December 31, 2010 were redeemed on January 1, 2011 for an amount of 818 million.

b/ OCEANE issued by Alcatel-Lucent

On September 10, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent issued 309,597,523 bonds having a nominal value of 3.23 each, convertible into new or existing ordinary shares (OCEANE) for a total value of 1,000 million. These bonds mature on January 1, 2015 and bear interest at a rate of 5.00% per annum.

The bond holders may request that the bonds be converted and/or exchanged into new and/or existing shares of the Company at any time after October 20, 2009 and until the seventh business day preceding the maturity date or the relevant early redemption date.

Moreover, these bonds have a buy-back option that Alcatel-Lucent can exercise in the period from January 1, 2014 until the maturity date of the bonds, if the quoted price of the Company’s shares exceeds 130% of the par value of the bonds.

The OCEANE bonds are considered as a compound financial instrument containing an equity component and a debt component. Early application of the buy-back option does not require any separate accounting, as the repurchase price is at nominal value and the buy-back option is a derivative closely linked to the debt issuance. The buy-back option is therefore included in the debt component of this compound financial instrument. At the time of issuance, the debt component was valued at 800 million, which corresponded to the present value of a similar bond issue but without any equity component. The equity component included in equity was valued at 200 million at the date of issuance.

The costs to be allocated to the debt component were valued at 21 million. Thus the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance was 779 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the debt component at the date of issuance, equal to 221 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 10.45% per annum including debt issuance costs.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the debt component of the OCEANE bonds was 993 million (see Note 27h) and the market value of the OCEANE bonds was 1,009 million (690 million and 753 million respectively as of December 31, 2011, 900 million and 1,053 million as of December 31, 2010).

c/ Compound financial instruments issued by Lucent before the business combination

2.875% Series A and B Convertible Debentures

Alcatel-Lucent launched a joint solicitation of consent from holders of record as of December 14, 2006, of Lucent’s 2.75% Series A Convertible Senior Debentures due 2023 and 2.75% Series B Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (collectively, the “Debentures”) to amend the Indenture for the Debentures, in return for a full and unconditional guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent, which is unsecured and subordinated to its senior debt, a one-time adjustment to the conversion ratio, a further adjustment to the conversion ratios upon cash dividends or distributions on Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares in excess of 0.08 per share annually and a change of the interest rate to 2.875% from 2.75%.

 

245

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25

 

 

The amendment allows Alcatel-Lucent to provide such information, documents and other reports that are required to be filed by Alcatel-Lucent pursuant to Sections 13 and 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to holders of the Debentures, instead of having to produce separate statements for Lucent after the completion of the business combination. The consent solicitation was completed on December 29, 2006. As a result, the terms of Lucent’s 2.75% convertible senior debentures were modified as follows:

 

 

     Series A      Series B  
      Old Terms      New Terms      Old Terms      New Terms  
Coupon rate      2.75%         2.875%         2.75%         2.875%   
Conversion ratio      58.4431         59.7015         62.5641         65.1465   

The debentures rank equal in priority with all of the existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of Lucent’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The terms governing the debentures limit the ability to create liens, secure certain indebtedness and merge with or sell substantially all of its assets to another entity.

As a result of the acquisition, the debentures are convertible into Alcatel-Lucent ADSs (American Depository Shares) and cash in lieu of fractional ADSs. The debentures are convertible into ADSs only if (1) the sale price of the ADSs for at least twenty trading days during the period of thirty consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 120% of the applicable conversion price, (2) the trading price of the debentures is less than 97% of the product of the sale price of the ADSs and the conversion rate during any five consecutive trading-day periods, (3) the debentures have been called for redemption by Lucent or (4) certain specified corporate actions occur.

At Lucent’s option, the debentures are redeemable for cash after certain dates (optional redemption periods) at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at Lucent’s option, the debentures are redeemable earlier (provisional redemption periods) if the sale price of the ADSs exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price. Under these circumstances, the redemption price would also include a make-whole payment equal to the present value of all remaining scheduled interest payments through the end of the optional redemption periods.

At the option of the holder, the debentures are redeemable on certain dates at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In these circumstances, Lucent may pay the purchase price with cash, ADSs (with the ADSs to be valued at a 5% discount from the then current market price) or a combination of both.

The following table summarizes the specific terms of these securities.

 

      Series A    Series B  
Amount outstanding as at December 31, 2012    U.S.$ 94,969,668      U.S.$ 765,000,000   
Conversion ratio    59.7015      65.1465   
Conversion price    U.S.$ 16.75      U.S.$ 15.35   
Redemption periods at the option of the issuer:              
Provisional redemption periods    June 20, 2008
through June 19, 2010
    
 
June 20, 2009
through June 19, 2013
 
  
Optional redemption periods    After June 19, 2010      After June 19, 2013   
Redemption dates at the option of the holder    June 15, 2010, 2015 and 2020      June 15, 2013 and 2019   
Maturity dates    June 15, 2023      June 15, 2025   

During the year 2012, we repurchased Lucent 2.875% Series B convertible bonds for a nominal value of U.S.$ 115.5 million.

As explained in Note 2j, we re-assessed at the end of the second quarter of 2012 the reliability of the future estimated cash flows related to Lucent’s 2.875 % Series B convertible debenture, and, based upon the remaining period until the next optional redemption date (i.e. June 15, 2013), the current and recent share price and other market data, we considered as a reliable estimate that bond holders will ask for redemption during the optional redemption period. It was therefore decided to change the estimated future cash flows associated to this convertible debenture and to amend the accounting presentation in accordance with IAS 39 requirements. This change in estimates represented an “other financial loss” of US$(229) million ((178.1) million, see Note 8) and a corresponding increase in the carrying value of this financial debt compared to December 31, 2011.

In June 2009, we re-assessed the reliability of the future estimated cash flows from Lucent’s 2.875 % Series A convertible debentures. Based upon the remaining period until the then next optional redemption date (i.e. June 15, 2010), the current and recent share price and other market data, we considered as a reliable estimate that bond holders would redeem the bonds on the optional redemption date. Therefore, the estimated future cash flows associated with this convertible debenture were changed and the accounting presentation was amended in accordance with IAS 39 requirements. The outstanding nominal value of the Series A convertible debentures was US$ 455 million just before June 15, 2010. By this date, a nominal value of US$ 360 million of Series A debentures had been presented for reimbursement. The US$ 360 million plus accrued interest was paid in cash to the bond holders. At June 30, 2010 and for the remaining US$ 95 million of bonds outstanding, we did not consider it possible to estimate

 

246


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

reliably the future cash flows and the expected life of the remaining debentures. This was because the next optional redemption date of June 15, 2015 was too far in the future and too many uncertainties existed concerning Alcatel-Lucent’s share price and other market data to envisage the redemption of these debentures as of June 15, 2015. Thus, and as prescribed by IAS 39, we applied the initial accounting treatment and adjusted the carrying amount of the outstanding 2.875% Series A convertible debentures, using the contractual cash flows up to the contractual maturity date of the debentures, that is June 15, 2023. A profit of US$ 32 million (24 million - see Note 8) was recognized in “Other financial income (loss)” in the second quarter of 2010, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the 2.875% Series A convertible debentures.

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 6.79% for the 2.875% Series A convertible debentures and 6.83% for the 2.875% Series B convertible debentures.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the debt component of the remaining convertible debentures (see Note 27h) was 66 million for the 2.875% Series A and 572 million for the 2.875% Series B (53 million and 563 million respectively as of December 31, 2011 and 71 million and 578 million respectively as of December 31, 2010) and the market value of the remaining convertible bonds was 66 million for Series A and 584 million for Series B (53 million and 594 million respectively as of December 31, 2011 and 71 million and 621 million respectively as of December 31, 2010).

7.75% Convertible Securities (Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities)

During fiscal year 2002, Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) sold 7.75% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities for an aggregate amount of U.S.$1.75 billion. The Trust used the proceeds to purchase Lucent Technologies Inc. 7.75% convertible subordinated debentures due March 15, 2017, which represented all of the Trust’s assets. The terms of the trust preferred securities are substantially the same as the terms of the debentures. Lucent Technologies Inc. (now known as Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.) owns all of the common securities of the Trust and as a result consolidates the Trust.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. may redeem the debentures, in whole or in part, for cash at par. To the extent Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. redeems debentures, the Trust is required to redeem a corresponding amount of trust preferred securities. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. makes payments on the debentures to the Trust.

The ability of the Trust to pay dividends depends on the receipt of interest payments on the debentures. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has the right to defer payments of interest on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. If payment of interest on the debentures is deferred, the Trust will defer the quarterly distributions on the trust preferred securities for a corresponding period. Deferred interest accrues at an annual rate of 9.25%. At the option of the holder, each trust preferred security is convertible into Alcatel-Lucent ADSs, subject to an additional adjustment under certain circumstances. The following table summarizes the terms of this security.

 

Conversion ratio      40.3306   
Conversion price      U.S.$24.80   
Redemption period at Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s option      After March 19, 2007   
Maturity date      March 15, 2017   

The effective rate of interest of the debt component is 9.81% per annum.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the debt component of the remaining convertible bonds (see Note 27h) was 585 million and the market value of the remaining convertible bonds was 585 million (439 million and 441 million respectively as of December 31, 2011 and 615 million and 617 million respectively as of December 31, 2010).

NOTE 26    PENSIONS, RETIREMENT INDEMNITIES AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

In accordance with the laws and customs of each country, the Group provides to its employees pension plans, certain medical insurance and reimbursement of medical expenses. In France, Group employees benefit from a retirement indemnity plan. In other countries, the plans depend upon local legislation, the business and the historical practice of the subsidiary concerned.

In addition to state pension plans, the plans can be defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. In the latter case, such plans are wholly or partially funded by assets solely to support these plans (equity securities, bonds, insurance contracts or other types of dedicated investments).

State plans

In certain countries, and more particularly in France and Italy, the Group participates in mandatory social security plans organized at state or industry level, for which contributions expensed correspond to the contributions due to such state or equivalent organizations. Such plans are considered to be defined contribution plans. However, in certain countries, the element of social security contributions paid that relates to pension plans is not clearly identifiable.

 

247

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Other defined contribution plans

The benefits paid out depend solely on the amount of contributions paid into the plan and the investment returns arising from the contributions. The Group’s obligation is limited to the amount of contributions that are expensed.

Contributions made to defined contribution plans (excluding mandatory social security plans organized at state or industry level) were 123 million for 2012 (119 million for 2011 and 113 million for 2010).

Defined benefit plans

These plans have differing characteristics:

 

 

life annuity: the retirees benefit from receiving a pension during their retirement. These plans are to be found primarily in Germany, United Kingdom and the United States;

 

 

lump-sum payment on the employee’s retirement or departure. These plans are to be found primarily in France, Belgium and Italy; and

 

 

post-employment medical care during retirement. In the United States, Alcatel-Lucent reimburses medical expenses of certain retired employees and provides group life benefits to retired employees.

Pensions and retirement obligations are determined in accordance with the accounting policies presented in Note 1j.

For employees of the former Lucent Group, Alcatel-Lucent maintains defined benefit pension plans covering employees and retirees, a majority of which are located in the U.S., as well as other post-retirement benefit plans for U.S. retirees that include health care, dental benefits and group life insurance coverage. The U.S. pension plans feature a traditional service-based program, as well as a cash balance program. The cash balance program was added to the defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees hired after December 31, 1998. No employees were transitioned from the traditional program to the cash balance program. Additionally, U.S. management employees covered by the cash balance program are not eligible to receive company-paid post-retirement health and group life insurance coverage. U.S. management employees with less than 15 years of service as of June 30, 2001 are not eligible to receive company-paid post-retirement group life insurance and health care benefits. Starting January 1, 2008, no new entrants were allowed into the defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees. On October 21, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. froze both the US defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees and the US supplemental pension plan effective January 1, 2010. For plan participants who continue to work for the Group, no additional benefits will accrue based on additional years of service in these plans after December 31, 2009.

a/ Actuarial assumptions

To determine actuarial valuations, actuaries have determined general assumptions on a country-by-country basis and specific assumptions (rate of employee turnover, salary increases) company by company. The assumptions for 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (the rates indicated are weighted average rates):

 

      2012      2011      2010  
Discount rate      3.25%         3.88%         4.88%   
Future salary increases      3.33%         3.49%         3.48%   
Expected long-term return on assets      6.05%         6.42%         6.57%   
Post-retirement cost trend rate      6.90% to 5.10%         8.00% to 5.40%         7.70% to 5.90%   

 

248


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

The above rates are broken down by geographical segment as follows for 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

      Discount rate      Future salary
increases
     Estimated
long-term return
on assets
 
2010                        
France      4.75%         3.50%         5.45%   
Belgium      4.75%         3.00%         4.00%   
United Kingdom      5.50%         4.95%         5.54%   
Germany      4.75%         3.00%         3.00%   
Rest of Europe      3.90%         2.77%         3.88%   
United States of America      4.92%         3.76%         6.85%   
Other      4.67%         3.71%         4.03%   
2011                        
France      3.75%         3.37%         5.45%   
Belgium      3.75%         3.00%         4.20%   
United Kingdom      4.50%         4.84%         5.15%   
Germany      3.75%         3.00%         4.00%   
Rest of Europe      3.32%         2.73%         3.39%   
United States of America      3.89%         3.77%         6.73%   
Other      4.65%         3.84%         3.53%   
2012                        
France      2.75%         2.95%         4.25%   
Belgium      2.75%         3.25%         4.20%   
United Kingdom      4.25%         4.27%         3.66%   
Germany      2.75%         3.00%         5.50%   
Rest of Europe      2.53%         2.54%         3.29%   
United States of America      3.29%         3.77%         6.32%   
Other      4.08%         3.25%         3.51%   

The discount rates are obtained by reference to market yields on high quality bonds (government and prime-rated corporations - AA or AAA) in each country having maturity dates equivalent to those of the plans.

For the euro Zone and United Kingdom, the discount rates used are the Bloomberg Corporate AA yields and, for the U.S., the “original” CitiGroup pension discount yield curve was used. These references comply with IAS 19 requirements and have been retained consistently by us for years.

The returns on plan assets are determined plan by plan and depend upon the asset allocation of the investment portfolio and the expected future performance.

b/ Components of net periodic cost of post-employment benefit

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Service cost      (73)         (65)         (63)   
Interest cost      (1,127)         (1,261)         (1,418)   
Expected return on plan assets      1,744         1,678         1,757   
Amortization of prior service cost      (2)         2         -   
Effect of curtailments and settlements      24         8         13   
Plan amendments      204         67         30   

Net periodic benefit (cost)

     770         429         319   

Of which:

                          

   Recognized in Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (75)         (63)         (63)   

   Recognized in restructuring costs

     24         8         13   

   Post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     204         67         30   

   Recognized in other financial income (loss)

     617         417         339   

   Recognized in income (loss) from discontinued operations

     -         -         -   

 

 

249

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

c/ Change in the obligation recorded in the statement of financial position

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Change in benefit obligation                           
Benefit obligation at January 1      (30,843)         (28,054)         (25,910)   
Service cost      (73)         (65)         (63)   
Interest cost      (1,127)         (1,261)         (1,418)   
Plan participants’ contributions      (126)         (146)         (140)   
Amendments      69         70         18   
Business combinations      (22)         (2)         (1)   
Disposals      1         12         6   
Curtailments      24         2         15   
Settlements      646         179         5   
Special termination benefits      -         -         (2)   
Actuarial gains and (losses)      (1,700)         (2,965)         (1,277)   
Benefits paid      2,586         2,364         2,581   
Medicare Part D Subsidy      (22)         (22)         (28)   
Foreign currency translation and other      483         (955)         (1,840)   
Benefit obligation at December 31      (30,104)         (30,843)         (28,054)   
Benefit obligation excluding effect of future salary increases      (29,782)         (30,555)         (27,760)   
Effect of future salary increases      (322)         (288)         (294)   
Benefit obligation      (30,104)         (30,843)         (28,054)   
Pertaining to retirement plans      (26,958)         (27,334)         (24,719)   
Pertaining to post-employment health care plans      (3,146)         (3,509)         (3,335)   
Change in plan assets                           
Fair value of plan assets at January 1      29,013         27,538         24,925   
Expected return on plan assets      1,744         1,678         1,757   
Actuarial gains and (losses)      1,258         1,105         1,244   
Employers’ contributions      156         168         188   
Plan participants’ contributions      126         146         140   
Amendments      -         -         -   
Business combinations      22         2         1   
Disposals      -         (8)         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -   
Settlements      (511)         (173)         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,530)         (2,323)         (2,520)   
Foreign currency translation and other      (482)         880         1,803   
Fair value of plan assets at December 31      28,796         29,013         27,538   
Present value of defined benefit obligations that are wholly or partly funded      (28,468)         (29,206)         (26,490)   
Fair value of plan assets      28,796         29,013         27,538   
Funded (unfunded) status of defined benefit obligations that are wholly or partly funded      328         (193)         1,048   
Present value of defined benefit obligations that are wholly unfunded      (1,636)         (1,637)         (1,564)   
Unfunded status      (1,308)         (1,830)         (516)   
Unrecognized prior service cost      8         10         11   
Unrecognized surplus (due to application of asset ceiling and IFRIC14)      (1,233)         (1,121)         (1,839)   
Net amount recognized      (2,533)         (2,941)         (2,344)   

Of which:

                          

•   prepaid pension costs

     2,797         2,765         2,746   

•   pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     (5,330)         (5,706)         (5,090)   

 

 

250


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Change in pension and post-retirement net asset (liability) recognized

 

    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(In millions of euros)  

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total    

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total    

Pension

benefits

   

Post-
retirement

benefits

    Total  
Net asset (liability) recognized at the beginning of the period     50        (2,991)        (2,941)        454        (2,798)        (2,344)        (139)        (2,504)        (2,643)   
Operational charge     (72)        (3)        (75)        (60)        (3)        (63)        (60)        (3)        (63)   
Financial income (1)     709        (92)        617        530        (113)        417        473        (134)        339   
Curtailment (2)     24        -        24        8        -        8        13        -        13   
Pension and healthcare plan amendments (3)     144        60        204        67        -        67        -        30        30   
Discontinued operations (Genesys business)     -        -        -        (0)        -        (0)        (0)        -        (0)   
Total recognized in profits (losses)     805        (35)        770        545        (116)        429        426        (107)        319   
Actuarial gains and (losses) for the period     (376)        (66)        (442)        (1,623)        (237)        (1,860)        218        (251)(5)        (33)   
Asset ceiling limitation and IFRIC14 effect     (130)        -        (130)        727        -        727        (57)        -        (57)   
Total recognized in Statement of comprehensive income (4)     (506)        (66)        (572)        (896)        (237)        (1,133)        161        (251)        (90)   
Contributions and benefits paid     177        13        190        179        7        186        201        25        226   
420 transfer     (393)        393        -        (252)        252        -        (234)        234        -   
Change in consolidated companies     -        -        -        3        -        3        5        -        5   
Other (reclassifications and exchange rate changes)     (30)        50        20        17        (99)        (82)        34        (195)        (161)   
Net asset (liability) recognized at the end of the period     103        (2,636)        (2,533)        50        (2,991)        (2,941)        454        (2,798)        (2,344)   

Of which:

                                                                       

•   Prepaid pension costs

    2,797        -        2,797        2,765        -        2,765        2,746        -        2,746   

•   Pension, retirement indemnities and post-retirement benefits liability

    (2,694)        (2,636)        (5,330)        (2,715)        (2,991)        (5,706)        (2,292)        (2,798)        (5,090)   

 

(1) This income is mainly due to the expected return on plan assets (refer to Note 8).

 

(2) Accounted for in restructuring costs.

 

(3) Accounted for on a specific line item “Post-retirement benefit plan amendment” in the income statement.

 

(4) The amounts recognized directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income indicated in the table above differ from those disclosed in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, due to the amounts related to discontinued operations, which are excluded in the above schedule.

 

(5) For 2010, includes a 6 million actuarial loss related to a change in the Private Fee For Service cost assumption due to the 2010 US Healthcare reform.

Funding requirements are usually determined for each individual plan, and as a result excess plan assets for overfunded plans cannot be used for underfunded plans. The underfunded status, which amounted to 1,308 million at December 31, 2012 (underfunded status amounted 1,830 million at December 31, 2011 and underfunded status amounted to 516 million at December 31, 2010) relates primarily to U.S. post-retirement benefits (see below) and to plans in France and Germany. Decisions on funding the benefit obligations are taken based on each country’s legal requirements and the tax-deductibility of the contributions made. In France and Germany, the funding of pension obligations relies primarily on defined contribution plans; setting up other funding arrangements is not common practice. Furthermore, in Germany, the benefits accruing to employees are guaranteed in the event of bankruptcy through a system of mutual insurance common to all companies involved in similar plans. See Note 26g below for information on U.S. plans.

 

251

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

The benefit obligation, the fair value of the plan assets and the actuarial gains (losses) generated for the current year and the previous years are as follows:

 

                         

Experience adjustments generated

on the benefit obligation

    

Experience adjustments

generated on the plan assets

 
(In millions of
euros)
   Benefit
obligation
     Plan assets      Funded
(unfunded)
status
    

Amount

     In percentage of the
benefit obligation
    

Amount

     In percentage of
the plan assets
 
2008      (25,498)         25,069         (429)         290         1.14%         (4,119)         16.43%   
2009      (25,910)         24,925         (985)         (142)         0.55%         1,033         4.14%   
2010      (28,054)         27,538         (516)         (51)         0.18%         1,244         4.52%   
2011      (30,843)         29,013         (1,830)         124         0.40%         1,105         3.81%   
2012      (30,104)         28,796         (1,308)         107         0.36%         1,258         4.37%   

In respect of the health care plans, a change of one percentage point in the assumed health costs has the following impact:

 

(In millions of euros)    Increase of 1%      Decrease of 1%  
Impact on the current service cost and interest costs      (4)         3   
Impact on the benefit obligation      (93)         83   

The plan assets of retirement plans are invested as follows:

 

(In millions of euros and percentage)    Bonds      Equity
securities
     Private equity
and other
     Real estate      Total  
2010      17,878         4,540         3,257         1,863         27,538   
       65%         16%         12%         7%         100%   
2011      20,291         2,979         3,701         2,042         29,013   
       70%         10%         13%         7%         100%   
2012      20,359         3,375         2,992         2,070         28,796   
       71%         12%         10%         7%         100%   

For historical Alcatel companies, the investment policy relating to plan assets within the Group depends upon local practices. In all cases, the proportion of equity securities cannot exceed 80% of plan assets and no individual equity security may represent more than 5% of total equity securities within the plan. The equity securities held by the plan must be listed on a recognized exchange. The bonds held by the plan must have a minimum “A” rating according to Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s rating criteria.

The expected contributions and benefits paid directly by the Group to retirees for 2013 are 203 million for the pension and other post-retirement benefit plans.

Expected benefit payments made to beneficiaries from defined benefit plans through 2022 are as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)

Total

   Expected benefit
payments
 
2013      2,203   
2014      2,133   
2015      2,128   
2016      2,054   
2017      2,013   
2018 - 2022      9,211   

d/ Cumulative amounts for actuarial differences (before taxes) booked against the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Balance at January 1      (3,631)         (1,771)         (1,738)   
Net actuarial (losses)/gains during the period (excluding asset ceiling)      (442)         (1,860)         (33)   
Balance at December 31      (4,073)         (3,631)         (1,771)   
Net actuarial (losses)/gains on asset ceiling during the period      (130)         727         (57)   
Total net actuarial (losses)/gains during the period      (572)         (1,133)         (90)   

 

252


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

e/ Funded status

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Benefit obligation

     (30,104)         (30,843)         (28,054)   

Fair value of plan assets

     28,796         29,013         27,538   

Funded (unfunded) status

     (1,308)         (1,830)         (516)   
Unrecognized prior service cost and surplus (due to application of asset ceiling and IFRIC14)      (1,225)         (1,111)         (1,828)   

Net liability recognized at end of period

     (2,533)         (2,941)         (2,344)   

Detail of funded status by country

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  

USA (1)

     (566)         (1,085)         (85)   

Belgium

     822         789         829   

United Kingdom

     76         (58)         (37)   
Germany      (1,118)         (1,001)         (894)   
Other      (522)         (475)         (329)   

Total (unfunded) funded status

     (1,308)         (1,830)         (516)   
(1) see detailed information by plans in Note 26g.

f/ Pension and healthcare plan amendments

2012 U.S. represented healthcare plan amendment

Alcatel-Lucent’s 2004 U.S. collective bargaining agreement provides for retiree healthcare benefits, among other items, for formerly represented retirees. The collective bargaining agreement will expire on May 24, 2014. In April 2012, Alcatel-Lucent and its unions agreed to a seven-month extension of retiree healthcare benefits until December 31, 2013 although the Group’s obligation to pay for retirees who are subject to annual dollar caps was reduced by U.S.$40 million for 2013. On December 28, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent and its unions agreed to a one-year extension of retiree healthcare benefits until December 31, 2014 although the Group’s obligation to pay for retirees who are subject to annual dollar caps was reduced by U.S.$40 million for 2014. These reductions in an existing obligation were accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the consolidated income statement during 2012 for an amount of U.S.$ 77 million. Also on December 28, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent and the communications workers of America agreed to a one-year extension of their collective bargaining agreements from May 25, 2013 to May 24, 2014.

2012 U.S. pension lump sum offer for deferred vested participants

During the third and fourth quarters of 2012, Alcatel-Lucent offered the deferred vested participants in the defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees and U.S. inactive occupational pension plan the right to elect a lump sum payment rather than a pension payment during a specific window period (the window period only applies to deferred vested participants that cannot apply permanently for the lump sum payment). Because the current IAS 19 discount rate is lower than the pension/lump sum conversion rate, that difference results in a one-time credit that is recorded when the lump sum payment is made. This credit was U.S.$174 million during 2012. This impact is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement.

2012 Switzerland pension plan amendment

At the beginning of 2012, several amendments (increase of savings contribution, decrease of the conversion rate, decrease of the benefits paid in case of death of a pensioner, decrease of death benefit) were made to the Swiss pension plan resulting in a gain of 9 million. This plan amendment is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the income statement.

2012 Regulations affecting U.S. qualified pension plan funding requirements

From the regulatory perspective – which determines pension funding requirements – the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, enacted on July 6, 2012, will stabilize the interest rates used to determine our U.S. pension plan funding by establishing “corridors” around a 25-year average rate, which will increase the interest rates to be used for funding valuations. According to a preliminary assessment of the Group’s U.S. pension plans, the new legislation would suggest that no funding contribution should be required through at least 2016.

 

253

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

2011 U.S. management pension plan amendment

Starting April 1, 2011, about 3,000 current active participants in the defined benefit pension plan for U.S. management employees can opt to receive a lump sum when they retire. One of our actuarial assumptions was that, on average, future lump-sum amounts will be determined using a 6% conversion discount rate. Because the current IAS 19 discount rate is lower, that difference resulted in a one-time credit of 67 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This impact was accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the consolidated income statement.

2010 U.S. management healthcare plan amendment

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) of 2010 reduced funding for Medicare Advantage plans and eliminated the Medicare Advantage Private-Fee-For-Service arrangement (PFFS) effective January 1, 2011. As a result, our PFFS plan was transitioned to another Medicare Advantage plan called the National Preferred Provider Organization (PPO). The impact of the reduced funding was reflected in the first quarter of 2010. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. amended its Medicare Advantage National PPO plan in the third quarter of 2010 with an effective date of January 1, 2011 to increase the out-of-pocket maximums paid by Medicare eligible management participants and their Medicare eligible dependents, which reduced the benefit obligation by 30 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This impact is accounted for in the “Post-retirement benefit plan amendments” line item of the consolidated income statement.

 

254


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

g/ Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension and post-retirement obligations

The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, the plan assets and the funded status of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension and post-retirement benefit plans as well as the components of net periodic benefit costs, including key assumptions. The measurement dates for plan assets and obligations were December 31, 2012December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. In addition, interim measurements were made to the major plans as of March 31, June 30, and September 30, to reflect the funded status of those plans in the financial statements at the end of those periods. These interim measurements impact the pension and post-retirement cost for the immediately succeeding period. All these data are included in the figures presented on a consolidated basis in Notes 26b, c, d and e.

 

(In millions)

2012

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Change in benefit obligation    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Benefit obligation at January 1, 2012      (30,232)         (23,365)         (4,541)         (3,509)   
Service cost      (9)         (7)         (3)         (3)   
Interest cost      (1,104)         (859)         (154)         (120)   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         (153)         (119)   
Amendments      -         -         77         60   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      804         625         -         -   
Special termination benefits      -         -         -         -   
Actuarial gains (losses)      (1,793)         (1,395)         (90)         (70)   
Benefits paid      2,361         1,837         743         578   
Medicare Part D subsidy      -         -         (29)         (22)   
Foreign currency translations and other      -         446         -         59   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2012

     (29,973)         (22,718)         (4,150)         (3,146)   

Change in plan assets

                                   
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2012      32,698         25,271         671         518   
Expected return on plan assets      2,044         1,591         36         28   
Actuarial gains (losses)      1,426         1,109         5         4   
Employers’ contributions      33         26         45         35   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         153         119   
Amendments      -         -         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      (630)         (490)         -         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,361)         (1,837)         (743)         (578)   
420 transfer      (505)         (393)         505         393   
Other (external transfer and exchange rate changes)      -         (489)         -         (9)   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2012

     32,705         24,788         672         510   
Funded status of the plan      2,732         2,070         (3,478)         (2,636)   
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)      -         -         -         -   
Unrecognized surplus due to asset ceiling      (1,250)         (947)         -         -   
Net asset (liability) recognized      1,482         1,123         (3,478)         (2,636)   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position                                    
Prepaid pension costs      2,603         1,973         -         -   
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations      (1,121)         (850)         (3,478)         (2,636)   

Net asset (liability) recognized

     1,482         1,123         (3,478)         (2,636)   

 

255

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

 

(In millions)

2011

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Change in benefit obligation    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Benefit obligation at January 1, 2011      (28,070)         (21,008)         (4,456)         (3,334)   
Service cost      (7)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost      (1,338)         (961)         (193)         (139)   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         (194)         (139)   
Amendments      94         68         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Special termination benefits      -         -         -         -   
Actuarial gains (losses)      (3,283)         (2,358)         (307)         (221)   
Benefits paid      2,372         1,704         644         462   
Medicare Part D subsidy      -         -         (31)         (22)   
Foreign currency translations and other      -         (805)         -         (113)   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2011

     (30,232)         (23,365)         (4,541)         (3,509)   
Change in plan assets                                
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2011      31,695         23,721         717         536   
Expected return on plan assets      2,109         1,515         35         25   
Actuarial gains (losses)      1,583         1,137         (22)         (17)   
Employers’ contributions      34         24         70         50   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         194         139   
Amendments      -         -         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,372)         (1,704)         (674)         (484)   
420 transfer      (351)         (252)         351         252   
Other (external transfer and exchange rate changes)      -         830         -         17   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2011

     32,698         25,271         671         518   
Funded status of the plan      2,466         1,906         (3,870)         (2,991)   
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)      -         -         -         -   
Unrecognized surplus due to asset ceiling      (1,327)         (1,026)         -         -   
Net asset (liability) recognized      1,139         880         (3,870)         (2,991)   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position                                    
Prepaid pension costs      2,552         1,972         -         -   
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations      (1,413)         (1,092)         (3,870)         (2,991)   

Net asset (liability) recognized

     1,139         880         (3,870)         (2,991)   

 

256


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

(In millions)

2010

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Change in benefit obligation    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Benefit obligation at January 1, 2010      (27,907)         (19,372)         (4,414)         (3,064)   
Service cost      (6)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost      (1,445)         (1,090)         (210)         (158)   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         (174)         (131)   
Amendments      -         -         40         30   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      5         4         1         1   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Special termination benefits      (2)         (2)         (1)         (1)   
Actuarial gains (losses)      (1,175)         (886)         (346)         (261)   
Benefits paid      2,460         1,855         702         530   
Medicare Part D subsidy      -         -         (38)         (28)   
Foreign currency translations and other      -         (1,512)         (12)         (249)   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2010

     (28,070)         (21,008)         (4,456)         (3,334)   
Change in plan assets                                
Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2010      30,977         21,503         807         560   
Expected return on plan assets      2,131         1,608         32         24   
Actuarial gains (losses)      1,323         997         13         11   
Employers’ contributions      34         26         83         62   
Plan participants’ contributions      -         -         174         131   
Amendments      -         -         -         -   
Business combinations      -         -         -         -   
Disposals      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Benefits paid/Special termination benefits      (2,460)         (1,855)         (702)         (530)   
420 transfer      (310)         (234)         310         234   
Other (external transfer and exchange rate changes)      -         1,676         -         44   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2010

     31,695         23,721         717         536   
Funded status of the plan      3,625         2,713         (3,739)         (2,798)   
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)      -         -         -         -   
Unrecognized surplus due to asset ceiling      (2,187)         (1,637)         -         -   
Net asset (liability) recognized      1,438         1,076         (3,739)         (2,798)   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position                                    
Prepaid pension costs      2,630         1,968         -         -   
Pensions, retirement indemnities and other post-retirement benefit obligations      (1,192)         (892)         (3,739)         (2,798)   

Net asset (liability) recognized

     1,438         1,076         (3,739)         (2,798)   

 

257

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Additional Information

 

(in millions)

December 31, 2012

   Obligations      Assets      Funded Status  
Pension Benefits    U.S.$           U.S.$           U.S.$       
U.S. management      (19,629)         (14,879)         19,006         14,405         (623)         (474)   
U.S. occupational      (9,867)         (7,478)         13,699         10,383         3,832         2,905   
Supplemental      (477)         (361)         -         -         (477)         (361)   
Total Pension Benefits      (29,973)         (22,718)         32,705         24,788         2,732         2,070   
Post-retirement Benefits                                                      
Non-represented health      (317)         (241)         -         -         (317)         (241)   
Formerly represented health      (2,043)         (1,548)         294         223         (1,749)         (1,325)   
Non-represented group life      (1,114)         (845)         306         233         (808)         (612)   
Formerly represented group life      (673)         (509)         72         54         (601)         (455)   
Other      (3)         (3)         -         -         (3)         (3)   
Total Post-retirement Benefits      (4,150)         (3,146)         672         510         (3,478)         (2,636)   

 

(in millions)

December 31, 2011

   Obligations      Assets      Funded Status  
Pension Benefits    U.S.$           U.S.$           U.S.$       
U.S. management (1)      (19,613)         (15,158)         18,689         14,444         (924)         (714)   
U.S. occupational (1)      (10,155)         (7,849)         14,009         10,827         3,854         2,978   
Supplemental      (464)         (358)         -         -         (464)         (358)   
Total Pension Benefits      (30,232)         (23,365)         32,698         25,271         2,466         1,906   
Post-retirement Benefits                                                      
Non-represented health      (374)         (289)         -         -         (374)         (289)   
Formerly represented health      (2,459)         (1,900)         292         226         (2,167)         (1,675)   
Non-represented group life      (1,060)         (819)         311         239         (749)         (579)   
Formerly represented group life      (643)         (497)         68         53         (575)         (444)   
Other      (5)         (4)         -         -         (5)         (4)   
Total Post-retirement Benefits      (4,541)         (3,509)         671         518         (3,870)         (2,991)   

 

(in millions)

December 31, 2010

   Obligations      Assets      Funded Status  
Pension Benefits    U.S.$           U.S.$           U.S.$       
U.S. management (2)      (17,858)         (13,365)         17,104         12,801         (754)         (564)   
U.S. occupational (2)      (9,774)         (7,315)         14,591         10,920         4,817         3,605   
Supplemental      (438)         (328)         -         -         (438)         (328)   
Total Pension Benefits      (28,070)         (21,008)         31,695         23,721         3,625         2,713   
Post-retirement Benefits                                                      
Non-represented health      (441)         (330)         -         -         (441)         (330)   
Formerly represented health      (2,483)         (1,858)         274         205         (2,209)         (1,653)   
Non-represented group life      (899)         (673)         336         251         (563)         (422)   
Formerly represented group life      (627)         (470)         107         80         (520)         (390)   
Other      (6)         (3)         -         -         (6)         (3)   
Total Post-retirement Benefits      (4,456)         (3,334)         717         536         (3,739)         (2,798)   

 

(1) On December 1, 2011, we transferred about 10,300 beneficiaries from the U.S. occupational pension plans to the U.S. management pension plan. We transferred about U.S.$ 886 million in assets and U.S.$ 560 million in obligations determined in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards).

 

(2) On December 1, 2010, we transferred about 6,300 participants from the U.S. occupational pension plans to the U.S. management pension plan. We transferred about U.S.$ 790 million in assets and U.S.$ 530 million in obligations determined in accordance with IFRSs (International Financial Reporting Standards).

 

258


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit (Cost)

 

(In millions)

2012

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Service cost      (9)         (7)         (3)         (3)   
Interest cost on benefit obligation      (1,104)         (859)         (154)         (120)   
Expected return on plan assets      2,044         1,591         36         28   
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs      -         -         -         -   
Subtotal      931         725         (121)         (95)   
Special termination benefits      -                  -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      931         725         (121)         (95)   
U.S. plan amendments      174         135         77         60   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      1,105         860         (44)         (35)   

 

(In millions)

2011

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Service cost      (7)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost on benefit obligation      (1,338)         (961)         (193)         (139)   
Expected return on plan assets      2,109         1,515         35         25   
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs      -         -         -         -   
Subtotal      764         549         (162)         (117)   
Special termination benefits      -         -         -         -   
Curtailments      -         -         -         -   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      764         549         (162)         (117)   
U.S. healthcare plan amendment      94         68         -         -   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      858         617         (162)         (117)   

 

(In millions)

2010

   Pension benefits      Post-retirement benefits  
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)    U.S.$           U.S.$       
Service cost      (6)         (5)         (4)         (3)   
Interest cost on benefit obligation      (1,445)         (1,090)         (210)         (158)   
Expected return on plan assets      2,131         1,608         32         24   
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs      -         -         -         -   
Subtotal      680         513         (182)         (137)   
Special termination benefits      (2)         (2)         (1)         (1)   
Curtailments      5         4         1         1   
Settlements      -         -         -         -   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      683         515         (182)         (137)   
U.S. healthcare plan amendment      -         -         40         30   
Pension credit/post-retirement benefit (cost)      683         515         (142)         (107)   

 

259

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Key assumptions

 

Assumptions used to determine:    December 2012      December 2011      December 2010  
Benefit obligations - discount rate                           
Pension      3.30%         3.91%         4.97%   
Post-retirement health care and other      2.84%         3.54%         4.38%   
Post-retirement group life      3.61%         4.11%         5.21%   
Rate of compensation increase      3.86%         3.87%         3.85%   
Net benefit cost or credit - discount rate                           
Pension      3.67%         4.74%         5.13%   
Post-retirement health care and other      3.24%         4.24%         4.51%   
Post-retirement group life      3.91%         5.02%         5.36%   
Expected return on plan assets                           
Pension      6.32%         6.74%         6.89%   
Post-retirement health care and other      5.22%         4.12%         2.64%   
Post-retirement group life      7.24%         7.05%         6.23%   

Due to the application of the revised IAS19 “Employee Benefits”, expected rates of return will no longer be used from January 1, 2013 onwards (see note 1 – Summary of accounting policies).

 

      December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates                           
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year      6.90%         8.00%         7.70%   
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year (excluding post-retirement dental benefits)      7.00%         8.20%         7.80%   
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to      5.10%         5.40%         5.90%   
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at      2022         2021         2020   

The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

     1 percentage point  
(In millions)    Increase      Decrease  
Effect on total of service and interest cost components      (5)         4   
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation      (123)         110   

Discount rates for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans are determined using the values published in the “original” CitiGroup Pension Discount Curve which is based on AA-rated corporate bonds. Each future year’s expected benefit payments are discounted by the corresponding value in the CitiGroup Curve, and for those years not presented in the CitiGroup Curve, we use the value of the last year presented for benefit payments expected to occur beyond the final year of the Curve. Then a single discount rate is selected that results in the same interest cost for the next period as the application of the individual rates would have produced. Rates are developed distinctly for each major plan; some very small plans are grouped for this process. The average durations of Alcatel-Lucent’s major pension obligations and post-retirement health care obligations were 10.07 years and 7.53 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2012 (10.03 years and 6.77 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and 9.78 years and 6.41 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2010).

Alcatel-Lucent considered several factors in developing its expected rate of return on plan assets, including its historical returns and input from its external advisors. Individual asset class return forecasts were developed based upon current market conditions, for example, price-earnings levels and yields and long-term growth expectations. The expected long-term rate of return is the weighted average of the target asset allocation of each individual asset class. Alcatel-Lucent’s long-term expected rate of return on plan assets included an anticipated premium over projected market returns received from its external advisors of 6.63% for its U.S. management pension plan and 5.70% for its occupational pension plans as of December 31, 2011 (7.44% for its U.S. management pension plan and 6.03 % for its U.S. occupational pension plans as of December 31, 2010). Starting January 1, 2013, expected rates of return are no longer used due to the application of the revised IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” (see note 1 – Summary of accounting policies). Its actual 10-year annual rate of return on pension plan assets was 10.72% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2012 (8.41% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2011 and 6.22% for the 10-year-period ended December 31, 2010).

Before December 31, 2011, the mortality assumptions for Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. plans were based on actual recent experience of the participants in our U.S. management pension plan and our U.S. occupational pension plans. For the 2009 year-end valuation, we updated the mortality assumptions, again based on the actual experience of the two plans from 2000 to 2008. This update had a U.S.$ 464 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. management pension plan and a U.S.$ 100 million negative

 

260


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. Occupational pension plans. This effect was recognized in the 2009 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

As of December 31, 2011, the mortality assumptions were changed to the RP-2000 Combined Health Mortality table with Generational Projection based on the U.S. Society of Actuaries Scale AA. This update had a U.S.$ 128 million positive effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. management pension plan and a U.S.$ 563 million negative effect on the benefit obligation of the U.S. occupational pension plans. This effect was recognized in the 2011 Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Plan Assets

The following table summarizes the target asset allocation ranges and our actual allocation of our pension and post-retirement trusts by asset category.

 

      Pension target
allocation range
     Percentage of
pension plan
assets
     Post-retirement
target allocation
     Percentage of
post-retirement
plan assets
 
December 31, 2010                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      12% -  19%         16%         30%         31%   
Fixed income securities      58% -  79%         67%         43%         42%   
Real estate      4% -  8%         6%                   
Private equity and other      7% -  13%         11%                   
Cash                      27%         27%   
Total               100%                  100%   
December 31, 2011                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      7% -  13%         9%         28%         28%   
Fixed income securities      63% -  86%         74%         41%         41%   
Real estate      4% -  8%         6%                   
Private equity and other      6% -  13%         11%                   
Cash                      31%         31%   
Total               100%                  100%   
December 31, 2012                                    
Asset category                                    
Equity securities      7% -  13%         11%         44%         44%   
Fixed income securities      63% -  86%         74%         15%         14%   
Real estate      4% -  8%         6%                   
Private equity and other      6% -  13%         9%                   
Cash                      41%         42%   
Total               100%                  100%   

The majority of Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension plan assets are held in a master pension trust. Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. post-retirement plan assets are held in two separate trusts in addition to the amount set aside in the master pension trust for retiree healthcare. Plan assets are managed by independent investment advisors with the objective of maximizing surplus returns with a prudent level of surplus risk. Alcatel-Lucent periodically completes asset-liability studies to assure that the optimal asset allocation is maintained in order to meet future benefit obligations. The Board of Directors formally approves the target allocation ranges every two to three years upon completion of a study by the external advisors and internal investment management. The overall pension plan asset portfolio reflects a balance of investments split about 26.0/74.0 between equity (which includes alternative investments for this purpose) and fixed income securities. Investment advisors managing plan assets may use derivative financial instruments including futures contracts, forward contracts, options and interest rate swaps to manage market risk. At its meeting on July 27, 2011, as part of its prudent management of the Group’s funding of our pension and retirement obligations, our Board of Directors approved the following further modifications to the asset allocation of our Group’s U.S. Management pension plan: the portion of funds invested in public equity securities is to be reduced from 20% to 10%, the portion invested in fixed income securities is to be increased from 60% to 70 % and the portion invested in alternatives remained unchanged. These changes reduced the volatility of the funded status and reduced the expected return on plan assets by 50 basis points, with a corresponding negative impact in our pension credit in the second half of 2011. No change was made in the allocation concerning our U.S. Group’s occupational pension plans.

Pension plan assets included U.S.$ 0.2 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 6.4 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2012 (U.S.$ 0.4 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 8.5 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2011 and U.S.$ 0.2 million of Alcatel-Lucent ordinary shares and U.S.$ 8.5 million of Alcatel-Lucent bonds as of December 31, 2010).

 

261

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

 

Contributions

Alcatel-Lucent contributes to its pension and post-retirement benefit plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and to pre-fund some benefits by means of trust funds. For Alcatel-Lucent’s U.S. pension plans, the funding policy is to contribute amounts to the trusts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as Alcatel-Lucent may determine to be appropriate. Contributions are made to benefit plans for the sole benefit of plan participants.

U.S. pension plan funding methods

Funding requirements for our major U.S. pension plans are determined by applicable statutes, namely the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), and regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”) increased the funding target for determining required contributions, from 90% to 100% of the funding obligation, in 2% annual increments at each January 1 valuation date beginning in 2008 and ending with a 4% increment on January 1, 2011. The PPA was amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”) and provided additional alternative methods for determining the funding obligation and the value of plan assets that included look-back averaging periods of up to twenty-four months. The IRS provides a number of methods to use for measuring plan assets and for determining the discount rate. For measuring plan assets, we can choose between the fair market value at the valuation date or a smoothed fair value of assets (based on any prior period of time up to a maximum of two years, with the valuation date being the last date in the prior period). For determining the discount rate, we can opt for the spot discount rate at the valuation date (in effect the average yield curve of the daily rates for the month preceding the valuation date) or a twenty-four month average of the rates for each time segment (any twenty-four month period as long as the twenty-four month period ends no later than five months before the valuation date). To measure the 2011 funding valuation, we selected the two year asset fair value smoothing method for the U.S. management pension plan and U.S. occupational pension plans, and the twenty-four month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ended September 30, 2010 for the U.S. management pension plan and the twenty-four month average of the rates for each time segment for the month ending December 31, 2010 for the U.S. occupational pension plans. As a result of these choices, we will not have to make any funding contributions for 2011 funding valuations (i.e. no contribution contemplated through at least 2013). Starting with the 2012 funding valuation, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, enacted on July 6, 2012, will stabilize the interest rates used to determine our U.S. pension plan funding requirements by establishing “corridors” around a twenty-five year average rate, which will increase the selected interest rates to be used for funding valuations. According to a preliminary assessment of the company’s U.S. pension plans, the new legislation would suggest that no funding contribution should be required through at least 2016.

U.S. Section 420 Transfer

Prior to the PPA, Section 420 of the Code provided for the transfer of pension assets (“Section 420 Transfer”) in excess of 125% of a pension plan’s funding obligation to be used to fund the healthcare costs of that plan’s retired participants. The Code permitted only one transfer in a tax year with transferred amounts being fully used in the year of the transfer. It also required the company to continue providing healthcare benefits to those retirees for a period of five years beginning with the year of the transfer (cost maintenance period), at the highest per-person cost it had experienced during either of the two years immediately preceding the year of the transfer. With some limitations, benefits could be eliminated for up to 20% of the retiree population, or reduced for up to 20% for 100% of the retiree population, during the five-year period. The PPA as amended by the U.S. Troop Readiness, Veterans’ Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act of 2007, expanded the types of transfers to include transfers covering a period of more than one year from assets in excess of 120% of the funding obligation, with the cost maintenance period extended through the end of the fourth year following the transfer period, and the funded status being maintained at a minimum of 120% during each January 1 valuation date in the transfer period. The PPA also provided for collectively bargained transfers, both single year and multi-year, wherein an enforceable labor agreement is substituted for the cost maintenance period. On July 6 2012, the provisions of Section 420 of the Code were extended to life insurance benefits (in addition to healthcare costs) and extended until December 31, 2021.

On December 10, 2010, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational – inactive pension plan in the amount of U.S.$ 310 million to fund healthcare benefits for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers for the period beginning October 1, 2010 through about September 15, 2011.

On December 5, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational – inactive pension plan in the amount of U.S.$ 351 million to fund healthcare benefits for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers for the period beginning September 16, 2011 through about September 30, 2012.

On December 3, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent made a Section 420 “collectively bargained transfer” of excess pension assets from the U.S. occupational – inactive pension plan in the amount of U.S.$ 505 million to fund healthcare benefits for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers for the period beginning September 24, 2012 through about September 30, 2013 and group life insurance benefits for the period beginning November 15, 2012 through about November 30, 2013. Alcatel-Lucent expects to make another “collectively bargained transfer” during 2013 from the U.S. occupational – inactive pension plan to fund healthcare and group life insurance benefits for retirees who were represented by the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers for the remainder of 2013 through the first nine months of 2014.

 

262


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26

 

Contribution

The following table summarizes expected contributions (net of Medicare Part D subsidies) to its various pension and post-retirement plans through calendar 2022. Alcatel-Lucent does not have to make contributions to its qualified U.S. pension plans during calendar 2013. Although certain data, such as the December 31, 2012 private equity and real estate values and the January 1, 2013 census data, will not be final until the second quarter of 2013, Alcatel-Lucent does not expect to make any contribution through early 2015. In addition, the new legislation signed in 2012 would suggest that no funding contribution should be required through at least 2016. Alcatel-Lucent is unable to reliably estimate the expected contributions to its qualified U.S. pension plans (Management & Occupational pension plans) beyond calendar 2016. Actual contributions may differ from expected contributions, due to various factors, including performance of plan assets, interest rates and potential legislative changes. The table below reflects the use of excess pension assets to fund 2013 to 2021 (Section 420 of the Code was extended in 2012 until December 31, 2021) healthcare costs and group life insurance payments for formerly union-represented retirees.

 

     Pension      Post-retirement  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)   

Non-qualified
pension plans

    

Formerly

union-
represented
retiree  health
plans(1)

    

Non-

Represented
retiree
health

plans

     Other  benefit
plans(2)
 
2013      33         (28)         32         8   
2014      32         (29)         30         8   
2015      32         (30)         31         8   
2016      32         (30)         31         7   
2017      31         (30)         29         7   
2018 - 2022      148         (20)         123         244   

 

(1) Estimates take into account that Section 420 transfers are made to finance healthcare costs until December 31, 2021 (current expiration date of the Section 420 of the Code). These estimates are net of Medicare Part D subsidies).

 

(2) Estimates take into account that Section 420 transfers are made to finance group life insurance payments until December 31, 2021 (current expiration date of the Section 420 of the Code).

Certain of the actuarial assumptions used to determine if pension plan funding is required differ from those used for accounting purposes in a way that becomes significant in volatile markets. While the basis for developing discount rates in both cases is corporate bond yields, for accounting purposes we use a yield curve developed by CitiGroup as of the close of the last business day of December of the current calendar year, whereas the PPA allows either a daily average yield curve for the month of December or a two-year average yield curve. Also, available fair values of assets as of the close of the last business day of December must be used for accounting purposes, but the PPA provides for “asset smoothing” options that average fair values over periods as long as two years with limited expected returns being included in the averaging. Both of these sets of options minimize the impact of sharp changes in asset values and corporate bond yields in volatile markets. A preliminary evaluation of the funded status of the U.S. management pension plan for regulatory funding valuation purposes indicates that this plan is over 100% funded at year-end 2012. On the other hand, this plan was underfunded by U.S.$ 623 million on December 31, 2012 for accounting purposes. In addition, under the PPA transition target rules, we would only need to fund this plan if the funded ratio were to decline below 100%.

Regarding healthcare benefits, it is important to note that both management and formerly union-represented retirees’ benefits are capped for those who retired after February 28, 1990 (the benefit obligation associated with this retiree group approximated 44% of the total U.S. retiree healthcare obligation as of December 31, 2011); and Medicare is the primary payer (pays first) for those aged 65 and older, who make up almost all of uncapped retirees.

Benefit Payments

The following table summarizes expected benefit payments from Alcatel-Lucent’s various U.S. pension and post-retirement plans through calendar 2022. Actual benefit payments may differ from expected benefit payments. These amounts are reflected net of expected plan participant contributions and the annual Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately U.S.$30 million.

 

      Pension      Post-retirement  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)    Qualified
U.S.
management
pension
plans
     Qualified
U.S.
occupational
pension
plans
     Non-
qualified
pension
plans
     Formerly
union-
represented
retiree
health plans
     Non-
represented
retiree
health plans
     Other
benefit
plans
 
2013      1,504         811         33         186         32         97   
2014      1,466         789         32         173         30         98   
2015      1,428         766         32         220         31         99   
2016      1,389         743         32         177         31         99   
2017      1,349         718         31         185         29         100   
2018 - 2022      6,088         3,192         148         740         123         503   

 

263

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

NOTE 27     FINANCIAL DEBT

a/ Analysis of financial debt, net

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Marketable securities – short term, net      1,528         939         649   
Cash and cash equivalents      3,401         3,534         5,040   
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities      4,929         4,473         5,689   
(Convertible bonds and other bonds – long-term portion)      (3,727)         (4,152)         (4,037)   
(Other long-term debt)      (227)         (138)         (75)   
(Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt)      (857)         (329)         (1,266)   
(Financial debt, gross)      (4,811)         (4,619)         (5,378)   
Derivative interest rate instruments – other current and non-current assets      33         36         44   
Derivative interest rate instruments – other current and non-current liabilities      -         -         (2)   
Loan to joint venturer – financial asset (loan to co-venturer)      8         18         24   
Cash (financial debt), net before FX derivatives      159         (92)         377   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt – other current and non-current assets (1)      2         57         -   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt – other current and non-current liabilities (1)      (35)         (5)         (15)   
Cash (financial debt), net – excluding discontinued operations      126         (40)         362   
Cash (financial debt), net – assets held for sale      -         9         -   
Cash (financial debt), net – including discontinued operations      126         (31)         362   

 

(1) Foreign exchange (FX) derivatives are FX swaps (primarily U.S.$/) related to inter-unit loans.

b/ Analysis of financial debt, gross – by type

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Convertible bonds      2,179         2,015         2,739   
Other bonds      2,118         2,236         2,286   
Receivables transferred that are not derecognized in their entirety(1)      166         83         33   
Bank loans, overdrafts and other financial debt      225         166         160   
Commercial paper      -         -         -   
Finance lease obligations      23         18         37   
Accrued interest      100         101         123   
Financial debt, gross      4,811         4,619         5,378   

 

(1) See Note 28 “Financial Assets Transferred”.

 

264


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

c/ Bonds

Balances at December 31, 2011 and at December 31, 2012:

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     Currency
translation
impact
     Other changes
during 2012
     December 31,
2012
 
Remaining amounts to be reimbursed                                    
Issued by Alcatel-Lucent:                                    

•   Oceane 5.00% - 1,000 M (4) due January 2015

     1,000         -         -         1,000   

•   6.375% - 462 M (4) due April 2014 (1)

     462         -         -         462   

•   Floating rate extendable to 2016 (5)

     100         -         (100)         -   

•   Senior Notes 8.50% - 500 M (4) due January 2016

     500         -         -         500   
Issued by Lucent:                                    

•   7.75% - US$931 M (4) due March 2017 (2)

     747         (15)         -         732   

•   2.875% - US$95 M (4) Series A due June 2023 (2) (3)

     75         (1)         -         74   

•   2.875% - US$765 M (4) Series B due June 2025 (2)(3)(6)

     710         (13)         (91)         606   

•   6.50% - US$300 M (4) due January 2028

     209         (5)         -         204   

•   6.45% - US$1,360 M (4) due March 2029

     946         (18)         -         928   
Sub-total      4,749         (52)         (191)         4,506   
Equity component and issuing fees of Oceane 2015 issued by Alcatel–Lucent      (139)         -         41         (98)   
Equity component of Lucent’s 2.875% Series A convertible debentures      (24)         -         2         (22)   
Equity component of Lucent’s 2.875% Series B convertible debentures      (259)         3         245         (11)   
Equity component of other convertible bonds issued by Lucent      (76)         1         12         (63)   
Fair value of interest rate instruments relating to bonds and expenses included in the calculation of the effective interest rate      -         -         (15)         (15)   
Carrying amount of bonds      4,251         (48)         94         4,297   

 

(1) Benefit from a full and unconditional subordinated guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

 

(2) See Note 25 for details on redemption options.

 

(3) Benefit from a full and unconditional subordinated guaranty from Alcatel-Lucent.

 

(4) Face amounts outstanding as at December 31, 2012.

 

(5) The maturity date of the notes was May 2012 (those notes initially matured in May 2011 and were extended until 2012). Alcatel-Lucent did not exercise the option to extend the maturity date of those notes.

 

(6) Due to the change of estimated cash flows related to the 2.875 % US$ 765 million Series B convertible debenture, the carrying value of this bond was increased for an amount of US$ 229 million with a corresponding impact accounted for in “other financial loss” as disclosed in Note 8. Refer to additional comments in Notes 2j and 25.

Change in 2013 - Subsequent event:

On January 30, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent closed the financing transaction syndicated in January 2013 by Crédit Suisse AG and Goldman Sachs Bank USA. Three senior secured credit facilities, with Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. as the borrower, have been put into place. Their main characteristics are as follows:

 

 

an asset sale facility with a total nominal value of US$ 500 million, a coupon of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 525 basis points, maturing in August 2016;

 

 

a credit facility with a total nominal value of US$ 1,750 million, a coupon of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 625 basis points, maturing in January 2019; and

 

 

a credit facility with a total nominal value of 300 million, a coupon of Libor (with a 1.00% floor) plus 650 basis points, also maturing in January 2019.

These facilities are secured by, among other things, part of the intellectual property portfolio of Alcatel-Lucent and include customary covenants corresponding to this type of financing but with no maintenance financial covenant (covenant whose calculation is usually tested quarterly and measures the capacity to repay debt).

The proceeds will be used for the refinancing of existing near term debt maturities and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

265

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

Changes in 2012:

 

 

Extension or redemption:

The remainder of the bonds initially issued in July and October 2010, (i.e. bonds due in February 2012 and May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million each) were not extended further by Alcatel-Lucent and were redeemed.

 

 

Repurchases (redemption before maturity date):

In 2012, US$ 115.5 million in nominal value of the Lucent 2.875% Series B convertible debentures were bought back for US$ 110 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, and then cancelled.

Nominal value repurchased: Lucent convertible bond 2.875% Series B: US$ 115,500,000

The consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a convertible bond is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

A loss of (27) million related to these repurchases was recorded in “other financial income (loss)” in 2012 (see Note 8).

Changes in 2011:

 

 

Extension or redemption:

In July and October 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued a series of notes for an aggregate 200 million in nominal value (see below). The maturity dates of the bonds due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million and for bonds due in May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million were extended until February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million and until May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. The bonds due in August and November 2011 for a nominal amount of 100 million were not extended and were redeemed. After the extensions and after the repayments, the new maturity dates were February 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million and May 2012 for a nominal amount of 50 million. For 2011, these notes were reported for 100 million in the short-term debt line item in the analysis by maturity (see Note 27d).

 

 

Repayment:

Alcatel-Lucent’s Oceane 4.75% EUR bond due January 2011 was repaid in January 2011 for a nominal value of 818 million.

Changes in 2010:

 

 

Issuance of new debt:

In December 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued Senior Notes due January 15, 2016 (the “Senior Notes”) with an 8.5% coupon for a total nominal value of 500 million. The proceeds were applied to partially refinance the 4.75% Oceane due January 1, 2011. The carrying value of the notes at the date of issuance was 480 million. The difference between the nominal value and the carrying value of the notes at the date of issuance, equal to 20 million, is amortized within finance costs over the life of the debt.

The Senior Notes include covenants restricting, among other things, the Group’s ability to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, buy back equity and make investments in non-controlling interests, (iii) create or incur certain liens and (iv) engage in merger, consolidation or asset sales. These covenants, which are customary in the issuance of high-yield bonds, are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Those qualifications and exceptions generally afford Alcatel-Lucent the ability to conduct its operations, strategy and finances without significant effect.

In July and October 2010, Alcatel-Lucent issued a series of notes for an aggregate 200 million in nominal value. The notes were floating rate and due in February 2011 for a nominal amount of 25 million, May 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million, August 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million, November 2011 for a nominal amount of 50 million and February 2012 for a nominal amount of 25 million. At each maturity date, Alcatel-Lucent had an option to extend the maturity dates for one year or until 2016. For 2010, these notes were reported for 175 million in the short-term debt line item in the analysis by maturity and for 25 million as due in 2012 (see Note 27d).

 

 

Repurchases (redemption before maturity date):

In the first quarter of 2010, US$75 million in nominal value of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were bought back for US$75 million in cash, excluding accrued interest, and then cancelled.

Nominal value repurchased:

Lucent convertible bond 2.875% Series A: US$75,000,000

 

266


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

The consideration paid in connection with an early redemption of a convertible bond is allocated at the date of redemption between the liability and the equity components with an allocation method consistent with the method used initially. The amount of gain or loss relating to the liability component is recognized in “other financial income (loss)” and the amount of consideration relating to the equity component is recognized in equity.

A loss of 1 million related to these repurchases was recorded in “other financial income (loss)” in 2010 (see Note 8).

 

 

Redemption before maturity date due to the existence of an optional redemption date:

At the holder’s option, the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures were redeemable at 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest at June 15, 2010.

The outstanding nominal value of the Series A convertible debentures was equal to US$455 million just before June 15, 2010. At this date, US$360 million in nominal value of these debentures was redeemed for US$360 million in cash, plus accrued interest.

Nominal value redeemed: Lucent convertible bond 2.875% US$ Series A: US$360,000,000

Because of the change in accounting treatment applied in the second quarter of 2009, the carrying amount of the Lucent 2.875% Series A convertible debentures was equal to the nominal value of the debentures as of June 15, 2010. Therefore, no gain or loss related to the partial redemption was recorded.

d/ Analysis by maturity date

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Current portion of long-term debt (1)       570         -         818   
Short-term debt (2)      286         329         448   
Financial debt due within one year (5)      856         329         1,266   
Of which:                           

•   within 3 months

     230         204         1,010   

•   between 3 and 6 months

     603         90         126   

•   between 6 and 9 months

     11         18         67   

•   over 9 months

     12         17         63   
2012 (3)      -         -         49   
2013      -         458         438   
2014      604         585         496   
2015      1,049         926         883   
2016      495         490         480   
2017 and thereafter      1,807         1,831         1,766   
Financial debt due after one year (4) (5)      3,955         4,290         4,112   
Total      4,811         4,619         5,378   

 

(1) Amount as of December 31, 2012 is related to the 2.875% Series B convertible debentures, due to the existence of a put option exercisable as of June 15, 2013. Amount as of December 31, 2010 is related to the 4.75 % Oceane due January 2011.

 

(2) Amount as of December 31, 2011 includes the Alcatel-Lucent floating rate series of notes, issued in July 2010 and October 2010 for an aggregate nominal value of 100 million, due 2012 but extendable annually until 2016 or up to 2016 (170 million due in 2011 and 24 million due in February 2012 as of December 31, 2010).

 

     Amount as of December 31, 2012 includes 100 million of accrued interest (101 million as of December 31, 2011 and 123 million as of December 31, 2010).

 

(3) Amount as of December 31, 2010 includes the Alcatel-Lucent floating rate series of notes, issued in October 2010 for an aggregate nominal value of 25 million, due February 2012 but extendable annually until 2016 or up to 2016 for 24 million.

 

(4) The convertible securities may be retired earlier based on early redemption or buy-back options. See Note 25. In case of optional redemption periods/dates occurring before the contractual maturity of the debenture, the likelihood of the redemption before the contractual maturity could lead to a change in the estimated payments. As prescribed by IAS 39, if an entity revises the estimates of payment, due to reliable new estimates, it shall adjust the carrying amount of the instrument by computing the present value of remaining cash flows at the original effective interest rate of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The adjustment is recognized as income or expense in profit or loss.

 

(5) Contractual cash flows of financial debt are disclosed in Note 33.

 

267

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

 

e/ Debt analysis by rate

 

(In millions of euros)    Amounts      Effective
interest rate
     Interest rate
after hedging
 
2010                           
Convertible bonds      2,739         8.14%         8.14%   
Other bonds      2,286         7.77%         7.07%   
Bank loans, overdrafts and finance lease obligations      230         4.18%         4.18%   
Accrued interest      123         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      5,378         7.63%         7.33%   
2011                           
Convertible bonds      2,015         8.47%         8.47%   
Other bonds      2,236         6.87%         6.41%   
Bank loans, overdrafts and finance lease obligations      267         4.18%         4.18%   
Accrued interest      101         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      4,619         7.42%         7.20%   
2012                           
Convertible bonds      2,179         9.23%         9.23%   
Other bonds      2,118         7.78%         6.98%   
Bank loans, overdrafts and finance lease obligations      414         1.97%         1.97%   
Accrued interest      100         NA         NA   
Financial debt, gross      4,811         7.94%         7.58%   

f/ Debt analysis by type of rate

 

      2012      2011      2010  
(In millions of euros)    Before
hedging
     After
hedging
     Before
hedging
     After
hedging
     Before
hedging
     After
hedging
 
Total fixed rate debt      4,795         4,335         4,478         4,018         5,161         4,701   
Total floating rate debt      16         476         141         601         217         677   
Total      4,811         4,811         4,619         4,619         5,378         5,378   

g/ Debt analysis by currency

 

      2012      2011      2010  
(In millions of euros)    Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

     Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

     Before
hedging
    

After

hedging

 
Euro      2,211         2,211         2,198         2,198         3,034         3,034   
U.S. Dollar      2,587         2,587         2,398         2,398         2,303         2,303   
Other      13         13         23         23         41         41   
Total      4,811         4,811         4,619         4,619         5,378         5,378   

h/ Fair value of debt

The fair value of Alcatel-Lucent’s debt is determined for each loan by discounting the future cash flows using a discount rate corresponding to bond yields, adjusted by the Group’s credit rate risk. The fair value of debt and bank overdrafts at floating interest rates approximates the net carrying amounts. The fair value of the financial instruments that hedge the debt is calculated in accordance with the same method, based on the net present value of the future cash flows.

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 4,679 million and the fair value of the debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 4,646 million.

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 4,054 million and the fair value of the debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 4,017 million.

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the fair value of debt before hedging (including credit spread) was 5,635 million and the fair value of the debt after hedging (including credit spread) was 5,593 million.

 

268


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27

 

i/ Credit rating

Credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (ex Lucent) post business combination

At February 6, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent credit ratings were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Corporate
Family rating
     Long-term
debt
     Short-term
debt
     Outlook      Last update of
the rating
     Last update of
the outlook
 
Moody’s      B3         Caa1         Not Prime         Negative         December 4, 2012         December 4, 2012   
Standard & Poor’s      B         CCC+         B         Watch Negative         December 21, 2012         December 21, 2012   

At February 6, 2013, the credit ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. were as follows:

 

Rating Agency    Long-term
debt
     Short-term
debt
     Outlook      Last update of
the rating
     Last update of
the outlook
 
Moody’s      Caa2 (1)         n.a         Negative         December 4, 2012         December 4, 2012   
Standard & Poor’s      CCC+ (2)         n.a         Watch Negative         December 21, 2012         December 21, 2012   

 

(1) Ratings were withdrawn on January 20, 2012 for the Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. bonds and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent.

 

(2) Except for the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I trust preferred securities that are rated CCC.

Moody’s: On December 4, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B2 to B3. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings were downgraded from B3 to Caa1 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from Caa1 to Caa2. The Negative outlook was affirmed.

On August 3, 2012, Moody’s revised its outlook for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating and debt, as well as of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I debts, from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

On May 8, 2012, Moody’s lowered the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family ratings from B1 to B2 and changed the previously Negative outlook on the ratings to Stable. Concurrently, Alcatel-Lucent’s senior long-term debt ratings were downgraded from B2 to B3 and the ratings for the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., which are guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent on a subordinated basis, were lowered from B3 to Caa1.

On January 20, 2012, Moody’s affirmed the B1 rating for the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate Family rating but downgraded from B2 to B3 the two convertible bonds of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. that are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Alcatel-Lucent. Concurrently, Moody’s withdrew the ratings for the unguaranteed legacy bonds issued by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and for the trust preferred securities issued by Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I that are not guaranteed by Alcatel-Lucent. The Negative outlooks were affirmed.

On November 10, 2011, Moody’s affirmed the Corporate Family rating of Alcatel-Lucent at B1 and changed the outlook to Negative from Stable. Concurrently, Moody’s downgraded the ratings of the senior debt of Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. to B2 from B1. The ratings for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I were affirmed at B3.

On May 18, 2011, Moody’s changed the outlook of its Corporate Family rating of Alcatel-Lucent, as well as of its ratings of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and of the Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I, from Stable to Negative. The B1 Long Term rating was affirmed.

The rating grid of Moody’s ranges from AAA, which is the highest rated class, to C, which is the lowest rated class. Alcatel-Lucent B2 rating is in the B category, which also includes B1 and B3 ratings. Moody’s gives the following definition of its B category: “obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk” and the Caa category: “obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high risk”.

Standard & Poor’s: On December 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s placed all corporate and issue credit ratings for Alcatel-lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. on Credit Watch with Negative implications. At the same time Standard & Poor’s lowered their issue ratings on Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. existing unsecured long-term debt from B to CCC+. The B ratings on Alcatel-Lucent short-term debt were affirmed.

On August 13, 2012, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook for Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Stable to Negative. The ratings were affirmed.

On April 12, 2011, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Alcatel-Lucent and on Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. from Negative to Stable. The B ratings were affirmed.

 

269

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 28

 

 

The rating grid of Standard & Poor’s ranges from AAA (the strongest rating) to D (the weakest rating). Our B rating is in the B category, which also includes B+ and B- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the B category: “An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to non-payment than obligations rated “BB” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

The CCC rating for the trust preferred securities of Lucent Technologies Capital Trust I is in the CCC category, which also includes CCC+ and CCC- ratings. Standard & Poor’s gives the following definition to the CCC category: “An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.”

Rating clauses affecting Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. debt at December 31, 2012

Given its current short-term ratings and the lack of liquidity of the French commercial paper /“billets de trésorerie” market, Alcatel-Lucent has decided not to participate in this market for the time being.

Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s outstanding bonds do not contain clauses that could trigger an accelerated repayment in the event of a lowering of their respective credit ratings.

j/ Bank credit agreements

Alcatel-Lucent syndicated bank credit facility

On April 5, 2007, Alcatel-Lucent obtained a 1.4 billion multi-currency syndicated five-year revolving bank credit facility (with two one-year extension options). On March 21, 2008, 837 million of availability under the facility was extended until April 5, 2013. Therefore, since April 5, 2012, 837 million is the amount that has been available under this credit facility.

The availability of this syndicated credit facility of 1.4 billion was not dependent upon Alcatel-Lucent’s credit ratings. Alcatel-Lucent’s ability to draw on this facility was conditioned upon its compliance with a financial covenant linked to the capacity of Alcatel-Lucent to generate sufficient cash to repay its net debt and compliance was tested quarterly when we released our consolidated financial statements. Since the 1.4 billion facility was established, Alcatel-Lucent had complied every quarter with the financial covenant that was included in the facility.

The facility was cancelled at the closing of the financing transaction described in Note 27c (Change in 2013 – Subsequent event section).

NOTE 28     FINANCIAL ASSETS TRANSFERRED

a/ Receivables transferred that are not derecognized in their entirety

Receivables related to French R&D tax credits (i.e. “Crédits d’Impôt Recherche”) were sold to banks but not derecognized from the statement of financial position as we are keeping substantially all risks and rewards related to those receivables, due to the ability of the buyer to retroactively cancel the sale in certain circumstances and to the existence of a selling price adjustment if the receivable is redeemed before or after its contractual maturity (i.e. three years) by the French State. It represented an amount of 166 million as of December 31, 2012 (83 million as of December 31, 2011 and 33 million as of December 31, 2010) included in our financial debt (other financial debt).

b/ Receivables sold without recourse

Balances

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Outstanding amounts of receivables sold without recourse (1)      1,111         952         776   

 

(1) Without recourse in case of payment default by the debtor. See accounting policy in Note 1s. We have no material continuing involvement in the receivables sold without recourse which are derecognized in their entirety.

Changes in receivables sold without recourse

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Impact on cash flows from operating activities      159         176         164   

 

270


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29

 

NOTE 29    PROVISIONS

a/ Balance at closing

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Provisions for product sales      510         537         579   
Provisions for restructuring      456         294         413   
Provisions for litigation      150         180         208   
Other provisions      533         568         658   
Total (1)      1,649         1,579         1,858   
(1) Of which: portion expected to be used within one year      1,003         1,065         1,081   
                       portion expected to be used after one year      646         514         777   

b/ Change during 2012

 

(In millions of euros)   December 31,
2011
    Appropriation     Utilization     Reversals     Change in
consolidated
companies
    Other     December 31,
2012
 
Provisions for product sales  (1)     537        525        (380)        (177)        -        5        510   
Provisions for restructuring     294        521        (340)        (36)        -        17        456   
Provisions for litigation     180        27        (40)        (5)        -        (12)        150   
Other provisions     568        116        (52)        (86)        -        (13)        533   
Total     1,579        1,189        (812)        (304)        -        (3)        1,649   
Effect on the income statement:              

•   Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

            (639)                231                        (408)   

•   Restructuring costs

            (515)                36                        (479)   

•   Litigations

            (1)                1                        -   

•   Post-retirement benefit plan amendments

            -                -                        -   

•   Other financial income (loss)

            (10)                10                        -   

•   Income taxes

            (21)                25                        4   

•   Income (loss) from discontinued operations

            (3)                1                        (2)   
Total             (1,189)                304                        (885)   

 

(1) Including provisions for product sales on construction contracts which are no longer accounted for in amounts due to/from customers on construction contracts (see Note 4).

At year-end, contingent liabilities exist with regards to ongoing tax disputes and outstanding litigations. Neither the financial impact nor the timing of any cash payment that could result from an unfavorable outcome for certain of these disputes can be estimated at present and therefore nothing was reserved as of December 31, 2012.

In particular, we received a tax assessment confirming the local tax authorities’ position with regard to the tax impact of the contribution to Thales of our former railway signalling business. It could represent a potential negative 140 million impact before interest and penalties. Nothing was reserved as our position is that it is more likely than not that we will not have to pay these taxes. If we were to reserve anything in the future in relation to this tax litigation, it would be classified in discontinued operations as the initial underlying transaction occurred in 2006. In accordance with applicable law, we have declined to make the payment, although interest will accrue on the obligation were it finally determined that the tax was due. Therefore our 2012 cash flow statement was not impacted.

 

271

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

 

c/ Analysis of litigation provisions

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2011
     Appropriation      Utilization      Reversals      Change in
consolidated
companies
     Other      December 31,
2012
 
FCPA litigation      51         1         (20)         -         -         -         32   
Fox River litigation      17         -         (1)         (1)         -         -         15   
Madrid building litigation      12         -         -         -         -         -         12   
Sub-total – material litigations (1)      80         1         (21)         (1)         -         -         59   
Other provisions      100         26         (19)         (4)         -         (12)         91   
Total      180         27         (40)         (5)         -         (12)         150   

 

(In millions of euros)    2011                                       

December 31,

2012

 
Effect on the income statement of material litigations:                                                   
- Change in the provisions      2         (1)              1                   -   
- FX hedging on FCPA litigation      2                                          2   
Total      4                                          2   

 

(1) Related to material litigations as defined in note 1n: the Fox River litigation disclosed in Note 33 (Lucent’s separation agreements) and the Madrid building litigation disclosed in Note 34e of the 2010 consolidated financial statements filed as part of the Group’s 2010 20-F.

d/ Analysis of restructuring provisions

 

(In millions of euros)    December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
Opening balance      294         413         459   
Utilization during period (restructuring cash outlays)      (340)         (345)         (377)   
Restructuring costs (social costs and other monetary costs)      479         202         369   
Reversal of discounting impact (financial loss)      6         5         6   
Effect of acquisition (disposal) of consolidated subsidiaries      -         -         -   
Cumulative translation adjustments and other changes      17         19         (44)   
Closing balance      456         294         413   

e/ Restructuring costs

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Social costs-Restructuring reserves      (363)         (113)         (240)   
Other monetary costs-Restructuring reserves      (59)         (29)         (46)   
Other monetary costs-Payables      (57)         (60)         (79)   
Valuation allowances or write-offs of assets and other      (11)         (1)         (6)   
Total restructuring costs      (490)         (203)         (371)   

NOTE 30    MARKET-RELATED EXPOSURES

The Group has a centralized treasury management in order to minimize the Group’s exposure to market risks, including interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and counterparty risk. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage and reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Alcatel-Lucent’s debt is issued in euros and in U.S. dollars. Interest-rate derivatives are used primarily to convert fixed rate debt into floating rate debt.

Estimated future cash flows (for example, firm commercial contracts or commercial bids) are hedged by forward foreign exchange transactions.

a/ Interest rate risk

Derivative financial instruments held at December 31, 2012 are intended to reduce the cost of debt and to hedge interest rate risk. At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, outstanding interest-rate derivatives have the following characteristics:

 

272


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

i. Outstanding interest-rate derivatives at December 31

Analysis by type and maturity date

 

      2012              2011      2010  
    

Contract notional amounts

Maturity date

                                           
(In millions of euros)    Less
than one
year
     1 to
5 years
     After
5 years
     Total      Market
value
     Total      Market
value
     Total      Market
value
 
Interest-rate swaps                                                                                 
Pay fixed rate      2         -         12         14         (1)         21         (1)         836         (26)   
Pay floating rate      -         460         -         460         33         460         37         1,259         67   
Caps                                                                                 
Buy      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Sell      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Options on interest-rate
swaps U.S.$ Libor
                                                                                
Buy      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Sell      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Total market value                                          32                  36                  41   

Analysis by accounting category

 

     Market value  
(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Fair value hedges      33         37         42   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      (1)         (1)         (1)   
Total      32         36         41   

Analysis by market value and maturity date

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)   

Less than

1 year

     1 to 5 years      After
5 years
     Total  
Market Value of derivatives as assets                                    
Fair value hedges      -         33         -         33   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      -         -         -         -   
Total      -         33         -         33   

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)   

Less than

1 year

     1 to 5 years      After
5 years
     Total  
Market Value of derivatives as liabilities                                    
Fair value hedges      -         -         -         -   
Cash flow hedges      -         -         -         -   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      -         -         (1)         (1)   
Total      -         -         (1)         (1)   

ii. Interest rate sensitivity

Interest rate sensitivity in terms of financial cost

An immediate increase in interest rates of 1%, applied to financial liabilities of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would increase interest expense by 5 million for 2012 (6 million for 2011 and 7 million for 2010).

 

273

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

 

An immediate increase in interest rates of 1%, applied to financial assets of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would decrease interest expense by 43 million for 2012 (40 million for 2011 and 55 million for 2010).

Financial assets are mainly short-term, and we assume that they are reinvested in assets of the same nature.

Interest rate sensitivity in terms of mark-to-market

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to marketable securities of which the impact is accounted for in equity after taking into account the hedging instruments, would decrease equity by 3 million for 2012 (4 million in 2011 and 4 million in 2010).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to marketable securities of which the impact is accounted for in the income statement after taking into account the hedging instruments, would have a negative impact of 3 million in 2012 (2 million in 2011 and not significant in 2010).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to interest-rate derivatives qualified as a fair value hedge, would have a negative impact of 7 million in 2012 (12 million in 2010 and 16 million in 2010).

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to the hedged debt qualified as a fair value hedge, would have a corresponding positive impact of 7 million in 2012 (12 million in 2011 and of 16 million in 2010).

The impact on the income statement would be zero.

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to interest-rate derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, would not have a significant impact on the income statement.

An increase of 1% of the interest rate curve, applied to financial debt after taking into account hedging instruments, would have a positive impact of 127 million on its market value for 2012 (119 million in 2011 and 204 million in 2010). However, this impact would not be accounted for, as the debt is reassessed to its fair value only when it is hedged. As a result, it would have an impact neither on the income statement nor on equity.

 

(In millions of
euros)
  2012     2011     2010  
 

Booked

value

   

Fair

value

   

Fair

value

change if
rates fall

by 1% (1)

   

Fair

value

change if
rates rise

by 1%

   

Booked

value

   

Fair

value

   

Fair

value

change if
rates fall

by 1%

   

Fair

value

change if
rates rise

by 1%

   

Booked

value

    Fair
value
    Fair
value
change if
rates fall
by 1%
    Fair
value
change if
rates rise
by 1%
 
Assets                                                                                                
Marketable securities     1,528        1,528        6        (6)        939        939        6        (6)        649        649        4        (4)   
Cash & cash equivalents (2)     3,401        3,401        -        -        3,534        3,534        -        -        5,040        5,040        -        -   
Subtotal     4,929        4,929        6        (6)        4,473        4,473        6        (6)        5,689        5,689        4        (4)   
Liabilities                                                                                                
Convertible bonds     (2,179)        (2,217)        (40)        39        (2,015)        (1,812)        (39)        37        (2,739)        (3,151)        (114)        106   
Non convertible bonds     (2,118)        (1,943)        (105)        95        (2,236)        (1,874)        (104)        94        (2,286)        (2,131)        (126)        114   
Other financial debt     (514)        (514)        -        -        (368)        (368)        -        -        (353)        (353)        -        -   
Subtotal     (4,811)        (4,674)        (145)        134        (4,619)        (4,054)        (143)        131        (5,378)        (5,635)        (240)        220   
Interest rate derivatives     33        33        1        (7)        36        36        12        (12)        42        42        16        (16)   
Loan to co-venturer-financial asset     8        8        -        -        18        18        -        -        24        24        -        -   

(Debt)/cash position before FX derivatives

    159        296        (144)        127        (92)        473        (125)        113        377        120        (220)        200   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt-other current and non-current assets     2        2        -        -        57        57        -        -        -        -        -        -   
Derivative FX instruments on financial debt-other current and non-current liabilities     (35)        (35)        -        -        (5)        (5)        -        -        (15)        (15)        -        -   

(Debt)/cash position

    126        263        (144)        127        (40)        525        (125)        113        362        105        (220)        200   

 

(1) If the interest rate is negative after the decrease of 1%, the sensitivity is calculated with an interest rate equal to 0%.

 

(2) For cash & cash equivalents, the carrying value is considered as a good estimate of the fair value.

 

274


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

b/ Currency risk

i. Outstanding currency derivatives at December 31

Analysis by type and currency

 

     2012      2011      2010  
(In millions of euros)   

U.S.

dollar

    

British

pound

     Other      Total     

Market

value

     Total     

Market

value

     Total     

Market

value

 
Buy/Lend foreign currency                                                                                 
Forward exchange contracts      230         160         139         529         (1)         471         4         1,058         (18)   
Short-term exchange swaps      1,714         336         181         2,231         (35)         2,865         63         1,955         (14)   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                                                                 

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Total      1,944         496         320         2,760         (36)         3,336         67         3,013         (32)   
Sell/Borrow foreign currency                                                                                 
Forward exchange contracts      411         121         149         681         10         869         (35)         1,203         (4)   
Short-term exchange swaps      726         4         168         898         15         1,189         (43)         1,237         8   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                                                                 

•   Sell call

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   

•   Buy put

     -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Total      1,137         125         317         1,579         25         2,058         (78)         2,440         4   
Total market value                                          (11)                  (11)                  (28)   

Analysis by type and maturity

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)   

Less than

1 year

     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Buy/Lend                                    
Forward exchange contracts      529         -         -         529   
Short-term exchange swaps      2,231         -         -         2,231   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -         -   
Currency option contracts:                                    

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -   
Total      2,760         -         -         2,760   

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)   

Less than

1 year

     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Sell/Borrow                                    
Forward exchange contracts      681         -         -         681   
Short-term exchange swaps      898         -         -         898   
Cross currency swaps      -         -         -            
Currency option contracts:                                    

•   Buy call

     -         -         -         -   

•   Sell put

     -         -         -         -   
Total      1,579         -         -         1,579   

 

275

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

 

Analysis by market value and maturity date

 

     Maturity date         
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Total market value of derivatives as assets      29         -         -         29   

 

    

Maturity date

        
(In millions of euros)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 5 years      After 5 years      Total  
Total market value of derivatives as liabilities      (40)         -         -         (40)   

Analysis by accounting category

 

     Market value  
(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Fair value hedges      (27)         8         (12)   
Cash flow hedges      7         (16)         (7)   
Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting      9         (3)         (9)   
Total      (11)         (11)         (28)   

ii. Exchange rate sensitivity

The most used cross currencies in the Group are U.S.$ against EUR, GBP against EUR and GBP against U.S.$. The sensitivity is calculated by increasing or decreasing the value of the U.S.$ by 6% against other currencies.

An increase of foreign currency exchange rates versus EUR of 6%, applied to foreign exchange derivatives, would have a positive impact of 59 million in 2012 (against a positive impact of 44 million in 2011 and a positive impact of 17 million in 2010). This impact would affect the income statement only for foreign exchange derivatives, which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

For foreign exchange derivatives qualified as a fair value hedge, an increase of 6% in the foreign currency exchange rate would have a positive impact of 94 million in 2012 (against a positive impact of 84 million in 2011 and a negative impact of 8 million in 2010). However, this positive effect would be offset by a negative impact due to the re-evaluation of the underlying items. The impact on income statement would therefore be zero.

For foreign exchange derivatives qualified as a cash flow hedge, a 6% increase in the foreign currency exchange rate would have a negative impact of 23 million on equity in 2012 (against a negative impact of 28 million on equity in 2011 and a positive impact of 16 million in 2010).

 

    2012     2011     2010  
(In millions of euros)  

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

   

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

   

Fair

value

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ falls

by 6%

   

Fair value
change if

U.S.$ rises

by 6%

 
Outstanding foreign exchange derivatives                                                                        
Fair value hedges     (27)        (94)        94        8        (82)        84        (12)        (10)        8   
Cash flow hedges     7        23        (23)        (16)        28        (28)        (7)        (17)        16   
Derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting     9        13        (12)        (3)        11        (12)        (9)        7        (7)   
Total outstanding derivatives     (11)        (58)        59        (11)        (43)        44        (28)        (20)        17   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on financial result     9        13        (12)        (3)        11        (12)        (9)        7        (7)   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on income (loss) from operating activities     -        -        -        -        -        -                -        -   
Impact of outstanding derivatives on equity     7        23        (23)        (16)        28        (28)        (7)        (17)        16   

 

 

276


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

iii. Reclassification to income statement of gains or losses on hedging transactions that were originally recognized in equity

 

(In millions of euros)        
Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2009      6   
Changes in fair value      1   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      (13)   
Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2010      (6)   
Changes in fair value      (11)   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      4   
Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2011      (13)   
Changes in fair value      17   
Reclassification of gains or losses to income statement (1)      (3)   
Cash flow hedges accounted for in equity at December 31, 2012      1   

 

(1) The amounts recognized directly in equity indicated in this table differ from those disclosed in the Statement Of Comprehensive Income, due to the amounts related to discontinued operations and commodities derivatives, which are excluded in the above table.

c/ Fair value hierarchy

 

    2012     2011     2010  
     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets                                                                                                
Financial assets available for sale at fair value (1)     1        146        7        154        3        129        7        139        13        134        14        161   
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (1)     -        1,431        -        1,431        -        896        -        896        -        552        -        552   
Currency derivatives (2)     -        29        -        29        -        65        -        65        -        54        -        54   
Interest-rate derivatives - hedging(2)     -        33        -        33        -        36        -        36        -        44        -        44   
Interest-rate derivatives - other (2)     -        -        -        -        -        1        -        1        -        23        -        23   
Cash equivalents (3)     906        133                1,039        376        842        -        1,218        -        310        -        310   
Total     907        1,772        7        2,686        379        1,969        7        2,355        13        1,117        14        1,144   
Liabilities                                                                                                
Currency derivatives (2)     -        (40)        -        (40)        -        (76)        -        (76)        -        (82)        -        (82)   
Interest-rate derivatives - hedging (2)     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        (2)        -        (2)   
Interest-rate derivatives - other (2)     -        (1)        -        (1)        -        (4)        -        (4)        -        (24)        -        (24)   
Total     -        (41)        -        (41)        -        (80)        -        (80)        -        (108)        -        (108)   

 

(1) See Note 17.

 

(2) See Note 22.

 

(3) See Note 18. Actively traded money market funds are measured at their net asset value and classified as Level 1. The Company’s remaining cash equivalents are classified as Level 2 and measured at amortized cost, which is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short time between the purchase of the instrument and its expected realization.

 

277

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

 

 

(In millions of euros)        
Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2010      14   
Additions / (disposals)      (7)   
Fair value changes through equity      -   
Impairment losses      -   
Change in consolidated group      -   
Other changes      -   
Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2011      7   
Additions / (disposals)      -   
Fair value changes through equity      1   
Impairment losses      -   
Change in consolidated group      -   
Other changes      (1)   
Amount in level 3 at December 31, 2012      7   

d/ Stock market risk

Alcatel-Lucent and its subsidiaries are not engaged in speculative trading in the stock markets. Subject to approval by Alcatel-Lucent, subsidiaries may make equity investments in selected companies.

e/ Credit risk

i. Maximum exposure to credit risk

The Group considers that its exposure is as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Trade receivables and other receivables (1)      2,861         3,407         3,664   
Marketable securities (2)      1,528         939         649   
Cash and cash equivalents (3)      3,401         3,534         5,040   
Other financial assets (2)      325         521         400   
Foreign exchange derivative assets (4)      29         65         54   
Interest-rate derivative assets (4)      33         37         67   
Other assets (4)      1,100         1,171         1,021   
Financial guarantees and off balance sheet commitments (5)      4         11         555   

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     9,281         9,685         11,450   

 

(1) See Note 21.

 

(2) See Note 17.

 

(3) See Note 18.

 

(4) See Note 22.

 

(5) See Note 33.

ii. Credit risk concentration

Due to the diversification of its customers and their geographical dispersion, management considers that there is no significant credit risk concentration. The credit risk for the top five customers does not exceed 30% of trade receivables.

 

278


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 30

 

iii. Outstanding financial assets not impaired

 

                   Of which amounts not impaired but overdue
at closing date
        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2012
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      41         41         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      2,940         2,576         83         93         42         27         245   

Gross value

     2,981                                                         
Valuation allowance      (120)                                                         

Net value

     2,861         2,617         83         93         42         27         245   

 

                   Of which amounts not impaired but overdue
at closing date
        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2011
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      114         114         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      3,416         2,990         117         107         47         32         303   

Gross value

     3,530         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Valuation allowance      (123)         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Net value

     3,407         3,104         117         107         47         32         303   

 

 

                   Of which amounts not impaired but overdue
at closing date
        
(In millions of euros)    Carrying
value at
December 31,
2010
     Of which
amounts
neither
overdue nor
impaired
     < 1 month      From 1 to
6 months
    

From
6 months

to 1 year

     > 1 year      Total  
Trade receivables and other receivables                                                               
Interest-bearing receivables      167         167         -         -         -         -         -   
Other trade receivables      3,650         3,130         144         146         46         31         367   

Gross value

     3,817         -         -         -         -         -         -   
Valuation allowance      (153)         -         -         -         -         -         -   

Net value

     3,664         3,297         144         146         46         31         367   

We do not consider other financial assets that are overdue but not impaired to be material.

 

279

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 31

 

 

iv. Changes to trade receivable valuation allowances

 

(In millions of euros)    Amounts  

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2009

     (168)   
Net result impact      (14)   
Write-offs      23   
Translation adjustments      (9)   
Other changes      15   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2010

     (153)   
Net result impact      3   
Write-offs      19   
Translation adjustments      -   
Other changes      8   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2011

     (123)   
Net result impact      (5)   
Write-offs      8   
Translation adjustments      -   
Other changes      -   

Valuation allowance at December 31, 2012

     (120)   

v. Credit risk on marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments

The Group is exposed to credit risk on its marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments if the counterparty defaults on its commitments. The Group diversifies the counterparties in order to dilute the credit risk. This risk is followed daily, with strict limits based on the counterparties’ rating. All counterparties are classified in the investment grade category as of December 31, 2012December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The exposure, with regard to each counterparty, is calculated by taking into account the fair value of the marketable securities, cash, cash equivalents and financial derivative instruments.

f/ Liquidity risk

i. Liquidity risk on the financial debt

As of December 31, 2012, the Group considers that its available marketable securities, cash and cash equivalents and the available syndicated bank credit facility (refer to Note 27) are sufficient to cover its operating expenses and capital expenditures and its financial debt requirements for the next twelve months.

This statement is still valid after taking into consideration the subsequent event described in Note 27c.

ii. Liquidity risk on foreign exchange derivatives

The mark-to-market of foreign exchange derivatives (see part b/, paragraph i. Outstanding currency derivatives at December 31) appropriately conveys the liquidity risk.

Assets and liabilities related to foreign exchange derivatives are given in Note 22 Other assets and liabilities.

iii. Liquidity risk on guarantees and off balance sheet commitments

See Note 33 Contractual obligations and disclosures related to off balance sheet commitments.

NOTE 31     CUSTOMERS’ DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Advance payments received on construction contracts      77         126         175   
Other deposits and advances received from customers      641         464         628   

Total customers’ deposits and advances

     718         590         803   
Of which:                           

•   portion due within one year

     674         571         775   

•   portion due after one year

     44         19         28   

 

280


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32

 

NOTE 32    NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

a/ Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011(1)      2010 (1)  

Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent

     (1,374)         1,095         (334)   

Non-controlling interests

     (77)         49         42   
Adjustments:                           

•   Depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets

     901         895         969   
Of which impact of capitalized development costs      283         243         262   

•   Impairment of assets

     894         -         -   

•   Post-retirement benefit plan amendment

     (204)         (67)         (30)   

•   Changes in pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, net

     (732)         (540)         (502)   

•   Provisions, other impairment losses and fair value changes

     251         (146)         13   

•   Repurchase and change in estimates of bonds (2)

     205         -         (24)   

•   Net (gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (27)         (45)         (166)   

•   Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates (net of dividends received)

     (1)         (3)         (14)   

•   (Income) loss from discontinued operations

     (666)         (414)         (33)   

•   Finance costs and interest on tax litigations

     273         298         304   

•   Share-based payments

     26         28         36   

•   Taxes

     530         (544)         14   

Sub-total of adjustments

     1,450         (538)         567   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and taxes      (1)         606         275   

 

(1) 2010 and 2011 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the change in the presentation of exchange rate changes in inter-unit loans and borrowings (see Note 4).

 

(2) See Notes 8, 25 and 27.

b/ Free cash flow

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011(1)      2010 (1)  
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before changes in working capital, interest and income taxes      (1)         606         275   
Change in operating working capital (2)      345         (200)         (62)   
Other current assets and liabilities (3)      (181)         (13)         (72)   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities before interest & taxes

     163         393         141   
Of which                           
- restructuring cash outlays      (340)         (344)         (373)   
- contribution and benefits paid on pensions & other post-employment benefits      (190)         (185)         (226)   
Interest received/(paid)      (203)         (253)         (256)   
Taxes received/(paid)      (57)         (55)         (107)   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     (97)         85         (222)   
Capital expenditures      (582)         (558)         (673)   

Free cash flow

     (679)         (473)         (895)   

 

(1) 2010 and 2011 consolidated statements of cash flows are re-presented to reflect the change in the presentation of exchange rate changes in inter-unit loans and borrowings (see Note 4).

 

(2) Including amounts received from discounted receivables (refer to Note 28).

 

(3) Including amounts received from the sale of French R&D tax credits (“credits d’impôt recherche”) disclosed in Note 28.

 

281

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

 

c/ Cash (expenditure) / proceeds from obtaining / losing control of consolidated entities

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  

Obtaining control of consolidated entities

                          
Cash (expenditure) on acquisition of newly consolidated entities      -         -         -   
Cash and cash equivalents of newly consolidated entities      4         -         -   

Total - net impact on cash flows of obtaining control

     4         -         -   
Losing control of consolidated entities                           
Cash proceeds from disposal of formerly consolidated entities      -         (1)         109   
Cash and cash equivalents of formerly consolidated entities      (5)         -         (16)   

Total - net impact on cash flows of losing control

     (5)         (1)         93   

NOTE 33    CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND DISCLOSURES RELATED TO OFF BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

a/ Contractual obligations

The following table presents minimum payments that the Group will have to make in the future under contracts and firm commitments as of December 31, 2012. Amounts related to financial debt, finance lease obligations and the equity component of Alcatel-Lucent’s convertible bonds are fully reflected in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

(In millions of euros)    Payment deadline          

 

Contractual payment obligations

    
 
 
Before
December 31,
2013
  
  
  
     2014-2015         2016-2017         2018 and After         Total   

Financial debt (excluding finance leases)

     843         1,645         1,150         1,150         4,788   

Finance lease obligations (1)

     14         7         2                 23   

Equity component of convertible bonds

     11         120         63                 194   
Sub-total - included in statement of financial position      868         1,772         1,215         1,150         5,005   

Finance costs on financial debt (2)

     259         421         235         918         1,833   

Operating leases

     197         268         178         229         872   

Commitments to purchase fixed assets

     34                                 34   

Unconditional purchase obligations (3)

     709         455         267         223         1,654   
Sub-total - commitments not included in statement of financial position      1,199         1,144         680         1,370         4,393   

Total contractual obligations (4)

     2,067         2,916         1,895         2,520         9,398   

 

(1) Of which 10 million related to a finance leaseback arrangement concerning IT infrastructure assets sold to Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”). See “Outsourcing Transactions” below.

 

(2) To compute finance costs on financial debt, all put dates have been considered as redemption dates. For debentures with calls but no puts, call dates have not been considered as redemption dates. Further details on put and call dates are given in Note 25. If all outstanding debentures at December 31, 2012 were not redeemed at their respective put dates, an additional finance cost of approximately 235 million would be incurred until redemption at their respective contractual maturities (of which 77 million would be incurred in 2014-2017 and 139 million in 2018 or later).

 

(3) Of which 1,109 million relate to commitments made to HP pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement and the IT outsourcing transaction entered into with HP, described in “Outsourcing Transactions below”. Other unconditional purchase obligations result mainly from obligations under multi-year supply contracts linked to the sale of businesses to third parties.

 

(4) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table (refer to Note 26).

b/ Off balance sheet commitments - commitments given

Off balance sheet commitments of the Group were primarily related to guarantees given to the Group’s customers for contract execution (performance bonds, guarantees on advances received issued by financial institutions). Alcatel-Lucent does not rely on special purpose entities to deconsolidate these risks.

 

282


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

Guarantees given in the normal course of the Group’s business are presented below. For guarantees given for contract performance, only those issued by the Group to back guarantees granted by financial institutions are presented below:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Guarantees given on contracts made by entities within the Group and by non-consolidated subsidiaries      1,217         1,210         1,107   

Discounted notes receivable with recourse (1)

     1         1         2   

Other contingent commitments (2)

     716         834         1,044   

Sub-total - contingent commitments

     1,934         2,045         2,153   

Secured borrowings (3)

     4         11         15   

Cash pooling guarantee (4)

     -         -         540   

Total (5)

     1,938         2,056         2,708   

 

(1) Amounts reported in this line item are related to discounting of receivables with recourse only. Total amounts of receivables discounted without recourse are disclosed in Note 28.

 

(2) Excluding the guarantee given to Louis Dreyfus Armateurs described below.

 

(3) Excluding the subordinated guarantees described below on certain bonds.

 

(4) The cash pooling guarantee was granted to the banks operating the Group’s cash pooling until December 31, 2011. This guarantee covered the risk involved in any overdrawn position that could remain outstanding after the many daily transfers between Alcatel-Lucent’s Central Treasury accounts and those of its subsidiaries.

 

(5) Obligations related to pensions, post-retirement health and welfare benefits and post-employment benefit obligations are excluded from the table. Refer to Note 26 for a summary of our expected contributions to these plans.

Contingent commitments at December 31, 2012

 

(In millions of euros)    Maturity date         
Contingent commitments    Less than
one year
     2 to 3 years      4 to 5 years     

After

5 years

     Total  
Guarantees on Group contracts (1)      768         253         6         148         1,175   
Guarantees on third-party contracts      27         5         10         -         42   
Discounted notes receivable and other      1         -         -         -         1   
Other contingent commitments      322         39         220         135         716   

Total

     1,118         297         236         283         1,934   

Counter guarantees received

                                         166   

 

(1) Reflected in statement of financial position: 164 million.

The amounts reflected in the preceding tables represent the maximum potential amounts of future payments (undiscounted) that the Group could be required to make under current guarantees granted by the Group. The maximum potential amount reflects the undiscounted reliable best estimate of the highest payment that could effectively be made, even if the likelihood of occurrence of such payment is remote, and without taking into account any reduction related to potential recovery through recourse or collateralization provisions. If such a reliable best estimate is not available, the amount disclosed is the maximum amount the Group could be required to pay, with all the other characteristics remaining the same. In addition, most of the parent company guarantees and performance bonds given to our customers are insured; therefore, the estimated exposure related to the guarantees set forth in the preceding table may be reduced by insurance proceeds that we may receive in case of a claim.

Commitments related to product warranties are not included in the preceding table. These commitments are fully reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Contingent liabilities arising out of litigation, arbitration or regulatory actions are not included in the preceding table either, with the exception of those linked to the guarantees given on our long-term contracts. For more information concerning contingencies, see Note 36.

Guarantees given on our long-term contracts consist of performance bonds issued by financial institutions to customers and bank guarantees given to secure advance payments received from customers (excluding security interests and restricted cash which are included in the table below “Guarantees granted on debt, advance payments received, contingencies and security interests granted at December 31, 2012 of this note). Alcatel-Lucent gives guarantees related to advances and payments received from customers, or commits to indemnify the customer, if the contractor does not perform the contract in compliance with the terms of the contract. In the event that, due to occurrences, such as delay in delivery or litigation related to failure in performance on the underlying contracts, it becomes likely that Alcatel-Lucent will be liable for such guarantees, the estimated risk is reserved for in the consolidated statement of financial position under the caption “provisions” (see Note 29) or in inventory reserve. The amounts concerned are given in the preceding table in the specific caption “(1) Reflected in statement of financial position”.

Commitments related to contracts that have been cancelled or interrupted due to the default or bankruptcy of the customer are included in the above-mentioned “Guarantees given on contracts made by entities within the Group and by non-consolidated subsidiaries as long as the legal release of the guarantee has not been obtained.

 

283

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

 

Guarantees given on third-party construction contracts could require the Group to make payments to the guaranteed party based on a non-consolidated company’s failure to perform under an agreement. The fair value of these contingent liabilities, corresponding to the premiums received by the guarantor for issuing the guarantees, was almost 0 million at December 31, 2012 (1 million at December 31, 2011 and 1 million at December 31, 2010).

Alcatel-Lucent licenses to its customers software and rights to use intellectual property that might provide the licensees with indemnification against any liability arising from third-party claims of patent, copyright or trademark infringement. Alcatel-Lucent cannot determine the maximum amount of losses that Alcatel-Lucent could incur under this type of indemnification, because Alcatel-Lucent often may not have enough information about the nature and scope of an infringement claim until it has been submitted.

Alcatel-Lucent indemnifies its directors and certain of its current and former officers for third-party claims alleging certain breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. Certain costs incurred for providing such indemnification may be recovered under various insurance policies. Alcatel-Lucent is unable to reasonably estimate the maximum amount that could be payable under these arrangements, since these exposures are not capped, due to the conditional nature of its obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement. Historically, payments made under these agreements have not had a material effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Guarantees granted on debt, advance payments received, contingencies and security interests granted at December 31, 2012

 

(In millions of euros)    Maturity date            Total of the
statement  of
financial
position
caption
    % of the
statement of
financial
position
caption
 
Guarantees on borrowings and
advance payments received
  

Less than

one year

    

2 to

3 years

    

4 to

5 years

    

After

5 years

     Total      
Security interests granted      -         -         1         -         1       
Other guarantees given      -         3         -         -         3                   

Total

     -         3         1         -         4                   
Net book value of assets given in guarantee:                                                             

•   intangible assets

     -         -         -         -         -        1,175        0.00%   

•   tangible assets

     -         -         -         -         -        1,164        0.00%   

•   financial assets

     -         -         1         -         1        340        0.29%   

•   inventories and work in progress

     -         -         -         -         -        1,940        0.00%   

Total

     -         -         1         -         1                   

Outsourcing transactions

Outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard

On October 29, 2009, Alcatel-Lucent entered into a major IT outsourcing transaction with Hewlett Packard Company (“HP”), with an effective date of December 1, 2009, and at the same time we entered into a ten-year sales cooperation agreement with HP.

The IT outsourcing transaction provides for HP to transform and manage a large part of Alcatel-Lucent’s IT infrastructure. As part of an initial 18-month transition and transformation phase (referred to as the “T&T phase”), HP invested its own resources to transform Alcatel-Lucent’s global IT/IS platforms. As a result, Alcatel-Lucent is committed to restructuring its IT/IS operations, which is estimated to cost 200 million over ten years. These restructuring costs, which include severance costs and the costs of transferring certain legal entities and resources to HP, are recognized as incurred, starting in 2010. 31 million of these restructuring costs were incurred during 2012 (22 million in 2011 and 28 million in 2010). In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2011 Alcatel-Lucent signed an amendment with HP relating to a supplemental 42 million of T&T costs to be incurred by us in (including 6 million of onerous lease). 6 million of these supplemental costs were incurred during 2012 (10 million in 2011).

As part of the transfer of resources, in 2010, Alcatel-Lucent sold to HP IT infrastructure assets under a sale and finance leaseback arrangement, the payment obligations for which are included in “Finance lease obligations” in the contractual payments obligations table above, representing a 10 million finance lease obligation as of December 31, 2012 (13 million as of December 31, 2011 and 34 million as of December 31, 2010).

Also as part of the overall arrangement with HP, Alcatel-Lucent committed to purchase approximately 514 million of HP goods and services (this amount increased by 62 million as of 2011 because the duration of the commitment increased by one year, until 2014). Of the total amount of approximately 514 million in purchase commiments, 311 million represent Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect annual purchases over the five-year period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014 in an annual

 

284


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

amount equal to 62 million, which is the annual amount spent by Alcatel-Lucent for HP goods and services from November 1, 2008 through October 31, 2009, and 202 million represent Alcatel-Lucent’s commitment to effect incremental purchases over the same five-year period of HP goods and services to be used in the context of customer networks. As of December 31, 2012, the remaining total purchase commitment was 226 million (276 million as of December 31, 2011 and 173 million as of December 31, 2010). The finance lease obligations and the unconditional purchase commitments related to the HP outsourcing transaction are included in the contractual payment obligations table presented above, in the lines “Finance lease obligations” and “Unconditional purchase obligations”.

The two following commitments were included in the HP agreement:

 

 

a minimum value commitment regarding the amount of IT managed services to be purchased or procured by Alcatel-Lucent from HP and/or any HP affiliates over ten years, for a total amount of 1,408 million (which amount includes 120 million of the 200 million restructuring costs mentioned above) and with a remaining commitment of 778 million as of December 31, 2012 (976 million as of December 31, 2011 and 1,206 million as of December 31, 2010)); and

 

 

a commitment to make certain commercial efforts related to the development of sales pursuant to the sales cooperation agreement, including through the establishment of dedicated teams, representing a minimum investment of 298 million over ten years (with a remaining commitment of 105 million as of December 31, 2012 (164 million as of December 31, 2011 and 227 million as of December 31, 2010)).

These two commitments are included in the contractual payment obligations table above in the line “Unconditional purchase obligations” for the remaining balance as of December 31, 2012.

Other Commitments - Contract Manufacturers /Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) providers

Alcatel-Lucent outsources a significant amount of manufacturing activity to a limited number of electronic manufacturing service (EMS) providers. The EMSs manufacture products using Alcatel-Lucent’s design specifications and they test platforms in line with quality assurance programs, and standards established by Alcatel-Lucent. EMSs are required to procure components and sub-assemblies that are used to manufacture products based on Alcatel-Lucent’s demand forecasts from suppliers in Alcatel-Lucent’s approved supplier lists.

Generally, Alcatel-Lucent does not own the components and sub-assemblies purchased by the EMS and title to the products is generally transferred from the EMS providers to Alcatel-Lucent upon delivery. Alcatel-Lucent records the inventory purchases upon transfer of title from the EMS to Alcatel-Lucent. Alcatel-Lucent establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical trends and future expected demand. This analysis includes excess and obsolete inventory owned by EMSs that is manufactured on Alcatel-Lucent’s behalf, and excess and obsolete inventory that will result from non-cancellable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) component and sub-assembly orders that the EMSs have with their suppliers for parts meant to be integrated into Alcatel-Lucent products. In 2012, Alcatel-Lucent recorded a charge of 25 million for excess inventory commitments with our EMS providers compared to a charge of 6 million in 2011 (and a reversal of 3 million in 2010).

Alcatel-Lucent generally does not have minimum purchase obligations in its contract-manufacturing relationships with EMS providers and therefore the contractual payment obligations table presented above under the heading “Contractual Obligations”, does not include any commitments related to EMS providers.

Subordinated guaranties provided in respect of some Alcatel-Lucent and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. (ex Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent”)) public bonds

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent public bonds

On March 27, 2007, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. issued a full and unconditional guaranty of Alcatel-Lucent’s 6.375% notes due 2014 (the principal amount of which was 462 million on December 31, 2012). The guaranty is unsecured and is subordinated to the prior payment in full of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s senior debt and is pari passu with Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s other general unsecured obligations, other than those that expressly provide that they are senior to the guaranty obligations.

Specific commitments

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Separation Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to various agreements that were entered into in connection with the separation of Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and former affiliates, including AT&T, Avaya, LSI Corporation (formerly Agere Systems, before its merger with LSI corporation in April 2007) and NCR Corporation. Pursuant to these agreements, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. and the former affiliates agreed to allocate certain liabilities related to each other’s business, and have agreed to share liabilities based on certain allocations and thresholds. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has a provision of 15 million as of December 31, 2012 for a claim asserted by NCR Corporation relating to NCR Corporation’s liabilities for the environmental clean-up of the Fox River in Wisconsin, USA. In 2012, a payment of 1 million was made to NCR Corporation and a reversal of this provision in the amount of 1 million was

 

285

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33

 

 

accounted for based upon NCR Corporation’s reduction of the amount of the claim it asserted against AT&T Corp. and Alcatel-Lucent (a reversal of 3 million was accounted for in 2011 and a reversal of 4 million was accounted for in 2010). Future developments in connection with the Fox River claim may warrant additional adjustments of existing provisions. We are not aware of any material liabilities to Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s former affiliates as a result of the separation agreements that are not otherwise reflected in the 2012 consolidated financial statements. Nevertheless, it is possible that potential liabilities for which the former affiliates bear primary responsibility may lead to contributions by Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. beyond amounts currently reserved.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.’s Guarantees and Indemnification Agreements

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. divested certain businesses and assets through sales to third-party purchasers and spin-offs to the other common shareowners of the businesses spun off. In connection with these transactions, certain direct or indirect indemnifications were provided to the buyers or other third parties doing business with the divested entities. These indemnifications include secondary liability for certain leases of real property and equipment assigned to the divested entity and specific indemnifications for certain legal and environmental contingencies, as well as vendor supply commitments. The durations of such indemnifications vary but are standard for transactions of this nature.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. remains secondarily liable for approximately U.S.$47 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2012 (U.S.$59 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 and U.S.$ 72 million of lease obligations as of December 31, 2010), that were assigned to Avaya, LSI Corporation and purchasers of other businesses that were divested. The remaining terms of these assigned leases and the corresponding guarantees range from one month to eight years. The primary obligor of the assigned leases may terminate or restructure the lease before its original maturity and thereby relieve Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. of its secondary liability. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. generally has the right to receive indemnity or reimbursement from the assignees and we have not reserved for losses on this form of guarantee.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is party to a tax-sharing agreement to indemnify AT&T and is liable for tax adjustments that are attributable to its lines of business, as well as a portion of certain other shared tax adjustments during the years prior to its separation from AT&T. Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has similar agreements with Avaya and LSI Corporation. Certain proposed or assessed tax adjustments are subject to these tax-sharing agreements. We do not expect that the outcome of these other matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, consolidated financial position or near-term liquidity.

Letter of Indemnity in favor of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs.

During the first half of 2011, we provided a letter of Indemnity (“LOI”) in favor of Louis Dreyfus Armateurs (“LDA”), our co-venturer in Alda Marine, our jointly-controlled entity, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify LDA in respect of any losses arising out of exposure of crews to radiation from the nuclear power plant at Fukushima, in connection with the repairs conducted by Alcatel-Lucent during the second quarter of 2011 on a submarine cable system, which required the use of vessels managed by LDA.

Our aggregate potential liability under this LOI may not exceed 50 million, as increased annually by the lower of (i) 5% and (ii) the percentage rate of revaluation of crew salaries awarded by LDA. This LOI expires on April 15, 2081.

As the levels of radiation measured during the repairs were always below the critical level as defined by the IRSN (Institut de Radioprotection et de Sûreté Nucléaire), the risk of payment pursuant to the indemnity is considered remote as of December 31, 2012.

c/ Off balance sheet commitments - commitments received

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Guarantees received or security interests received on lendings      46         144         22   
Counter-guarantees received on guarantees given on contracts      1         63         66   
Other commitments received      119         130         135   

Total

     166         337         223   

Commitments received on financial debt and bank credit agreements

The commitment received in connection with the syndicated bank credit facility (in effect as at December 31, 2012) is described in Note 27j.

 

286


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 34

 

NOTE 34    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related parties are mainly:

 

 

shareholders of Alcatel-Lucent;

 

 

jointly-controlled entities (consolidated using proportionate consolidation);

 

 

investments in associates (accounted for using equity method);

 

 

non-consolidated entities; and

 

 

key management personnel.

To the Group’s knowledge, no shareholder held more than 5% of the parent company’s share capital as of December 31, 2012.

Transactions with related parties (as defined by IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures”) during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Revenues                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      36         19         46   
Joint ventures      -         -         -   
Equity affiliates      8         8         2   
Cost of sales                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      (61)         (67)         (93)   
Joint ventures      (26)         (24)         (29)   
Equity affiliates      (7)         (5)         (2)   
Research and development costs                           
Non-consolidated affiliates      (8)         (13)         (13)   
Joint ventures      -         -         -   
Equity affiliates      -         -         -   

Outstanding balances arising from related party transactions at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

(In millions of euros)    2012     2011     2010  
Other assets                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      16        8        5   
Joint ventures      3        3        3   
Equity affiliates      4        8        4   
Other liabilities                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      (10)        (10)        (4)   
Joint ventures      -        -        -   
Equity affiliates      -        -        (1)   
Cash (financial debt), net                         
Non-consolidated affiliates      -        -        -   
Joint ventures      8 (1)      18 (1)      24(1)   
Equity affiliates      -        -        -   

 

(1) Loan to a co-venturer (refer to Notes 17 and 27a).

 

287

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 35, NOTE 36

 

 

Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Group’s executive committee are those present during the year and listed in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, compensation, benefits and social security contributions attributable to members of the Board of Directors and to the executive committee members (“Key management personnel”) were as follows:

Recorded expense in respect of compensation and related benefits attributable to Key management personnel during the year

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Short-term benefits                           
Fixed remuneration      8         9         11   
Variable remuneration (1)      1         4         4   
Directors’ fees      1         1         1   
Employer’s social security contributions      2         2         2   
Termination benefits and retirement indemnities      2         3         -   
Other benefits                           
Post-employment benefits      4         3         3   
Share-based payments      12         8         4   
Total      30         30         25   

 

(1) Including retention bonuses.

NOTE 35    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES AND AUDIT FEES

a/ Employee benefit expenses

 

(In millions of euros)    2012      2011      2010  
Wages and salaries (1)      5,166         5,086         5,208   
Restructuring costs (2)      363         113         240   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendment (3)      (204)         (67)         (30)   
Financial component of pension and post-retirement benefit costs (4)      (617)         (417)         (339)   
Net employee benefit expenses      4,708         4,715         5,079   

 

(1) Including social security expenses and operational pension costs. This is reported in Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, impairment of assets, gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities, litigations and post-retirement benefit plan amendments.

 

(2) See Note 29d.

 

(3) See Note 26f.

 

(4) See Note 8.

b/ Audit fees

The unaudited amount of audit fees is disclosed in Section 11.4 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F, which is available on the Internet (http://alcatel-lucent.com).

NOTE 36    CONTINGENCIES

In addition to legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business (including employment-related collective actions in France and the United States) which management believes are adequately reserved against in the financial statements (see Note 29c) or will not result in any significant costs to the Group, Alcatel-Lucent is involved in the following legal proceedings.

ACTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS

a/ Costa Rican Actions

Beginning in early October 2004, Alcatel-Lucent learned that investigations had been launched in Costa Rica by the Costa Rican prosecutors and the National Congress, regarding payments made by consultants allegedly on behalf of Alcatel CIT, a French subsidiary now called Alcatel-Lucent France (“CIT”), or other Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries to various public officials in Costa Rica, two

 

288


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 36

 

political parties in Costa Rica and representatives of Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (ICE), the state-owned telephone company, in connection with the procurement by CIT of several contracts for network equipment and services from ICE. Upon learning of these allegations, Alcatel commenced an investigation into this matter.

In connection with the Costa Rica allegations, on July 27, 2007, the Costa Rican Prosecutor’s Office indicted eleven individuals, including the former president of Alcatel de Costa Rica, on charges of aggravated corruption, unlawful enrichment, simulation, fraud and others. Three of those individuals have since pled guilty. Shortly thereafter, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office and ICE, acting as victims of this criminal case, each filed amended civil claims against the eleven criminal defendants, as well as five additional civil defendants (one individual and four corporations, including CIT) seeking compensation for damages in the amounts of U.S.$52 million (in the case of the Attorney General’s Office) and U.S.$20 million (in the case of ICE). The Attorney General’s claim supersedes two prior claims, of November 25, 2004 and August 31, 2006. On November 25, 2004, the Costa Rican Attorney General’s Office commenced a civil lawsuit against CIT to seek pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to the people and the Treasury of Costa Rica, and for the loss of prestige suffered by the Nation of Costa Rica (social damages). The ICE claim, which supersedes its prior claim of February 1, 2005, seeks pecuniary compensation for the damage caused by the alleged payments described above to ICE and its customers, for the harm to the reputation of ICE resulting from these events (moral damages), and for damages resulting from an alleged overpricing it was forced to pay under its contract with CIT. During preliminary court hearings held in San José during September 2008, ICE filed a report in which the damages allegedly caused by CIT are valued at U.S.$71.6 million. The trial of the criminal case, including the related civil claims, started on April 14, 2010. In December 2012, the Court of Appeals in the criminal matter declared all of the defendants not guilty, though Alcatel-Lucent does not know yet under what grounds as it has not yet been served with the judgment; accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent cannot yet determine what will be the impact of such decision on the claims against CIT.

Alcatel-Lucent settled the Attorney General’s social damages claims in return for a payment by CIT of approximately U.S.$10 million. ICE pretends that their civil claims are not included in the settlement with the Attorney General, and proceeded to take such civil claims to trial with the criminal claims. On April 5, 2011, the trial was closed by the Tribunal. The Tribunal rendered its verdict on April 27, 2011, and declined on procedural grounds to rule on ICE’s related civil claims against Alcatel-Lucent, which were dismissed. The criminal court issued its full written ruling on May 25, 2011. The corresponding reserve previously booked for an amount of 2 million was fully reversed during the second quarter 2011.

Additionally, in August 2007, ICE notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to terminate the 2001 contract for CIT to install 400,000 GSM cellular telephone lines (the “400KL GSM Contract), in connection with which ICE is claiming compensation of U.S.$59.8 million for damages and loss of income. By March 2008, CIT and ICE concluded negotiations of a draft settlement agreement for the implementation of a “Get Well Plan,” in full and final settlement of the above-mentioned claim. This settlement agreement was not approved by ICE’s Board of Directors which resolved, instead, to resume the aforementioned administrative proceedings to terminate the operations and maintenance portion of the 400KL GSM Contract, claim penalties and damages in the amount of U.S.$59.8 million and call the performance bond. CIT was notified of the termination by ICE of this portion of the 400 KL GSM Contract on June 23, 2008. ICE has made additional damages claims and penalty assessments related to the 400KL GSM Contract that bring the overall exposure under the contract to U.S.$78.1 million in the aggregate, of which ICE has collected U.S.$5.9 million.

In June 2008, CIT filed an administrative appeal against the termination mentioned above. ICE called the performance bond in August 2008, and on September 16, 2008 CIT was served notice of ICE’s request for payment of the remainder amount of damages claimed, U.S.$44.7 million. On September 17, 2008, the Costa Rican Supreme Court ruled on the appeal filed by CIT stating that: (i) the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to be reimbursed to CIT and (ii) the U.S.$44.7 million claim is to remain suspended until final resolution by the competent court of the case. Following a clarification request filed by ICE, the Court finally decided that the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount is to remain deposited in an escrow account held by the Court, until final resolution of the case. On October 8, 2008, CIT filed a claim against ICE requesting the court to overrule ICE’s partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract and claiming compensation for the damages caused to CIT. In January 2009, ICE filed its response to CIT’s claim. At a court hearing on March 25, 2009, ICE ruled out entering into settlement discussions with CIT. On April 20, 2009, CIT filed a petition to the Court to recover the U.S.$15.1 million performance bond amount and offered the replacement of such bond with a new bond that will guarantee the results of the final decision of the Court. CIT appealed the Court’s rejection of such petition and the appeal was resolved on March 18, 2010 in favor of CIT. As a consequence of this decision, CIT will collect the aforementioned U.S.$15.1 million amount upon submission to the Court of a bank guarantee for an equivalent amount. A hearing originally scheduled for June 1, 2009 was suspended due to ICE’s decision not to present to the Court the complete administrative file wherein ICE decided the partial termination of the 400KL GSM Contract. The case is expected to be set for trial in 2013.

On October 14, 2008, the Costa Rican authorities notified CIT of the commencement of an administrative proceeding to ban CIT from government procurement contracts in Costa Rica for up to 5 years. The administrative proceeding was suspended on December 8, 2009 pending the resolution of the criminal case mentioned above. In March 2010, CIT was notified of a new administrative proceeding whereby ICE seeks to ban CIT from procurement contracts, as a consequence of alleged material breaches under the 400KL GSM Contract (in particular, in connection with failures related to road coverage and quality levels).

On May 3, 2012, ICE filed before the Tribunal Contencioso Administrativo y Civil de Hacienda of Costa Rica a new claim against a number of Alcatel-Lucent legal entities with regards to the corruption matter that was investigated by and settled with the Costa Rican and United States authorities. The ICE claim totals 14 million. With regards to this last claim, no reserves have been booked as it is Alcatel-Lucent’s position that this matter has been fully settled with the Costa Rican Prosecution Office in 2010.

 

289

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 37

 

 

If the Costa Rican authorities conclude criminal violations have occurred, CIT may be banned from participating in government procurement contracts within Costa Rica for a certain period. Alcatel-Lucent generated 2.8 million in revenue from Costa Rican contracts in 2012 and expects to generate approximately 2.1 million of revenues in 2013. Based on the amount of revenue expected from these contracts, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe a loss of business in Costa Rica would have a material adverse effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole. However, these events may have a negative impact on the reputation of Alcatel-Lucent in Latin America.

Alcatel-Lucent has recognized a provision in connection with the various ongoing proceedings in Costa Rica when reliable estimates of the probable future outflow were available.

b/ Investigations in France

French authorities carried out or are carrying out investigations into certain conduct by Alcatel-Lucent subsidiaries in Costa Rica, Kenya, Nigeria, and French Polynesia.

With respect to Costa Rica, French authorities are investigating CIT’s payments to consultants in the Costa Rica matter described above.

With respect to the investigation to ascertain whether inappropriate payments were made to Kenyan public officials as a result of consultant payments made in 2000 in connection with a supply contract between CIT and a privately-owned company in Kenya, on November 7, 2012, the French authorities closed their investigation without filing charges.

With respect to Nigeria, French authorities have requested that Alcatel-Lucent produce further documents related to payments made by its subsidiaries to certain consultants in Nigeria. Alcatel-Lucent has responded to the request and is continuing to cooperate with the investigating authorities.

The investigation with respect to French Polynesia concerns the conduct of Alcatel-Lucent’s telecommunication submarine system subsidiary, Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks (“ASN”), and certain former employees of Alcatel-Lucent in relation to a project for a telecommunication submarine cable between Tahiti and Hawaii awarded to ASN in 2007 by the state-owned telecom agency of French Polynesia (“OPT”). On September 23, 2009, four of those former employees were charged (“mis en examen”) with aiding and abetting favoritism in connection with the award by OPT of this public procurement project. On November 23, 2009, ASN was charged with benefitting from favoritism (“recel de favoritisme”) in connection with the same alleged favoritism. Alcatel-Lucent commenced, and is continuing, an investigation into this matter. In March 2011, several current or former public officials of French Polynesia were charged with either favoritism or aiding and abetting favoritism.

Alcatel-Lucent is unable to predict the outcome of these investigations and their potential effect on Alcatel-Lucent’s business. In particular, if ASN were convicted of a criminal violation, the French courts could, among other things, fine ASN and/or ban it from participating in French public procurement contracts for a certain period. ASN generated approximately 2.1 million of revenues from French public procurement contracts in 2012 and expects to generate approximately 9.2 million of revenues in 2013. Accordingly, Alcatel-Lucent does not believe that a loss of business as a result of such a ban would have a material effect on the Alcatel-Lucent group as a whole.

Effect of the Various Proceedings

Governmental investigations and legal proceedings are subject to uncertainties and the outcomes thereof are difficult to predict. Consequently, Alcatel-Lucent is unable to estimate the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters. Because of the uncertainties of government investigations and legal proceedings, one or more of these matters could ultimately result in material monetary payments by Alcatel-Lucent beyond those to be made by reason of the various settlement agreements described in this Note 36.

Except for these governmental investigations and legal proceedings and their possible consequences as set forth above, the Company is not aware, as of the date this document is being published, of any legal proceeding or governmental investigation (including any suspended or threatened proceeding) against Alcatel-Lucent and/or its subsidiaries that could have a material impact on the financial situation or profitability of the Group.

No significant new litigation has been commenced since December 31, 2012.

NOTE 37    EVENTS AFTER THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATE

On December 14, 2012, Alcatel-Lucent announced that it had entered into commitments with Credit Suisse AG and Goldman Sachs Bank USA for a 1.615 billion senior secured credit facility. On January 30, 2013, Alcatel-Lucent announced the closing of this financing transaction with a 2 billion nominal value. Main characteristics of this senior secured credit facility are disclosed in note 27c. The impact of this new senior secured credit facility on the existing outstanding syndicated bank credit facility as of December 31, 2012 is disclosed in Note 30f.

 

290


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 38

 

There were no other events that have a material impact on the financial status that occurred between the statement of financial position date and February 6, 2013, the date when the Board of Directors authorized the consolidated financial statements for issue.

NOTE 38     MAIN CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES

 

Company    Country      % interest      Consolidation
method
Alcatel-Lucent (2) (3)    France              Parent company
Operating companies (1)                       
Alcatel-Lucent Australia Limited      Australia                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Austria AG      Austria                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Bell NV      Belgium                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Brasil S/A      Brazil                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Canada Inc.      Canada                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Deutschland AG      Germany                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Enterprise      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent España S.A.      Spain                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent France      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent India Limited      India                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent International      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Italia S.p.A.      Italy                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Mexico S.A. de C.V.      Mexico                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Nederland B.V.      The Netherlands                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Polska Sp Z.o.o.      Poland                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Portugal, S.A.      Portugal                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Schweiz AG      Switzerland                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd      China         50       Full consolidation  (4)
Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks      France                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Telecom Limited      U.K.                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.      U.S.A.                Full consolidation
Alda Marine      France         51       Proportionate (5)
Alda Marine Ile de Ré - Ile de Bréhat (5)      France         85       Proportionate (5)
LGS Innovations LLC      U.S.A.                Full consolidation

Holdings

                      
Financial Holdings                       
Alcatel-Lucent Holdings Inc.      U.S.A.                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent N.V.      The Netherlands                Full consolidation
Alcatel-Lucent Participations      France                Full consolidation
Coralec      France                Full consolidation
Florelec      France                Full consolidation
Financial Services                       
Electro Banque      France                Full consolidation
Electro Ré      Luxemburg                Full consolidation

 

(1) Percentages of interest equal 100% unless otherwise specified.

 

(2) Publicly traded.

 

(3) The activities of Alcatel-Lucent, as the parent company, are included under the business segment “Other”.

 

(4) Entity fully controlled by the Group holding 50% plus one share.

 

(5) Alda Marine is an entity jointly controlled with Louis Dreyfus Armateurs holding the 49% remaining shares. Alcatel-Lucent has a 69% indirect interest in AMIRIB through Alcatel-Lucent Submarine Networks France. Alda Marine owns the remaining 31% of AMIRIB.

 

291

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 39

 

 

NOTE 39     QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Consolidated income statements

 

(In millions of euros – except per share information)

2012

   Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,206         3,545         3,599         4,096         14,446   

Cost of sales

     (2,235)         (2,420)         (2,595)         (2,849)         (10,099)   

Gross profit

     971         1,125         1,004         1,247         4,347   
Administrative and selling expenses      (634)         (610)         (574)         (575)         (2,393)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (623)         (595)         (605)         (609)         (2,432)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      (3)         (6)         (6)         3         (12)   
Research and development costs      (626)         (601)         (611)         (606)         (2,444)   

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/

(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (289)         (86)         (181)         66         (490)   
Restructuring costs      (75)         (107)         (61)         (247)         (490)   
Litigations      1         -         1         -         2   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      -         -         -         11         11   
Impairment of assets      -         -         -         (894)         (894)   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      -         30         5         169         204   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (363)         (163)         (236)         (895)         (1,657)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (85)         (91)         (89)         (92)         (357)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      20         22         18         18         78   
Finance costs      (65)         (69)         (71)         (74)         (279)   
Other financial income (loss)      107         (73)         142         171         347   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      -         1         (1)         2         2   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (321)         (304)         (166)         (796)         (1,587)   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      58         55         (2)         (641)         (530)   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (263)         (249)         (168)         (1,437)         (2,117)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      659         (10)         12         5         666   

Net income (loss)

     396         (259)         (156)         (1,432)         (1,451)   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     398         (254)         (146)         (1,372)         (1,374)   

• Non-controlling interests

     (2)         (5)         (10)         (60)         (77)   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

     0.18         (0.11)         (0.06)         (0.60)         (0.61)   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     0.14         (0.11)         (0.06)         (0.60)         (0.61)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     (0.11)         (0.11)         (0.07)         (0.60)         (0.89)   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     (0.11)         (0.11)         (0.07)         (0.60)         (0.89)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.29         0.00         0.01         0.00         0.29   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.23         0.00         0.01         0.00         0.29   

 

292


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 39

 

 

(In millions of euros – except per share information)

2011

   Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,656         3,817         3,704         4,150         15,327   

Cost of sales

     (2,364)         (2,485)         (2,396)         (2,722)         (9,967)   

Gross profit

     1,292         1,332         1,308         1,428         5,360   
Administrative and selling expenses      (709)         (676)         (635)         (622)         (2,642)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (655)         (620)         (599)         (598)         (2,472)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      8         (14)         9         2         5   
Research and development costs      (647)         (634)         (590)         (596)         (2,467)   

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/

(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (64)         22         83         210         251   
Restructuring costs      (31)         (50)         (57)         (65)         (203)   
Litigations      4         -         -         -         4   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      4         (2)         (4)         -         (2)   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      69         (2)         (1)         1         67   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (18)         (32)         21         146         117   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (87)         (91)         (84)         (91)         (353)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      15         15         15         14         59   
Finance costs      (72)         (76)         (69)         (77)         (294)   
Other financial income (loss)      91         95         63         110         359   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      -         2         -         2         4   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      1         (11)         15         181         186   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      (8)         37         178         337         544   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (7)         26         193         518         730   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      2         32         26         354         414   

Net income (loss)

     (5)         58         219         872         1,144   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     (10)         43         194         868         1,095   

• Non-controlling interests

     5         15         25         4         49   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings (loss) per share

     0.00         0.02         0.09         0.38         0.48   

•   Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     0.00         0.02         0.08         0.29         0.42   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.08         0.23         0.30   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.07         0.18         0.28   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.01         0.15         0.18   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     0.00         0.01         0.01         0.11         0.14   

 

293

  12


Table of Contents

12

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 39

 

 

 

(In millions of euros - except per share information)

2010

   Q1      Q2      Q3      Q4      Total  

Revenues

     3,174         3,729         3,992         4,763         15,658   

Cost of sales

     (2,173)         (2,413)         (2,679)         (3,091)         (10,356)   

Gross profit

     1,001         1,316         1,313         1,672         5,302   
Administrative and selling expenses      (658)         (718)         (684)         (709)         (2,769)   
Research and development expenses before capitalization of development expenses      (604)         (646)         (659)         (684)         (2,593)   
Impact of capitalization of development expenses      (8)         (8)         4         2         (10)   
Research and development costs      (612)         (654)         (655)         (682)         (2,603)   

Income (loss) from operating activities before restructuring costs, litigations, gain/

(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities and post-retirement benefit plan amendments

     (269)         (56)         (26)         281         (70)   
Restructuring costs      (134)         (109)         (70)         (58)         (371)   
Litigations      (6)         (10)         10         (22)         (28)   
Gain/(loss) on disposal of consolidated entities      (3)         -         -         65         62   
Post-retirement benefit plan amendments      -         -         30         -         30   

Income (loss) from operating activities

     (412)         (175)         (56)         266         (377)   
Interest relative to gross financial debt      (86)         (92)         (86)         (93)         (357)   
Interest relative to cash and marketable securities      15         15         10         13         53   
Finance costs      (71)         (77)         (76)         (80)         (304)   
Other financial income (loss)      25         58         139         134         356   
Share in net income (losses) of equity affiliates      1         7         4         2         14   
Income (loss) before income tax and discontinued operations      (457)         (187)         11         322         (311)   
Income tax, (charge) benefit      (43)         (1)         25         5         (14)   
Income (loss) from continuing operations      (500)         (188)         36         327         (325)   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations      (7)         5         10         25         33   

Net income (loss)

     (507)         (183)         46         352         (292)   
Attributable to:                                             

• Equity owners of the parent

     (515)         (184)         25         340         (334)   

• Non-controlling interests

     8         1         21         12         42   
Net income (loss) attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

     (0.23)         (0.08)         0.01         0.15         (0.15)   

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (0.23)         (0.08)         0.01         0.13         (0.15)   
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the equity owners of the parent per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     (0.22)         (0.09)         0.01         0.14         (0.16)   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     (0.22)         (0.09)         0.01         0.12         (0.16)   
Net income (loss) of discontinued operations per share (in euros)                                             

•   Basic earnings per share

     (0.01)         (0.01)         0.00         0.01         0.01   

•   Diluted earnings per share

     (0.01)         (0.01)         0.00         0.01         0.01   

 

294


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘20-F’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
6/15/25
6/15/23
12/31/21
6/15/20
6/15/19
3/15/17
1/15/16425,  SC 14D9/A
6/15/15425,  UPLOAD
1/30/15
1/1/15
12/31/1420-F,  SD
11/7/14
5/24/14
3/16/14
1/30/14
1/1/14
12/31/1320-F,  SD
11/30/13
9/30/136-K
8/1/136-K
6/19/136-K
6/15/13
5/25/13
5/7/13
4/5/13
4/1/13
3/18/13
Filed on:3/12/13IRANNOTICE
3/11/13
3/10/13
3/8/13
3/7/13
2/22/136-K
2/21/13
2/18/13
2/10/13
2/6/13
1/30/136-K
1/10/13
1/9/136-K
1/4/13F-6
1/1/13
For Period End:12/31/12
12/28/12
12/24/12
12/21/12
12/19/12
12/14/126-K
12/6/12
12/5/12
12/4/12
12/3/12
11/20/12
11/15/12
11/7/12
10/31/12
9/30/12
9/28/12
9/24/12
9/10/12
8/13/12
8/3/12
8/1/12CORRESP,  UPLOAD
7/26/126-K,  UPLOAD
7/6/12
7/1/12
6/30/12
6/8/12
6/1/12
5/24/12
5/8/12
5/3/12
4/5/12
3/16/12
3/14/12
3/9/12
3/1/12
2/9/12
2/8/12
2/1/12
1/31/12
1/20/12
1/1/12
12/31/1120-F
12/30/11
12/29/11
12/5/11
12/1/11
11/10/11
10/19/11
9/16/11
9/15/11
7/27/11
7/20/116-K
7/19/11
6/30/11
6/16/11
6/1/11
5/25/11
5/18/11
4/27/11
4/12/11
4/5/11
4/1/11
3/16/11
3/1/11
1/27/11
1/3/11
1/1/11
12/31/1011-K,  20-F
12/30/10
12/10/10
12/2/10
12/1/10
10/22/10
10/20/10
10/1/10
9/30/10
6/30/10
6/19/10
6/15/10
6/1/10
5/24/10
4/23/10
4/14/10
3/30/10
3/23/1020-F
3/18/10
3/17/10
3/2/10
2/22/10
1/1/10
12/31/0911-K,  20-F,  20-F/A
12/23/09
12/8/09
12/1/09
11/23/09
10/31/09
10/29/09
10/21/09
10/20/09
9/23/09
9/11/09
9/10/09
7/29/09
6/25/09
6/20/09
6/1/09
5/29/09
4/20/09
3/25/09
3/18/09
2/23/09
12/31/0811-K,  20-F
12/11/086-K
12/3/08
11/1/08
10/29/08
10/14/08
10/8/08
10/1/08
9/17/08
9/16/08
9/15/08
9/1/08
6/23/08
6/20/08
6/12/08
3/21/08
1/1/08
7/27/07
6/1/07
4/6/0720-F,  6-K
4/5/07
3/27/07
3/19/07
2/1/07
12/31/0611-K,  20-F
12/29/06
12/27/06
12/21/06
12/20/06
12/14/06
11/30/066-K,  F-3ASR,  POS EX,  S-8 POS
11/20/066-K
11/17/06
9/7/06
8/31/06
4/2/06
7/31/056-K
3/10/05
2/1/05
1/3/05S-8
1/1/05
11/25/04
2/4/04
6/30/03
6/12/03
4/4/036-K
11/7/02
7/19/02
6/5/02
4/24/02
2/4/026-K
6/30/01
12/31/98
8/20/96
8/19/96
12/30/95
8/31/94
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-13-103311   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Mon., Apr. 29, 7:17:56.5am ET